 |
|
| If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader . |
|
|
|
| If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader . |
|
|
| Datasheet File OCR Text: |
| SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released rtm rtM i ne rI nc of Pa in er Data Sheet Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Issue No. 5: September 2002 In co SONET/SDH Payload Extractor/Aligner 4 x 155 Mbit/s n Tu es Released da y, 03 De ce SPECTRATM 4x155 m be r, 20 02 02 PM5316 :4 2: 03 1 PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Copyright 2002 PMC-Sierra, Inc. All rights reserved. Patents Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa Other relevant patent grants may also exist. rtM i U.S. Patent No. 5,959,490; 6,246,738. Canadian Patent No. 2,254,285; 2,245,757 ne The technology discussed in this document is protected by one or more of the following patent grants: rI nc of Pa PMC-Sierra, PMCS, PMC, SPECTRA, and TUPP are trademarks of PMC-Sierra, Inc. Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners. rtm in er Trademarks In co In no event will PMC-Sierra, Inc. be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including, but not limited to, lost profits, lost business or lost data resulting from any use of or reliance upon the information, whether or not PMC-Sierra, Inc. has been advised of the possibility of such damage. n Tu es None of the information contained in this document constitutes an express or implied warranty by PMC-Sierra, Inc. as to the sufficiency, fitness or suitability for a particular purpose of any such information or the fitness, or suitability for a particular purpose, merchantability, performance, compatibility with other parts or systems, of any of the products of PMC-Sierra, Inc., or any portion thereof, referred to in this document. PMC-Sierra, Inc. expressly disclaims all representations and warranties of any kind regarding the contents or use of the information, including, but not limited to, express and implied warranties of accuracy, completeness, merchantability, fitness for a particular use, or non-infringement. da y, 03 De ce m be Disclaimer r, 20 The information in this document is proprietary and confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. In any event, no part of this document may be reproduced or redistributed in any form without the express written consent of PMC-Sierra, Inc. 02 02 :4 2: Copyright 04 2 PM Legal Information SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce Document Information: document@pmc-sierra.com Corporate Information: info@pmc-sierra.com Technical Support: apps@pmc-sierra.com Web Site: http://www.pmc-sierra.com m be r, 20 Tel: +1 (604) 415-6000 Fax: +1 (604) 415-6200 02 02 PMC-Sierra 8555 Baxter Place Burnaby, BC Canada V5A 4V7 :4 2: 04 3 PM Contacting PMC-Sierra SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Add granted patents Replace all references to DISDV1 with ENDV1 Issue 4 Issue 3 Mar 2001 Jan 2001 De-documented all Transport Path Overhead port (TPOH) functionality Removed TIU2E and TIU2I register bits from registers 1n2Dh and 1n31h respectively. Pa rtm of nc rI rtM i ne Pa by Issue 2 Sept 2000 ed lo ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 in Master test register bit 3 to 7 is defined as R/W instead of just W. Pin out diagram has changed format to improve readability but the pinout remains the SAME. Due to clear on write auxiliary interrupts, tZint timing is specified for microprocessor writes to clear device interrupt pin. Analog supplies AVD/AVS are specified at 5% instead of 10%. Consistent naming or STM1-CONCAT to STM1_CONCAT (underscore) register bit in registers 1n00h and 1n80h. Power supply board recommendations have been changed in section 13.8. Separate supplies are no longer recommended. Specific PECL input currents are given in section 17, D.C. Characteristics. RAD does not contain transmitted K1/K2 bytes under generation of AIS-L on the transmit stream. TAD port is limited to accumulating a maximum of 15 REI Additional feature explanations/ clarifications Timing Change on drop interface in 19.44 Mhz mode Addition of register bits CONCAT, TPOH_DIS, ATSI_FORCE and ATSI_RESET Definition changes of LOPCONRALM and PAISCONRALM. er RSOP Section B1 error counters (0m16h and Om17h registers) may also be transferred upon a write to either register. In PRBS monitoring mode needs two bits to be programmed. Mode setting in both the DPGM (register 1n7Ah) and APGM (register 1nFAh) is now defined via two mode bits MON_GMODE[1:0]. co n Tu DOPJ[1:0] register bit in the RTAL block (register 1n59h) has been redefined. es DOPJ[1:0] register bit in the TTAL block (register 1nD1h) has been removed. da y, 03 Added Overhead byte processing information in operation section. De Removed references to TPOH. ce Correct typographical error: change RPOHCLK nominal frequency from 12.92MHz to 12.96MHz m be Correct Figure 2 to show only 8-bit TelecomBus mode r, Add RTAL/TTAL FIFO initialization procedure to Section 13.1 20 Clarify apparent contradiction of IR drop across series resistors in power supply filtering diagram 02 02 :4 Add Reserved5, VBIAS[1:0], QAVD[2:1], QAVS[2:1] to pin description 2: Issue 5 September 2002 Update pin diagram to include reserved[1:5] and correct pin descriptions 04 Issue No. Issue Date Details of Change PM 4 Revision History SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Added Section describing loopbacks DC Characteristics up to date and complete Added RTC_EN register bit. Issue 1 June 2000 Preliminary release of datasheet Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 5 PM Issue No. Issue Date Details of Change SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Trademarks ............................................................................................................................. 2 Patents .................................................................................................................................... 2 Contacting PMC-Sierra.................................................................................................................. 3 Table of Contents........................................................................................................................... 6 List of Figures .............................................................................................................................. 19 1 Features ................................................................................................................................ 24 1.2 1.3 1.4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SONET Section and Line/SDH Regenerator and Multiplexer Section........................ 24 System Side Interfaces ............................................................................................... 26 Revision History............................................................................................................................. 4 List of Registers............................................................................................................................. 9 List of Tables................................................................................................................................ 22 1.1 General........................................................................................................................ 24 SONET Path / SDH High Order Path.......................................................................... 25 Applications........................................................................................................................... 27 Document Conventions & Definitions ................................................................................... 29 Block Diagram....................................................................................................................... 33 Functional Description .......................................................................................................... 34 Pin Description (SBGA 520).................................................................................................. 40 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 Pin Diagrams......................................................................................................................... 36 9.1 Serial Line side Interface Signals................................................................................ 40 Pa by ed ad lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 rtM i ne Section/Line/Path Status and Alarm Signals............................................................... 42 Receive Section/Line/Path Overhead Extraction Signals ........................................... 46 Transmit Section/Line/Path Overhead Insertion Signals ............................................ 50 Receive Section/Line DCC Extraction Signals............................................................ 52 Transmit Section/Line DCC Insertion Signals ............................................................. 52 Transmit Path AIS Insertion Signals............................................................................ 53 Drop Bus Telecom Interface Signals ........................................................................... 54 Add Bus Telecom Interface Signals ............................................................................ 60 rI nc of Pa rtm Application Examples............................................................................................................ 31 in er In References............................................................................................................................ 28 co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Disclaimer ............................................................................................................................... 2 :4 2: Copyright................................................................................................................................. 2 04 Legal Information........................................................................................................................... 2 PM 6 Table of Contents SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 9.11 Analog Miscellaneous Signals .................................................................................... 68 9.13 Power and Ground ...................................................................................................... 69 10.1 Receive Line Interface and CRSI................................................................................ 72 10.2 Receive Section Overhead Processor (RSOP) .......................................................... 73 10.3 Receive Section Trace Buffer (SSTB)......................................................................... 75 10.5 The Receive APS, Synchronization Extractor and Bit Error Monitor (RASE) ............. 78 10.4 Receive Line Overhead Processor (RLOP) ................................................................ 76 10.6 Receive Transport Overhead Controller (RTOC) ........................................................ 79 10.8 Receive De-multiplexer (RX_DEMUX) ....................................................................... 80 10.10 Transmit Path Processing Slice (TPPS) ..................................................................... 94 10.12 Transmit Transport Overhead Controller (TTOC) ..................................................... 100 10.14 Transmit Section Overhead Processor (TSOP) ........................................................ 102 10.18 System Side Interfaces ............................................................................................. 105 10.19 JTAG Test Access Port Interface............................................................................... 107 11 Normal Mode Register Description..................................................................................... 117 12.1 Master Test and Test Configuration Registers .......................................................... 397 12.2 JTAG Test Port .......................................................................................................... 401 13 Operation ............................................................................................................................ 408 10.20 Microprocessor Interface........................................................................................... 107 12 Test Features Description ................................................................................................... 397 by ed ad lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 Pa 13.1 Software Initialization Sequence ............................................................................... 408 13.2 SONET/SDH Overhead Byte Processing ................................................................. 409 13.3 Path Processing Slice Configuration Options ........................................................... 415 13.4 Time Slot Interchange (Grooming) Configuration Options........................................ 417 13.5 System Interface Configuration Options ................................................................... 419 rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm 10.17 Add/Drop Bus Time-Slot Interchange (TSI) .............................................................. 104 in er 10.16 Transmit Line Interface.............................................................................................. 103 In 10.15 Transmit Section Trace Buffer (SSTB)...................................................................... 103 co n 10.13 Transmit Line Overhead Processor (TLOP).............................................................. 101 Tu es 10.11 Transmit Multiplexer (TX_REMUX)........................................................................... 100 da y, 10.9 Receive Path Processing Slice (RPPS)...................................................................... 80 03 De 10.7 Ring Control Port......................................................................................................... 79 ce m be r, 20 02 02 10 Functional Description .......................................................................................................... 72 :4 2: 04 9.12 JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Signals......................................................................... 68 PM 9.10 Microprocessor Interface Signals................................................................................ 67 7 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 13.7 Clocking Options ....................................................................................................... 420 13.9 Loop Back Operation ................................................................................................ 425 13.11 Board Design Recommendations ............................................................................. 431 13.12 Analog Power Supply Filtering .................................................................................. 432 13.13 Power Supplies Sequencing ..................................................................................... 434 13.15 Clock Recovery ......................................................................................................... 436 13.14 Interfacing to ECL or PECL Devices ......................................................................... 435 14 Functional Timing................................................................................................................ 438 14.2 Transmit Transport Overhead Insertion .................................................................... 440 14.4 Mate SPECTRA 4x155 Interfaces............................................................................. 445 14.6 System Side Path AIS Control Port........................................................................... 459 16 D.C. Characteristics ............................................................................................................ 462 18.2 Receive Timing.......................................................................................................... 471 18.3 Telecom Drop Bus Timing ......................................................................................... 476 18.5 Telecom Add Bus Timing........................................................................................... 479 18.7 JTAG Timing.............................................................................................................. 482 19 Ordering and Thermal Information...................................................................................... 485 Notes ......................................................................................................................................... 488 20 Mechanical Information....................................................................................................... 487 18.4 System-side Path Alarm Input Timing ....................................................................... 477 18.6 Transmit Timing......................................................................................................... 480 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm 18.1 System Reset Timing ................................................................................................ 471 in er 18 A.C. Timing Characteristics................................................................................................. 471 In 17 Microprocessor Interface Timing Characteristics................................................................ 464 co n 15 Absolute Maximum Ratings ................................................................................................ 461 Tu es 14.5 Telecom Bus System Side ........................................................................................ 450 da y, 14.3 Receive Path Overhead Extraction........................................................................... 442 03 De 14.1 Receive Transport Overhead Extraction ................................................................... 438 ce m be r, 20 02 02 13.10 JTAG Support............................................................................................................ 426 :4 2: 04 13.8 Loop Back Modes ..................................................................................................... 421 PM 13.6 Bit Error Rate Monitor (BERM).................................................................................. 419 8 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Register 0003H: Master Interrupt Status................................................................................... 122 Register 0004H: Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status #1...................................................... 124 Register 0005H: Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status #2...................................................... 124 Register 0007H: Path Reset...................................................................................................... 126 Register 0010H: CSPI Control and Status ................................................................................ 128 Register 0100H, 0200H, 0300H, and 0400H: Channel Reset, Identity and Accumulation Trigger ................................................................................................ 130 Register 0102H, 0202H, 0302H, and 0402H: Line Configuration #2 ........................................ 133 Register 0103H, 0203H, 0303H, and 0403H: Receive Line AIS Control .................................. 134 Register 0105H, 0205H, 0305H, and 0405H: Transmit Line RDI Control................................. 138 Register 0107H, 0207H, 0307H, and 0407H: Section Alarm Output Control #2 ...................... 142 Register 0108H, 0208H, 0308H, and 0408H: Section/Line Block Interrupt Status ........................................................................................................................ 143 Register 0104H, 0204H, 0304H, and 0404H: Ring Control ...................................................... 136 Register 0106H, 0206H, 0306H, and 0406H: Section Alarm Output Control #1 ...................... 140 Register 0006H: Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status #3...................................................... 124 Register 000AH: FREE.............................................................................................................. 127 Register 0011H: CSPI Reserved............................................................................................... 129 Registers 0110H, 0210H, 0310H, and 0410H: CRSI Configuration and Interrupt Status ........................................................................................................................ 151 ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ed by Registers 0111H, 0211H, 0311H, and 0411H: CRSI Reserved ............................................... 153 Registers 0114H, 0214H, 0314H, and 0414H: RSOP Control and Interrupt Enable ....................................................................................................................... 154 Registers 0115H, 0215H, 0315H, and 0415H: RSOP Status and Interrupt.............................. 156 Pa rtM i Register 010CH, 020CH, 030CH, and 040CH: Auxiliary Signal Status/Interrupt Status ........................................................................................................................ 150 ne Register 010BH, 020BH, 030BH, and 040BH: Auxiliary Signal Interrupt Enable ..................... 149 rI Register 010AH, 020AH, 030AH, and 040AH: Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status ........................................................................................................................ 147 nc of Register 0109H, 0209H, 0309H, and 0409H: Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Enable ....................................................................................................................... 145 Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es Register 0101H, 0201H, 0301H, and 0401H: Line Configuration #1 ........................................ 131 da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Register 0002H: Master Clock Control...................................................................................... 120 :4 2: Register 0001H: Master Clock Activity Monitor......................................................................... 119 04 Register 0000H: SPECTRA 4x155 Reset, Identity and Accumulation Trigger ......................... 118 PM 9 List of Registers SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Registers 0119H, 0219H, 0319H, and 0419H: RLOP Interrupt Enable and Status ........................................................................................................................ 162 Registers 011AH, 021AH, 031AH, 041AH: RLOP Line BIP (B2) Error Count #1 ..................... 164 Registers 011BH, 021BH, 031BH, 041BH: RLOP Line BIP (B2) Error Count #2 ..................... 164 Registers 011DH, 021DH, 031DH, and 041DH: RLOP REI Error Count #1............................. 166 Registers 011FH, 021FH, 031FH, and 041FH: RLOP REI Error Count #3 .............................. 166 Registers 0121H, 0221H, 0321H, and 0421H: SSTB Section Trace Status............................. 171 Registers 0122H, 0222H, 0322H, and 0422H: SSTB Section Trace Indirect Address ..................................................................................................................... 173 Registers 011CH, 021CH, 031CH, 041CH: RLOP Line BIP (B2) Error Count #3 .................... 164 Registers 011EH, 021EH, 031EH, and 041EH: RLOP REI Error Count #2 ............................. 166 Registers 0120H, 0220H, 0320H, and 0420H: SSTB Section Trace Control ........................... 168 Registers 0125H, 0225H, 0325H, and 0425H: SSTB Reserved............................................... 176 Registers 0126H, 0226H, 0326H, and 0426H: SSTB Section Trace Operation....................... 177 Registers 0131H, 0231H, 0331H, and 0431H: RTOC AIS Control........................................... 179 Registers 0141H, 0241H, 0341H, 0441H: RASE Interrupt Status ............................................ 181 Registers 0142H, 0242H, 0342H, 0442H: RASE Configuration/Control................................... 183 Registers 0143H, 0243H, 0343H, and 0443H: RASE SF Accumulation Period ....................... 185 Registers 0145H, 0245H, 0345H, and 0445H: RASE SF Accumulation Period ....................... 185 Registers 0146H, 0246H, 0346H, and 0446H: RASE SF Saturation Threshold....................... 186 Registers 0148H, 0248H, 0348H, and 0448H: RASE SF Declaring Threshold........................ 187 Registers 0149H, 0249H, 0349H, and 0449H: RASE SF Declaring Threshold........................ 187 Registers 014AH, 024AH, 034AH, and 044AH: RASE SF Clearing Threshold ........................ 188 Registers 014BH, 024BH, 034BH, and 044BH: RASE SF Clearing Threshold ........................ 188 Registers 014CH, 024CH, 034CH, and 044CH: RASE SD Accumulation Period .................... 189 Registers 0147H, 0247H, 0347H, and 0447H: RASE SF Saturation Threshold....................... 186 Registers 0144H, 0244H, 0344H, and 0444H: RASE SF Accumulation Period ....................... 185 Registers 0130H, 0230H, 0330H, and 0430H: RTOC Overhead Control................................. 178 Registers 0140H, 0240H, 0340H, 0440H: RASE Interrupt Enable ........................................... 180 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co Registers 0124H, 0224H, 0324H, and 0424H: SSTB Reserved............................................... 175 n Tu Registers 0123H, 0223H, 0323H, and 0423H: SSTB Section Trace Indirect Data........................................................................................................................... 174 es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 Register 0118H, 0218H, 0318H, and 0418H: RLOP Control and Status.................................. 159 2: Register 0117H, 0217H, 0317H, 0417H: RSOP Section BIP (B1) Error Count #2 .............................................................................................................................. 158 04 PM Registers 0116H, 0216H, 0316H, 0416H: RSOP Section BIP (B1) Error Count #1 .............................................................................................................................. 158 10 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Registers 014EH, 024EH, 034EH, and 044EH: RASE SD Accumulation Period..................... 189 Registers 0150H, 0250H, 0350H, and 0450H: RASE SD Saturation Threshold ...................... 190 Registers 0152H, 0252H, 0352H, and 0452H: RASE SD Declaring Threshold ....................... 191 Registers 0153H, 0253H, 0353H, and 0453H: RASE SD Clearing Threshold ......................... 192 Registers 0154H, 0254H, 0354H, and 0454H: RASE SD Clearing Threshold ......................... 192 Registers 0156H, 0256H, 0356H, 0456H: RASE Receive K2 .................................................. 194 Registers 0155H, 0255H, 0355H, 0455H: RASE Receive K1 .................................................. 193 Registers 0157H, 0257H, 0357H, 0457H: RASE Receive Z1/S1 ............................................. 195 Registers 0181H, 0281H, 0381H, and 0481H: TSOP Diagnostic............................................. 197 Registers 0185H, 0285H, 0385H, and 0485H: TLOP Diagnostic ............................................. 199 Registers 0187H, 0287H, 0387H, and 0487H: TLOP Transmit K2........................................... 201 Registers 0189H, 0289H, 0389H, and 0489H: TTOC Transmit Overhead Byte Control....................................................................................................................... 203 Registers 018BH, 028BH, 038BH, and 048BH: TTOC Transmit S1......................................... 207 Register 1002H: Drop Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #1 Select .............................................................. 209 Register 1003H: Drop Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #1 Select .............................................................. 210 Register 1004H: Drop Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #1 Select .............................................................. 211 Register 1006H: Drop Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #2 Select .............................................................. 213 Register 1007H: Drop Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #2 Select .............................................................. 214 Register 1009H: Drop Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 Select .............................................................. 216 Register 100AH: Drop Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #3 Select.............................................................. 217 Register 100BH: Drop Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #3 Select.............................................................. 218 Register 100CH: Drop Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #3 Select.............................................................. 219 Register: Register 1020H: Drop Bus DLL Configuration........................................................... 220 Register 1005H: Drop Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 Select .............................................................. 212 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa Register 1008H: Drop Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #2 Select .............................................................. 215 rtM i ne rI nc of Pa Register 1001H: Drop Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 Select .............................................................. 208 rtm in Registers 018AH, 028AH, 038AH, and 048AH: TTOC Transmit Z0......................................... 206 er In co Registers 0188H, 0288H, 0388H, and 0488H: TTOC Transmit Overhead Output Control ........................................................................................................... 202 n Tu es Registers 0186H, 0286H, 0386H, and 0486H: TLOP Transmit K1........................................... 200 da y, Registers 0184H, 0284H, 0384H, and 0484H: TLOP Control .................................................. 198 03 De Registers 0180H, 0280H, 0380H, and 0480H: TSOP Control .................................................. 196 ce m be r, 20 02 02 Registers 0151H, 0251H, 0351H, and 0451H: RASE SD Declaring Threshold ....................... 191 :4 2: 04 Registers 014FH, 024FH, 034FH, and 044FH: RASE SD Saturation Threshold ..................... 190 PM Registers 014DH, 024DH, 034DH, and 044DH: RASE SD Accumulation Period .................... 189 11 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Register 1022H: Drop Bus DLL Reset Register........................................................................ 222 Register 1030H: Drop Bus Configuration .................................................................................. 225 Register 1082H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #1 Select................................... 228 Register 1083H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #1 Select................................... 229 Register 1084H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #1 Select................................... 230 Register 1086H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #2 Select................................... 232 Register 1085H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 Select................................... 231 Register 1087H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #2 Select................................... 233 Register 1089H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 Select................................... 235 Register 108BH: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #3 Select .................................. 237 Register 10B0H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Configuration #1 ................................................. 239 Register 10B2H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Parity Interrupt Enable ....................................... 242 Registers 1102H, 1202H, 1302H, 1402H, 1502H, 1602H, 1702H, 1802H, 1902H, 1A02H, 1B02H, and 1C02H: RPPS Path Configuration .............................. 247 Registers 1115H, 1215H, 1315H, 1415H, 1515H, 1615H, 1715H, 1815H, 1915H, 1A15H, 1B15H, and 1C15H: RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #2 ..................... 256 Registers 1116H, 1216H, 1316H, 1416H, 1516H, 1616H, 1716H, 1816H, 1916H, 1A16H, 1B16H, and 1C16H: Reserved........................................................ 258 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa Registers 1114H, 1214H, 1314H, 1414H, 1514H, 1614H, 1714H, 1814H, 1914H, 1A14H, 1B14H, and 1C14H: RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #1 ..................... 254 rtM i Registers 1111H, 1211H, 1311H, 1411H, 1511H, 1611H, 1711H, 1811H, 1911H, 1A11H, 1B11H, and 1C11H: RPPS Path AIS Control #2 ............................ 252 ne rI Registers 1110H, 1210H, 1310H, 1410H, 1510H, 1610H, 1710H, 1810H, 1910H, 1A10H, 1B10H, and 1C10H: RPPS Path AIS Control #1 ............................ 249 nc of Pa Registers 1100H, 1200H, 1300H, 1400H, 1500H, 1600H, 1700H, 1800H, 1900H, 1A00H, 1B00H, and 1C00H: RPPS Configuration & Slice ID ...................... 246 rtm Register 10B7H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Signal Activity Monitor........................................ 245 in er Register 10B6H: SPECTRA 4x155 System Side Clock Activity Monitor .................................. 244 In Register 10B4H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Parity Interrupt Status ........................................ 243 co n Register 10B1H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Configuration #2 ................................................. 241 Tu es Register 108CH: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #3 Select .................................. 238 da y, Register 108AH: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #3 Select .................................. 236 03 De Register 1088H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #2 Select................................... 234 ce m be r, 20 02 02 Register 1081H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 Select................................... 227 :4 2: 04 Register 1023H: Drop Bus DLL Control Status......................................................................... 223 PM Register 1021H: Drop Bus DLL Reserved ................................................................................ 221 12 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Registers 1118H, 1218H, 1318H, 1418H, 1518H, 1618H, 1718H, 1818H, 1918H, 1A18H, 1B18H, and 1C18H: RPPS Path Enhanced RDI Control #1.................................................................................................................. 259 Registers 1119H, 1219H, 1319H, 1419H, 1519H, 1619H, 1719H, 1819H, 1919H, 1A19H, 1B19H, and 1C19H: RPPS Path Enhanced RDI Control #2.................................................................................................................. 261 Registers 111CH, 121CH, 131CH, 141CH, 151CH, 161CH, 171CH, 181CH, 191CH, 1A1CH, 1B1CH, and 1C1CH: RPPS RALM Output Control #1 .............................................................................................................................. 263 Registers 111DH, 121DH, 131DH, 141DH, 151DH, 161DH, 171DH, 181DH, 191DH, 1A1DH, 1B1DH, and 1C1DH: RPPS RALM Output Control #2 .............................................................................................................................. 266 Registers 1128H, 1228H, 1328H, 1428H, 1528H, 1628H, 1728H, 1828H, 1928H, 1A28H, 1B28H, and 1C28H: RPPS Path Interrupt Status ........................... 269 Registers 112CH, 122CH, 132CH, 142CH, 152CH, 162CH, 172CH, 182CH, 192CH, 1A2CH, 1B2CH, and 1C2CH: RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Enable #1 .................................................................................................................. 270 Registers 112DH, 122DH, 132DH, 142DH, 152DH, 162DH, 172DH, 182DH, 192DH, 1A2DH, 1B2DH, and 1C2DH: RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Enable #2 .................................................................................................................. 272 Registers 1130H, 1230H, 1330H, 1430H, 1530H, 1630H, 1730H, 1830H, 1930H, 1A30H, 1B30H, and 1C30H: RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #1 ................................................................................................................... 274 Registers 1131H, 1231H, 1331H, 1431H, 1531H, 1631H, 1731H, 1831H, 1931H, 1A31H, 1B31H, and 1C31H: RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #2 ................................................................................................................... 276 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Registers 1141H, 1241H, 1341H, 1441H, 1541H, 1641H, 1741H, 1841H, 1941H, 1A41H, 1B41H, and 1C41H: RPOP Alarm Interrupt Status (EXTD=1) .................................................................................................................. 283 Registers 1142H, 1242H, 1342H, 1442H, 1542H, 1642H, 1742H, 1842H, 1942H, 1A42H, 1B42H, and 1C42H: RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status....................... 284 by Pa Registers 1141H, 1241H, 1341H, 1441H, 1541H, 1641H, 1741H, 1841H, 1941H, 1A41H, 1B41H, and 1C41H: RPOP Alarm Interrupt Status (EXTD=0) .................................................................................................................. 281 rtM i ne Registers 1140H, 1240H, 1340H, 1440H, 1540H, 1640H, 1740H, 1840H, 1940H, 1A40H, 1B40H, and 1C40H: RPOP Status and Control (EXTD=1) .................................................................................................................. 280 rI nc Registers 1140H, 1240H, 1340H, 1440H, 1540H, 1640H, 1740H, 1840H, 1940H, 1A40H, 1B40H, and 1C40H: RPOP Status and Control (EXTD=0) .................................................................................................................. 278 of Pa Registers 1134H, 1234H, 1334H, 1434H, 1534H, 1634H, 1734H, 1834H, 1934H, 1A34H, 1B34H, and 1C34H: RPPS Auxiliary Path Status ........................... 277 rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce Registers 111EH, 121EH, 131EH, 141EH, 151EH, 161EH, 171EH, 181EH, 191EH, 1A1EH, 1B1EH, and 1C1EH: RPPS Reserved ........................................... 268 m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 13 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Registers 1143H, 1243H, 1343H, 1443H, 1543H, 1643H, 1743H, 1843H, 1943H, 1A43H, 1B43H, and 1C43H: RPOP Alarm Interrupt Enable (EXTD=0) .................................................................................................................. 286 Registers 1143H, 1243H, 1343H, 1443H, 1543H, 1643H, 1743H, 1843H, 1943H, 1A43H, 1B43H, and 1C43H: RPOP Alarm Interrupt Enable and Concat Pointer Status (EXTD=1) ....................................................................... 288 Registers 1144H, 1244H, 1344H, 1444H, 1544H, 1644H, 1744H, 1844H, 1944H, 1A44H, 1B44H, and 1C44H: RPOP Pointer Interrupt Enable...................... 289 Registers 114CH, 124CH, 134CH, 144CH, 154CH, 164CH, 174CH, 184CH, 194CH, 1A4CH, 1B4CH, and 1C4CH: RPOP Tributary Multi-frame Status and Control .................................................................................................... 297 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Registers 1157H, 1257H, 1357H, 1457H, 1557H, 1657H, 1757H, 1857H, 1957H, 1A57H, 1B57H, and 1C57H: PMON Transmit Negative Pointer Justification Count ........................................................................................ 304 Registers 1158H, 1258H, 1358H, 1458H, 1558H, 1658H, 1758H, 1858H, 1958H, 1A58H, 1B58H, and 1C58H: RTAL Control ................................................. 305 Registers 1159H, 1259H, 1359H, 1459H, 1559H, 1659H, 1759H, 1859H, 1959H, 1A59H, 1B59H, and 1C59H: RTAL Interrupt Status and Control....................................................................................................................... 307 Pa rtM i Registers 1156H, 1256H, 1356H, 1456H, 1556H, 1656H, 1756H, 1856H, 1956H, 1A56H, 1B56H, and 1C56H: PMON Transmit Positive Pointer Justification Count..................................................................................................... 303 ne rI Registers 1155H, 1255H, 1355H, 1455H, 1555H, 1655H, 1755H, 1855H, 1955H, 1A55H, 1B55H, and 1C55H: PMON Receive Negative Pointer Justification Count ........................................................................................ 302 nc of Pa Registers 1154H, 1254H, 1354H, 1454H, 1554H, 1654H, 1754H, 1854H, 1954H, 1A54H, 1B54H, and 1C54H: PMON Receive Positive Pointer Justification Count..................................................................................................... 301 rtm in Registers 114DH, 124DH, 134DH, 144DH, 154DH, 164DH, 174DH, 184DH, 194DH, 1A4DH, 1B4DH, and 1C4DH: RPOP Ring Control ..................................... 299 er In co n Registers 114BH, 124BH, 134BH, 144BH, 154BH, 164BH, 174BH, 184BH, 194BH, 1A4BH, 1B4BH, and 1C4BH: RPOP Path REI MSB ................................... 296 Tu es Registers 114AH, 124AH, 134AH, 144AH, 154AH, 164AH, 174AH, 184AH, 194AH, 1A4AH, 1B4AH, and 1C4AH: RPOP Path REI LSB .................................... 296 da Registers 1149H, 1249H, 1349H, 1449H, 1549H, 1649H, 1749H, 1849H, 1949H, 1A49H, 1B49H, and 1C49H: RPOP Path BIP-8 MSB.................................. 295 y, 03 Registers 1148H, 1248H, 1348H, 1448H, 1548H, 1648H, 1748H, 1848H, 1948H, 1A48H, 1B48H, and 1C48H: RPOP Path BIP-8 LSB................................... 295 De ce Registers 1147H, 1247H, 1347H, 1447H, 1547H, 1647H, 1747H, 1847H, 1947H, 1A47H, 1B47H, and 1C47H: RPOP Path Signal Label................................ 294 m be Registers 1146H, 1246H, 1346H, 1446H, 1546H, 1646H, 1746H, 1846H, 1946H, 1A46H, 1B46H, and 1C46H: RPOP Pointer MSB........................................ 292 r, 20 Registers 1145H, 1245H, 1345H, 1445H, 1545H, 1645H, 1745H, 1845H, 1945H, 1A45H, 1B45H, and 1C45H: RPOP Pointer LSB......................................... 291 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 14 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Registers 115AH, 125AH, 135AH, 145AH, 155AH, 165AH, 175AH, 185AH, 195AH, 1A5AH, 1B5AH, and 1C5AH: RTAL Alarm and Diagnostic Control....................................................................................................................... 310 Registers 117CH, 127CH, 137CH, 147CH, 157CH, 167CH, 177CH, 187CH, 197CH, 1A7CH, 1B7CH, and 1C7CH: DPGM Monitor Error Count #1 .................... 332 Registers 117DH, 127DH, 137DH, 147DH, 157DH, 167DH, 177DH, 187DH, 197DH, 1A7DH, 1B7DH, and 1C7DH: DPGM Monitor Error Count #2 .................... 332 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa Registers 117BH, 127BH, 137BH, 147BH, 157BH, 167BH, 177BH, 187BH, 197BH, 1A7BH, 1B7BH, and 1C7BH: DPGM Monitor Status .................................. 330 rtM i Registers 117AH, 127AH, 137AH, 147AH, 157AH, 167AH, 177AH, 187AH, 197AH, 1A7AH, 1B7AH, and 1C7AH: DPGM Monitor Concatenate Control....................................................................................................................... 329 ne rI Reserved Error! Bookmark not defined. nc Registers 1178H, 1278H, 1378H, 1478H, 1578H, 1678H, 1778H, 1878H, 1978H, 1A78H, 1B78H, and 1C78H: DPGM Monitor Control #1.............................. 327 of Pa Registers 1173H, 1273H, 1373H, 1473H, 1573H, 1673H, 1773H, 1873H, 1973H, 1A73H, 1B73H, and 1C73H: DPGM Generator Status................................ 326 rtm Registers 1172H, 1272H, 1372H, 1472H, 1572H, 1672H, 1772H, 1872H, 1972H, 1A72H, 1B72H, and 1C72H: DPGM Generator Concatenate Control....................................................................................................................... 325 in er In Registers 1171H, 1271H, 1371H, 1471H, 1571H, 1671H, 1771H, 1871H, 1971H, 1A71H, 1B71H, and 1C71H: DPGM Generator Control #2 ......................... 324 co Registers 1170H, 1270H, 1370H, 1470H, 1570H, 1670H, 1770H, 1870H, 1970H, 1A70H, 1B70H, and 1C70H: DPGM Generator Control #1 ......................... 322 n Tu Registers 1166H, 1266H, 1366H, 1466H, 1566H, 1666H, 1766H, 1866H, 1966H, 1A66H, 1B66H, and 1C66H: SPTB Path Trace Operation Trigger ....................................................................................................................... 321 es da y, Registers 1165H, 1265H, 1365H, 1465H, 1565H, 1665H, 1765H, 1865H, 1965H, 1A65H, 1B65H, and 1C65H: SPTB Path Signal Label Control and Status ................................................................................................................. 319 03 De Registers 1164H, 1264H, 1364H, 1464H, 1564H, 1664H, 1764H, 1864H, 1964H, 1A64H, 1B64H, and 1C64H: SPTB Expected Path Signal Label.......................................................................................................................... 318 ce m be Registers 1163H, 1263H, 1363H, 1463H, 1563H, 1663H, 1763H, 1863H, 1963H, 1A63H, 1B63H, and 1C63H: SPTB Indirect Data Register.......................... 317 r, 20 Registers 1162H, 1262H, 1362H, 1462H, 1562H, 1662H, 1762H, 1862H, 1962H, 1A62H, 1B62H, and 1C62H: SPTB Indirect Address Register .................... 316 02 Registers 1161H, 1261H, 1361H, 1461H, 1561H, 1661H, 1761H, 1861H, 1961H, 1A61H, 1B61H, and 1C61H: SPTB Path Trace Identifier Status ........................................................................................................................ 314 02 :4 2: Registers 1160H, 1260H, 1360H, 1460H, 1560H, 1660H, 1760H, 1860H, 1960H, 1A60H, 1B60H, and 1C60H: SPTB Control ................................................. 312 04 PM 15 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Registers 1180H, 1280H, 1380H, 1480H, 1580H, 1680H, 1780H, 1880H, 1980H, 1A80H, 1B80H, and 1C80H: SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Configuration ............................................................................................................. 333 Registers 11C4H, 12C4H, 13C4H, 14C4H, 15C4H, 16C4H, 17C4H, 18C4H, 19C4H, 1AC4H, 1BC4H, and 1CC4H: TPOP Current Pointer MSB......................... 349 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Registers 11CBH, 12CBH, 13CBH, 14CBH, 15CBH, 16CBH, 17CBH, 18CBH, 19CBH, 1ACBH, 1BCBH, and 1CCBH: TPOP Path Growth #1 ............................... 356 Registers 11CCH, 12CCH, 13CCH, 14CCH, 15CCH, 16CCH, 17CCH, 18CCH, 19CCH, 1ACCH, 1BCCH, and 1CCCH: TPOP Path Growth #2 .............................. 357 Pa Registers 11CAH, 12CAH, 13CAH, 14CAH, 15CAH, 16CAH, 17CAH, 18CAH, 19CAH, 1ACAH, 1BCAH, and 1CCAH: TPOP Path User Channel.......................... 355 rtM i Registers 11C9H, 12C9H, 13C9H, 14C9H, 15C9H, 16C9H, 17C9H, 18C9H, 19C9H, 1AC9H, 1BC9H, and 1CC9H: TPOP Path Status ....................................... 353 ne rI Registers 11C8H, 12C8H, 13C8H, 14C8H, 15C8H, 16C8H, 17C8H, 18C8H, 19C8H, 1AC8H, 1BC8H, and 1CC8H: TPOP Path Signal Label.............................. 352 nc of Registers 11C7H, 12C7H, 13C7H, 14C7H, 15C7H, 16C7H, 17C7H, 18C7H, 19C7H, 1AC7H, 1BC7H, and 1CC7H: TPOP Path Trace ........................................ 351 Pa Registers 11C6H, 12C6H, 13C6H, 14C6H, 15C6H, 16C6H, 17C6H, 18C6H, 19C6H, 1AC6H, 1BC6H, and 1CC6H: TPOP Payload Pointer MSB........................ 350 rtm in Registers 11C5H, 12C5H, 13C5H, 14C5H, 15C5H, 16C5H, 17C5H, 18C5H, 19C5H, 1AC5H, 1BC5H, and 1CC5H: TPOP Payload Pointer LSB......................... 350 er In co Registers 11C3H, 12C3H, 13C3H, 14C3H, 15C3H, 16C3H, 17C3H, 18C3H, 19C3H, 1AC3H, 1BC3H, and 1CC3H: TPOP Current Pointer LSB.......................... 349 n Tu Registers 11C1H, 12C1H, 13C1H, 14C1H, 15C1H, 16C1H, 17C1H, 18C1H, 19C1H, 1AC1H, 1BC1H, and 1CC1H: TPOP Pointer Control.................................. 348 es da Registers 11C0H, 12C0H, 13C0H, 14C0H, 15C0H, 16C0H, 17C0H, 18C0H, 19C0H, 1AC0H, 1BC0H, and 1CC0H: TPOP Control .............................................. 346 y, 03 Registers 11B0H, 12B0H, 13B0H, 14B0H, 15B0H, 16B0H, 17B0H, 18B0H, 19B0H, 1AB0H, 1BB0H, and 1CB0H: SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status................................................................................... 344 De ce Registers 11ACH, 12ACH, 13ACH, 14ACH, 15ACH, 16ACH, 17ACH, 18ACH, 19ACH, 1AACH, 1BACH, and 1CACH: TPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Enable ....................................................................................................................... 342 m be Registers 11A8H, 12A8H, 13A8H, 14A8H, 15A8H, 16A8H, 17A8H, 18A8H, 19A8H, 1AA8H, 1BA8H, and 1CA8H: TPPS Path Interrupt Status .......................... 341 r, 20 Registers 1190H, 1290H, 1390H, 1490H, 1590H, 1690H, 1790H, 1890H, 1990H, 1A90H, 1B90H, and 1C90H: TPPS Path AIS Control.................................. 339 02 02 Registers 1186H, 1286H, 1386H, 1486H, 1586H, 1686H, 1786H, 1886H, 1986H, 1A86H, 1B86H, and 1C86H: TPPS Path Transmit Control.......................... 337 :4 2: Registers 1182H, 1282H, 1382H, 1482H, 1582H, 1682H, 1782H, 1882H, 1982H, 1A82H, 1B82H, and 1C82H: TPPS Path Configuration............................... 335 04 PM 16 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Registers 11CDH, 12CDH, 13CDH, 14CDH, 15CDH, 16CDH, 17CDH, 18CDH, 19CDH, 1ACDH, 1BCDH, and 1CCDH: TPOP Tandem Connection Maintenance.............................................................................................................. 358 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Registers 11ECH, 12ECH, 13ECH, 14ECH, 15ECH, 16ECH, 17ECH, 18ECH, 19ECH, 1AECH, 1BECH, and 1CECH: TPIP Tributary Multi-frame Status and Control .................................................................................................... 381 Registers 11EDH, 12EDH, 13EDH, 14EDH, 15EDH, 16EDH, 17EDH, 18EDH, 19EDH, 1AEDH, 1BEDH, and 1CEDH: TPIP BIP Control........................................ 383 by Pa Registers 11E9H, 12E9H, 13E9H, 14E9H, 15E9H, 16E9H, 17E9H, 18E9H, 19E9H, 1AE9H, 1BE9H, and 1CE9H: TPIP Path BIP-8 MSB .................................. 380 rtM i Registers 11E8H, 12E8H, 13E8H, 14E8H, 15E8H, 16E8H, 17E8H, 18E8H, 19E8H, 1AE8H, 1BE8H, and 1CE8H: TPIP Path BIP-8 LSB ................................... 380 ne rI Registers 11E6H, 12E6H, 13E6H, 14E6H, 15E6H, 16E6H, 17E6H, 18E6H, 19E6H, 1AE6H, 1BE6H, and 1CE6H: TPIP Pointer MSB ........................................ 378 nc of Registers 11E5H, 12E5H, 13E5H, 14E5H, 15E5H, 16E5H, 17E5H, 18E5H, 19E5H, 1AE5H, 1BE5H, and 1CE5H: TPIP Pointer LSB ......................................... 377 Pa Registers 11E4H, 12E4H, 13E4H, 14E4H, 15E4H, 16E4H, 17E4H, 18E4H, 19E4H, 1AE4H, 1BE4H, and 1CE4H: TPIP Pointer Interrupt Enable ...................... 375 rtm in Registers 11E3H, 12E3H, 13E3H, 14E3H, 15E3H, 16E3H, 17E3H, 18E3H, 19E3H, 1AE3H, 1BE3H, and 1CE3H: TPIP Alarm Interrupt Enable (EXTD=1) .................................................................................................................. 374 er In Registers 11E3H, 12E3H, 13E3H, 14E3H, 15E3H, 16E3H, 17E3H, 18E3H, 19E3H, 1AE3H, 1BE3H, and 1CE3H: TPIP Alarm Interrupt Enable (EXTD=0) .................................................................................................................. 372 co n Tu Registers 11E2H, 12E2H, 13E2H, 14E2H, 15E2H, 16E2H, 17E2H, 18E2H, 19E2H, 1AE2H, 1BE2H, and 1CE2H: TPIP Pointer Interrupt Status ....................... 370 es Registers 11E1H, 12E1H, 13E1H, 14E1H, 15E1H, 16E1H, 17E1H, 18E1H, 19E1H, 1AE1H, 1BE1H, and 1CE1H: TPIP Alarm Interrupt Status (EXTD=0) .................................................................................................................. 368 da y, 03 Registers 11E0H, 12E0H, 13E0H, 14E0H, 15E0H, 16E0H, 17E0H, 18E0H, 19E0H, 1AE0H, 1BE0H, and 1CE0H: TPIP Status and Control (EXTD=1) .................................................................................................................. 367 De ce Registers 11E0H, 12E0H, 13E0H, 14E0H, 15E0H, 16E0H, 17E0H, 18E0H, 19E0H, 1AE0H, 1BE0H, and 1CE0H: TPIP Status and Control (EXTD=0) .................................................................................................................. 365 m be r, Registers 11D2H, 12D2H, 13D2H, 14D2H, 15D2H, 16D2H, 17D2H, 18D2H, 19D2H, 1AD2H, 1BD2H, and 1CD2H: TTAL Alarm and Diagnostic Control....................................................................................................................... 363 20 02 Registers 11D1H, 12D1H, 13D1H, 14D1H, 15D1H, 16D1H, 17D1H, 18D1H, 19D1H, 1AD1H, 1BD1H, and 1CD1H: TTAL Interrupt Status and Control....................................................................................................................... 361 02 :4 2: Registers 11D0H, 12D0H, 13D0H, 14D0H, 15D0H, 16D0H, 17D0H, 18D0H, 19D0H, 1AD0H, 1BD0H, and 1CD0H: TTAL Control ............................................... 359 04 PM 17 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Register 2000H: Master Test .................................................................................................... 398 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In Register Address 2001H: Master Test Slice Select .................................................................. 400 co n Registers 11FDH, 12FDH, 13FDH, 14FDH, 15FDH, 16FDH, 17FDH, 18FDH, 19FDH, 1AFDH, 1BFDH, 1CFDH:APGM Monitor Error Count #2............................ 396 Tu es Registers 11FCH, 12FCH, 13FCH, 14FCH, 15FCH, 16FCH, 17FCH, 18FCH, 19FCH, 1AFCH, 1BFCH, and 1CFCH: APGM Monitor Error Count #1.................... 396 da Registers 11FBH, 12FBH, 13FBH, 14FBH, 15FBH, 16FBH, 17FBH, 18FBH, 19FBH, 1AFBH, 1BFBH, 1CFBH:APGM Monitor Status.......................................... 394 y, 03 Registers 11FAH, 12FAH, 13FAH, 14FAH, 15FAH, 16FAH, 17FAH, 18FAH, 19FAH, 1AFAH, 1BFAH, 1CFAH:APGM Monitor Concatenate Control....................................................................................................................... 393 De ce Registers 11F9H, 12F9H, 13F9H, 14F9H, 15F9H, 16F9H, 17F9H, 18F9H, 19F9H, 1AF9H, 1BF9H, and 1CF9H: APGM Monitor Control #2 ............................. 392 m be Registers 11F8H, 12F8H, 13F8H, 14F8H, 15F8H, 16F8H, 17F8H, 18F8H, 19F8H, 1AF8H, 1BF8H, and 1CF8H: APGM Monitor Control #1 ............................. 390 r, 20 Registers 11F3H, 12F3H, 13F3H, 14F3H, 15F3H, 16F3H, 17F3H, 18F3H, 19F3H, 1AF3H, 1BF3H, and 1CF3H: APGM Generator Status ............................... 389 02 02 Registers 11F2H, 12F2H, 13F2H, 14F2H, 15F2H, 16F2H, 17F2H, 18F2H, 19F2H, 1AF2H, 1BF2H, and 1CF2H: APGM Generator Concatenate Control....................................................................................................................... 388 :4 2: Registers 11F1H, 12F1H, 13F1H, 14F1H, 15F1H, 16F1H, 17F1H, 18F1H, 19F1H, 1AF1H, 1BF1H, and 1CF1H: APGM Generator Control #2......................... 387 04 PM Registers 11F0H, 12F0H, 13F0H, 14F0H, 15F0H, 16F0H, 17F0H, 18F0H, 19F0H, 1AF0H, 1BF0H, and 1CF0H: APGM Generator Control #1......................... 385 18 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 5 SPECTRA 4x155 Typical Jitter Tolerance .................................................................. 73 Figure 7 Pointer Generation State Diagram.............................................................................. 91 Figure 8 Unused and National Use Bytes ............................................................................... 101 Figure 9 Path Processing Slices and Order of Transmission.................................................. 116 Figure 11 Output Cell (OUT_CELL) ........................................................................................ 406 Figure 12 Bi-directional Cell (IO_CELL) .................................................................................. 406 Figure 13 Layout of Output Enable and Bi-directional Cells ................................................... 407 Figure 14 Conceptual Clocking Structure................................................................................ 421 Figure 16 System Side Line Loop Back .................................................................................. 423 Figure 17 Serial Diagnostic Loop Back ................................................................................... 424 Figure 19 Boundary Scan Architecture ................................................................................... 427 Figure 21 Analog Power Filters with 3.3V Supply (1).............................................................. 433 Figure 22 Power Sequencing Circuit....................................................................................... 435 Figure 23 Interfacing to ECL or PECL Devices....................................................................... 436 Figure 24 Clock Recovery External Components ................................................................... 437 Figure 26 RX Section DCC Timing.......................................................................................... 439 Figure 28 Transmit Transport Overhead Insertion .................................................................. 440 Figure 29 TX Section DCC Output Timing For D1-D3 ............................................................ 441 Figure 30 TX Line DCC Output Timing For D4-D12 ............................................................... 441 Figure 31 Receive Path Overhead Extraction/Alarm Timing................................................... 442 Figure 32 Receive Tandem Connect Maintenance Insertion Timing ...................................... 444 Figure 25 Figure 18 Parallel Diagnostic Loop Back ................................................................................ 425 Figure 20 TAP Controller Finite State Machine....................................................................... 429 Figure 15 Line Loop Back ....................................................................................................... 422 Figure 10 Input Observation Cell (IN_CELL) .......................................................................... 405 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa Figure 27 RX Line DCC Timing............................................................................................... 439 rtM i ne rI Receive Tranport Overhead Extraction.................................................................. 438 nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be Figure 6 Pointer Interpretation State Diagram .......................................................................... 83 r, 20 Figure 4 Pin Diagram of SPECTRA 4x155 (Bottom Top right going clockwise) .................................. 36 02 Figure 3 Block Diagram ............................................................................................................. 33 02 Figure 2 STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) Application with 77.76 MHz Byte TelecomBus Interface................................................................................. 32 :4 2: Figure 1 STS-3 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) Application with 19.44 MHz Byte TelecomBus Interface................................................................................. 31 04 PM 19 List of Figures SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 34 Receive Path Alarm Port Timing ............................................................................. 447 Figure 36 Transmit Alarm Port Timing .................................................................................... 449 Figure 38 STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) 19.44 MHz Byte Drop Bus Timing ...................................... 451 Figure 39 STS-12 (STM-4/AU-3) 77.76 MHz Byte Drop Bus Timing...................................... 452 Figure 40 STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) 19.44 MHz Byte Add Bus Timing ......................................... 453 Figure 42 STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) 19.44 MHz Byte Add Bus Timing ....................................... 455 Figure 41 STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) 19.44 MHz Byte Add Bus (AFP) Timing............................... 454 Figure 43 STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) 19.44 MHz Byte Add Bus (AFP) Timing ............................. 456 Figure 45 STS-12 (STM-12/AU-3) 77.76 MHz Byte Add Bus (AFP) Timing........................... 458 Figure 47 System Add Side Path AIS Control Port Timing ..................................................... 460 Figure 49 Microprocessor Interface Read Access Timing (Motorola Mode)........................... 466 Figure 51 Microprocessor Interface Write Access Timing (Motorola Mode) ........................... 469 Figure 55 Ring Control Port Output Timing ............................................................................. 475 Figure 56 Receive Tandem Connection Input Timing............................................................. 475 Figure 58 Telecom Drop Bus Output Timing........................................................................... 477 Figure 60 System ADD-side Path Alarm Input Timing ............................................................ 478 Figure 61 Telecom Add Bus Input Timing ............................................................................... 480 Figure 63 Transmit Transport Overhead Input Timing ............................................................ 481 Figure 64 Transmit Ring Control Port Input Timing................................................................. 482 Figure 65 JTAG Port Interface Timing..................................................................................... 483 Figure 66 Theta Ja vs. Airflow Plot.......................................................................................... 486 Figure 67 Mechanical Drawing 520 Pin Super Ball Grid Array (SBGA).................................. 487 Figure 62 Transmit Alarm Port Input Timing ........................................................................... 481 Figure 57 Telecom Drop Bus Input Timing.............................................................................. 476 Figure 59 System DROP-side Path Alarm Input Timing ......................................................... 478 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm Figure 54 Receive Path Overhead and Alarm Port Output Timing ......................................... 474 in er Figure 53 Receive Line Output Timing.................................................................................... 472 In Figure 52 RSTB Timing Diagram ............................................................................................ 471 co n Figure 50 Microprocessor Interface Write Access Timing (Intel Mode) .................................. 468 Tu es Figure 48 Microprocessor Interface Read Access Timing (Intel Mode) .................................. 465 da y, Figure 46 System Drop Side Path AIS Control Port Timing.................................................... 459 03 De Figure 44 STS-12 (STM-12/AU-3) 77.76 MHz Byte Add Bus Timing ..................................... 457 ce m be r, 20 02 02 Figure 37 STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) 19.44 MHz Byte Drop Bus Timing........................................ 450 :4 2: 04 Figure 35 Transmit Ring Control Port...................................................................................... 448 PM Figure 33 Receive Ring Control Port....................................................................................... 445 20 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 21 04 PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Table 4 Pointer Generator Event (Indications) Description....................................................... 91 Table 5 Pointer Generator Transition Description..................................................................... 92 Table 6 Columns and STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Streams Association. ........................................ 104 Table 8 System Side Drop Bus Configuration Options ........................................................... 107 Table 10 Correspondence between Channel and Path Processing Slice Number...................................................................................................................... 131 Table 11 Transport overhead National and Unused bytes...................................................... 204 Table 13 RXSEL[1:0] Codepoints for STS-1 and STS-3c....................................................... 336 Table 15 Transmit ESD[1:0] Codepoints................................................................................. 362 Table 17 TSTADDSEL[3:0] Codepoints When Addressing Transport Channels. .................................................................................................................. 400 Table 19 Instruction Register (Length - 3 bits) ........................................................................ 401 Table 21 Boundary Scan Register .......................................................................................... 401 Table 22 Transport Overhead Bytes ....................................................................................... 411 Table 23 Path Overhead Bytes ............................................................................................... 414 Table 24 Slice Configuration for SDH STM-1 Path Processing .............................................. 415 Table 26 Valid Master/Slave Slice Configurations within a Channel ...................................... 416 Table 28 Recommended BERM settings ................................................................................ 420 Table 29 Absolute Maximum Ratings...................................................................................... 461 Table 30 D.C Characteristics .................................................................................................. 462 Table 31 Microprocessor Interface Read Access ................................................................... 464 Table 32 Microprocessor Interface Write Access.................................................................... 467 Table 25 Slice Configuration for SONET STS-3/3c Path Processing ..................................... 415 Table 27 Telecom Bus STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Time-slots (Streams) ....................................... 418 Table 12 Receive ESD[1:0] Codepoints.................................................................................. 308 Table 14 Transmit RDI Control................................................................................................ 353 Table 16 Test Mode Register Memory Map ............................................................................ 397 Table 7 System Side Add Bus Configuration Options............................................................. 106 Table 9 Register Memory Map ................................................................................................ 107 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa Table 20 Identification Register............................................................................................... 401 rtm in Table 18 TSTADDSEL[3:0] Codepoints When Address RPPS/TPPS Slices ......................... 400 er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Table 3 Path Signal Label Match/Mismatch State Table. ......................................................... 88 :4 2: Table 2 Pointer Interpreter Transition Description .................................................................... 84 04 Table 1 Pointer Interpreter Event (Indications) Description ...................................................... 83 PM 22 List of Tables SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Table 34 Receive Line Input Interface Timing......................................................................... 471 Table 36 Receive Path Overhead and Alarm Port Output Timing .......................................... 473 Table 38 Receive Tandem Connection Input Timing .............................................................. 475 Table 39 Telecom Drop Bus Input Timing............................................................................... 476 Table 40 Telecom Drop Bus Output Timing at 77.76 MHz DCK............................................. 476 Table 42 System DROP-side Path Alarm Input Timing .......................................................... 477 Table 41 Telecom Drop Bus Output Timing at 19.44 MHz DCK............................................. 476 Table 43 System ADD-side Path Alarm Input Timing ............................................................. 478 Table 45 Transmit Alarm Port Input Timing ............................................................................ 480 Table 47 Transmit Ring Control Port Input Timing.................................................................. 482 Table 49 JTAG Port Interface.................................................................................................. 482 Table 51 Thermal information - Theta Jc................................................................................ 485 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er Table 53 Thermal information - Theta Ja vs. Airflow.............................................................. 485 In Table 52 Maximum Junction Temperature.............................................................................. 485 co n Table 50 Ordering information................................................................................................. 485 Tu es Table 48 Transmit Overhead Output Timing........................................................................... 482 da y, Table 46 Transmit Transport Overhead Input Timing ............................................................. 481 03 De Table 44 Telecom Add Bus Input Timing ................................................................................ 479 ce m be r, 20 02 02 Table 37 Receive Ring Control Port Output Timing ................................................................ 474 :4 2: 04 Table 35 Receive Line Overhead and Alarm Output Timing .................................................. 471 PM Table 33 RSTB Timing ............................................................................................................ 471 23 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 520 pin Super BGA package. 1.2 by * Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa SONET Section and Line/SDH Regenerator and Multiplexer Section Frames to the STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) receive stream and inserts the framing bytes (A1, A2) and the STS identification byte (J0) into the transmit stream; descrambles the receive stream and scrambles the transmit stream. rtM i ne * Complies with Telcordia GR-253-CORE (1995) jitter tolerance, jitter transfer and intrinsic jitter criteria. rI nc * of * Industrial temperature range (-40 C to +85 C). Pa * Low power 3.3 V CMOS with TTL compatible digital inputs and CMOS/TTL digital outputs. PECL inputs and outputs are 3.3 V and 5 V compatible. rtm in * Provides a generic 8-bit microprocessor bus interface for configuration, control, and status monitoring. er * Provides a standard 5 signal P1149.1 JTAG test port for boundary scan board test purposes. In co * Supports line loop back from the line side receive stream to the transmit stream and diagnostic loop back from a Telecom Add bus interface to a Telecom Drop bus interface. n Tu es * On each channel, provides clear-channel mapping of three 49.536 Mbit/s or 48.384 Mbit/s arbitrary data streams into an STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) frame. Provides clear-channel mapping of a single 149.76 Mbit/s arbitrary data stream into an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) frame. da y, * Provides Time Slot Interchange (TSI) function at the Telecom Add and Drop buses for grooming 12 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) paths. 03 De * On each channel, maps three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) payloads or a single STS-3c (STM1/AU-4) payload to the system timing reference, accommodating plesiochronous timing offsets between the references through pointer processing. ce m be * On each channel, provides termination for SONET section and line, SDH Regenerator Section and Multiplexer Section transport overhead, and path overhead of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) paths or a single STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) path. r, 20 * Provides integrated clock recovery and clock synthesis for direct interfacing with optical modules. 02 02 :4 * Monolithic four channel SONET/SDH Payload Extractor/Aligner for use in STS-3 (STM1/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) interface applications, operating at serial interface speeds of 155.52 Mbit/s. 2: 1.1 General 04 24 PM 1 Features SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released * * Configurable to force Line AIS in the transmit stream. 1.3 SONET Path / SDH High Order Path Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa * Detects loss of pointer (LOP), loss of tributary multi-frame (LOM), path alarm indication signal (PAIS) and path (auxiliary and enhanced) remote defect indication (RDI) for the receive stream. Optionally inserts PAIS, path RDI in the transmit stream. rtM i * Constructs a byte serial multiplex of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams or an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream on the transmit side. ne rI nc * Accepts a multiplex of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams or a single STS-3c (STM1/AU-4) stream, interprets the STS (AU) pointer bytes (H1, H2, and H3), extracts the synchronous payload envelope(s) and processes the path overhead for the receive stream. of Pa rtm in er * Provides a transmit and receive ring control port, allowing alarm and maintenance signal control and status to be passed between mate SPECTRA-155s for ring-based Add/Drop multiplexer and line multiplexer applications. In co n * Detects loss of signal (LOS), out-of-frame (OOF), loss-of-frame (LOF), line remote defect indication (RDI), line alarm indication signal (LAIS), and protection switching byte failure alarms on the receive stream. Optionally returns line RDI in the transmit stream. Tu es da y, * Extracts a 64-byte or 16-byte section trace (J0) message using an internal register bank for the receive stream. Detects an unstable section trace message or mismatch with an expected message, and optionally inserts Line and Path AIS on the system Drop side upon either of these conditions. Inserts a 64-byte or 16-byte section trace (J0) message using an internal register bank for the transmit stream. 03 Extracts and filters the synchronization status message (Z1/S1) byte into an internal register for the receive stream. Inserts the synchronization status message (Z1/S1) byte into the transmit stream. De ce m be * Extracts and serializes the automatic protection switch (APS) channel (K1, K2) bytes, filtering and extracting them into internal registers for the receive stream. Inserts the APS channel into the transmit stream. r, 20 02 * Extracts and serializes the order wire channels (E1, E2), the data communication channels (D1-D3, D4-D12) and the section user channel (F1) from the receive stream, and inserts the corresponding signals into the transmit stream. 02 :4 * Detects signal degrade (SD) and signal fail (SF) threshold crossing alarms based on received B2 errors. 2: 04 PM * Calculates and compares the bit interleaved parity (BIP) error detection codes (B1, B2) for the receive stream and calculates and inserts B1 and B2 in the transmit stream; accumulates near end errors (B1, B2) and far end errors (M1) and inserts line remote error indications (REI) into the Z2 (M1) growth byte based on received B2 errors. 25 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released * * * Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by * Pa * For TelecomBus interface, accommodates phase and frequency differences between the receive/transmit streams and the Add/Drop buses via pointer adjustments. Provides TSI function to interchange or groom 12 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) paths or four STS3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) paths at the Telecom Add/Drop buses. rtM i ne * Configurable to support four 19.44 MHz byte TelecomBus interfaces or a single 77.76 MHz byte TelecomBus interface. rI nc of * Supports TelecomBus interfaces by indicating/accepting the location of the STS identification byte (C1), optionally the path trace byte(s) (J1), optionally the first tributary overhead byte(s) (V1), and all synchronous payload envelope (SPE) bytes in the byte serial stream. Pa 1.4 System Side Interfaces rtm Maintains the existing tributary multi-frame sequence on the H4 byte until a new phase alignment has been verified. in er In Provides a serial alarm port communication of path REI and path RDI alarms to the transmit stream of a mate SPECTRA 4x155 in the returning direction. co Maintains the existing tributary multi-frame sequence on the H4 byte until a new phase alignment has been verified. n Tu es da y, * Counts received path REIs for performance monitoring purposes. Optionally inserts the path REI count into the path status byte (G1) basis on bit or block BIP-8 errors detected in the receive path. Reporting of BIP-8 errors is on a bit or block bases independent of the accumulation of BIP-8 errors. 03 De * Detects received path BIP-8 and counts received path BIP-8 errors for performance monitoring purposes. BIP-8 errors are selectable to be treated on a bit basis or block basis. Optionally calculates and inserts path BIP-8 error detection codes for the transmit stream. ce m be r, * Extracts a 64-byte or 16-byte path trace (J1) message using an internal register bank for the receive stream. Detects an unstable path trace message or mismatch with an expected message, and inserts Path RAI upon either of these conditions. Inserts a 64-byte or 16-byte path trace (J1) message using an internal register bank for the transmit stream. 20 02 02 * Extracts the received path signal label (C2) byte into an internal register and detects for path signal label unstable and for signal label mismatch with the expected signal label that is downloaded by the microprocessor. Inserts the path signal label (C2) byte from an internal register for the transmit stream. :4 2: 04 PM * Extracts and serializes the entire path overhead from the three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or the single STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) receive streams. Inserts the path overhead bytes in the three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or single STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream for the transmit stream. The path overhead bytes may be sourced automatically or from internal registers. Path overhead insertion may also be disabled. 26 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released * Routers Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, * Switches and Hubs 20 * SONET/SDH Test Equipment 02 * SONET/SDH Cross Connects 02 * SONET/SDH Line Multiplexers :4 * SONET/SDH Terminal Multiplexers 2: 27 04 * SONET/SDH Add Drop Multiplexers PM 2 Applications SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 2. American National Standard for Telecommunications - Layer 1 In-Service Digital Transmission Performance Monitoring, T1X1.3/93-005R1, April 1993. 3. Committee T1 Contribution, "Draft of T1.105 - SONET Rates and Formats", T1X1.5/94033R2-1994. 4. Telcordia - GR-253-CORE "SONET Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria", Issue 2 Revision 1, January 1995. 13. ITU Recommendation I.432, "ISDN User Network Interfaces", March 93. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne 12. ITU Recommendation O.151, "Error Performance measuring Equipment Operating at the Primary Rate and Above", October, 1992. rI nc 11. ITU Recommendation G.783, "Characteristics of Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) Equipment Functional Blocks", 28 October 1996. of Pa 10. ITU Recommendation G.781, - "Structure of Recommendations on Equipment for the Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)", January 1994. rtm in 9. ITU, Recommendation G.707 - "Network Node Interface For The Synchronous Digital Hierarchy", 1996. er In 8. ITU-T Recommendation G.704 - "General Aspects of Digital Transmission Systems; Terminal Equipment - Synchronous Frame Structures Used At 1544, 6312, 2048, 8488 and 44 736 Kbit/s Hierarchical Levels", July 1995. co n Tu 7. ITU-T Recommendation G.703 - "Physical/Electrical Characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces", 1991. es da y, 6. ETS 300 417-1-1, "Generic Functional Requirements for Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) Equipment", January 1996. 03 De 5. Telcordia - GR-436-CORE "Digital Network Synchronization Plan", Issue 1 Revision 1, June 1996. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 1. American National Standard for Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Optical Interface Rates and Formats Specification, ANSI T1.105-1991. 04 PM 28 3 References SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The following conventions are used along this document: SIGNAL[N:0]: designate a bus of N+1 bit wide, bit N being the MSB, bit 0 the LSB. The following table defines the abbreviations used in this document: BIP CRSI CRU CSPI CSU DPGM LAIS LOF LOM LOP LOS MSB OOF OOM PAIS PDLE PLL PISO PRBS RASE RDI REI Bit Interleaved Parity CRU and SIPO Clock Recovery Unit CSU and PISO Clock Synthesis Unit Line Alarm Indication Signal Loss of Frame Loss of Pointer Loss of Signal Most Significant Bit Drop Bus PRBS Generator/Monitor Out-Of-Multi-frame State Parallel Diagnostic Loop Parallel to Serial Converter Pseudo Random Bit/Byte Sequence Receive APS, Synchronization Extractor and Bit Error Monitor Remote Defect Indication Remote Error Indication Receive Line Overhead Processor Receive Transport Overhead Controller Receive Path Overhead Processor Receive Section Overhead Processor Receive Telecom Aligner Signal Degrade Signal Fail RTOC ed ad lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 by RPOP RSOP RTAL SD SF Pa RLOP rtM i ne rI nc of Phase Locked Loop Pa Path Alarm Indication Signal rtm in Out-Of-Frame er In co Loss of Tributary Multi-frame n Tu es da y, 03 De ce APGM Add Bus PRBS Generator/Monitor m be r, 20 02 SIGNAL: designate a differential signal. 02 SIGNAL1-4: designated equivalent signals, either input our output. Each of these signals applies to the corresponding device channel. :4 2: 04 29 PM 4 Document Conventions & Definitions SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released SIPO SLLB SPE SPTB SSTB TAP TLOP TPOP TPPS TPIP TSI TSOP TTAL TTOC WANS Serial-to-parallel Converter System Side Line Loop back Synchronized Payload Envelope SONET/SDH Path Trace Buffer SONET/SDH Section Trace Buffer Test Access Port Transmit Line Overhead Processor Transmit Path Overhead Processor Transmit Path Processing Slice Transmit Pointer Interpreter Timeslot Interchange Transmit Section Overhead Processor Transmit Telecom Aligner Transmit Transport Overhead Controller Wide Area Network Synchronization Controller Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 30 04 PM SDLE Serial Diagnostic Loop back SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released AD[31:0], ADP[4:1] AC1J1V1[4:1] DD[31:24], DDP[4] es 155 Mbits Optical Interface APL[4:1] Optical Transceiver RXD1+/SD1 TXD1+/PM5316 SPECTRA-4x155 da y, 03 ACK De ID[7:0], IDP IC1J1 IPL SCLK ce Figure 1 STS-3 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) Application with 19.44 MHz Byte TelecomBus Interface Tu DC1J1V1[4] DPL[4] DCK co 155 Mbits Optical Interface m be Figure 1 shows how the SPECTRA 4x155 is used to implement four 155 Mbit/s aggregate interfaces. In this application, the SPECTRA 4x155 performs SONET/SDH section, line, and path termination and the PM5362 TUPPTM PLUS performs tributary pointer processing and performance monitoring. PM5362 TUPP-PLUS OD[7:0], ODP OTV5 OTPL TPOH r, 20 02 02 The PM5316 SPECTRATM 4x155 device is designed for use in various SONET/SDH network elements including switches, terminal multiplexers, and Add/Drop multiplexers. In these applications, the line interface of the SPECTRA 4x155 typically interfaces directly with the electrical optical modules and the system side interface connects directly with a TelecomBus. :4 Add Optical Transceiver RXD2+/SD2 TXD2+/- n PM5362 TUPP-PLUS DD[23:16], DDP[3] DC1J1V1[3] DPL[3] DCK ID[7:0], IDP IC1J1 IPL SCLK OD[7:0], ODP OTV5 OTPL TPOH in 155 Mbits Optical Interface 155 Mbits Optical Interface Optical Transceiver RXD3+/SD3 TXD3+/- er In PM5362 TUPP-PLUS DD[15:8], DDP[2] DC1J1V1[2] DPL[2] DCK ID[7:0], IDP IC1J1 IPL SCLK OD[7:0], ODP OTV5 OTPL TPOH Pa Optical Transceiver rtm RXD4+/SD4 TXD4+/DD[7:0], DDP[1] DC1J1V1[1] DPL[1] DCK PM5362 TUPP-PLUS ID[7:0], IDP IC1J1 IPL SCLK OD[7:0], ODP OTV5 OTPL TPOH rI nc of Drop Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The system side interface of the SPECTRA 4x155 can be configured to have a 77.76 MHz byte TelecomBus interface. Figure 2 shows how the SPECTRA 4x155 is used to implement a 622 Mbit/s aggregate interface using the high-speed TelecomBus on the system side interface. In this application, the SPECTRA 4x155 performs SONET/SDH section, line, and path termination. Pa rtM i ne 2: 04 Four 19.44 MHz 8-bit IEEE P1396 Telecombus Interfaces PM 31 5 Application Examples SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released ACK AD[7:0], ADP[1] AC1J1V1[1] SPECTRA-4x155 155 Mbi ts Optical Interface 155 Mbi ts Optical Interface DD[7:0], DDP[1] Optical Transc eiver RXD3+/SD3 TXD3+/DC1J1V1[1] DPL[1] DCK DFP Optical Transc eiver RXD4+/SD4 TXD4+/- 03 De ce m be Drop Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The SPECTRA 4x155 can also be used to implement OC-3 interfaces on channelized highspeed IP switches and routers. da y, r, 20 155 Mbi ts Optical Interface Add 02 Optical Transc eiver RXD2+/SD2 TXD2+/- APL[1] 02 77.76 MHz 8-bit High Spe ed bus Telecom ace Interf :4 155 Mbi ts Optical Interface Optical Transc eiver RXD1+/SD1 TXD1+/- 2: 32 04 PM Figure 2 STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) Application with 77.76 MHz Byte TelecomBus Interface SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released TLRDI / TRCPFP[4:1] RLAIS / TRCPCLK[4:1] TLAIS / TRCPDAT[4:1] TCLK, PGMTCLK TAD, TAFP, TACK TTOH[4:1] TTOHFP[4:1] TTOHCLK[4:1] TTOHEN[4:1] TSLDCLK[4:1] TSLD[4:1] ATP[3:0] TPOC PECLV REFCLK+/Clock Synthesis (CSPI) Path Processing Slice #n n={1,2..12] Channel Line Side Top #m m={1,2,3,4] Tx Transport Overhead Controller (TTOC) Tx Ring Control Port (TRCP) (TX_REMUX) TXD+/-[4:1] Tx Line I/F Tx Section O/H Processor (TSOP) Tx Line O/H Processor (TLOP) Tx Path O/H Processor (TPOP) ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: Figure 3 Block Diagram 04 PM ADD_TSI Tx Pointer Interpreter (TPIP) Transmit Path Processing Slice (TPPS) 6 Block Diagram y, CP/CN[4:1] Section Trace Buffer (SSTB) da Receive APS, Synchronization Extractor and Bit Error Monitor (RASE) Rx Line O/H Processor (RLOP) Rx Ring Control Port (RRCP) (RX_DEMUX) 03 De Tx Telecom Aligner (TTAL) ADD Bus PRBS Generator/ Monitor (APGM) Add Bus System Interface ACK AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] APL[4:1] AD[31:0] ADP[4:1] DROP DLL PMON DROP_TSI Rx Telecombus System Interface DCK DC1J1V1[4:1] DPL[4:1] DD[31:0] DDP[4:1] DFP Path Trace Buffer (SPTB) SD[4:1] Rx Transport Overhead Controller (RTOC) Tu co n es RXD+/-[4:1] Rx Line I/F Clock and Data Recovery (CRSI) Rx Section O/H Processor (RSOP) Rx Path O/H Processor (RPOP) Rx Telecom Aligner (RTAL) DROP Bus PRBS Generator/ Monitor (DPGM) Receive Path Processing Slice (RPPS) RPOC DPAIS and TPAIS Microprocessor I/F JTAG Test Access Port In D[7:0] A[13:0] ALE CSB WRB / RWB RDB / E RSTB INTB MBEB SALM[4:1] LOF[4:1] PGMRCLK, RCLK[4:1] LOS / RRCPFP[4:1] LAIS / RRCPDAT[4:1] LRDI / RRCPCLK[4:1] RSLDCLK[4:1] RSLD[4:1] RTOH[4:1] RTOHFP[4:1] RTOHCLK[4:1] RPOH RPOHFP RPOHCLK RPOHEN RALM RTCEN RTCOH DPAIS DPAISFP DPAISCK Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er TPAIS TPAISFP TPAISCK TDO TDI TCK TMS TRSTB B3E RAD 33 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by In Addition to its basic processing of the transmit SONET/SDH overhead, the SPECTRA 4x155 provides convenient access to all overhead bytes, which are inserted serially on lower rate interfaces, allowing additional external sourcing of overhead, if desired. The SPECTRA 4x155 also supports the insertion of a large variety of errors into the transmit stream, such as framing pattern errors and BIP errors, which are useful for system diagnostics and tester applications. Pa rtM i ne In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 transmits SONET/SDH frames, via bit serial interfaces, and formats section (regenerator section), line (multiplexer section), and path overhead appropriately. The device provides transmit path origination for a SONET/SDH STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. It performs framing pattern insertion (A1, A2), scrambling, alarm signal insertion, and creates section and line BIPs (B1, B2) as required to allow performance monitoring at the far end. Line REIs (M1) and a 16 or 64-byte section trace (J0) message may be optionally inserted. The device also generates the transmit payload pointers (H1, H2) and creates and inserts the path BIP. A 16 or 64-byte path trace (J1) message and the path status byte (G1) is optionally inserted. rI nc of Pa rtm in er The extracted SPE (VC) is placed on a Telecom Drop bus. Frequency offsets, for example, due to plesiochronous network boundaries, or the loss of a primary reference timing source, and phase differences, due to normal network operation, between the received data stream and the Drop bus are accommodated by pointer adjustments in the Drop bus. In co n Tu The device also interprets the received payload pointers (H1, H2), detects path alarm conditions, and detects and accumulates path BIPs (B3). The path REIs are monitored and accumulated. Also, the 16 or 64-byte path trace (J1) message is accumulated and compared against the expected result. The device then extracts the SPE (VC). All transport and path overhead bytes are extracted and serialized on lower rate interfaces, allowing additional external processing of overhead, if desired. es da y, 03 De In the receive direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 receives SONET/SDH frames via bit serial interfaces, recovers clock and data, and terminates the SONET/SDH section (regenerator section), line (multiplexer section), and path. The device performs framing (A1, A2), descrambling, alarm detection, and section and line bit interleaved parity (BIP) (B1, B2) monitoring, accumulating error counts at each level for performance monitoring purposes. The B2 errors are monitored to detect signal fail and degrade threshold-crossing alarms. As part of this process, the device accumulates line REIs (M1) and may buffer and compare the 16 or 64byte section trace (J0) message against the expected message. ce m be r, 20 02 02 The PM5316 SPECTRA 4X155 SONET/SDH Payload Extractor/Aligner terminates the transport and path overhead of four STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) and STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) streams at 155 Mbit/s. The device implements significant receive and transmit functions for a SONET/SDH-compliant line interface. :4 2: 04 PM 34 7 Functional Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The transmitter and receiver are independently configurable to allow for asymmetric interfaces. Ring control ports are provide to pass control and status information between mate transceivers. The SPECTRA 4x155 is configured, controlled and monitored via a generic 8-bit microprocessor bus interface. The SPECTRA 4x155 is implemented in low power, +3.3 Volt, CMOS technology. It has TTL and pseudo ECL (PECL) compatible inputs and outputs and is packaged in a 520-pin SBGA package. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be The SPECTRA 4x155 supports Time-Slot Interchange (TSI) on the Telecom Add and Drop buses. On the Drop side, the TSI views the receive stream as 12 independent time-division multiplexed columns of data (12 constituent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent streams or time-slots or columns). Any column can be connected to any time-slot on the Drop bus, independently of the channel they originate from. Both column swapping and broadcast are supported. TSI is independent of the underlying payload mapping formats. Similarly, on the Add side, data from the Add bus is treated as 12 independent time-division multiplexed columns. Assignment of data columns to transmit time-slots (STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent streams) is arbitrary. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 The inserted SPE (VC) is sourced from a TelecomBus Add stream. The SPECTRA 4x155 maps the SPE (VC) from a Telecom Add bus into the transmit stream. As with the TelecomBus Drop stream, frequency offsets and phase differences between the transmit data stream and the Add bus are accommodated by pointer adjustments in the transmit stream. PM 35 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 4 Pin Diagram of SPECTRA 4x155 (Bottom Top right going clockwise) RESERVE D2 RESERVE D1 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, RESERVE D4 03 De ce RESERVE D5 m be RESERVE D3 r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The SPECTRA 4x155 is available in a 520-pin SBGA package having a body size of 40 mm by 40 mm and a ball pitch of 1.27 mm. 04 PM 36 8 Pin Diagrams SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released ce m be r, 20 02 QAVS_2 De QAVD_2 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 02 :4 2: 37 04 PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 38 04 PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 39 04 PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released REFCLK Input B4 All channels share this pin. RXD1-RXD1+ RXD2RXD2+ RXD3RXD3+ RXD4RXD4+ SD1 SD2 SD3 SD4 Diff PECL Input K3 K2 M2 M1 Y2 Y1 AB2 AB3 K4 M3 Y3 AB1 RXD[4:1]+/- inputs are expected to be NRZ encoded. of TXD1TXD1+ TXD2TXD2+ TXD3TXD3+ TXD4TXD4+ TCLK rtm converted to PECL) in Diff. TTL Output (Externally J2 J3 L2 L3 W3 W2 AA3 AA2 C6 In er Pa ne rI nc Output rtM i Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa co n Tu SingleEnded PECL Input The Signal Detect pin (SD[4:1]) indicates the presence of valid receive signal power from the Optical Physical Medium Dependent Device. A PECL high indicates the presence of valid data and a PECL low indicates a Loss of Signal (LOS). It is mandatory that SD[4:1] be terminated into the equivalent network that RXD1-4+/- is terminated into. This pin is available independently for each channel. The transmit differential data outputs (TXD[4:1]+, TXD[4:1]-) contain the 155.52 Mbit/s transmit STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) stream. TXD[4:1]+/- outputs are NRZ encoded. The transmit byte clock (TCLK) output provides a timing reference for the SPECTRA 4x155 self-timed channels. TCLK always provides a divide-by-eight of the synthesized line rate clock and thus has a nominal frequency of 19.44 MHz. TCLK does not apply to internally loop-timed channels, in which case the channel's RCLK1-4 provides transmit timing information. When not used, TCLK can be held low using the TCLKEN bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 Clock Control register. es da y, 03 The receive differential data inputs (RXD[4:1]+, RXD[4:1]-) contain the 155.52 Mbit/s receive STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) stream of each channel. The receive clocks are recovered from the RXD+/- bit stream. De ce m be The reference clock input (REFCLK) provides a jitter-free 19.44 MHz reference clock. It is used as the reference clock by both clock recovery and clock synthesis circuits. r, 20 02 Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 02 9.1 Serial Line side Interface Signals :4 2: The SPECTRA 4x155 is available in a 520-pin SBGA package having a body size of 40.0 mm by 40.0 mm and a ball pitch of 1.27 mm. 04 PM 40 9 Pin Description (SBGA 520) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released When not used, RCLK1-4 can be held low using the RCLKEN bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 Clock Control register. PGMRCLK output can be disabled and held low by programming the PGMRCLKEN bit in the Master Clock Control register. PGMTCLK Output E6 er CP1 CN1 CP2 CN2 CP3 CN3 CP4 CN4 PECLV Analog G2 G3 N3 N2 U3 U2 AD2 AD3 In nc of Pa rtm in Input D2 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI co PGMTCLK is a divided version of the TCLK clock. When the PGMTCLKSEL register bit is set low, PGMTCLK is a nominal 19.44 MHz, 40-60% duty cycle clock. When the PGMTCLKSEL bit of the Master Clock Control register is set high, PGMTCLK is a nominal 8 KHz, 40-60% duty cycle clock. PGMTCLK output can be disabled and held low by programming the PGMTCLKEN bit in the Master Clock Control register. n Tu The analog CP1-4 and CN1-4 pins are provided for applications that must meet SONET/SDH jitter transfer specifications. A 220 nF X7R 10% ceramic capacitor can be attached across each CP1-4 and CN1-4 pair. The PECL receiver input voltage (PECLV) pin configures the PECL receiver level shifter. When PECLV is set to logic zero, the PECL receivers are configured to operate with a 3.3V input voltage. When PECLV is set to logic one, the PECL receivers are configured to operate with a 5.0 V input voltage. es da The programmable transmit clock (PGMTCLK) signal provides timing reference for the transmit line interface. y, 03 De PGMRCLK is a divided version of one of the RCLK clocks. The PGMRCHSEL bits of the Master Clock Control register are used to select which of the four clocks is the source for PRGMRCLK. When the PGMRCLKSEL bit of the Master Clock Control register is set low, PGMRCLK is a nominal 19.44 MHz, 40-60% duty cycle clock. When PGMRCLKSEL register bit is set to high, PGMRCLK is a nominal 8 KHz, 40-60% duty cycle clock. ce m be r, 20 02 PGMRCLK Output D6 The programmable receive clock (PGMRCLK) signal provides timing reference for the receive line interface. 02 :4 RCLK1 RCLK2 RCLK3 RCLK4 2: 04 Output C7 D7 B6 E7 The Receive Clock (RCLK1-4) signal provides a timing reference for the SPECTRA 4x155 receive line interface outputs. The signal is nominally 19.44 MHz. It is a divide-byeight of the recovered clock. PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 41 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released of Pa rtm in er /RRCPFP1 /RRCPFP2 /RRCPFP3 /RRCPFP4 E13 C12 B11 A10 In rI nc Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne co n Tu LOS1-4 is updated on the rising edge of RCLK1-4. The Receive ring control port frame position (RRCPFP1-4) signal identifies bit positions in the receive ring control port data (RRCPDAT1-4) when the ring control port is enabled. RRCPFP1-4 is set high during the filtered K1 and K2 bit positions, the change of APS value bit position, the protection switch byte failure bit position, and the send line AIS and send line RDI bit positions of the RRCPDAT1-4 streams (21 bits). RRCPFP1-4 is set low during the reserved L-REI clock cycles. RRCPFP1-4 can be connected directly to the TRCPFP1-4 inputs of a mate SPECTRA 4x155 in ring-based Add/Drop multiplexer applications. The RCPEN bit in the Ring Control register of the corresponding channel controls the enabling and disabling of the ring control port. The RRCPFP1-4 signal is updated on the falling edge of RRCPCLK1-4. es LOS1/ LOS2/ LOS3/ LOS4/ Output E13 C12 B11 A10 Loss of Signal (LOS1-4) is active when the ring control port is disabled. LOS1-4 is set high when a violating period (20 2.5 s) of consecutive all zeros patterns is detected in the incoming stream. LOS1-4 is set low when two valid framing words (A1, A2) are detected, and during the intervening time (125 s), there are no other violating period with all zeros patterns is observed. da y, 03 The LOF1-4 output is updated on the rising edge of RCLK1-4 De LOF1 LOF2 LOF3 LOF4 Output C22 B22 A22 D21 The Loss of Frame (LOF1-4) output is set high when an OOF condition exists for a total OOF period of 3 ms during which there is no continuous, in-frame period of 3 ms. LOF1-4 is cleared when an in-frame condition exists for a continuous period of 3 ms ce m be SALM1-4 is updated on the rising edge of RCLK1-4. r, 20 02 02 SALM1 SALM2 SALM3 SALM4 Output A13 B13 C13 D13 The section alarm (SALM1-4) output may be set high when an OOF, LOS, LOF, LAIS, LRDI, section trace identifier mismatch (RS-TIM), section trace identifier unstable (RSTIU), signal fail (SF) or signal degrade (SD) alarm is detected. Each alarm indication can be independently enabled using bits in the Section Alarm Output Control #1 and #2 registers. SALM1-4 is set low when none of the enabled alarms are active. :4 2: 04 42 Pin Name Type Pin No. Function PM 9.2 Section/Line/Path Status and Alarm Signals SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The LRDIDET bit in the RLOP Control and Status register of the corresponding channel controls the selection of three or five consecutive frames. The Receive ring control port clock (RRCPCLK1-4) signal provides timing for the receive ring control port when the ring control port is enabled. RRCPCLK1-4 is nominally a 3.24 MHz clock and can be connected directly to the TRCPCLK1-4 inputs of a mate SPECTRA 4x155 in ring-based Add-Drop multiplexer applications. The RCPEN bit in the Ring Control register of the corresponding channel controls the enabling and disabling of the ring control port. in er In Pa rtm by Pa rtM i ne rI nc /RRCPDAT1 /RRCPDAT2 /RRCPDAT3 /RRCPDAT4 B12 E12 D11 C10 of ed Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad co LAIS1/ LAIS2/ LAIS3/ LAIS4/ Output B12 E12 D11 C10 n Tu The line alarm indication (LAIS1-4) signal is active when the ring control port is disabled. LAIS1-4 is set high when line AIS is detected in the corresponding incoming stream. Line AIS is declared when the 111 binary pattern is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for three or five consecutive frames. Line AIS is removed when any pattern other than 111 is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for three or five consecutive frames. The LAISDET bit in the RLOP Control and Status register of the corresponding channel controls the selection of three or five consecutive frames. The LAIS1-4 outputs are updated on the rising edge of RCLK1-4. The Receive ring control port data (RRCPDAT1-4) signal contains the receive ring control port data stream when the ring control port is enabled. The receive ring control port data consists of the filtered K1, K2 byte values, the change of APS value bit position, the protection switch byte failure status bit position, the send line AIS and send line RDI bit positions, and the line REI bit positions. RRCPDAT1-4 can be connected directly to the TRCPDAT1-4 inputs of a mate SPECTRA 4x155 in ring-based Add-Drop multiplexer applications. The RCPEN bit in the Ring Control register of the corresponding channel controls the enabling and disabling of the ring control port. The RRCPDAT1-4 signal is updated on the falling edge of RRCPCLK1-4. es The RRCPFP1-4 and RRCPDAT1-4 signals are updated on the falling edge of RRCPCLK1-4. da y, 03 De /RRCPCLK1 /RRCPCLK2 /RRCPCLK3 /RRCPCLK4 A12 D12 C11 B10 ce m be LRDI1-4 is updated on the rising edge of RCLK1-4. r, 20 02 02 :4 LRDI1/ LRDI2/ LRDI3/ LRDI4/ 2: 04 Output A12 D12 C11 B10 The RDI (LRDI1-4) signal is active when the ring control port is disabled. LRDI1-4 is set high when line RDI is detected in the corresponding incoming stream. LRDI is declared when the 110 binary pattern is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for three or five consecutive frames. LRDI is removed when any pattern other than 110 is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for three or five consecutive frames. PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 43 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The RCPEN bit in the Ring Control register of the corresponding channel controls the enabling and disabling of the ring control port. The TRCPFP1-4 and TRCPDAT1-4 signals are sampled on the rising edge of TRCPCLK1-4. es da y, /TRCPCLK1 /TRCPCLK2 /TRCPCLK3 /TRCPCLK4 D10 B9 A8 C8 RLAIS1-4 must be asserted for a minimum period of one SONET/SHD frame (125 us) to be detected by the SPECTRA 4x155. Line AIS must be held for a minimum of three SONET/SDH frames to be compliant to the SONET/SDH standards. The Transmit ring control port clock (TRCPCLK1-4) signal provides timing for the transmit ring control port when the ring control port is enabled. The TRCPCLK1-4 signal is nominally a 3.24 MHz clock and can be connected directly to the RRCPCLK output of a mate SPECTRA 4x155 in ring-based Add/Drop multiplexer applications. 03 De ce m be The Receive LAIS Control register contains the register bits that control the alarms that are inserted using the RLAIS pin of the corresponding channel. RLAIS signals are internally retimed. r, 20 02 02 :4 RLAIS1/ RLAIS2/ RLAIS3/ RLAIS4/ 2: 04 Input D10 B9 A8 C8 The receive line AIS insertion (RLAIS1-4) signal controls the insertion of line AIS in the received stream by the RSOP block, when the ring control port is disabled. When one of the RLAIS1-4 pins is set high, line AIS is inserted in the corresponding received stream. When RLAIS1-4 is set low, line AIS may be optionally inserted automatically upon detection of LOS, LOF, section trace alarms or line AIS in the incoming stream. PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 44 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released in er In Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm co n Tu The RCPEN bit in the Ring Control register of the corresponding channel controls the enabling and disabling of the ring control port. The TRCPFP1-4 signal is sampled on the rising edge of TRCPCLK1-4. es da /TRCPFP1 /TRCPFP2 /TRCPFP3 /TRCPFP4 A9 C9 E9 D8 The Transmit ring control port frame position (TRCPFP1-4) signal identifies bit positions in the transmit ring control port data (TRCPDAT1-4) when the ring control port is enabled. TRCPFP1-4 is high during the send line AIS and the send line RDI bit positions in the TRCPDAT1-4 stream. TRCPFP1-4 is set high for 19 bits locations prior to those 2 bit locations. These 19 bit locations are reserved. TRCPFP1-4 is set low during the reserved L-REI clock cycles. TRCPFP1-4 can be connected directly to the RRCPFP1-4 output of a mate SPECTRA 4x155 in ring-based Add-Drop multiplexer applications. y, 03 De TLRDI1-4 must be asserted for a minimum period of one SONET/SHD frame (125 us) to be detected by the SPECTRA 4x155. Line RDI must be held for a minimum of three SONET/SDH frames to be compliant to the SONET/SDH standards. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 TLRDI1/ TLRDI2/ TLRDI3/ TLRDI4/ 2: 04 Input A9 C9 E9 D8 The active high transmit RDI (TLRDI1-4) signal controls the insertion of a remote defect indication in the transmit outgoing stream when the ring control port is disabled. When TLRDI1-4 is set high, bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte are set to the pattern 110. When TLRDI1-4 is set low, line RDI may also be inserted using the LRDI bit in the TLOP Control register of the corresponding channel. Line RDI may also be inserted upon detection of LOS, LOF, or line AIS in the receive stream, using the bits in the Transmit Line RDI Control register of the corresponding channel. The TLRDI1-4 input takes precedence over the TTOH1-4 and TTOHEN1-4 inputs. TLRDI signals are internally retimed. PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 45 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 9.3 Receive Section/Line/Path Overhead Extraction Signals rtm in Pin Name RTOHCLK1 RTOHCLK2 RTOHCLK3 RTOHCLK4 Type Output er Pin No. In nc of AJ7 AL8 AK10 AK12 Pa ne rI Pa RTOH1 RTOH2 RTOH3 RTOH4 rtM i Output AK7 AH9 AL10 AL12 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by co n The RCPEN bit in the Ring Control register of the corresponding channel controls the enabling and disabling of the ring control port. TRCPDAT1-4 is sampled on the rising edge of TRCPCLK1-4. Tu Function The receive transport overhead clock (RTOHCLK1-4) output is used to update the received transport overhead outputs (RTOH1-4 and RTOHFP1-4). RTOHCLK1-4 is nominally a 5.184 MHz clock generated by gapping a 6.48 MHz clock. RTOHCLK1-4 has a 33% high duty cycle. The RTOHFP1-4 and RTOH1-4 outputs are updated on the falling edge of RTOHCLK1-4. The receive transport overhead (RTOH1-4) bit serial output signal contains the received transport overhead bytes (A1, A2, J0, Z0, B1, E1, F1, D1-D3, H1-H3, B2, K1, K2, D4-D12, Z1/S1, Z2/M1, and E2) from the incoming stream. The RTOH1-4 output is updated on the falling edge of RTOHCLK1-4 and should be sampled externally on the rising edge of RTOHCLK1-4. es da y, 03 De /TRCPDAT1 /TRCPDAT2 /TRCPDAT3 /TRCPDAT4 E10 D9 B8 A7 The Transmit ring control port data (TRCPDAT1-4) signal contains the transmit ring control port data stream when the ring control port is enabled. The transmit ring control port data consists of the send line AIS and the send line RDI bit positions, and the line REI bit positions. TRCPDAT1-4 can be connected directly to the RRCPDAT1-4 output of a mate SPECTRA 4x155 in ring-based Add/Drop multiplexer applications. The K1/K2, COAPSI, PSBFI and PSBFV position of the RRCPDAT lines are not used by the TRCPDAT. ce m be TLAIS1-4 is required to be asserted for a minimum period of one SONET/SHD frame (125 us) to be detected by the SPECTRA 4x155. Line AIS must be held for a minimum of three SONET/SDH frames to be compliant to the SONET/SDH standards. r, 20 02 02 :4 TLAIS1/ TLAIS2/ TLAIS3/ TLAIS4/ 2: 04 Input E10 D9 B8 A7 The active high transmit AIS (TLAIS1-4) controls the insertion of line AIS in the transmit outgoing stream when the ring control port is disabled. When TLAIS1-4 is set high, the complete frame (except the section overhead or line/regenerator section) is overwritten with the all-ones pattern (before scrambling). The TLAIS1-4 input takes precedence over the TTOH1-4 and TTOHEN1-4 inputs. TLAIS signals are internally retimed. PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 46 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released RPOHCLK Output A27 RPOHFP Output C26 rtm in er In of Pa nc Pa rtM i ne rI RPOH Output E25 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by RPOHEN Output B26 co The receive path overhead frame position signal (RPOHFP) may be used to locate the individual path overhead bits in the path overhead data stream (RPOH). RPOHFP signal is logic one when bit 1 (the most significant bit) of the path trace byte (J1) of channel one's first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) is present in the RPOH stream. RPOHFP may also be used to locate the BIP error count and path RDI indication bits on the receive alarm port data signal (RAD). RPOHFP is logic one when the first of eight BIP error positions of channel one's first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream is present on the receive alarm data signal (RAD). RPOHFP is also used to help find the alignment of the B3E output and RTCEN/RTCOH inputs. RPOHFP signal is updated on the falling edge of the RPOHCLK signal. The receive path overhead data signal (RPOH) contains the path overhead bytes (J1, B3, C2, G1, F2, H4, Z3, Z4, and Z5) extracted from the path overhead of the three STS-1 (STM0/AU-3) streams or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) streams in all four channels. The corresponding RPOHEN signal is set high to identify the valid overhead bytes that are presented. RPOH is updated on the falling edge of RPOHCLK. The receive path overhead enable signal (RPOHEN) indicates the validity of the path overhead bytes extracted to the RPOH from the path overhead of the three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) streams in all four channels. When RPOHEN signal is set high, the corresponding path overhead byte presented on the RPOH is valid. When RPOHEN is set low, the corresponding path overhead byte presented on the RPOH is invalid. RPOHEN n Tu es da B3E, RAD, RALM, RPOH, RPOHEN and RPOHFP are updated on the falling edge of the RPOHCLK signal. y, RTCEN and RTCOH are sampled on the rising edge of the RPOHCLK signal. 03 De The receive path overhead clock (RPOHCLK1-4) provides timing to process the B3E signal, receive alarm port (RAD), path Z5 growth byte (tandem path incoming error count and data link), and to sample the extracted path overhead of the four STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) streams. RPOHCLK is a nominally 12.96 MHz, 50% duty cycle clock. ce m be r, RTOHFP1-4 is updated on the falling edge of RTOHCLK1-4. 20 RTOHFP1-4 can also be sampled on the rising edge of RSLDCLK1-4 to locate the MSB of the RSLD1-4 serial output stream. The generation of this clock is aligned with the generation of RTOHFP1-4. 02 02 RTOHFP1-4 is set high when bit 1 (the most significant bit) of the first framing byte (A1) is present in the RTOH1-4 stream. :4 RTOHFP1 RTOHFP2 RTOHFP3 RTOHFP4 2: 04 Output AH7 AG9 AJ10 AJ12 The receive transport overhead frame position (RTOHFP1-4) signal is used to locate the most significant bit (MSB) on the RTOH1-4 serial stream. PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 47 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released RAD is updated on the falling edge of RPOHCLK. B3E Output C21 The bit interleaved parity error signal (B3E) carries the path BIP-8 error detected for each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) and STS3c (STM-1/AU-4) in the receive stream. It is set high for one RPOHCLK period for each path BIP-8 error detected (up to eight per frame) or when errors are treated on a block basis, is set high for only one RPOHCLK period if any of the path BIP-8 bits are in error. Path BIP-8 errors are detected by comparing the extracted path BIP-8 byte (B3) with the computed BIP-8 for the previous frame. The B3E signal toggles during the B3 time periods on RPOH and is valid only during RPOHEN set high. RPOHFP is used to determine the alignment of the B3E output. B3E is updated on the falling edge of RPOHCLK. of Pa rtm in er In nc ed by Pa rtM i ne rI RTCOH Input C24 ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo RALM Output B21 co RTCEN Input D24 n Tu The receive tandem connection overhead insert enable signal (RTCEN) controls the insertion of incoming error count and data link into the tandem connection maintenance byte (Z5) on the Drop bus, on a bit-by-bit basis for each STS-1 (STM-0/AU3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU4) stream. When RTCEN is set high, the data on the corresponding RTCOH stream is inserted into the associated bit in the Z5 byte. RTCEN has significance only during the J1 byte positions in the RPOHCLK clock sequence where RPOHEN is also set high and is ignored at all other times. Setting low the RTC_EN control bit in the RPOP Z5 Growth Control Register disables the RTCEN and RTCOH ports completely. RTCEN is sampled on the rising edge of RPOHCLK. The receive tandem connection overhead data signal (RTCOH) contains the incoming error count and data link message to be inserted into the tandem connection maintenance byte (Z5) in each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. When RTCEN is set high and RPOHEN is high, the values sampled on RTCOH are inserted into the Z5 byte of the corresponding stream on the Drop bus. When RTCEN is set low, the received Z5 byte is passed through unmodified. Setting low the RTC_EN control bit in the RPOP Z5 Growth Control Register disables the RTCEN and RTCOH ports completely. RTCOH is sampled on the rising edge of RPOHCLK. The Receive Alarm (RALM) signal is a multiplexed output of individual alarms of the receive STS-1 (STM-0/AU3) or STS- es da y, 03 De ce m be r, RPOHFP is used to determine the alignment of the RAD output. 20 02 02 :4 RAD Output D23 The receive alarm port data signal (RAD) contains the path BIP error count and the path remote alarm indication status of the three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams or STS-3c (STM1/AU-4) streams for all four channels. In Addition, the RAD contains the transmit K1 and K2 bytes of the four transmit streams when not generating AIS-L on the transmit stream. 2: RPOHEN is updated on the falling edge of RPOHCLK. 04 also validates the B3E output. PM 48 Pin Name Type Pin No. Function SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released In The path remote defect indication signal (PRDI) indicates the path remote state of the corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) SONET/SDH stream. PRDI is set high when the path RDI alarm bit (bit 5) of the path status (G1) byte is set high for five or ten consecutive frames. The RDI10 bit in the RPOP Pointer MSB register controls whether five or ten consecutive frames will cause a PRDI indication. The path enhanced remote defect indication signal (PERDI) indicates the path enhanced remote state of the corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) SONET/SDH stream. PERDI is set high when the path ERDI alarm code (bits 5,6,7) of the path status (G1) byte is set to the same alarm codepoint for five or ten consecutive frames. The RDI10 bit in the RPOP Pointer MSB register controls whether five or ten consecutive frames will cause a PRDI indication. The loss of multi-frame signal (LOM) indicates the tributary multi-frame synchronization status of the corresponding STS1 (STM-0/AU3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) SONET/SDH stream. LOM is set high if a correct four-frame sequence is not detected in eight frames. The loss of pointer concatenation and path AIS concatenation signals (LOPCON and PAISCON) are the concatenated alarms for STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) SONET/SDH streams. The receive path unequipped status (UNEQ) indicates the unequipped status of the path signal label of the corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) SONET/SDH stream. UNEQ is set high when the filtered path signal label indicates unequipped and is dependent on the selected UNEQ mode. The receive path signal label unstable status (PSLU) reports the stable/unstable status (mode 1) of the path signal label in Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er co n Tu es da The path alarm indication signal (PAIS) indicates the path AIS state of the corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU4) SONET/SDH stream. PAIS is set high when an all-ones pattern is observed in the pointer bytes (H1 and H2) for three consecutive frames in the stream. y, 03 De The loss of pointer signal (LOP) indicates the loss of pointer state in the corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) SONET/SDH stream. LOP is set high when invalid pointers are received in eight consecutive frames, or if eight consecutive enabled NDFs are detected in the stream. ce m be r, RALM is updated on the falling edge of RPOHCLK and may transition anywhere during the individual STS-1 time slot period. 20 02 3c (STM-1/AU4) streams. Each alarm represents the logical OR of the LOP, PAIS, PRDI, PERDI, LOM, LOPCON, PAISCON, UNEQ, PSLU, PSLM, TIU-P, TIM-P status of the corresponding stream. In Addition to these alarms, the LOS (LOS), LOF (LOF) or line AIS (LAIS) in the corresponding STS-3 (STM-1) SONET/SDH streams can also be reported on RALM. The RPPS RALM Output Control #1 and #2 registers control the selection of alarms to be reported. 02 :4 2: 04 PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 49 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released In rtm 9.4 Transmit Section/Line/Path Overhead Insertion Signals of Pa Pin Name TTOHCLK1 TTOHCLK2 TTOHCLK3 TTOHCLK4 Type in er Pin No. AG8 AJ9 AH11 AG13 co The receive path trace identifier mismatch (TIM-P) status reports the match/mismatch status (mode 1) of the path identifier message framer of the corresponding STS-1 (STM0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) SONET/SDH stream. TIM-P is set high when the accepted identifier message differs from the expected message written by the microprocessor. Please refer to the individual alarm interrupt descriptions and Functional Description Section for more details on each alarm. Output rI nc rtM i ne Pa lo ad ed TTOH1 TTOH2 TTOH3 TTOH4 Input AJ8 AL9 AG12 AK13 by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 n Tu Function The transmit transport overhead clock (TTOHCLK1-4) is used to clock in the transport overhead (TTOH1-4) to be transmitted along with the overhead enable (TTOHEN1-4). TTOHCLK1-4 is nominally a 5.184 MHz clock generated by gapping a 6.48 MHz clock. TTOHCLK1-4 has a 33% high duty cycle. TTOHFP1-4 and TTOH1-4.are updated on the falling edge of TTOHCLK1-4. The transmit transport overhead (TTOH1-4) bit serial input signal contains the transport overhead bytes (A1, A2, J0, Z0, B1, E1, F1, D1-D3, H1-H3, B2, K1, K2, D4-D12, Z1/S1, Z2/M1, and E2) to be transmitted and errors masks to be applied on the B1, B2, H1 and H2 transmitted bytes. Insertion of the bytes must be accompanied by a high TTOHEN1-4 signal. TTOH1-4 is sampled on the rising edge of TTOHCLK1-4. es da The receive path trace identifier unstable status (TIU-P) reports the stable/unstable status (mode 1 and mode 2) of the path trace identifier framer of the corresponding STS-1 (STM0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) SONET/SDH stream. In mode 1, TIU is set high when the current message differs from its immediate predecessor for eight consecutive frames. In mode 2, TIU is set high when three consecutive 16-byte windows of trace bytes are detected to have errors. TIU2 is set low when the same trace byte is received in forty-eight consecutive SONET/SDH frames. y, 03 De ce m be The receive path signal label mismatch (PSLM) status reports the match/mismatch status (mode 1 and mode 2) for the path signal label of the corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) SONET/SDH stream. In mode 1, PSLM is set high when the accepted PSL differs from the expected PSL written by the microprocessor. In mode 2, PSLM is set high when 5 consecutive mismatches have been declared r, 20 02 02 :4 the corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM1/AU-4) SONET/SDH stream. PSLU is set high when the current received C2 byte differs from the previous C2 byte for five consecutive frames. 2: 04 PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 50 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released er TTOHFP1 TTOHFP2 TTOHFP3 TTOHFP4 Output AL7 AK9 AJ11 AH13 co In rtm in of Pa nc TAD Input A24 Pa rtM i ne rI by ed TAFP Input B24 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad n Tu When the transmit trace enable (TREN) bit in the TTOC Transport Overhead Byte Control register of the corresponding channel is a logic one, the J0 byte contents are sourced from the section trace buffer, regardless of the state of TTOHEN1-4. TTOHEN1-4 is sampled on the rising edge of TTOHCLK1-4. The transmit transport overhead frame position (TTOHFP1-4) signal is used to locate the most significant bit (MSB) on the TTOH1-4 serial stream. TTOHFP1-4 is set high when bit 1 (the most significant bit) of the first framing byte (A1) should be present on the TTOH1-4 stream. TTOHFP1-4 can be sampled on the rising edges of TSLDCLK1-4 to locate the MSB of the TSLD serial input stream. The generation of this clock is aligned with the generation of TTOHFP1-4. TTOHFP1-4 is updated on the falling edge of TTOHCLK1-4. The transmit alarm port data signal (TAD) contains the path REI count and the path RDI status to be inserted into the four STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) streams. In Addition, the TAD input contains the K1 and K2 bytes from a mate SPECTRA 4x155 to be inserted into the four channels transport overhead. TAD TTOHEN1-4 takes precedence over TTOHEN1-4 when enabledTAD. The RXSEL[1:0] bits in the TPPS Path Configuration register control the source of the transmit P-REI and P-RDI. TAD is sampled on the rising edge of TACK. The transmit alarm port frame pulse signal (TAFP) marks the first bit of the transmit alarm message in each SONET/SDH frame. TAFP is pulsed high to mark the first path REI bit location of channel one's first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream or es da y, When TTOHEN1-4 is high during the most significant bit of the H1, H2, B1 or B2 TOH byte positions on TTOH1-4, the sampled TOH byte is logically XORed with the associated incoming byte to force bit errors on the outgoing byte. A logic low bit in the TTOH1-4 byte allows the incoming bit to go through while a bit set to logic high will toggle the incoming bit. A low level on TTOHEN1-4 during the MSB of the TOH byte disables the error forcing for the entire byte. 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 TTOHEN1 TTOHEN2 TTOHEN3 TTOHEN4 2: 04 Input AH8 AG10 AK11 AJ13 The transmit transport overhead insert enable (TTOHEN1-4) signal controls the source of the transport overhead data which is inserted in the outgoing stream. When TTOHEN1-4 is high during bit 1 (most significant bit) of a TOH byte on TTOH, the sampled TOH byte is inserted into the corresponding transport overhead byte positions (A1, A2, J0, Z0, E1, F1, D1-D3, H3, K1, K2, D4-D12, Z1/S1, Z2/M1, and E2 bytes). While TTOHEN1-4 is low during the most significant bit of a TOH byte on TTOH, that sampled byte is ignored and the default values are inserted into these transport overhead bytes. The overhead byte enabled by the TTOHEN input takes precedence over the TSLD input. PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 51 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released TAFP is sampled on the rising edge of TACK. Pin Name RSLDCLK1 RSLDCLK2 RSLDCLK3 RSLDCLK4 Type Tristate Output Pa rtm RSLD1 RSLD2 RSLD3 RSLD4 in Tristate Output er AH14 AH15 AK17 AK18 In rI nc of 9.6 Transmit Section/Line DCC Insertion Signals Pa rtM i ne Pin Name Type Tristate Output by Pin No. AJ14 AJ15 AJ17 AJ18 co The RTOC Overhead Control register of the corresponding channel contains the RSLDSEL register bit used to select the section or line DCC. The same register also contains the RSLD_TS register bit that can be used to tri-state RSLDCLK1-4 and RSLD1-4 outputs. In both cases, RSLD1-4 is updated on the falling edge of RSLDCLK1-4. The receive section or line DCC (RSLD1-4) bit serial output signal contains the received section data communication channel (D1-D3) or the line data communication channel (D4D12). The RTOC Overhead Control register of the corresponding channel contains the RSLDSEL register bit used to select the section or line DCC. The same register also contains the RSLD_TS register bit that can be used to tri-state RSLDCLK1-4 and RSLD1-4 outputs. RSLD1-4 is updated on the falling edge of RSLDCLK1-4 and should be sampled externally on the rising edge of RSLDCLK1-4. ad TSLDCLK1 TSLDCLK2 TSLDCLK3 TSLDCLK4 ed Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo n Tu Function The transmit section or line data communication channel (DCC) clock (TSLDCLK1-4) is used to clock in the transmit section or line DCC (TSLD1-4). When clocking the section DCC, TSLDCLK1-4 is a 192 kHz clock with nominal 50% duty cycle. When clocking the line es When selecting to clock the section DCC, RSLDCLK1-4 is a 192 kHz clock with nominal 50% duty cycle. When selecting to clock the line DCC, RSLDCLK1-4 is a 576 kHz clock with nominal 50% duty cycle. RTOHFP1-4 may be sampled high at the same time as bit 1 (MSB) on RSLD1-4. da y, 03 AG14 AG15 AL17 AL18 The receive section or line data communication channel (DCC) clock (RSLDCLK1-4) is used to update the received section or line DCC (RSLD1-4). De ce Pin No. Function m be 9.5 Receive Section/Line DCC Extraction Signals r, 20 Inputs TAD and TAFP are sampled on the rising edge of TACK. 02 02 TACK Input E23 The transmit alarm port clock (TACK) provides timing for transmit alarm port. TACK is nominally a 12.96 MHz, 50% duty cycle clock. :4 2: 52 04 the first path REI bit location of the STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released er In Pin Name DPAISCK Pin Type Input Pin No. D27 rtm in Pa of rtM i ne rI nc DPAISFP Input B28 Pa ad ed by DPAIS Input C27 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo co 9.7 Transmit Path AIS Insertion Signals n Function The Drop bus path alarm indication clock signal (DPAISCK) provides timing for system Drop path alarm indication signal (DPAIS). DPAISCK is a clock of arbitrary phase and frequency within the limits specified in the A.C. Timing section of this document. Inputs DPAIS and DPAISFP are sampled on the rising edge of DPAISCK. The active high Drop bus path alarm indication frame pulse signal (DPAISFP) is used to identify the alignment of the DPAIS signal. DPAISFP is set high to mark the path request of channel one's the first Drop bus STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. In the absence of a frame pulse, the device will maintain the last alignment and wrap around on its own. DPAISFP is sampled on the rising edge of DPAISCK. The active high Drop bus path alarm indication signal (DPAIS) is a timeslot multiplexed signal that controls the insertion of path alarm indication signal (PAIS) on the Drop bus (DD[31:24], DD[23:16], DD[15:8], DD[7:0]) on a per STS-1/STM-1(AU3) or STS-3c/STM1(AU4)basis. A high level on DPAIS during a specific timeslot forces the insertion of the all-ones pattern into the corresponding SPE and Tu TSLD1-4 is sampled on the rising edge of TSLDCLK1-4. es The TTOC Overhead Control register of the corresponding channel contains the TSLD_SEL register bit used to select the section or line DCC. The same register also contains the TSLD_VAL register bit used to specify a value for the DCC not inserted via TSLD. da y, 03 The TTOH1-4 and TTOHEN1-4 inputs take precedence over TSLD1-4. De ce TSLD1 TSLD2 TSLD3 TSLD4 m be Input AK14 AK15 AH17 AH18 The transmit section or line DCC (TSLD) bit serial input signal contains the section data communication channel (D1D3) or the line data communication channel (D4-D12) to be transmitted. TTOHFP1-4 is used to identify the required alignment of TSLD. r, In both cases, TSLD1-4 is sampled on the rising edge of TSLDCLK1-4. 20 02 The TTOC Overhead Control register of the corresponding channel contains the TSLD_SEL register bit used to select the section or line DCC. The same register also contains the TSLD_TS register bit that can be used to tri-state the TSLDCLK1-4 output. 02 :4 2: DCC, TSLDCLK1-4 is a 576 kHz clock with nominal 50% duty cycle. TTOHFP1-4 is used to identify when bit 1 (MSB) of the first A1 byte should be present on TSLD1-4. 04 PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function 53 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released DPAIS is sampled on the rising edge of DPAISCK. TPAISFP Input B27 In rtm in er TPAIS Input D26 rI nc of Pa rtM i ne Pa ed 9.8 by Drop Bus Telecom Interface Signals Pin Type Input lo ad Pin Name DCK Pin No. AH30 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 co The active high Transmit path alarm indication frame pulse signal (TPAISFP) is used to identify the alignment of the TPAIS signal. TPAISFP is set high to mark the path request of channel one's the first transmit STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. In the absence of a frame pulse, the device will maintain the last alignment and wrap around on its own. TPAISFP is sampled on the rising edge of TPAISCK. n The active high Transmit path alarm indication signal (TPAIS) is a timeslot multiplexed signal that controls the insertion of path in the transmit stream on a per STS-1/STM-1(AU3) or STS3c/STM1(AU4) basis. A high level on TPAIS during a specific timeslot forces the insertion of the all-ones pattern into the corresponding SPE and the payload pointer bytes (H1, H2, and H3). A high during the first time slot of a channel carrying an STS-3c/STM-1(AU4) stream will force the entire concatenated SPE to all-ones. A high during the second or third time slot of a channel carrying an STS-3c/STM-1(AU4) will have no effect. Path AIS can also be inserted by setting the PAIS control bit in the TTAL Control register or in response to Add Bus alarms by the TPPS Path AIS Control register. TPAIS may be enabled or disabled on a per slice basis via the TPAIS_EN bit in the TPPS Path AIS Control register. TPAIS is sampled on the rising edge of TPAISCK. Function The Drop bus clock (DCK) provides timing for the Drop bus Tu es da Inputs TPAIS and TPAISFP are sampled on the rising edge of TPAISCK. y, 03 TPAISCK is a clock of arbitrary phase and frequency within the limits specified in the A.C. Timing section of this document. De ce TPAISCK Input E26 The Transmit path alarm indication clock signal (TPAISCK) provides timing for system Add side path alarm indication signal (PAIS) assertion. m be DPAIS may be enabled or disabled on a per slice basis via the DPAIS_EN bit in the RPPS Path AIS Control register #1. r, 20 Path AIS can also be inserted by setting the IPAIS control bit in the RTAL Control register or in response to receive alarms by the RPPS Path AIS Control #1 and #2 registers. 02 02 the payload pointer bytes (H1, H2, and H3) presented on the Drop bus. A high during the first time slot of a channel carrying an STS-3c/STM-1(AU4) stream will force the entire concatenated SPE to all-ones. A high during the second or third time slot of a channel carrying an STS-3c/STM-1(AU4) will have no effect. :4 2: 04 PM Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function 54 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released interface. DCK is nominally a 77.76 MHz, 50% duty cycle clock when the Drop interface is configured as a single bus interface. DCK is nominally a 19.44 MHz, 50% duty cycle clock when the Drop interface is configured as a quad STS-3 (STM1) interface. Frequency offsets between line side clock (or divided by 4 version of) and DCK are accommodated by pointer justification events on the Drop bus. DFP is sampled on the rising edge of DCK. Outputs DPL[4:1], DC1J1V1[4:1], DDP[4:1] and DD[31:0] are updated on the rising edge of DCK when used. The SPECTRA 4x155 will flywheel in the absence of a DFP pulse. DD[0] DD[1] DD[2] DD[3] DD[4] DD[5] DD[6] DD[7] Output H29 H28 H27 J31 J30 J29 J28 J27 ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo co n DFP is sampled on the rising edge of DCK. In single Drop bus interface mode, the Drop bus data (DD[7:0]) contains the multiplexed STS-3/3c(STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) received SONET/SDH payload data of all four channels. In quad Drop bus interface STS-3(STM-1) mode, the Drop bus data (DD[7:0]) contains the channel one STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU3/AU-4) received SONET/SDH payload data. When the Drop bus TSI functionality is disabled, the Dropped payload multiplexing corresponds to the SONET/SDH data received on channel #1. TSI may be used to reorder this multiplexing on the Drop bus. STS-1/STM-1(AU3)'s within a channel or between channels, along with entire channels may be swapped. The transport overhead bytes, with the exception of the H1, H2 pointer bytes and when there are no negative pointer justifications the H3, are set to zeros. The fixed framing patterns for the A1 and A2 framing bytes may be inserted. The GEN_A1A2_EN bit in the DPGM Generator Control #1 register enables insertion of the A1 and A2 framing bytes. The fixed stuff columns in a tributary mapped SPE (VC) may also be optionally set to zero or NPI. The H4BYP and CLRFS bits in the RTAL Control register control the insertion of the H4 byte and the value of the fixed stuff columns. DD[7] is the most significant bit (corresponding to bit 1 of each serial word, the first bit received). DD[0] is the least significant bit (corresponding to bit 8 of each serial word, the last bit received). DD[7:0] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be DFP Input AG29 The active high Drop bus reference frame position signal (DFP) indicates when the first byte of the synchronous payload envelope (SPE byte #1) is available on the DD[7:0], DD[15:8], DD[23:16] and DD[31:24] buses. For the single bus interface the first SPE byte of channel one STS-1 #1 is identified. For the quad bus STS-3 (STM-1) interface the first SPE byte of all channels STS-1 #1 on the four output buses identified. Note that DFP has a fixed relationship to the SONET/SDH frame; the start of payload is determined by the STS (AU) pointer and may change relative to DFP. Forced changes of the Drop bus frame alignment by displacing of the regular DFP pulse will cause errors and will force the need to resynchronize or regenerate the RPPS PRBS monitors and generators. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function 55 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa DD[16] DD[17] DD[18] DD[19] DD[20] DD[21] DD[22] DD[23] Output W27 Y31 Y30 Y29 Y28 Y27 AA30 AA29 rtm in er In lo ad Do wn DD[24] Output AE31 Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 co DD[15:8] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. n In single Drop bus interface mode, the Drop bus data (DD[23:16]) is forced low. In quad bus interface STS-3(STM-1) mode, the Drop bus data (DD[15:8]) contains the channel three STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) received SONET/SDH payload data. When the Drop bus TSI functionality is disabled, the Dropped payload corresponds to the SONET/SDH data received on channel #3. TSI may be used to reorder this multiplexing on the Drop bus. STS-1/STM-1(AU3)'s within a channel or between channels, along with entire channels may be swapped. The transport overhead bytes, with the exception of the H1, H2 pointer bytes and when there are no negative pointer justifications the H3, are set to zeros. The fixed framing patterns for the A1 and A2 framing bytes may be inserted. The GEN_A1A2_EN bit in the DPGM Generator Control #1 register enables insertion of the A1 and A2 framing bytes. The H4 byte may also be inserted. The fixed stuff columns in a tributary mapped SPE (VC) may also be optionally set to zero or NPI. The H4BYP and CLRFS bits in the RTAL Control register control the insertion of the H4 byte and the value of the fixed stuff columns. DD[23] is the most significant bit (corresponding to bit 1 of each serial word, the first bit received). DD[16] is the least significant bit (corresponding to bit 8 of each serial word, the last bit received). DD[23:16] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. In single Drop bus interface mode, the Drop bus data Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 DD[8] DD[9] DD[10] DD[11] DD[12] DD[13] DD[14] DD[15] 02 02 :4 2: Output N29 N28 N27 P31 P30 P29 P28 P27 In single Drop bus interface mode, the Drop bus data (DD[15:8]) is forced low. In quad Drop bus interface STS3(STM-1) mode, the Drop bus data (DD[15:8]) contains the channel two STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) received SONET/SDH payload data. When the Drop bus TSI functionality is disabled, the Dropped payload corresponds to the SONET/SDH data received on channel #2. TSI may be used to reorder this multiplexing on the Drop bus. STS-1/STM1(AU3)'s within a channel or between channels, along with entire channels may be swapped. The transport overhead bytes, with the exception of the H1, H2 pointer bytes and when there are no negative pointer justifications the H3, are set to zeros. The fixed framing patterns for the A1 and A2 framing bytes may be inserted. The GEN_A1A2_EN bit in the DPGM Generator Control #1 register enables insertion of the A1 and A2 framing bytes. The fixed stuff columns in a tributary mapped SPE (VC) may also be optionally set to zero or NPI. The H4BYP and CLRFS bits in the RTAL Control register control the insertion of the H4 byte and the value of the fixed stuff columns. DD[15] is the most significant bit (corresponding to bit 1 of each serial word, the first bit received). DD[8] is the least significant bit (corresponding to bit 8 of each serial word, the last bit received). 04 Bus Configuration register. PM 56 Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released DD[25] DD[26] DD[27] DD[28] DD[29] DD[30] DD[31] AE30 AE29 AE28 AE27 AF30 AF29 AG31 in er In Pa rtm DPL[2] Output N31 ne rI nc of Pa rtM i Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by DPL[3] Output W29 co n DPL[1] Output H31 The active high Drop bus payload active signal #1 (DPL[1]) indicates when the DD[7:0] is carrying a payload byte. It is set high during path overhead and payload bytes and low during transport overhead bytes. DPL[1] is set high during the H3 byte to indicate a negative pointer justification event and set low during the byte following H3 to indicate a positive pointer justification event. DPL[1] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. The active high Drop bus payload active signal #2 (DPL[2]) indicates when the DD[15:8] is carrying a payload byte. It is set high during path overhead and payload bytes and low during transport overhead bytes. DPL[2] is set high during the H3 byte to indicate a negative pointer justification event and set low during the byte following H3 to indicate a positive pointer justification event. DPL[2] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. This output is forced low in single Drop bus mode. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bits in the Drop Bus Configuration register. The active high Drop bus payload active signal #3 (DPL[3]) indicates when the DD[23:16] is carrying a payload byte. It is set high during path overhead and payload bytes and low during transport overhead bytes. DPL[3] is set high during the H3 byte to indicate a negative pointer justification event and set low during the byte following H3 to indicate a positive pointer justification event. Tu DD[31:24] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. es da (DD[31:24]) is forced low. In quad bus interface STS-3(STM-1) mode, the Drop bus data (DD[31:24]) contains the channel four STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) received SONET/SDH payload data. When the Drop bus TSI functionality is disabled, the Dropped payload corresponds to SONET/SDH data received on channel #4. TSI may be used to reorder this multiplexing on the Drop bus. STS-1/STM-1(AU3)'s within a channel or between channels, along with entire channels may be swapped. The transport overhead bytes, with the exception of the H1, H2 pointer bytes and when there are no negative pointer justifications the H3, are set to zeros. The fixed framing patterns for the A1 and A2 framing bytes may be inserted. The GEN_A1A2_EN bit in the DPGM Generator Control #1 register enables insertion of the A1 and A2 framing bytes. The H4 byte may also be inserted. The fixed stuff columns in a tributary mapped SPE (VC) may also be optionally set to zero or NPI. The H4BYP and CLRFS bits in the RTAL Control register control the insertion of the H4 byte and the value of the fixed stuff columns. DD[31] is the most significant bit (corresponding to bit 1 of each serial word, the first bit received). DD[24] is the least significant bit (corresponding to bit 8 of each serial word, the last bit received). y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function 57 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released DC1J1V1[1] Output H30 In ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er DC1J1V1[2] Output N30 rtM i DC1J1V1[3] Output W28 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa co The Drop bus composite timing signal #1 (DC1J1V1[1]) indicates the frame, payload and tributary multi-frame boundaries on the Drop data bus signals DD[7:0]. DC1J1V1[1] pulses high with the Drop bus payload active signal (DPL[1]) set low to mark the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Identification byte or equivalently the STM identification byte (C1). DC1J1V1[1] pulses high with DPL[1] set high to mark the path trace byte (J1). Optionally, the DC1J1V1[1] signal pulses high on the V1 byte to indicate tributary multi-frame boundaries using the ENDV1 bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 RPPS Path Configuration register. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. DC1J1V1[1] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. n The Drop bus composite timing signal #2 (DC1J1V1[2]) indicates the frame, payload and tributary multi-frame boundaries on the Drop data bus signals DD[15:8]. DC1J1V1[2] pulses high with the Drop bus payload active signal (DPL[2]) set low to mark the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Identification byte or equivalently the STM identification byte (C1). DC1J1V1[2] pulses high with DPL[2] set high to mark the path trace byte (J1). Optionally, the DC1J1V1[2] signal pulses high on the V1 byte to indicate tributary multi-frame boundaries using the ENDV1 bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 RPPS Path Configuration register. This output is forced low in single Drop bus mode. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. DC1J1V1[2] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. The Drop bus composite timing signal #3 (DC1J1V1[3]) indicates the frame, payload and tributary multi-frame boundaries on the Drop data bus signals DD[23:16]. DC1J1V1[3] pulses high with the Drop bus payload active signal (DPL[3]) set low to mark the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Identification byte or equivalently the STM identification byte (C1). DC1J1V1[3] pulses high with DPL[3] set high to mark the path trace byte (J1). Optionally, the DC1J1V1[3] signal pulses high on the V1 byte to indicate tributary multi-frame boundaries using the ENDV1 bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 RPPS Path Configuration register. This output is forced low in single Drop Tu es da y, 03 De ce DPL[4] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. This output is forced low in single Drop bus mode. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. m be r, 20 02 02 DPL[4] Output AD28 The active high Drop bus payload active signal #4 (DPL[4]) indicates when the DD[31:24] is carrying a payload byte. It is set high during path overhead and payload bytes and low during transport overhead bytes. DPL[4] is set high during the H3 byte to indicate a negative pointer justification event and set low during the byte following H3 to indicate a positive pointer justification event. :4 DPL[3] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. This output is forced low in single Drop bus mode. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. 2: 04 PM Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function 58 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released DC1J1V1[3] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. DDP[1] Output K31 DDP[2] Output R28 Pa rtm in er In of DDP[3] Output AA28 rtM i ne rI nc Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by DDP[4] Output AF28 co n The Drop bus data parity signal #1 (DDP[1]) indicates the parity of the Drop bus signals. The Drop data bus signals (DD[7:0]) are always included in parity calculations. Register bits in the Drop Bus Configuration register control the inclusion of the DPL[1] and DC1J1V1[1] signals in parity calculation and the sense (odd/even) of the parity. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. DDP[1] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. The Drop bus data parity signal #2 (DDP[2]) indicates the parity of the Drop bus signals. The Drop data bus signals (DD[15:8]) are always included in parity calculations. Register bits in the Drop Bus Configuration register control the inclusion of the DPL[2] and DC1J1V1[2] signals in parity calculation and the sense (odd/even) of the parity. This output is forced low in single Drop bus mode. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. DDP[2] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. The Drop bus data parity signal #3 (DDP[3]) indicates the parity of the Drop bus signals. The Drop data bus signals (DD[23:16]) are always included in parity calculations. Register bits in the Drop Bus Configuration register control the inclusion of the DPL[3] and DC1J1V1[3] signals in parity calculation and the sense (odd/even) of the parity. This output is forced low in single Drop bus mode. The Drop interface mode is set via DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. DDP[3] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. The Drop bus data parity signal #4 (DDP[4]) indicates the parity of the Drop bus signals. The Drop data bus signals (DD[31:24]) are always included in parity calculations. Register bits in the Drop Bus Configuration register control the inclusion of the DPL[4] and DC1J1V1[4] signals in parity calculation and the sense (odd/even) of the parity. This output is forced low single Drop bus mode. The Drop interface mode is set via DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. Tu es da y, 03 DC1J1V1[4] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 DC1J1V1[4] Output AD27 The Drop bus composite timing signal #4 (DC1J1V1[4]) indicates the frame, payload and tributary multi-frame boundaries on the Drop data bus signals DD[31:24]. DC1J1V1[4] pulses high with the Drop bus payload active signal (DPL[4]) set low to mark the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Identification byte or equivalently the STM identification byte (C1). DC1J1V1[4] pulses high with DPL[4] set high to mark the path trace byte (J1). Optionally, the DC1J1V1[4] signal pulses high on the V1 byte to indicate tributary multi-frame boundaries using the ENDV1 bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 RPPS Path Configuration register. This output is forced low in single Drop bus mode. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. :4 2: 04 bus mode. The Drop interface mode is set via the DTMODE register bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register. PM Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function 59 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Pa rtm in er In nc of AD[8] AD[9] AD[10] AD[11] AD[12] AD[13] AD[14] AD[15] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI Input K28 K27 L30 L29 L28 M31 M30 M29 co n AD[7:0] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. The Add interface mode is set via ATMODE register bit in the Add Bus Configuration register. In single Add bus interface mode, the Add bus data (AD[15:8]) is disabled. In quad Add bus interface STS-3 (STM-1) mode, the Add bus data (AD[15:8]) contains the 2nd STS-3/3c (STM1/AU-3/AU-4) SONET/SDH payload data to transmit. When Add bus TSI functionality is enabled, the association of Add bus payloads to the transmitted payloads is software configurable in the SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #1..4 AU-3 #1..3 Select registers. The Add bus transport overhead bytes are ignored with the programmable exception of the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. The phase relation of the SPE (VC) to the transport frame is determined by the Add bus composite timing signal (AC1J1V1[2]) or optionally by interpreting the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. AD[15] is the most significant bit (corresponding to bit 1 of each serial word, the first bit transmitted). AD[8] is the least significant bit (corresponding to Tu AD[0] AD[1] AD[2] AD[3] AD[4] AD[5] AD[6] AD[7] Input E28 F30 F29 F28 F27 G31 G30 G29 In single Add bus interface mode, the Add bus data (AD[7:0]) contains the STS-3/c(STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) SONET/SDH payload data to transmit on the four channels. In quad Add bus interface STS-3 (STM-1) mode, the Add bus data (AD[7:0]) contains the 1st STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) SONET/SDH payload data to transmit. When Add bus TSI functionality is disabled, the SONET/SDH payload data provided on AD[7:0] will be transmitted on channel #1. When Add bus TSI functionality is enabled, the association of Add bus payloads to the transmitted payloads is software configurable in the SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #1..4 AU-3 #1..3 Select registers. The Add bus transport overhead bytes are ignored with the programmable exception of the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. The phase relation of the SPE (VC) to the transport frame is determined by the Add bus composite timing signal (AC1J1V1[1]) or optionally by interpreting the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. AD[7] is the most significant bit (corresponding to bit 1 of each serial word, the first bit transmitted). AD[0] is the least significant bit (corresponding to bit 8 of each serial word, the last bit transmitted). es da y, 03 De Inputs AD[31:0], APL[4:1], ADP[4:1], and AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] are sampled on the rising edge of ACK. ce m be r, 20 02 ACK Input E31 The Add bus clock (ACK) provides timing for the Add bus interface. ACK is nominally a 77.76 MHz, 50% duty cycle clock when the Add interface is configured as a single bus interface. ACK is nominally a 19.44 MHz, 50% duty cycle clock when the Add interface is configured as a quad STS-3 (STM-1) interface. 02 Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function :4 9.9 Add Bus Telecom Interface Signals 2: 60 04 DDP[4] is updated on the rising edge of DCK. PM Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released ne rI nc of Pa rtm in AD[24] AD[25] AD[26] AD[27] AD[28] AD[29] AD[30] AD[31] er In rtM i Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa APL[1] Input E30 co n Input AB29 AB28 AB27 AC31 AC30 AC29 AC28 AD31 In single Add bus interface mode, the Add bus data (AD[31:24]) is disabled. In quad Add bus interface STS-3 (STM-1) mode, the Add bus data (AD[31:24]) contains the 4th STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) SONET/SDH payload data to transmit. When Add bus TSI functionality is enabled, the association of Add bus payloads to the transmitted payloads is software configurable in the SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #1..4 AU-3 #1..3 Select registers. The Add bus transport overhead bytes are ignored with the programmable exception of the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. The phase relation of the SPE (VC) to the transport frame is determined by the Add bus composite timing signal (AC1J1V1[4]) or optionally by interpreting the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. AD[31] is the most significant bit (corresponding to bit 1 of each serial word, the first bit transmitted). AD[24] is the least significant bit (corresponding to bit 8 of each serial word, the last bit transmitted). AD[31:24] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. The Add interface mode is set via ATMODE register bit in the Add Bus Configuration register. The Add bus payload active signal #1 (APL[1]) indicates when AD[7:0] is carrying a payload byte. It is set high during path overhead and payload bytes and low during transport overhead bytes. APL[1] is set high during the H3 byte to indicate a negative pointer justification event and set low during the byte following H3 to indicate a positive pointer justification event. The APL[1] input must be strapped low when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set high. The INCAPL bit in the Add Bus Configuration #1 register controls whether APL[1] is to be included in the Add Tu AD[23:16] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. The Add interface mode is set via ATMODE register bit in the Add Bus Configuration register. es da y, 03 De ce m be AD[16] AD[17] AD[18] AD[19] AD[20] AD[21] AD[22] AD[23] Input U29 U28 U27 V31 V30 V29 V28 V27 In single Add bus interface mode, the Add bus data (AD[23:16]) is disabled. In quad Add bus interface STS-3 (STM-1) mode, the Add bus data (AD[23:16]) contains the 3rd STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) SONET/SDH payload data to transmit. When Add bus TSI functionality is enabled, the association of Add bus payloads to the transmitted payloads is software configurable in the SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #1..4 AU-3 #1..3 Select registers. The Add bus transport overhead bytes are ignored with the programmable exception of the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. The phase relation of the SPE (VC) to the transport frame is determined by the Add bus composite timing signal (AC1J1V1[3]) or optionally by interpreting the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. AD[23] is the most significant bit (corresponding to bit 1 of each serial word, the first bit transmitted). AD[16] is the least significant bit (corresponding to bit 8 of each serial word, the last bit transmitted). r, 20 02 02 :4 AD[15:8] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. The Add interface mode is set via ATMODE register bit in the Add Bus Configuration register. 2: 04 bit 8 of each serial word, the last bit transmitted). PM 61 Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released APL[4] Input AB31 nc of Pa rtm in er In ed by Pa rtM i ne rI AC1J1V1[1]/ Input E29 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad co n APL[3] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. The Add bus payload active signal #4 (APL[4]) indicates when AD[31:24] is carrying a payload byte. It is set high during path overhead and payload bytes and low during transport overhead bytes. APL[4] is set high during the H3 byte to indicate a negative pointer justification event and set low during the byte following H3 to indicate a positive pointer justification event. The APL[4] input must be strapped low when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set high. The INCAPL bit in the Add Bus Configuration #1 register controls whether APL[4] is to be included in the Add Bus parity ADP[4] or the activity monitor. APL[4] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. The Add bus composite timing signal #1 (AC1J1V1[1]) is defined when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set low. AC1J1V1[1] identifies the frame and optionally the payload and tributary multi-frame boundaries on the Add data bus signals AD[7:0]. AC1J1V1[1] pulses high with the Add bus payload active signal #1 (APL[1]) set low to mark the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Identification byte (C1). Optionally, the AC1J1V1[1] pulses high with APL[1] set high to mark the path trace byte (J1). Optionally, the AC1J1V1[1] signal pulses high on the V1 byte to indicate tributary multiframe boundaries. Optional marking of the J1 and V1 bytes is controlled using the DISJ1V1 bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Path Configuration register. Setting DISJ1V1 bit high enables pointer Tu es da y, 03 De APL[3] Input U31 The Add bus payload active signal #3 (APL[3]) indicates when AD[23:16] is carrying a payload byte. It is set high during path overhead and payload bytes and low during transport overhead bytes. APL[3] is set high during the H3 byte to indicate a negative pointer justification event and set low during the byte following H3 to indicate a positive pointer justification event. The APL[3] input must be strapped low when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set high. The INCAPL bit in the Add Bus Configuration #1 register controls whether APL[3] is to be included in the Add Bus parity ADP[3] or the activity monitor. ce APL[2] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. m be r, 20 02 02 :4 APL[2] Input K30 The Add bus payload active signal #2 (APL[2]) indicates when AD[15:8] is carrying a payload byte. It is set high during path overhead and payload bytes and low during transport overhead bytes. APL[2] is set high during the H3 byte to indicate a negative pointer justification event and set low during the byte following H3 to indicate a positive pointer justification event. The APL[2] input must be strapped low when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set high. The INCAPL bit in the Add Bus Configuration #1 register controls whether APL[2] is to be included in the Add Bus parity ADP[2] or the activity monitor. 2: APL[1] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. 04 62 Bus parity ADP[1] or the activity monitor. PM Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Pa rtm in er In of ne rI nc by Pa rtM i ed Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad AC1J1V1[2]/ Input K29 co n The AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16] and AD[31:24] Add buses must be frame aligned with the C1 pulses of the associated AC1J1V1 signals. All C1 pulses must be aligned. If the AC1J1V1[1] frame alignment changes, all the slices are affected by the realignment. Errors may occur in some or all slices and the APGMs need to be manually regenerated or resynchronized if used. The ATSI_ISOLATE bit can be used to disable the realignment of the 12 TPPS slice clocks by AC1J1V1/AFP[1] Add BUS. This bit should only be used when all 12 TPPS slices are placed in Autonomous mode and the AC1J1V1/AFP[1] (and/or APL) Add BUS interface cannot maintain a constant frame alignment. AFP[1] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. The Add bus composite timing signal #2 (AC1J1V1[2]) is defined when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set low. AC1J1V1[2] identifies the frame and optionally the payload and tributary multi-frame boundaries on Tu es da AFP[1] E29 The active high Add bus reference frame position signal #1 (AFP[1]) is defined when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set high. AFP[1] indicates when the first byte of the synchronous payload envelope (SPE byte 1 of STS-1 #1) of the SONET/SDH stream is available on the AD[7:0] bus. Note that AFP[1] has a fixed relationship to the SONET/SDH frame; the start of the SPE is determined by the STS (AU) pointer and may change relative to AFP[1]. The DISJ1V1 bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Path Configuration register must be set high in this mode to enable pointer interpretation on the Add bus. Valid H1 and H2 pointer bytes must be provided on the Add data bus (AD[7:0]) to allow the J1 position to be identified. Optionally, the H4 byte could be provided on the Add data bus to allow the V1 position to be identified. y, AC1J1V1[1] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. 03 The ATSI_ISOLATE bit can be used to disable the realignment of the 12 TPPS slice clocks by AC1J1V1/AFP[1] Add BUS. This bit should only be used when all 12 TPPS slices are placed in Autonomous mode and the AC1J1V1/AFP[1] (and/or APL) Add BUS interface cannot maintain a constant frame alignment. De ce m be If the AC1J1V1[1] frame alignment changes, all the slices are affected by the realignment. Errors may occur in some or all slices and the APGMs need to be manually regenerated or resynchronized if used. r, 20 02 The AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16] and AD[31:24] Add buses must be frame aligned with the C1 pulses of the associated AC1J1V1 signals. All C1 pulses must be aligned. 02 interpretation on the Add bus. Valid H1 and H2 pointer bytes must be provided on the Add data bus signals (AD[7:0]) to allow the J1 position to be identified. Optionally, the H4 byte could be provided on the Add data bus signals (AD[7:0]) to allow the V1 position to be identified. :4 2: 04 PM Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function 63 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released the Add data bus signals AD[15:8]. AC1J1V1[2] pulses high with the Add bus payload active signal #2 (APL[2]) set low to mark the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Identification byte (C1). Optionally, the AC1J1V1[2] pulses high with APL[2] set high to mark the path trace byte (J1). Optionally, the AC1J1V1[2] signal pulses high on the V1 byte to indicate tributary multiframe boundaries. Optional marking of the J1 and V1 bytes is controlled using the DISJ1V1 bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Path Configuration register. Setting DISJ1V1 bit high enables pointer interpretation on the Add bus. Valid H1 and H2 pointer bytes must be provided on the Add data bus signals (AD[15:8]) to allow the J1 position to be identified. Optionally, the H4 byte could be provided on the Add data bus signals (AD[15:8]) to allow the V1 position to be identified. When using the Add bus TSI functionality, the AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16] and AD[31:24] Add buses must be frame aligned to have the C1 pulses of the associated AC1J1V1 signals high simultaneously. AC1J1V1[2] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. AFP[2] K29 The active high Add bus reference frame position signal #2 (AFP[2]) is defined when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set high. AFP[2] indicates when the first byte of the synchronous payload envelope (SPE byte 1 of STS-1 #1) of the SONET/SDH stream is available on the AD[15:8] bus. Note that AFP[2] has a fixed relationship to the SONET/SDH frame; the start of the SPE is determined by the STS (AU) pointer and may change relative to AFP[2]. The DISJ1V1 bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Path Configuration register must be set high in this mode to enable pointer interpretation on the Add bus. Valid H1 and H2 pointer bytes must be provided on the Add data bus (AD[15:8]) to allow the J1 position to be identified. Optionally, the H4 byte could be provided on the Add data bus to allow the V1 position to be identified. When using the Add bus TSI functionality, the AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16] and AD[31:24] Add buses must be frame aligned to have the C1 pulses of the associated AC1J1V1 signals high simultaneously. AFP[2] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. U30 The Add bus composite timing signal #3 (AC1J1V1[3]) is defined when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set low. AC1J1V1[3] identifies the frame and optionally the payload and tributary multi-frame boundaries on the Add data bus signals AD[23:16]. AC1J1V1[3] pulses high with the Add bus payload active signal #3 (APL[3]) set low to mark the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Identification byte (C1). Optionally, the AC1J1V1[3] pulses high with APL[3] set high to mark the path trace byte (J1). Optionally, the AC1J1V1[3] signal pulses high on the V1 byte to indicate tributary multiframe boundaries. Optional marking of the J1 and V1 bytes is controlled using the DISJ1V1 bit in the TPPS Path Configuration register. Setting AC1J1V1[3]/ ne rI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i nc Input of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function 64 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released When using the Add bus TSI functionality, the AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16] and AD[31:24] Add buses must be frame aligned to have the C1 pulses of the associated AC1J1V1 signals high simultaneously. AFP[3] U30 The active high Add bus reference frame position signal #3 (AFP[3]) is defined when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set high. AFP[3] indicates when the first byte of the synchronous payload envelope (SPE byte 1 of STS-1 #1) of the SONET/SDH stream is available on the AD[31:24] bus. Note that AFP[3] has a fixed relationship to the SONET/SDH frame; the start of the SPE is determined by the STS (AU) pointer and may change relative to AFP[3]. The DISJ1V1 bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Path Configuration register must be set high in this mode to enable pointer interpretation on the Add bus. Valid H1 and H2 pointer bytes must be provided on the Add data bus (AD[23:16]) to allow the J1 position to be identified. Optionally, the H4 byte could be provided on the Add data bus to allow the V1 position to be identified. When using the Add bus TSI functionality, the AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16] and AD[31:24] Add buses must be frame aligned to have the C1 pulses of the associated AC1J1V1 signals high simultaneously. AFP[3] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. The Add bus composite timing signal #4 (AC1J1V1[4]) is defined when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration is set low. AC1J1V1[4] identifies the frame and optionally the payload and tributary multi-frame boundaries on the Add data bus signals AD[31:24]. AC1J1V1[4] pulses high with the Add bus payload active signal #4 (APL[1]) set low to mark the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Identification byte (C1). Optionally, the AC1J1V1[4] pulses high with APL[4] set high to mark the path trace byte (J1). Optionally, the AC1J1V1[4] signal pulses high on the V1 byte to indicate tributary multi-frame boundaries. Optional marking of the J1 and V1 bytes is controlled using the DISJ1V1 bit in the TPPS Path Configuration register. Setting DISJ1V1 bit high enables pointer interpretation on the Add bus. Valid H1 and H2 pointer bytes must be provided on the Add data bus signals (AD[31:24]) to allow the J1 position to be identified. Optionally, the H4 byte could be provided on the Add data bus signals (AD[31:24]) to allow the V1 position to be identified. When using the Add bus TSI functionality, the AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16] and AD[31:24] Add buses must be frame aligned to have the C1 pulses of the associated AC1J1V1 signals high simultaneously. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm AC1J1V1[4]/ Input in er AB30 In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be AC1J1V1[3] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. r, 20 02 02 DISJ1V1 bit high enables pointer interpretation on the Add bus. Valid H1 and H2 pointer bytes must be provided on the Add data bus signals (AD[23:16]) to allow the J1 position to be identified. Optionally, the H4 byte could be provided on the Add data bus signals (AD[23:16]) to allow the V1 position to be identified. :4 2: 04 PM Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function 65 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released When using the Add bus TSI functionality, the AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16] and AD[31:24] Add buses must be frame aligned to have the C1 pulses of the associated AC1J1V1 signals high simultaneously. ADP[1] Input G28 The Add bus data parity signal #1 (ADP[1]) indicates the parity of the Add bus #1 signals. The Add data bus (AD[7:0]) is always included in parity calculations. Register bits in the Add Bus Configuration register control the inclusion of the APL[1] and AC1J1V1[1]/AFP[1] signals in parity calculations and the sense (odd/even) of the parity. ADP[1] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. The Add bus data parity signal #2 (ADP[2]) indicates the parity of the Add bus #2 signals. The Add data bus (AD[15:8]) is always included in parity calculations. Register bits in the Add Bus Configuration register control the inclusion of the APL[2] and AC1J1V1[2]/AFP[2] signals in parity calculations and the sense (odd/even) of the parity. ADP[2] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. W31 The Add bus data parity signal #3 (ADP[3]) indicates the parity of the Add bus #3 signals. The Add data bus (AD[23:16]) is always included in parity calculations. Register bits in the Add Bus Configuration register control the inclusion of the APL[3] and AC1J1V1[3]/AFP[3] signals in parity calculations and the sense (odd/even) of the parity. ADP[3] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. Input AD30 The Add bus data parity signal #4 (ADP[4]) indicates the parity of the Add bus #4 signals. The Add data bus (AD[31:24]) is always included in parity calculations. Register bits in the Add Bus Configuration register control the inclusion of the APL[4] and AC1J1V1[4]/AFP[4] signals in parity calculations and the sense (odd/even) of the parity. ADP[4] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. ADP[2] Input M28 ADP[4] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of ADP[3] Input Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da AFP[4] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: AFP[4] AB30 The active high Add bus reference frame position signal #4 (AFP[4]) is defined when the AFPEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration is set high. AFP[4] indicates when the first byte of the synchronous payload envelope (SPE byte 1 of STS-1 #1) of the SONET/SDH stream is available on the AD[31:24] bus. Note that AFP[4] has a fixed relationship to the SONET/SDH frame; the start of the SPE is determined by the STS (AU) pointer and may change relative to AFP[4]. The DISJ1V1 bit in the TPPS Path Configuration register must be set high in this mode to enable pointer interpretation on the Add bus. Valid H1 and H2 pointer bytes must be provided on the Add data bus (AD[31:24]) to allow the J1 position to be identified. Optionally, the H4 byte could be provided on the Add data bus to allow the V1 position to be identified. 04 AC1J1V1[4] is sampled on the rising edge of ACK. PM 66 Pin Name Pin Type Pin No. Function SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released MBEB Input C14 CSB ne rI D[7] D[6] D[5] D[4] D[3] D[2] D[1] D[0] A[13] rtm in er I/O D20 C20 B20 A20 E19 D19 C19 B19 E18 In nc of Pa Input Pa rtM i Do wn A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] A[8] A[7] A[6] A[5] A[4] Input C18 D18 B18 A18 E17 D17 C17 B17 A17 Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by co RWB D14 n The read/write select signal (RWB) selects between SPECTRA 4x155 register read and write accesses while in Motorola bus mode. The SPECTRA 4x155 drives the data bus D[7:0] with the contents of the Addressed register while CSB is low and RWB and E are high. The contents of D[7:0] are clocked into the Addressed register on the falling E edge while CSB and RWB are low. The bi-directional data bus, D[7:0], is used during SPECTRA 4x155 read and write accesses. The test register select signal (A[13]) selects between normal and test mode register accesses. A[13] is high during test mode register accesses, and is low during normal mode register accesses. A[13] may be tied low. The Address bus (A[13:0]) selects specific registers during SPECTRA 4x155 register accesses. Tu es WRB/ Input D14 The active low write strobe (WRB) signal is low during a SPECTRA 4x155 register write access. The D[7:0] bus contents are clocked into the Addressed register on the rising WRB edge while CSB is low. da y, E B14 The active high external access signal (E) is set high during SPECTRA 4x155 register access while in Motorola bus mode. 03 De RDB/ Input B14 The active low read enable (RDB) signal is low during a SPECTRA 4x155 read access. The SPECTRA 4x155 drives the D[7:0] bus with the contents of the Addressed register while RDB and CSB are low. ce m be Schmidt TTL Input E15 Note that when not being used, CSB must be tied low. If CSB is not required (i.e. register accesses controlled using the RDB and WRB signals only), CSB must be connected to an inverted version of the RSTB input. r, The active low chip select (CSB) signal is low during SPECTRA 4x155 register accesses. 20 02 The active low Motorola bus enable (MBEB) signal configures the SPECTRA 4x155 for Motorola bus mode where the RDB/E signal functions as E, and the WRB/RWB signal functions as RWB. When MBEB is high, the SPECTRA 4x155 is configured for Intel bus mode where the RDB/E signal functions as RDB. The MBEB input has an integral pull up resistor. 02 :4 2: 04 67 Pin Name Type Pin No. Function PM 9.10 Microprocessor Interface Signals SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released INTB OD Output A19 9.12 JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Signals rtm in Pin Name TCK Type Schmidt TTL Input er Pin No. In AK4 Pa rI nc of TMS Input AG6 rtM i ne TDI Input AK5 Pa ed by TDO Tristate Output AH6 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad TRSTB Schmidt TTL Input AJ5 co ATP[0] ATP[1] ATP[2] ATP[3] Analog V3 V4 W1 V5 Four analog test ports (ATP0, ATP1, ATP2, ATP3) are provided for production testing only. These pins must be tied to analog ground (AVS) during normal operation. n Function The test clock (TCK) signal provides timing for test operations that can be carried out using the IEEE P1149.1 test access port. The test mode select (TMS) signal controls the test operations that can be carried out using the IEEE P1149.1 test access port. TMS is sampled on the rising edge of TCK. TMS has an integral pull up resistor. When the SPECTRA 4x155 is configured for JTAG operation, the test data input (TDI) signal carries test data into the SPECTRA 4x155 via the IEEE P1149.1 test access port. TDI is sampled on the rising edge of TCK. TDI has an integral pull up resistor. The test data output (TDO) signal carries test data out of the SPECTRA 4x155 via the IEEE P1149.1 test access port. TDO is updated on the falling edge of TCK. TDO is a tri-state output that is inactive except when scanning of data is in progress. The active low test reset (TRSTB) signal provides an asynchronous SPECTRA 4x155 test access port reset via the IEEE P1149.1 test access port. TRSTB is a Schmidt triggered input with an integral pull up resistor. In the event that TRSTB Tu es Pin Name Type Pin No. Function da y, 9.11 Analog Miscellaneous Signals 03 INTB is tri-stated when the interrupt is acknowledged via the appropriate register access. INTB is an open drain output. De The active low interrupt (INTB) is set low when a SPECTRA 4x155 enabled interrupt source is active. The SPECTRA 4x155 may be enabled to report many alarms or events via interrupts. ce m be r, 20 ALE Input A14 The Address latch enable (ALE) is an active-high signal and latches the Address bus A[13:0] when low. When ALE is high, the internal Address latches are transparent. It allows the SPECTRA 4x155 to interface to a multiplexed Address/data bus. The ALE input has an integral pull up resistor. 02 02 RSTB Schmidt TTL Input E14 The active low reset (RSTB) signal provides an asynchronous SPECTRA 4x155 reset. RSTB is a Schmidt triggered input with an integral pull-up resistor. :4 A[3] A[2] A[1] A[0] A15 C15 B15 D15 2: 68 04 PM Pin Name Type Pin No. Function SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Reserved2 Reserved3 Reserved4 Reserved5 VBIAS[0] VBIAS[1] Output Input Input Output Bias Voltage C25 A25 E24 B25 AK28 E20 This output can be left floating. This input pin must be grounded. This input pin must be grounded. This output can be left floating AVD in er In Pa rtm lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of AVS Analog Ground K1 H5 H4 M5 N4 P5 Y5 U4 V2 AB4 AC5 AC4 R3 R1 F2 AE1 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 co n The analog power (AVD) pins for the analog core. The AVD pins should be connected through passive filtering networks to a well-decoupled +3.3V analog power supply. Please see the Operation section for detailed information. RAVS1_A - Channel #1 PECL Input Buffer RAVS1_B - Channel #1 CRU RAVS1_C - Channel #1 CRU RAVS2_A - Channel #2 PECL Input Buffer RAVS2_B - Channel #2 CRU RAVS2_C - Channel #2 CRU RAVS3_A - Channel #3 PECL Input Buffer RAVS3_B - Channel #3 CRU RAVS3_C - Channel #3 CRU RAVS4_A - Channel #4 PECL Input Buffer RAVS4_B - Channel #4 CRU RAVS4_C - Channel #4 CRU TAVS1_A - CSU TAVS1_B - CSU QAVS1 QAVS2 The analog ground (AVS) pins for the analog core. The AVS Tu es da y, 03 Analog Power L4 G4 H3 M4 N1 P4 Y4 U1 V1 AB5 AD4 AC3 R4 R2 G5 AD5 RAVD1_A - Channel #1 PECL Input Buffer RAVD1_B - Channel #1 CRU RAVD1_C - Channel #1 CRU RAVD2_A - Channel #2 PECL Input Buffer RAVD2_B - Channel #2 CRU RAVD2_C - Channel #2 CRU RAVD3_A - Channel #3 PECL Input Buffer RAVD3_B - Channel #3 CRU RAVD3_C - Channel #3 CRU RAVD4_A - Channel #4 PECL Input Buffer RAVD4_B - Channel #4 CRU RAVD4_C - Channel #4 CRU TAVD1_A - CSU TAVD1_B - CSU QAVD2 QAVD1 De Digital input biases. When tied to +5V, the VBIAS[1:0] inputs are used to bias the wells of the digital inputs so that the pads can tolerate 5V on their inputs without forward biasing internal ESD protection devices. When VBIAS is tied to +3.3V, the digital inputs will only tolerate 3.3V level voltages. ce m be r, 20 02 02 Reserved1 Output D25 This output can be left floating. :4 2: 69 Pin Name Pin Type PIN No. Function 04 9.13 Power and Ground PM is not used, it must be connected to RSTB. SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Please see the Operation section for detailed information. A2, A3, A4, A6, A11, A16, A21, A26, A28, A29, A30, B1, B3, B16, B29, B31, C1, C2, C30, C31, D1, D31, F1, F31, L1, L31, T1, T2, T30, T31, AA1, AA31, AF1, AF31, AH1, AH31, AJ1, AJ2, AJ30, AJ31, AK1, AK3, AK16, AK29, AK31, AL2, AL3, AL4, AL6, AL11, AL16, AL21, AL26, AL28, AL29, AL30 Notes on Pin Description: 1. 2. All SPECTRA 4x155 inputs and bi-directional pins present minimum capacitive loading and operate at TTL logic levels except the SD and RXD inputs, which operate at pseudo-ECL (PECL) logic levels. The SPECTRA 4x155 digital outputs and bi-directionals that have a 2 mA drive capability are: D[7:0], B3E, INTB, LOF1-4, LAIS/RRCPDAT1-4, LRDI/RRCPCLK1-4, LOS/RRCPFP1-4, RTOH1-4, RTOHCLK1-4, RTOHFP1-4, RSLD1-4, RSLDCLK1-4, RAD, RALM, RPOH, RPOHCLK, RPOHEN, RPOHFP, SALM1-4, TDO, Reserved1, Reserved2, Reserved5, TSLDCLK1-4, TTOHCLK1-4, TTOHFP1-4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. It is mandatory that every digital ground pin (VSS) be connected to the printed circuit board ground plane to ensure reliable device operation. lo ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 ed 10. Due to ESD protection structures in the pads, caution must be taken when powering the device up or down. ESD protection devices behave as diodes between power supply pins and from I/O pins to power supply pins. Under extreme conditions it is possible to damage these ESD protection devices or trigger latch up. Please adhere to the recommended power supply sequencing described in the Operation section of this document. 11. Do not exceed 100 mA of current on any pin during the power-up or power-down sequence. Refer to the Power Sequencing description in the Operations section. 12. Before any input activity occurs, ensure that the device power supplies are within their nominal voltage range. by Pa rtM i All analog power and ground pins can be sensitive to noise. They must be isolated from the digital power and ground. Care must be taken to correctly decouple these pins. Please refer to the Operations sections ne rI It is mandatory that every digital power pin (VDD) be connected to the printed circuit board power plane to ensure reliable device operation. nc of Pa The differential pseudo-ECL inputs and outputs should be terminated in a passive network and interface at PECL levels as described in the Operations section. rtm The inputs ALE, MBEB, RSTB, TMS, TDI, and TRSTB have internal pull-up resistors. in The SPECTRA 4x155 digital outputs that are not 5 volt tolerant are: DC1JV1[4:1], DD[31:0], DDP[4:1], DPL[4:1], PGMRCLK, PGMTCLK, RCLK1-4, TCLK. All other outputs are 5 volt tolerant. er In The SPECTRA 4x155 digital outputs and bi-directionals that have a 6 mA drive capability are: DC1JV1[4:1], DD[31:0], DDP[4:1], DPL[4:1], PGMRCLK, PGMTCLK, RCLK1-4, TCLK. co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be VSS Digital Ground The digital ground (VSS) pins should be connected to the digital ground of the digital power supply. r, 20 A1, A31, B2, B30, C3, C4, C16, C28, C29, D3, D4, D16, D28, D29, E5, E11, E16, E21, E27, L5, L27, T3, T4, T5, T27, T28, T29, AA5, AA27, AG5, AG11, AG16, AG21, AG27, AH3, AH4, AH16, AH28, AH29, AJ3, AJ4, AJ16, AJ28, AJ29, AK2, AK30, AL1, AL31 02 02 VDD Digital Power The digital power (VDD) pins should be connected to a well-decoupled +3.3 V digital power supply. :4 2: 04 pins should be connected to the analog ground of the analog power supply. PM Pin Name Pin Type PIN No. Function 70 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 71 04 14. Ensure that all digital power is applied simultaneously, and applied before or simultaneously with the analog power. Refer to the Power Sequencing description in the Operations section. PM 13. Hold the device in the reset condition until the device power supplies are within their nominal voltage range. SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc The loop filter transfer function is optimized to enable the PLL to track the jitter, yet tolerate the minimum transition density expected in a received SONET/SDH data signal. The total loop dynamics of the clock recovery PLL yield a jitter tolerance that exceeds the minimum tolerance proposed for SONET equipment by GR-253-CORE as shown in Figure 5. of Pa rtm When the transmit clock is derived from the recovered clock (loop timing), the accuracy of the transmit clock is directly related to the REFCLK reference accuracy under LOS conditions. In applications that are required to meet the Telcordia GR-253-CORE SONET Network Element free-run accuracy specification, the reference must be within +/-20 ppm. When not loop timed, the REFCLK accuracy may be relaxed to +/-50 ppm. in er In co Initially, the PLL locks to the reference clock, REFCLK. Once the frequency of the recovered clock is within 488 ppm of the reference clock, the PLL attempts to lock to the data. Once in data lock, the PLL will revert to the reference clock if no data transitions occur in 80 bit periods or if the recovered clock drifts beyond approximately 488 ppm of the reference clock. n Tu es da The clock recovery unit (CRU) inside the CRSI block recovers a clock from the incoming bit serial data stream. The CRU is fully compliant with SONET/SDH jitter tolerance requirements. It uses a low frequency 19.44 MHz reference clock to train and monitor its clock recovery phase-locked loop (PLL). Under LOS conditions, the CRU will continue to output a line rate clock that is locked to this reference for keep-alive purposes. As part of its feature set, the CRU provides status bits that indicate whether it is locked to data or to the reference clock. The unit also supports diagnostic loop back and a LOS input that squelches normal input data. y, 03 De ce m be 10.1.1 Clock Recovery Unit (CRU) r, 20 The Receive Line Interface and the Clock Recover/Serial-to-Parallel Converter (CRSI) blocks perform PECL conversion, clock and data recovery on the incoming 155.52 Mbit/s data stream, and serial-to-parallel conversion based on the recovered SONET/SDH A1/A2 framing pattern. The blocks allow the SPECTRA 4x155 to directly interface with optical modules (ODLs) or other medium interfaces. 02 02 :4 2: 72 10.1 Receive Line Interface and CRSI 04 PM 10 Functional Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Jitter Tolerance, 25'C, Nominal Volt. 100 Jitter (UI) m be 10 r, 20 02 0.1 1 10 100 1000 02 Tu es da 10000 :4 y, 03 1 De 100000 ce Mask 2: 25'C 3.3 V 1000000 10000000 Frequency (Hz) 10.1.2 Serial-to-Parallel Converter (SIPO) The Serial-to-Parallel Converter (SIPO) inside the CRSI converts the received bit serial SONET/SDH stream into a byte serial stream. The SIPO searches for the SONET/SDH framing pattern (A1, A2) in the incoming stream and performs serial-to-parallel conversion on octet boundaries. While out-of-frame, the CRSI block monitors the receive bit-serial STS-3 (STM-1) data stream for an occurrence of the framing pattern (A1, A2). The CRSI adjusts its byte alignment of the SIPO when three consecutive A1 bytes followed by three consecutive A2 bytes occur in the data stream. The CRSI informs the RSOP Framer block when the framing pattern has been detected to reinitialize the RSOP to the new frame alignment. While in-frame, the CRSI maintains the byte alignment of the SIPO until RSOP declares OOF. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by 10.2 Receive Section Overhead Processor (RSOP) The Receive Section Overhead Processor (RSOP) block processes the section overhead (regenerator section) of the receive STS-3 (STM-1) stream, providing frame synchronization, de-scrambling, section level alarm, and performance monitoring. Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n 04 73 PM Figure 5 SPECTRA 4x155 Typical Jitter Tolerance SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The RSOP-declared OOF, LOF, and LOS events can be optionally reported on the SALM or RALM outputs. The RSOP block provides descrambled data and frame alignment indication signals for use by the Receive Line Overhead Processor (RLOP). 10.2.1 Framer While in-frame, the framing bytes (A1, A2) in each frame are compared against the expected pattern. OOF is declared when four consecutive frames containing one or more framing pattern errors have been received. The RSOP block frames to the data stream by operating with an upstream pattern detector (the SIPO block) that searches for occurrences of the framing pattern (A1, A2) in the bit serial data stream. Once the SIPO has found byte alignment, the RSOP block monitors for the next occurrence of the framing pattern 125 s or later. The block declares frame alignment when either all A1 and A2 bytes are seen error-free or when only the first A1 byte and the first four bits of the last A2 byte are seen error-free. The first algorithm examines 24 bytes of A1 and A2 in the STS-3 (STM-1) stream. The second algorithm examines only the first occurrence of A1 and the first four bits of the last occurrence of A2 in the sequence. Once in-frame, the RSOP block monitors the framing pattern sequence and declares an OOF when one or more bit errors in each framing pattern are detected for four consecutive frames. Again, depending upon the algorithm either 24 framing bytes are examined for bit errors in each frame, or only the A1 byte and the first four bits of the last A2 byte (that is, 12 bits total) are examined for bit errors in each frame. These framing algorithms perform robustly in the presence of bit errors and random data. When searching for frame alignment, each algorithm's performance is dominated by the SIPO's alignment algorithm, which always examines all framing bits. The probability of falsely framing to random data is less than 0.00001% for either algorithm. Once in frame alignment, the SPECTRA 4x155 continuously monitors the framing pattern. When the incoming stream contains a 10-3 BER, the first algorithm provides a 99.75% probability that the mean time between OOF occurrences is 1.3 seconds in STS-3 (STM-1) SONET/SDH mode. The second algorithm provides a 99.75% probability that the mean time between OOF occurrences is 7 minutes. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce The Framer Block of RSOP determines the in-frame/OOF status of the receive stream. m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The RSOP may also force Line AIS. AIS-L is inserted in the receive data stream using input RLAIS or, optionally, automatically when LOS, LOF, or when section trace mismatch or unstable events occur. Line AIS may also be inserted automatically on signal degrade or signal failure events. This line AIS is forced after the RLOP. The automatic insertion of receive line AIS is controlled by the Receive Line AIS Control Register. 04 PM 74 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released ed by In mode 1 operation, the receive portion of the SONET/SDH Section Trace Buffer (SSTB) captures the received section trace identifier message (J0 byte) into microprocessor readable registers. It contains four pages of trace message memory: * * * ad lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 Pa The transmit message page. The capture page. The accepted page. rtM i 10.3 Receive Section Trace Buffer (SSTB) ne The LOF Block monitors the in-frame/OOF status of the Framer Block of RSOP. A LOF is declared when an OOF condition persists for 3 ms. It is cleared when an in-frame condition persists for a period of 3 ms. To provide for intermittent OOF (or in-frame) conditions, the 3 ms timer is not reset to zero until an in-frame (or OOF) condition persists for 3 ms. The LOF and OOF signals are optionally reported on the RALRM output pin when they are enabled by the LOFEB and OOFEN Receive Alarm Control Register bits. rI nc of Pa rtm 10.2.5 Loss of Frame (LOF) in er The LOS Block of RSOP monitors the scrambled data of the receive stream for the absence of all-ones. When 20 3 s of all zeros patterns is detected, a LOS is declared. LOS is cleared when two valid framing words are detected and during the intervening time, no LOS condition is detected. The LOS signal is optionally reported on the RALRM output pin when enabled by the LOSEN Receive Alarm Control Register bit. In co n Tu 10.2.4 Loss of Signal (LOS) es da The Error Monitor Block of RSOP calculates the received section BIP-8 error detection code (B1) based on the scrambled data of the complete STS-3c (STM-1) frame. The section BIP-8 code is based on a bit interleaved parity calculation using even parity. Details are provided in the references. The calculated BIP-8 code is compared with the BIP-8 code extracted from the B1 byte of the following frame. Differences indicate that a section level bit error has occurred. Up to 64000 (8 x 8000) bit errors can be detected per second. The Error Monitor Block accumulates these section-level bit errors in a 16-bit saturating counter that can be read via the microprocessor interface. Circuitry is provided to latch this counter so that its value can be read while simultaneously resetting the internal counter to zero or one, if appropriate, so that a new period of accumulation can begin without loss of any events. It is intended that this counter be polled at least once per second so as not to miss bit error events. y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 10.2.3 Error Monitor 02 The Descramble Block of RSOP uses a frame-synchronous descrambler to process the receive stream. The generating polynomial is x7 + x6 + 1 and the sequence length is 127. Details of the de-scrambling operation are provided in the references. Note that the framing bytes (A1 and A2) and the trace/growth bytes (J0/Z0) are not descrambled. A register bit is provided to disable the de-scrambling operation. :4 2: 04 PM 10.2.2 Descramble 75 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Section trace identifier data bytes from the receive stream are written into the capture page. The expected identifier message is downloaded by the microprocessor into the expected page. On receipt of a trace identifier byte, it is written into the next location in the capture page. The received byte is compared with the data from the previous message in the capture page. The identifier message is accepted if it is received unchanged three times, or optionally, five times. The accepted message is then compared with the expected message. If enabled, an interrupt is generated if the accepted message changes from "matching" the expected message to "mismatching" and vice versa. If the current message differs from the previous message for eight consecutive messages, the received message is declared unstable. The received message is declared stable once the received message passes the persistency criterion (three or five identical receptions) for being accepted. Note: An interrupt may be optionally generated on entry to and exit from the unstable state. Optionally, line AIS may be inserted in the received stream when the receive message is in the mismatched or unstable state. The length of the section trace identifier message is selectable between 16-bytes and 64-bytes. When programmed for 16-byte messages, the section trace buffer synchronizes to the byte with the most significant bit set to high and places the byte at the first location in the capture page. When programmed for 64-byte messages, the section trace buffer synchronizes to the trailing carriage return (CR = 0DH), line feed (LF = 0AH) sequence and places the next byte at the head of the capture page. This enables the section trace message to be appropriately aligned for interpretation by the microprocessor. Synchronization may be disabled. In this case, the memory acts as a circular buffer. Mode 2 section trace identifier operation is also supported. For mode 2 support, a stable message is declared when forty-eight of the same section trace identifier message (J0) bytes are received. Once in the stable state, an unstable state is declared when one or more errors are detected in three consecutive 16-byte windows. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa An interrupt output is provided that may be activated by declaration or removal of line AIS, line RDI, protection switching byte failure alarm, a change of APS code value, a single B2 error event, or a single line REI event. Each interrupt source is individually maskable. rtM i ne The Receive Line Overhead Processor block (RLOP) processes the line overhead (multiplexer section) of the receive STS-3 (STM-1) stream. The block declares the LAIS and LRDI alarms. In Addition the RLOP detects and accumulates B2 errors, accumulated L-REI and extracts the K1/K2 APS bytes. The extracted automatic protection switch bytes (K1, K2) are supplied to the RASE block for further processing and alarm declaration. rI nc of Pa 10.4 Receive Line Overhead Processor (RLOP) rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM * The expected page. 76 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The Line RDI Detect Block within the RLOP detects the presence of remote defect indication (LRDI) in the receive stream. Line RDI is declared when a 110 binary pattern is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte, for three or five consecutive frames. Line RDI is removed when any pattern other than 110 is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for three or five consecutive frames. The LRDI signal is optionally reported on the SALM output pin when enabled by the LRDISALM Section Alarm Output Control #2 Register bit. 10.4.3 Error Monitor Block Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed The B2 error event and REI event counters can be optionally configured to accumulate only "word" errors. A B2 word error is defined as the occurrence of one or more B2 bit error events during a frame. In STS-3 (STM-1) framing, a REI word event is defined as the occurrence of one or more REI bit events during a frame. The B2 error or REI event counter is incremented by one for each frame in which a B2 word error or REI event occurs. by Pa rtM i The Error Monitor Block accumulates B2 error events and REI events in two 20-bit saturating counters that can be read via the microprocessor interface. The contents of these counters may be transferred to internal holding registers by writing to any one of the counter addresses, or by using the TIP register bit feature. During a transfer, the counter value is latched and the counter is reset to zero (or one, if there is an outstanding event). Note: these counters should be polled at least once per second to avoid saturation. ne rI nc of Pa This block also extracts the line REI code from the M1 byte. The REI code is contained in bits 2 to 8 of the M1 byte, and represents the number of line BIP-8 errors that were detected in the last frame by the far end. The REI code value has 25 legal values (0 to 24) for an STS-3 (STM-1) stream. Illegal values are interpreted as zero errors. rtm in er In The Error Monitor Block calculates the received line BIP-8 error detection codes based on the Line Overhead bytes and SPEs of the STS-3 (STM-1) stream. The line BIP-8 code is a bit interleaved parity calculation using even parity. Details are provided in the references. The calculated BIP-8 codes are compared with the BIP-8 codes extracted from the following frame. Any differences indicate that a line layer bit error has occurred. As well, the RLOP can be configured to count a maximum of only one BIP error per frame. Accumulated B2 errors are passed to the RASE block for processing and the declaration of signal degrade and signal failure. co n Tu es da y, 03 De The Line AIS Block detects the presence of an alarm indication signal (LAIS) in the receive stream. Line AIS is declared when a 111 binary pattern is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte, for three or five consecutive frames. Line AIS is removed when any pattern other than 111 is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for three or five consecutive frames. The LRDI signal is optionally reported on the SALM output pin when enabled by the LAISSALM Section Alarm Output Control #1 Register bit. ce m be r, 20 10.4.2 Line AIS Detect 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 10.4.1 Line RDI Detect 77 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 10.5 The Receive APS, Synchronization Extractor and Bit Error Monitor (RASE) 10.5.1 Automatic Protection Switch (APS) Control 10.5.2 Bit Error Rate Monitor (BERM) Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa In both declaring and clearing detection states, the accumulated BIP count is continuously compared against the threshold. This allows to rapidly declaring in the presence of error bursts or error rates that significantly exceed the monitored BER. This behavior allows meeting the ITU-T G.783 detection requirements at various error rates (where the detection time is a function of the actual BER, for a given monitored BER. rtM i ne rI nc The BERM block is able to simultaneously monitor for SF or SD threshold crossing and provide alarms through software interrupts. The bit error rates associated with the SF or SD alarms are programmable over a range of 10-3 to 10-9. Details are provided in the Operations section. of Pa rtm The BERM accumulates these line layer bit errors in a 20-bit saturating counter that can be read via the microprocessor interface. During a read, the counter value is latched and the counter is reset to zero (or one, if there is an outstanding event). Note this counter should be polled at least once per second to avoid saturation that in turn may result in missed bit error events. in er In co The Bit Error Monitor Block (BERM) of RASE calculates the received line BIP-24 error detection code (B2) based on the line overhead and SPE of the STS-3c (STM-1) receive data stream. The line BIP-24 code is a BIP calculation using even parity. Details are provided in the references. The calculated BIP-24 code is compared with the BIP-24 code extracted from the B2 byte(s) of the following frame. Any differences indicate that a line layer bit error has occurred. Up to 192000 (24 BIP/frame x 8000 frames/second) bit errors can be detected per second for STS-3c (STM-1) rate. n Tu es da y, 03 De The Automatic Protection Switch (APS) control block of RASE filters and captures the receive APS channel bytes (K1 and K2) allowing them to be read via the RASE APS K1 register and the RASE APS K2 register. The bytes are filtered for three frames before being written to these registers. A protection switching byte-failure-alarm is declared when 12 successive frames have been received, where no three consecutive frames contain identical K1 bytes. The protection switching byte failure alarm is removed upon detection of three consecutive frames containing identical K1 bytes. The detection of invalid APS codes is done in software by polling the RASE APS K1 Register and the RASE APS K2 Register. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 The RASE block performs APS control, monitors the bit error rate, and extracts the synchronization status. 2: 78 04 PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The Synchronization Status Extraction (SSE) Block of RASE extracts the synchronization status (S1) byte from the line overhead. The SSE block can be configured to capture the S1 nibble after three or after eight frames with the same value (filtering turned on) or after any change in the value (filtering turned off). The S1 nibble can be read via the microprocessor interface. Optionally, the SSE can be configured to perform filtering based on the whole S1 byte. Although this mode of operation is not standard, it might become useful in the future. * * * * * * * Filtered APS (K1 and K2) byte values. Change of filtered APS byte value status. Protection switch byte failure alarm status. Line RDI maintenance signal insertion in the mate SPECTRA 4x155. Line AIS maintenance signal insertion in the mate SPECTRA 4x155. Change of protection switch byte-failure-alarm status. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The same APS byte values must be seen for three consecutive frames before being shifted out on the receive ring control port. The change of filtered APS byte value status is high for one frame when a new, filtered APS value is shifted out. Pa Line REI information insertion in the mate SPECTRA 4x155. rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm The transmit and receive Ring Control ports provide bit-serial access to the section and line layer alarm and the maintenance signal status and control. These ports are useful in ring-based Add/Drop multiplexer applications where alarm status and maintenance signal insertion control must be passed between separate SPECTRA 4x155s (possibly residing on separate cards). Each ring control port consists of three signals: clock, data, and frame position. It is intended that the clock, data, and frame position outputs of the receive ring control port are connected directly to the clock, data, and frame position inputs of the transmit ring control port of the mate SPECTRA 4x155. The alarm status and maintenance signal control information that is passed on the ring control ports consists of: in er In co n Tu es 10.7 Ring Control Port da y, Individual data channels are also generated on the RSLD1-4 output. RTOHFP1-4 can be used to identify the required byte alignment on the serial input. The extracted TOH bytes on the above port may also be forced to all-ones on declaration of LOS/LOF/LAIS/TIM alarms. 03 De ce The Receive Transport Overhead Controller block (RTOC) extracts the entire receive transport overhead on RTOH1-4, along with the nominal 5.184 MHz transport overhead clock, RTOHCLK1-4, and the transport overhead frame position signal, RTOHFP1-4, allowing identification of the bit positions in the transport overhead stream. m be r, 20 10.6 Receive Transport Overhead Controller (RTOC) 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 10.5.3 Synchronization Status Extraction 79 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released * * * * Pointer interpretation. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed 12 RPPSs (RPPS#1 to RPPS#12), arranged in four groups of three RPPSs each, are required to process the four STS-3 (STM-1) receive streams from the RLOP blocks. Each channel can be independently configured to process STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) streams. An STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) stream is processed as three independent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams by the individual RPPSs in the group. by Pa rtM i Plesiochronous frequency offsets between the receive data stream and the Drop bus are accommodated by pointer adjustments. PRBS payload generation and monitoring is also supported on a per STS (AU) basis. ne rI nc Path trace identifier message (J1 bytes) extraction and processing. of Path level alarm and performance monitoring. Pa Path overhead and SPE (VC) extraction. rtm in The Receive Path Processing Slice (RPPS) of the RASE block provides path-processing termination for the four STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) streams received from the RLOP blocks. The path processing includes: er In co 10.9 Receive Path Processing Slice (RPPS) n Tu The de-multiplexer also generates the low speed clock to accompany the streams into the slices. es The receive de-multiplexer (RX_DEMUX) block within each channel de-multiplexes the STS-3 (STM-1) stream into three STS-1(STM-1/AU3) streams or three equivalent STS-1(STM1/AU3) streams for an STS-3c(ATM1(AU4). In the case of an STS-3 (STM1/AU3) stream, the demultiplexed streams are fed into three master RPPSs. In the case of an STS-3c (STM1/AU4) stream, the demultiplexed streams are fed into one master RPPS and two slave RPPSs. The slave slices receiving the equivalent STS-1 #2 and #3. da y, 03 De ce 10.8 Receive De-multiplexer (RX_DEMUX) m be The insert line REI bit positions are high for one bit position for each detected B2 bit error. Up to 24 line REIs may be indicated per frame for an STS-3 (STM-3c) stream. r, 20 02 The insert line RDI bit position is set high under register control, or when LOS, LOF, or line AIS alarms are declared. The insert line AIS bit position is set high under register control only. 02 :4 The protection switch byte failure alarm bit position is high when, after 12 consecutive frames since the last frame containing a previously consistent byte, no three consecutive frames containing identical K1 bytes have been received. The bit position is set low when three consecutive frames containing identical K1 bytes have been received. The change of the protection switch byte-failure-alarm status bit position is set high for one frame when the alarm state changes. 2: 04 PM 80 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad When enabled, the PRBS monitor of an RPPS will synchronize itself to the receive payload sequence in an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream. If it is successful in finding the pseudo-random sequence, then pattern errors detected will be accumulated in the corresponding error counter. For an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream, the PRBS monitor, in each of the three RPPSs required to process the concatenated stream, will independently validate one third (one in three) of the PRBS payload sequence. ed by Pa rtM i The PRBS generator of an RPPS can be enabled to generate the Drop bus transport frame in addition to the payload. For an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream, the PRBS generator in each of the three RPPSs required to process the concatenated stream will generate one third (one in three) of the PRBS payload sequence. A complete PRBS payload sequence is produced when these three partial sequences are byte interleaved. The PRBS generator in the master RPPS coordinates the PRBS generation by itself and by its counterparts in the two slave RPPSs. ne rI nc of Pa Under a no transmit AIS-L condition, the receive alarm port also reports the APS bytes (K1, K2) that are placed on the transmit stream of the SPECTRA 4x155. In conjunction with the transmit alarm port of a mate SPECTRA 4x155, the working SPECTRA 4x155 can control the APS bytes of the protection SPECTRA 4x155. Under AIS-L generation on the transmit stream, the K1 and K2 bytes extracted are those that would have been transmitted if it were not for the forcing of AIS-L. rtm in er In co Received path BIP errors and receive path alarms for all the receive STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) streams of a SPECTRA 4x155 channel are communicated to the corresponding transmit path processing slices (TPPSs) in a mate SPECTRA 4x155 via the receive alarm port. The port carries the count of received path BIP errors. Detected receive alarms are reported in the alarm port and will trigger the corresponding remote TPOP to signal path RDI in the transmit stream. n Tu es da y, 03 Note: The path overhead bytes are provided on RPOH at close to twice the rate in which they are received to facilitate the multiplexing of the extracted data from the various RPPSs on to a single serial output. Output RPOHEN is provided to mark the valid (fresh) path overhead bytes on RPOH. The path overhead clock, RPOHCLK, is nominally a 12.96 MHz clock. RPOH, RPOHEN, and RPOHFP are updated with timing aligned to RPOHCLK. De ce m be The path overhead bytes extracted by the RPPSs from all the receive STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) streams are extracted and serialized on an output RPOH, which is a multiplexed output signal. The path overhead bytes of all four channels are multiplexed onto RPOH. Output RPOHFP is provided to identify the most significant bit of the path trace byte (J1) of channel #1 first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) on RPOH. r, 20 02 02 :4 In processing an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4), the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent stream will be processed by an RPPS (for example, RPPS#1) configured as the master. The master RPPS controls two slave RPPSs (for example, RPPS#2, RPPS#3) that process the second and third STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent streams respectively. The processing of a concatenated stream is coordinated by the control signals originating from the master RPPS and status information fed back from the slave RPPSs. 2: 04 PM 81 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released * * * NORM_state (NORM). AIS_state (AIS). LOP_state (LOP). Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co The transition between states will be consecutive events (indications). Refer to Figure 6. An example is when three consecutive AIS indications to go from the NORM_state to the AIS_state. The kind and number of consecutive indications activating a transition is chosen such that the behavior is stable and insensitive to low BER. The only transition on a single event is the one from the AIS_state to the NORM_state after receiving a NDF enabled with a valid pointer value. Note: Since the algorithm only contains transitions based on consecutive indications, this implies that, for example, non-consecutively received invalid indications do not activate the transitions to the LOP_state. n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, The Pointer Interpreter interprets the incoming pointer (H1, H2) as specified in the references. The pointer value is used to determine the location of the path overhead (the J1 byte) in an STS1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream. A finite state machine can model the algorithm. Within the pointer interpretation algorithm three states are defined as shown below: 20 02 02 Pointer Interpreter :4 2: The Receive Path Overhead Processor (RPOP) of RPPS provides pointer interpretation, extraction of path overhead, extraction of the SPE (VC), and path level alarm and performance monitoring. 04 PM 10.9.1 Receive Path Overhead Processor (RPOP) 82 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released NDF_enable 03 8x inv_point 8x NDF_enable 3x eq_new_point 3x AIS_ind NDF_enable 3 x AIS_ind Tu LOP es da y, De ce m be r, 3x eq_new_point 20 co n 8 x inv_point Table 1 Pointer Interpreter Event (Indications) Description norm_point NDF_enable Pa Event (Indication) of nc rtM i AIS_ind inc_ind ne rI Pa dec_ind by ed inv_point new_point inc_req lo ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 rtm Description Disabled NDF + ss + offset value equal to active offset. Enabled NDF + ss + offset value in range of 0 to 782. Or Enabled NDF + ss, if NDFPOR bit is set (Note that the current pointer is not updated by an enabled NDF if the pointer is out of range). H1 = 'hFF, H2 = 'hFF. Disabled NDF + ss + majority of I bits inverted + no majority of D bits inverted + previous NDF_enable, inc_ind or dec_ind more than 3 frames ago. Disabled NDF + ss + majority of D bits inverted + no majority of I bits inverted + previous NDF_enable, inc_ind or dec_ind more than 3 frames ago. Not any of above (i.e., not norm_point, and not NDF_enable, and not AIS_ind, and not inc_ind and not dec_ind). Disabled_NDF + ss + offset value in range of 0 to 782 but not equal to active offset. Majority of I bits inverted + no majority of D bits inverted. in er Table 1 defines the events (indications) shown in the state diagram. In 02 AIS NORM 02 :4 2: 83 inc_ind / dec_ind 04 3 x eq_new_point PM Figure 6 Pointer Interpretation State Diagram SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released dec_req Majority of D bits inverted + no majority of I bits inverted. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. * * * * * Enabled NDF is defined as the following bit patterns: 1001, 0001, 1101, 1011, and 1000. The ss bits are unspecified in SONET and has bit pattern 10 in SDH. LOP is not declared if all the following conditions exist: The received pointer is out of range (>782), The received pointer is static, When the received pointer returns to an in-range value, the SPECTRA 4x155 will interpret it correctly. 3 x AIS_ind ne NDF_enable rI 3 x eq_new_point nc inc_ind/dec_ind of Transition Pa Table 2 Pointer Interpreter Transition Description Description Offset adjustment (increment or decrement indication). Three consecutive equal new_point indications. Single NDF_enable indication. Three consecutive AIS indications. Eight consecutive inv_point indications. Eight consecutive NDF_enable indications. 8 x inv_point Notes by 1. 2. 3. ed lo ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 Pa 8 x NDF_enable The transitions from NORM_state to NORM_state do not represent state changes but imply offset changes. 3 x new_point takes precedence over other events and if the IINVCNT bit is set resets the inv_point count. All three offset values received in 3 x eq_new_point must be identical. rtM i rtm Table 2 defines the transitions indicated in the state diagram. in er 11. For the purposes of 8xNDF_enable only, the requirement of the pointer to be within the range of 0 to 782 may be optionally disabled. In co 10. LOP will exit at the third frame of a three frame sequence consisting of one frame with NDF enabled followed by two frames with NDF disabled, if all three pointers have the same legal value. n Tu After making the requested justification, the received pointer continues to be interpretable as a pointer justification. es da The received pointer can be interpreted, according to majority voting on the I and D bits, as a positive or negative justification indication, y, 03 De new_point is also an inv_point. ce The requirement for previous NDF_enable, inc_ind or dec_ind be more than 3 frames ago may be optionally disabled. m be The use of ss bits in definition of indications may be optionally disabled. r, 20 The remaining six NDF codes (0000, 0011, 0101, 1010, 1100, 1111) result in an inv_ndf indication. 02 Disabled NDF is defined as the following bit patterns: 0110, 1110, 0010, 0100, and 0111. 02 :4 2: 1. Active offset is defined as the accepted current phase of the SPE (VC) in the NORM_state and is undefined in the other states. 04 Notes PM 84 Event (Indication) Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i In an equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream when RPOP is operating in a slave RPPS, the Pointer Interpreter declares PAISCON on entry to the AISC_state after three consecutive AIS indications. Path AIS is optionally inserted in the Drop bus when AISC is declared. The alarm condition reported in the receive alarm port and is optionally returned to the source node by signaling the corresponding Transmit Path Overhead Processor in the local SPECTRA 4x155 to insert a path RDI indication. Alternatively, if in-band error reporting is enabled, the path RDI bit in Drop bus G1 byte is set to indicate the PAIS alarm to the TPOP in a remote SPECTRA 4x155. ne rI nc of Pa rtm In an equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream when RPOP is operating in a slave RPPS, the Pointer Interpreter declares LOPCON on entry to the LOPCON_state as a result of eight consecutive pointers with values other than concatenation indications (`b1001 xx 1111111111). Path AIS is optionally inserted in the Drop bus when LOPCON is declared. The alarm condition is reported in the receive alarm port and is optionally returned to the source node by signaling the corresponding Transmit Path Overhead Processor in the local SPECTRA 4x155 to insert a path RDI indication. Alternatively, if in-band error reporting is enabled, the path RDI bit in Drop bus G1 byte is set to indicate the LOP alarm to the TPOP in a remote SPECTRA 4x155. in er In co n Tu es The Pointer Interpreter declares PAIS on entry to the AIS_state after three consecutive AIS indications. Path AIS is inserted in the Drop bus when AIS is declared. The alarm condition reported in the receive alarm port and is optionally returned to the source node by signaling the corresponding Transmit Path Overhead Processor in the local SPECTRA 4x155 to insert a path RDI indication. da y, 03 De The Pointer Interpreter declares LOP on entry to the LOP_state as a result of eight consecutive invalid pointers or eight consecutive NDF-enabled indications. Path AIS is optionally inserted in the Drop bus when LOP is declared. The alarm condition is reported in the receive alarm port and is optionally returned to the source node by signaling the corresponding Transmit Path Overhead Processor in the local SPECTRA 4x155 to insert a path RDI indication. ce m be r, 20 * Path AIS-concatenated (PAISCON), when RPOP is operating as in a slave RPPS. 02 * LOP-concatenated (LOPCON), when RPOP is operating as in a slave RPPS. 02 * Path AIS (PAIS). :4 * Loss of Pointer (LOP). 2: 85 04 In an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream, the Pointer Interpreter detects: PM 4. "Consecutive event counters" are reset to zero on a change of state except for consecutive NDF count. SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Multi-frame Framer Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Path RDI alarm is detected by extracting bit 5 of the path status byte. The PRDI signal is set high when bit 5 is set high for five/ten consecutive frames. PRDI is set low when bit 5 is low for five/ten consecutive frames. The Enhanced RDI alarm is detected when the enhanced RDI code in bits 5, 6, 7 of the path status byte indicates the same error codepoint for five/ten consecutive frames. The Enhanced RDI alarm is removed when the enhanced RDI code in bits 5, 6, 7 of the path status byte indicates the same non-error codepoint for five/ten consecutive frames. Pa rtM i Path REIs are detected by extracting the 4-bit path REI field from the path status byte (G1). The legal range for the 4-bit field is between 0000 and 1000, representing zero to eight errors. Any other value is interpreted as zero errors. ne rI nc Path BIP-8 errors are detected by comparing the path BIP-8 byte (B3) extracted from the current frame with the path BIP-8 computed for the previous frame. BIP-8 errors are selectable to be counted as bit errors or as block errors via register bits. When processing a concatenated stream, the RPOP in a master RPPS will include the BIP-8 values computed by its slave RPPSs in the generation of the actual BIP-8 for the stream. When in-band error reporting is enabled, the error count is inserted into the path status byte (G1) of the Drop bus. of Pa rtm in er Three 16-bit counters are provided to accumulate path BIP-8 errors (B3) and path remote error indications (REI). The contents of the counters may be transferred to holding registers, and the counters reset under microprocessor control. In co n Error Monitoring Tu The multi-frame alignment sequence in the path overhead H4 byte is monitored for the bit patterns of 00, 01, 10, and 11 in the two least significant bits. If an unexpected value is detected, the primary multi-frame will be kept, and a second multi-frame process will, in parallel, check for a phase shift. The primary process will enter an out-of-multi-frame state (OOM). A new multi-frame alignment is chosen, and OOM state is exited when four consecutive correct multiframe patterns are detected. Loss-of-multi-frame (LOM) is declared after residing in the OOM state for eight frames without re-alignment. A new multi-frame alignment is chosen, and LOM state is exited when four consecutive correct multi-frame patterns are detected. es da y, 03 De ce m be The active offset value is used to extract the path overhead from the incoming stream and can be read from an internal register. r, 20 02 Invalid pointer indications (inv_point), invalid NDF codes, new pointer indications (new_point), discontinuous change of pointer alignment, and illegal pointer changes are also detected and reported by the Pointer Interpreter block via register bits. An invalid NDF code is any NDF code that does not match the NDF-enabled or NDF-disabled definitions. The third occurrence of equal new_point indications (3 x eq_new_point) is reported as a discontinuous change of pointer alignment event (DISCOPA) instead of a new pointer event and the active offset is updated with the receive pointer value. An illegal pointer change is defined as a inc_ind or dec_ind indication that occurs within three frames of the previous inc_ind, dec_ind or NDF_enable indications. Illegal pointer changes may be optionally disabled via register bits. 02 :4 2: 04 PM 86 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Path overhead bytes are extracted from an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream that is being processed by the RPOP. When processing a concatenated stream, only the RPOP in a master RPPS will provide valid path overhead bytes. The extracted path overhead bytes will be serialized and multiplexed on to RPOH by higher-level logic. 10.9.2 Receive Path Trace Buffer (SPTB) * * * * The transmit message page. The capture page. The accepted page. The expected page. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed If enabled, an interrupt is generated when the accepted message changes from "matching" the expected message to "mismatching" vice versa. If the current message differs from the previous message the unstable counter is incremented by one. When the unstable count reaches eight, the received message is declared unstable. The received message is declared stable and the unstable counter reset, when the received message passes the persistency criterion (three or five identical receptions) for being accepted. An interrupt may be optionally generated on entry to and exit from the unstable state. Optionally, path AIS may be inserted in the Drop bus when the receive message is in the mismatched or unstable state. by Pa rtM i ne rI nc Path trace identifier data bytes from the receive stream are written into the capture page. The expected identifier message is downloaded by the microprocessor into the expected page. On receipt of a trace identifier byte, it is written into next location in the capture page. The received byte is compared with the data from the previous message in the capture page. The identifier message is accepted if it is received unchanged three times, or optionally, five times. The accepted message is then compared with the expected message. of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es In mode 1 operation, the receive portion of the SONET/SDH Path Trace Buffer (SPTB) of RPPS captures the received path trace identifier message (J1 bytes) into microprocessor readable registers. It contains four pages of trace message memory. They are: da y, 03 De Path BIP errors and path RDIs for an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream that are being processed by the RPOP are provided to the higher level logic for communicating via the Receive Alarm Port to the corresponding transmit path overhead processor (TPOP) in a mate SPECTRA 4x155. There is an independent Receive Alarm Port stream for each four channels of the SPECTRA-4X155. When processing a concatenated stream, only the RPOP in the master RPPS will provide the valid path BIP error count and path RDI code for the stream. ce m be r, 20 Receive Alarm Port 02 02 :4 2: 04 Path Overhead Extract PM The SPECTRA 4x155 receive section does not support in-band error reporting of RDI codes. 87 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The length of the path trace identifier message is selectable between 16-bytes and 64-bytes. When programmed for 16-byte messages, the SPTB synchronizes to the byte with the most significant bit set to high and places the byte at the first location in the capture page. When programmed for 64-byte messages, the SPTB synchronizes to the trailing carriage return (CR = 0DH), line feed (LF = 0AH) sequence and places the next byte at the head of the capture page. This enables the path trace message to be appropriately aligned for interpretation by the microprocessor. Synchronization may be disabled, in which case, the memory acts as a circular buffer. Mode 2 path trace identifier operation is supported. For mode 2 support, a stable message is declared when forty eight of the same section trace identifier message (J1) bytes are received. Once in the stable state, an unstable state is declared when one or more errors are detected in three consecutive sixteen byte windows. The path signal label (PSL) found in the path overhead byte (C2) is processed. An incoming PSL is accepted when it is received unchanged for five consecutive frames. The accepted PSL is compared with the provisioned value. The PSL match/mismatch state is determined as follows: Expected PSL 00 00 00 01 01 01 X 00, 01 X 00, 01 X 00, 01 X 00, 01 Accepted PSL 00 01 X 00 00 01 da y, Table 3 Path Signal Label Match/Mismatch State Table. PSLM State Match Mismatch Mismatch Mismatch Match Match Mismatch Match Match Mismatch in rtm Pa In normal operation, only the status of the SPTB in a master RPPS should be monitored. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i Each time an incoming PSL differs from the one in the previous frame, the PSL unstable counter is incremented. Thus, a single bit error in the PSL in a sequence of constant PSL values will cause the counter to increment twice, once on the errored PSL and again on the first errorfree PSL. The incoming PSL is considered unstable, when the counter reaches five. The counter is cleared when the same PSL is received for five consecutive frames. ne rI nc of er In X 01 00 01 X Y co n Tu es 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 88 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The RTAL may optionally insert the tributary multi-frame sequence and clear the fixed stuff columns. The tributary multi-frame sequence is a 4-byte pattern ('hFC, 'hFD, 'hFE, 'hFF) applied to the H4 byte. The H4 byte of the frame containing the tributary V1 bytes is set to 'hFD. The fixed stuff columns of a SPE (VC) may optionally be over-written all-zeros in the fixed stuff bytes. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad The FIFO read and write Addresses are monitored. Pointer justification requests will be made to the Pointer Generator based on the proximity of the Addresses relative to programmable thresholds. The Pointer Generator schedules a pointer increment event if the FIFO depth is below the lower threshold and a pointer decrement event if the depth is above the upper threshold. FIFO underflow and overflow events are detected and path AIS is optionally inserted in the Drop bus for three frames to alert downstream elements of data corruption. ed by Pa rtM i The Elastic Store perform rate adaptation between the receive data stream and the Drop bus. The entire received payload, including path overhead bytes, is written into in a first-in-first-out (FIFO) buffer at the receive byte rate. Each FIFO word stores a payload data byte and a one bit tag labeling the J1 byte. Receive pointer justifications are accommodated by writing into the FIFO during the negative stuff opportunity byte or by not writing during the positive stuff opportunity byte. Data is read out of the FIFO in the Elastic Store block at the Drop bus rate by the Pointer Generator. Analogously, pointer justifications on the Drop bus are accommodated by reading from the FIFO during the negative stuff opportunity byte or by not reading during the positive stuff opportunity byte. ne rI nc of Pa rtm in Elastic Store er In co n Tu es When the RPOP block detects a loss of multi-frame, the RTAL may optionally insert all-ones in the tributary portion of the SPE. The path overhead column and the fixed stuff columns are unaffected. da y, 03 Frequency offsets from plesiochronous network boundaries, or the loss of a primary reference timing source and phase differences from normal network operation between the receive data stream and the Drop bus are accommodated by pointer adjustments in the Drop bus. Drop bus pointer justification events are indicated and are accumulated in the Performance Monitor (PMON) block. Large differences between the number and type of received pointer justification events as indicated by the RPOP block, and pointer justification events generated by the RTAL block may indicate network synchronization failure. De ce m be r, 20 The Receive TelecomBus Aligner (RTAL) block of RPPS takes the payload data from an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream from the RPOP and inserts it in a TelecomBus Drop bus. It aligns the frame of the received STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream to the frame of the Drop bus. The alignment is accomplished by recalculating the STS (AU) payload pointer value based on the offset between the transport overhead of the receive stream and that of the Drop bus. When processing a concatenated stream, only the RTAL in the master RPPS will be performing the pointer adjustment calculation. The RTALs in the slave RPPSs will follow the new alignment of the RTAL in the master RPPS. 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 10.9.3 Receive TelecomBus Aligner (RTAL) 89 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released * * * * * NORM_state (NORM). AIS_state (AIS). NDF_state (NDF). INC_state (INC). DEC_state (DEC). Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, The transition from the NORM to the INC, DEC, and NDF states is initiated by events in the Elastic Store (ES) block. The transition to/from the AIS state are controlled by the pointer interpreter (PI) in the Receive Path Overhead Processor block. The transitions from INC, DEC, and NDF states to the NORM state occur autonomously with the generation of special pointer patterns. 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 The Pointer Generator generates the Drop bus pointer (H1, H2) as specified in the references. The pointer value is used to determine the location of the path overhead (the J1 byte) in the Drop bus STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. The algorithm can be modeled by a finite state machine. Within the pointer generator algorithm, five states are defined as shown below: 2: 04 PM Pointer Generator 90 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Table 4 Pointer Generator Event (Indications) Description by Event (Indication) ES_lowerT ES_upperT FO_discont Pa rtM i The events indicated in the state diagram are defined in Table 4. ne rI nc of ad ed lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 Pa rtm Description ES filling is below the lower threshold + previous inc_ind, dec_ind or NDF_enable more than three frames ago. ES filling is above the upper threshold + previous inc_ind, dec_ind or NDF_enable more than three frames ago. Frame offset discontinuity. in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 91 04 PM Figure 7 Pointer Generation State Diagram SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released PI_AIS PI_LOP PI_NORM PI in AIS state. PI in LOP state. PI in NORM state. 1. A frame offset discontinuity occurs if an incoming NDF enabled is received, or if an ES overflow/underflow occurred. Transition inc_ind dec_ind NDF_enable norm_point AIS_ind Description Transmit the pointer with NDF disabled and active offset. Active offset is undefined, transmit an all-1's pointer and payload. Notes 1. 2. 3. 4. The ss bits are undefined in SONET, and has bit pattern 10 in SDH Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed The Drop bus Pseudo-random bit sequence Generator and Monitor (DPGM) block of RPPS 23 generates and monitors an unframed 2 -1 payload test sequence in an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream on the Drop bus. by Pa 10.9.4 Drop Bus PRBS Generator and Monitor (DPGM) rtM i A piece of tandem connection originating equipment should signal incoming signal failure by setting the IEC field and the payload bytes to all-ones. A piece of tandem connection terminating equipment should detect ISF by only examining the IEC field for all-ones. If the upstream tandem connection originating equipment inserts a malformed, non-compliant ISF condition where the payload bytes are not all-ones, the SPECTRA-4X155 toggles in and out of the ISF state. However, in real systems, this behavior should not be observed because the upstream tandem connection originating equipment inserts a standards compliant ISF condition. ne rI nc of Pa rtm When operating in a slave RPPS, the concatenation indications (`b1001 xx 1111111111) will be generated in the pointer bytes (H1 and H2). in er Disabled NDF is defined as the bit pattern 0110. In Enabled NDF is defined as the bit pattern 1001. co n Active offset is defined as the phase of the SPE (VC). Tu es da y, Accept new offset as active offset, transmit the pointer with NDF enabled and new offset. 03 Transmit the pointer with NDF disabled and inverted D bits, transmit a data byte in the H3 byte, decrement active offset. De Transmit the pointer with NDF disabled and inverted I bits, transmit a stuff byte in the byte after H3, increment active offset. ce m be Table 5 Pointer Generator Transition Description r, 20 The autonomous transitions indicated in the state diagram are defined in Table 5. 02 02 :4 Note 2: 92 04 PM Event (Indication) Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released To ensure that the DPGM blocks in the slave RPPSs are synchronized with the DPGM in the master RPPS, a signature derived from its current state is continuously broadcasted by the master DPGM to allow the slave DPGM blocks to check their relative states. A DPGM operating in a slave RPPS continuously generates a matching signature based on its own state. A signature mismatch is flagged as an out-of-signature state by the slave DPGM. A resynchronization of the PRBS generation is initiated by the master DPGM (under software control) when one or more slave DPGMs report an out-of-signature state in relation to that of the master DPGM. This involves a re-starting of PRBS generation in each DPGM from a predetermined state according to the order of generation (transmission or reception) assigned to a particular DPGM. When a path overhead byte position is encountered by the master DPGM in an STS-3c (STM1/AU-4) stream, the master DPGM will not generate the next PRBS data byte, this task is left to the (first) slave DPGM that is next in line to generate a PRBS data byte. The second slave DPGM (in the order of generation) will now generate the PRBS data byte that is supposed to be generated by the first slave DPGM and so on. This means that the current states of the slave DPGM blocks will be re-aligned relative to the new state of the master DPGM to collectively skip over the path overhead byte position encountered by the master DPGM. The PRBS monitor of the DPGM block monitors the recovered payload data for the presence of 23 an unframed 2 -1 test sequence and accumulates pattern errors detected based on this pseudorandom pattern. The DPGM declares synchronization when a sequence of 32 correct pseudorandom patterns (bytes) are detected consecutively. Pattern errors are only counted when the DPGM is in synchronization with the input sequence. When 16 consecutive pattern errors are detected, the DPGM will fall out of synchronization and it will continuously attempt to resynchronize to the input sequence until it is successful. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be When processing a concatenated stream, the DPGM in a master RPPS co-ordinate the distributed PRBS generation by itself and its counterparts in the slave RPPSs. Each DPGM will generate one third (1 in 3) of the complete PRBS sequence for an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. The master DPGM will be generating the partial sequence for the 1st (after the transport overhead columns) and subsequent SPE bytes occurring at a 3-byte interval. The next partial sequence for the 2nd and every third bytes thereafter will be generated by the first (in the order of payload generation) slave DPGM and so on. This corresponds to each DPGM processing an equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream in the concatenated stream. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 The PRBS generator of the DPGM can be configured to overwrite the payload bytes on the Drop bus as well as autonomously generate both the payload bytes and the framing on the Drop bus. The path overhead column and, optionally, the fixed stuff columns in an STS-1 (STM0/AU-3) stream are not overwritten with PRBS payload bytes. PM 93 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The Transmit Path Processing Slice (TPPS) generates transport frame alignment, inserts path overhead and the SPE as well as path level alarm signals and path BIP-8 (B3) for an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) SPE (VC-3) or equivalent data stream from the Add bus. Path trace identifier message (J1 bytes) can also be inserted. Plesiochronous frequency offsets and phase differences, from normal network operation, between the Add bus and the line are accommodated by pointer adjustments in the transmit stream. The TPPS can optionally interpret the pointer (H1, H2) and detect alarm conditions (for example, PAIS) in the STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) SPE (VC-3) or equivalent data stream from the Add bus. PRBS payload generation and monitoring is also supported on a per STS (AU) basis. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of 10.10 Transmit Path Processing Slice (TPPS) Pa rtm When the transfer signal is applied by writing to the TIP register bit, the PMON transfers the counter values into holding registers and resets the counters to begin accumulating error events for the next interval. The counters are reset in such a manner that error events occurring during the reset period are not missed. Writing to internal registers can also trigger this transfer. in er In The Pointer Justification Monitor (PMON) of RPPS accumulates pointer justification events (PJE) events in counters over intervals that are defined by the supplied transfer clock signal. The counters saturate at 255. Four counters are provided in order to accumulate four types of events; increment and decrement of receive or transmit pointers. The receive pointer events can be those of the receive stream before the FIFO or can be those of the Drop bus after rate adaption in the RTAL FIFO. co n Tu es da 10.9.5 Pointer Justification Monitor y, 03 Path overhead bytes and fixed stuff columns in the receive concatenated stream will be collectively skipped over as described for the PRBS generator of the DPGM. To ensure that all payload bytes (all STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent streams) in a concatenated stream together contain a single PRBS sequence, the signature generation by the master DPGM and signature matching by the slave DPGM monitors will be performed as described for the PRBS generation. Individual DPGM can only declared that has synchronized to the receive PRBS sequence when it has synchronized to its corresponding partial sequence and its has detected no signature mismatch. De ce m be r, 20 02 When processing a concatenated stream, individual DPGM blocks, including the master DPGM, independently monitor their corresponding one third (1 in 3) of the complete PRBS payload sequence according to the SONET/SDH concatenated mode of the stream. The master DPGM will be monitoring the partial sequence contained in the 1st (after the transport overhead columns) and subsequent SPE bytes occurring at a 3-byte interval. The next partial sequence contained in the 2nd and every third bytes thereafter will be validated by the first (in the order of payload reception) slave DPGM and so on. Individual DPGM synchronization status and error count accumulation are provided. Optionally, an interrupt can be generated by the DPGM whenever a loss of synchronization or re-synchronization occurs. 02 :4 2: 04 PM 94 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad The PRBS generator of the APGM can be configured to overwrite the payload bytes of the Add 23 bus STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) SPE (VC3) data stream with an unframed 2 -1 sequence as well as autonomously generate both the payload bytes and the SPE (VC3) frames. The PRBS monitor of the APGM block monitors the payload data from the Add bus for the presence of an 23 unframed 2 -1 sequence and accumulates pattern errors detected based on this pseudo-random pattern. ed by Pa rtM i The Add bus Pseudo-random bit sequence Generator and Monitor (APGM) block of TPPS 23 generates and monitors an unframed 2 -1 payload test sequence in an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) SPE (VC-3) or equivalent data stream from the Add bus. ne rI nc 10.10.1 Add Bus PRBS Generator and Monitor (APGM) of Pa When enabled, the PRBS monitor of a TPPS will attempt to synchronize to the payload sequence in the STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) SPE (VC-3) or equivalent data stream from the Add bus. If it is successful in finding the supported pseudo-random sequence then pattern errors detected will be accumulated in the corresponding error counter. For an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream, the PRBS monitor in each of the three TPPSs required to process the concatenated stream will independently validate one third (1 in 3) of the PRBS payload sequence. rtm in er In co The PRBS generator of a TPPS can be enabled to overwrite the transmit stream framing in addition to the payload. For an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream, the PRBS generator in each of the three TPPSs required to process the concatenated stream will generate one third (1 in 3) of the PRBS payload sequence. A complete PRBS payload sequence is produced when these three partial sequences are byte interleaved downstream. The PRBS generator in the master TPPS coordinates the PRBS generation by itself and its counterparts in the two slave TPPSs. n Tu es da y, Received path BIP errors (REI) and path RDIs for all the receive STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) streams from the RPPSs in a remote SPECTRA 4x155 are communicated to the corresponding TPPSs in the local SPECTRA 4x155 via the transmit alarm port. The transmit alarm port also contains the transmit APS bytes (K1, K2) of the (remote) working SPECTRA 4x155. In the protection (local) SPECTRA 4x155, the APS bytes in the transmit stream may be optionally sourced from the transmit alarm port. 03 De ce m be In processing an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4), the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent stream will be processed by a TPPS (for example, TPPS#1) configured as the master. The master TPPS controls two slave TPPSs (for example, TPPS#2, TPPS#3) which process the second and third STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent streams respectively. Processing of a concatenated stream is coordinated by the control signals originating from the master TPPS and status information feedback from the slave TPPSs. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 12 TPPSs (TPPS#1 to TPPS#12), arranged in four groups of three TPPSs, are required to process the four STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) stream from the Add bus. Each channel can be independently configured to process STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) or STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) streams. An STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) stream is processed as three independent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams by the individual TPPSs in the group. 04 PM 95 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 10.10.2 Transmit Pointer Interpreter Processor (TPIP) Pointer Interpreter Slave TPIP blocks are also able to verify for a valid concatenation indicator in the H1 and H2 bytes. The LOP, LOPCON or PAISCON alarms declared by the pointer interpreter block can be used to force transmit path AIS. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa Three 16-bit counters are provided to accumulate path BIP-8 errors (B3) and path REI. The contents of the counters may be transferred to holding registers, and the counters reset under microprocessor control. Refer to section 10.9.1 for details on error monitoring. rtM i ne Error Monitoring rI nc of Pa rtm When supplying a valid J1 pulse which is to be used from the Add Bus (DISJ1V1 and AFP set low), the pointer interpreter will still run and all declared alarms are still valid provided there are valid H1, H2 pointers on the Add bus. These alarms can also be used to force consequential actions. in er In co The same pointer interpreter will be used to determine the J1 byte location when the APFEN control bit is set high. In this mode the Add bus will only a frame pulse identifying the 1st SPE byte of the Add bus. n Tu es The TPIP block allows the SPECTRA 4x155 to operate with TelecomBus-like back plane systems that do not indicate the J1 byte position. The TPIP block can be enabled using the DISJ1V1 bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 Path Configuration register. When enabled, the TPIP takes a STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) SONET/SDH stream from the System Side Interface block, processes the stream, identifies the J1 byte location and provides the stream to the corresponding Transmit TelecomBus Aligner block. The block will interpret the Add Bus pointer to determine the J1 byte location. Refer to section 10.9.1 for details of the interpreter state machine. da y, 03 De ce m be The Transmit Pointer Interpreter Processor (TPIP) block of TPPS takes STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) SPE (VC-3) or equivalent data stream from the Add bus, interprets the pointer (H1, H2), indicates the J1 byte location and detects alarm conditions (for example, PAIS).The indicated J1 byte position will be used only when the APFEN bit in the Add Bus Configuration register is set high or the DISJ1V1 bit is set high in the TPPS Path Configuration register of a specific TPPS. When supplying a valid telecom Add interface with valid J1 pulse, the TPIP pointer alarms may still be used. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 96 PM The operation of the APGM block is identical to that of the DPGM block of RPPS. Refer to section 10.9.4. SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 10.10.3 Transmit TelecomBus Aligner (TTAL) The Elastic Store block performs rate adaptation between the Add bus and the transmit stream. The entire Add bus payload, including path overhead bytes, is written into in a FIFO buffer at the Add bus byte rate. Each FIFO word stores a payload data byte and a one-bit tag labeling the J1 byte. Add bus pointer justifications are accommodated by writing into the FIFO during the negative stuff opportunity byte or by not writing during the positive stuff opportunity byte. Data is read out of the FIFO in the Elastic Store block at the transmit stream rate by the Pointer Generator block. Analogously, pointer justifications on the transmit stream are accommodated by reading from the FIFO during the negative stuff-opportunity-byte or by not reading during the positive stuff-opportunity-byte. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Elastic Store Pa The TTAL may optionally insert the tributary multi-frame sequence and clear the fixed stuff columns. The tributary multi-frame sequence is a four byte pattern ('hFC, 'hFD, 'hFE, 'hFF) applied to the H4 byte. The H4 byte of the frame containing the tributary V1 bytes is set to 'hFD. The fixed stuff columns of an SPE (VC) may optionally be over-written with all-zeros in the fixed stuff bytes. rtm in er In co Frequency offsets from plesiochronous network boundaries, or the loss of a primary reference timing source and phase differences, from normal network operation, between the Add bus and the transmit stream are accommodated by pointer adjustments in the transmit stream. For a concatenated stream, the master TTAL will compute and perform the appropriate pointer adjustment to which the slave TTALs will follow. n Tu es da The Transmit TelecomBus Aligner (TTAL) block of TPPS takes the STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) SPE (VC-3) or equivalent data stream from the Add bus and aligns it to the frame of the transmit stream. The alignment is accomplished by recalculating the STS (AU) payload pointer value based on the offset between the transport overhead of the Add bus and the transmit stream. In processing a concatenated stream, the TTAL in the master TPPS will perform the pointer offset recalculation and the TTAL's in the slave TPPSs will follow the new pointer offset. y, 03 De ce m be r, The LOM alarm declared by block can be used to force transmit tributary AIS. 20 The multi-frame alignment sequence in the path overhead H4 byte is monitored for the bit patterns of 00, 01, 10, and 11 in the two least significant bits. If an unexpected value is detected, the primary multi-frame will be kept, and a second multi-frame process will, in parallel, check for a phase shift. The primary process will enter OOM. A new multi-frame alignment is chosen, and OOM state is exited when four consecutive correct multi-frame patterns are detected. LOM is declared after residing in the OOM state for eight frames without re-alignment. A new multiframe alignment is chosen, and LOM state is exited when four consecutive correct multi-frame patterns are detected. 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM Multi-frame Framer 97 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Pointer Generator The transmit portion of the SONET/SDH Path Trace Buffer (SPTB) sources the path trace identifier message (J1) for the Transmit Path Overhead Processor (TPOP) block. The length of the trace message is selectable between 16 bytes and 64 bytes. The SPTB contains one page of transmit trace identifier message memory. Identifier message data bytes are written by the microprocessor into the message buffer and delivered serially to the TPOP block for insertion in the transmit stream. When the microprocessor is updating the transmit page buffer, SPTB may be programmed to transmit null characters to prevent transmission of partial messages. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad The BIP-8 Calculate Block performs a path bit interleaved parity calculation on the SPE (VC) of the outgoing STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream. The fixed stuff columns in the VC3 format may be optionally excluded from BIP calculations. The resulting parity byte is inserted in the path BIP-8 (B3) byte position of the subsequent frame. BIP-8 errors may be continuously inserted under register control for diagnostic purposes. ed by Pa BIP-8 Calculate rtM i The Transmit Path Overhead Processor (TPOP) of TPPS provides transport frame alignment generation, path overhead insertion, insertion of the SPE, insertion of path level alarm signals and path BIP-8 (B3) insertion. ne rI nc 10.10.5 Transmit Path Overhead Processor (TPOP) of Pa rtm in er In co 10.10.4 Transmit Path Trace Buffer (SPTB) n Tu A piece of tandem connection originating equipment should signal incoming signal failure by setting the IEC field and the payload bytes to all-ones. Likewise, the equipment should detect ISF by only examining the IEC field for all-ones. If the upstream tandem connection originating equipment inserts a malformed, non-compliant ISF condition where the payload bytes are not all-ones, the SPECTRA-4X155 toggles in and out of the ISF state. However, in real systems, this behavior should not be observed because the upstream tandem connection originating equipment inserts a standards compliant ISF condition. es da y, 03 De When operating in a slave TPPS, the concatenation indications (`b1001 xx 1111111111) will be generated in the pointer bytes (H1 and H2) when enabled in the TPOP block. ce m be The Pointer Generator Block generates the transmit stream pointer (H1, H2) as specified in the references. The pointer value is used to determine the location of the path overhead (the J1 byte) in the transmit STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream. The algorithm is identical to that described in the Receive TelecomBus Aligner (RTAL) block. Refer to section 10.9.3. r, 20 02 02 :4 The FIFO read and write addresses are monitored. Pointer justification requests are made to the Pointer Generator block based on the proximity of the addresses relative to programmable thresholds. The Pointer Generator block schedules a pointer increment event if the FIFO depth is below the lower threshold and a pointer decrement event if the depth is above the upper threshold. FIFO underflow and overflow events are detected and path AIS is inserted in the transmit stream for three frames to alert downstream elements of data corruption. 2: 04 PM 98 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The Path REI Calculate Block accumulates path REIs on a per frame basis, and inserts the accumulated value (up to maximum value of eight) in the path REI bit positions of the path status (G1) byte. The path REI information is derived from path BIP-8 errors detected by the corresponding RPOP. The asynchronous nature of these signals implies that more than eight path REI events may be accumulated between transmit G1 bytes. If more than eight receive Path BIP-8 errors are accumulated between transmit G1 bytes, the accumulation counter is decremented by eight, and the remaining path REIs are transmitted at the next opportunity. Alternatively, path REI can be accumulated from path REI counts reported on the transmit alarm port when the local SPECTRA 4x155 is paired with a receive section of a remote SPECTRA 4x155. FEBE errors may be inserted under register control for diagnostic purposes. Optionally, path REI insertion may be disabled and the incoming G1 byte passes through unchanged to support applications where the received path processing does not reside in the local SPECTRA 4x155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad The SPE Multiplexer Block multiplexes the payload pointer bytes, the SPE stream, and the path overhead bytes into the transmit stream. When in-band error reporting is enabled, the path REI and path RDI bits of the path status (G1) byte has already been formed by the corresponding Receive Path Overhead Processor and is transmitted unchanged. ed by Pa SPE Multiplexer rtM i The TAD port can accumulate up to 15 BIP errors. Given the timings of the RAD port, a mate SPECTRA 4x155 could output 16 errors within one frame period. If eight errors are detected in two consecutive frames and the timing makes them appear within one frame period, the 16th count could be lost. ne rI nc of Received path BIP errors (REI) and RDIs from the RPOPs in a remote SPECTRA 4x155 are communicated to the corresponding TPOP's in the local SPECTRA 4x155 via the transmit alarm port. When the port is enabled, the path BIP error count and the remote defect indication for each TPOP are sampled from the transmit alarm port and inserted in the path REI and path RDI positions of the path status byte (G1) in the transmit stream. The APS bytes K1/K2 received on the TAD port are inserted by the appropriate channel's TTOC. Pa rtm in er In Transmit Alarm Port co Path RDI may be inserted via the TPOP block. The RDI codes to be inserted into the transmit stream may be supplied externally via the transmit Alarm Data Port (TAD) or may be automatically inserted via the receive side of the device and the detected receive alarms. The RXSEL register bits define the source of the RDI. n Tu es da Path RDI Insert y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 99 Path REI Calculate 04 In processing a concatenated stream, the BIP-8 Calculate Block of the TPOP in the master TPPS will include calculated BIP-8 values from the slave TPPSs in the final computation of the path BIP-8 (B3) value of the stream. PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 10.12 Transmit Transport Overhead Controller (TTOC) The Transmit Transport Overhead Controller block (TTOC) allows the transmit transport overhead bytes (manually), the section or line BIP errors, or payload pointer byte errors to be inserted. The complete transport overhead to be inserted at once per channel using TTOH1-4, along with the nominal 5.184 MHz transport overhead clock, TTOHCLK1-4, and the transport overhead frame position, TTOHFP1-4. The transport overhead enable signal, TTOHEN1-4, controls the insertion of transport overhead from TTOH1-4. The APS bytes K1/K2 received via the TAD port may be optionally inserted via the TTOC logic. The received K1/K2 on TAD match the transmitted K1/K2 that a mate SPECTRA transmitted. Individual data channels can be sourced from TSLD1-4. TTOHFP1-4 can be used to identify the required byte alignment on the serial inputs. The TTOC block also allows the Unused and National Use bytes in the SONET/SDH TOH to be set. Refer to Figure 8. Specific registers exist to program fixed values in the Z0 bytes and the S1 byte of the TOH. The REI in the M1 byte may also be manually set by the TTOH1-4 input. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, The multiplexer also generates the low speed clock used to time the data stream out of the slices. 20 02 The transmit multiplexer (TX_REMUX) block within each channel multiplexes the three STS1(STM-1/AU3) streams or three equivalent STS-1(STM1/AU3) streams into an STS-3(STM1/AU3) or STS-3c(STM1/AU4) stream. In the case of an STS-3(STM1/AU3) stream, the STS1(STM1/AU3) streams are fed in from three master TPPSs. In the case of an STS3c(STM1/AU4) stream, the equivalent STS-1(STM1/AU3) streams are fed in from one master TPPS and two slave TPPSs. The slave slices feed in the equivalent STS-1 #2 and #3. 02 :4 2: 04 PM 10.11 Transmit Multiplexer (TX_REMUX) 100 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 8 Unused and National Use Bytes 1 Section 3 Line D1 H1 B2 D4 D7 D10 S1 Z1 Z1 H1 B2 H1 B2 D2 H2 K1 D5 D8 D11 Z2 Z2 M1 H2 H2 D3 H3 K2 D6 D9 D12 H3 8 9 National Bytes Unused Bytes The Unused overhead bytes are defined: * * * * * D1 to D3 byte positions of STS-1 #2 and #3. D4 to D12 byte positions of STS-1 #2 and #3. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed 10.13.1 APS Insert The APS Insert Block of TLOP inserts the two APS channel bytes of the Line Overhead (K1 and K2) into the transmit stream when enabled by an internal register. The inserted K1 and K2 may also be overwritten via insertion by the TTOC block. by Pa The Transmit Line Overhead Processor block (TLOP) processes the line overhead of a transmit STS-3 (STM-1) stream. rtM i 10.13 Transmit Line Overhead Processor (TLOP) ne rI Z2 bytes of STS-1 #1 and #2. nc Z1 bytes of STS-1 #2 and #3. of Pa K1 and K2 byte positions of STS-1 #2 and #3. rtm in * E1 byte positions of STS-1 #2 and #3. er * B1 byte positions of STS-1 #2 and #3. In co n * E2 byte positions of STS-1 #2 and #3. Tu * F1 byte positions of STS-1 #2 and #3. es * Z0 bytes of STS-1 #2 and #3. da y, The National overhead bytes are defined: 03 De ce m be 7 E2 r, 6 20 5 02 4 02 H3 :4 2 B1 E1 F1 2: 101 1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 J0 Z0 Z0 04 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The Line BIP Calculate Block of TLOP calculates the line BIP-24 error detection code (B2) based on the line overhead and SPE of the transmit stream. The line BIP-24 code is a bit interleaved parity calculation using even parity. Details are provided in the references. The calculated BIP-24 code is inserted into the B2 byte positions of the following frame. BIP-24 errors may be continuously inserted under register control for diagnostic purposes. Errors may be inserted in the B2 code for diagnostic purposes. 10.14 Transmit Section Overhead Processor (TSOP) The Transmit Section Overhead Processor (TSOP) provides frame pattern insertion (A1, A2), scrambling, section level alarm signal insertion, and section BIP-8 (B1) insertion. The TSOP block operates with a downstream serializer (the PISO block) that accepts the transmit stream in byte serial format and serializes it at the line rate. 10.14.1 Line AIS Insert Line AIS insertion results in all bits of the SONET/SDH frame being set to "one" before scrambling except for the section overhead. The Line AIS Insert Block of TSOP substitutes allones as described when enabled through an internal register or he AIS may optionally be inserted into the data stream under the control of an external input (TLAIS). Activation or deactivation of line AIS insertion is synchronized to frame boundaries. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in Line REI may also be inserted when enabling the Transmit Ring Control port (TRCP) and by setting high the REI bit positions. er In co The Line REI Insert Block of TLOP accumulates line BIP-24 errors (B2) detected by the Receive Line Overhead Processor and encodes remote error indications in the transmit M1 byte. Line REI may be inserted automatically in the SONET/SDH stream under the control of the AUTOLREI bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 Ring Control Register. Receive B2 errors are accumulated and optionally inserted automatically in bits 2 to 8 of the third Z2/M1 byte of the transmit STS-3 (STM-1) stream. Up to 24 errors may be inserted per frame. n Tu es da y, 10.13.4 Line REI Insert 03 The Line RDI Insert Block of TLOP controls the insertion of RDI. Line RDI may be inserted in the transmit stream under the control of an external input (TLRDI1-4), or a writeable register. The bits in the SPECTRA 4x155 Line RDI Control Register control the immediate insertion of Line RDI upon detection of various errors in the received SONET/SDH stream. Line RDI may also be inserted when enabling the Transmit Ring Control port (TRCP) and by setting high the SENDLRDI bit position. Line RDI is inserted by transmitting the code 110 (binary) in bit positions 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte contained in the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 10.13.3 Line RDI Insert 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 10.13.2 Line BIP Calculate 102 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The transmit portion of the SONET/SDH Section Trace Buffer (SSTB) sources the section trace identifier message (J0) for the Transmit Transport Overhead Access block. The length of the trace message is selectable between 16-bytes and 64-bytes. The section trace buffer contains one page of transmit trace identifier message memory. Identifier message data bytes are written by the microprocessor into the message buffer and delivered serially to the Transport Overhead Access block for insertion in the transmit stream. When the microprocessor is updating the transmit page buffer, the buffer may be programmed to transmit null characters to prevent transmission of partial messages. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The Transmit Line Interface allows to directly interface the SPECTRA 4x155 with optical modules (ODLs) or other medium interfaces. This block performs clock synthesis and parallelto-serial conversion on the outgoing 155.52 Mbit/s data stream. rtM i ne rI 10.16 Transmit Line Interface nc of Pa rtm in er In co 10.15 Transmit Section Trace Buffer (SSTB) n Tu The Scrambler Block of TSOP uses a frame synchronous scrambler to process the transmit stream when enabled through an internal register accessed via the microprocessor interface. The generating polynomial is x7 + x6 + 1. Precise details of the scrambling operation are provided in the references. Note that the framing bytes and the identity bytes are not scrambled. All zeros may be continuously inserted (after scrambling) under register control for diagnostic purposes. es da y, 03 10.14.4 Scrambler De The Framing and Identity Insert Block of TSOP inserts the framing bytes (A1, A2) and trace/growth bytes (J0/Z0) into the STS-3 (STM-1) frame. Framing bit errors may be continuously inserted under register control for diagnostic purposes. ce m be 10.14.3 Framing and Identity Insert r, 20 The BIP-8 calculation is based on the scrambled data of the complete STS-3 (STM-1) frame. The section BIP-8 code is based on a bit interleaved parity calculation using even parity. Details are provided in the references. The calculated BIP-8 code is then inserted into the B1 byte of the following frame before scrambling. BIP-8 errors may be continuously inserted under register control for diagnostic purposes. 02 02 :4 2: 04 The BIP-8 Insert Block of TSOP calculates and inserts the BIP-8 error detection code (B1) into the transmit stream. PM 10.14.2 BIP-8 Insert 103 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 10.16.2 Parallel-to-Serial Converter (PISO) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 of nc rI ne rtM i Pa by 10 11 12 ed Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa rtm Column # (Tx/Rx Order) STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Streams Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #1, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #2, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #3, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #4, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #1, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #2, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #3, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #4, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #1, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #2, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #3, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Channel/STS-3 (STM-1) #4, STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 in Table 6 Columns and STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Streams Association. er In The Time-Slot Interchange (TSI) logic at the Telecom Add and Drop buses supports the grooming of the corresponding receive and transmit SONET/SDH streams by performing column (time-slot) switching in those streams. The Add or Drop bus TSI logic treats the four channels STS-3 (STM-1) SONET/SDH streams as consecutive blocks consisting of 12 independent time-division multiplexed columns (time-slots) of data. The 12 columns correspond to the 12 constituent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent payload streams. The relationship between the columns and the payload streams is summarized in the columns and STS-1 (STM0/AU-3) streams association table Table 6. The columns are numbered in the order of transmission (reception) and the corresponding payload streams are labeled according to their STS-3 (STM-1) channel and STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) sub-group. co n Tu es da y, 03 De 10.17 Add/Drop Bus Time-Slot Interchange (TSI) ce m be The Parallel to Serial Converter (PISO) of SSTB converts the transmit byte serial stream to a bit serial stream. The transmit bit serial stream appears on the TXD1-4+/- PECL output. r, 20 02 The transmit clock of the SSTB block may be synthesized from a 19.44 MHz reference. The PLL filter transfer function is optimized to enable the PLL to track the reference, yet attenuate high frequency jitter on the reference signal. This transfer function yields a typical low pass corner of TBD 2 MHz, above which reference jitter is attenuated at TBD 12 dB per octave. The design of the loop filter and PLL is optimized for minimum intrinsic jitter. With a jitter free reference, the intrinsic jitter is less than TBD 0.01 UI RMS when measured using a band pass filter with a low cutoff frequency of 12 KHz and a high cutoff frequency of 1.3 MHz. 02 :4 2: 04 PM 10.16.1 Clock Synthesis 104 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 10.17.1 Drop TSI 10.18 System Side Interfaces Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The TelecomBus Interface supports a single 77.76 MHz byte Telecom bus or four 19.44 MHz byte Telecom bus modes. It performs multiplexing and demultiplexing to support four STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) channels. ne rI 10.18.1 TelecomBus Interface nc of Pa The dependence of the staggered clock generator on the C1/FP pulse position of the Add Bus #1 may be disabled via the ATSI_ISOLATE register bit. This bit is present to allow the generation of Autonomous mode PRBS on the transmit line without the need for a valid Add Bus. rtm in er Similarly, on the Add side, the Add bus TSI logic grooms the 12 columns of the Add bus stream provided by the TelecomBus Interface into the corresponding channel's STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU3/AU-4) transmit stream to be processed by the 12 TPPSs. Similarly to the Drop TSI, the Add TSI generates the STS-1 rate clocks into the TPPSs from the Add ACK clock. 12 staggered clocks are generated sequencing the order of data into the 12 slices. The staggered clocks and clock divider are slave to the Add BUS #1 frame alignment (AC1J1V1_AFP[1]). A frame realignment caused by moving the C1/FP pulse position will reset the staggered clock generator and briefly corrupt the data sequencing into the TPPSs. In co n Tu es da 10.17.2 Add TSI y, 03 On the Drop side, the Drop bus TSI logic grooms the four STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) receive streams provided by the 12 RPPSs into the corresponding column of a Drop bus stream. The Drop TSI also generates the STS-1 rate clocks into the RPPS from the Drop DCK clock. 12 staggered clocks are generated sequencing the order of data out of the 12 slices. The staggered clocks and clock divider are slave to the Drop bus frame alignment and DFP. A frame realignment caused by moving the DFP pulse position will reset the staggered clock generator and briefly corrupt the data sequencing out of the RPPSs. The Drop TSI also sets the frame alignment of the STS-1 or STS-1 equivalent frames out of the slices. It does so by forcing the alignment on the output of the RTAL FIFO. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 The software configuration of the Add or Drop bus TSI logic to perform grooming at the respective Add or Drop buses is described in the Operations section. 2: 04 Switching of columns (time-slots) is arbitrary, thus any column can be switched to any of the time-slots. Concatenated streams should be switched as a group to keep the constituent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the correct transmit or receive order within the group. PM 105 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Pa rtm AFPEN Bit 0 0 0 0 DISJ1V1 Bit 0 1 APL[4:1] Input Pin in er Table 7 System Side Add Bus Configuration Options AC1J1V1[4:1]/ AFP[4:1] Input Pin AC1J1V1 marks C1, J1 and V1 positions AC1J1V1 marks C1 position only AC1J1V1 marks C1 position only AC1J1V1 marks C1, J1 and V1 positions In co The TelecomBus is very flexible and can support a wide range of system backplane architectures Table 7 shows the system side Add bus options: n Tu The transport frames of the STM-1 Drop buses can be aligned by the DFP frame pulse. On the Add side, the transport frames of the STM-1 Add buses in the group must be aligned (coincident C1/AFP pulses on the associated AC1J1V1/AFP signals). es da y, For the four STS-3/3c (STM-4/AU-3/AU-4) transmit streams, the Telecom bus interface accepts a byte stream from the single 77.76 MHz (STM-4) Telecom Add bus or four byte streams from the four 19.44 MHz (STM-1) byte Telecom Add buses. The byte streams are de-multiplexed into 12 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent streams and presented to the Add bus TSI logic for grooming. The four groomed Add buses STS-3 (STM-1) streams are then processed and transmitted. For the STM-4 Telecom bus mode, all four constituent STM-1 channels (Channel#1 - 4) are sourced from the single 77.76 MHz Add bus (AD[7:0]). For the STM-1 byte Telecom bus modes, the Add bus Channel #1, Channel #2, Channel #3 and Channel #4 streams are sourced from the AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16], and AD[31:24] buses, respectively. 03 De ce m be of APL marks payload bytes Tied to ground APL marks payload bytes APL marks payload bytes nc ne rI 1 1 Pa rtM i 1 X Tied to ground Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by AFP marks first SPE byte position only Table 8 shows the system side Drop bus options: r, 20 Comments TPIP block is bypassed. TPIP block interprets pointers for J1/V1 TPIP block interprets pointers for J1/V1 TPIP block interprets pointers for J1/V1. Ignores J1/V1 indications on AC1J1V1 TPIP block interprets pointers for J1/V1 02 For the four STS-3/3c (STM-4/AU-3/AU-4) receive streams, the TelecomBus interface multiplexes the Drop side data streams from the Drop bus TSI logic at the STS-1 (STM-0/AU3) rate and provides the combined data stream (the groomed receive stream) to the Drop bus configured as a single 77.76 MHz byte Telecom bus (referred as the STM-4 Telecom bus mode) or four 19.44 MHz byte Telecom buses (referred as the STM-1 Telecom bus mode). For the STM-4 Telecom bus mode, all four constituent STM-1 channels (Channel #1 - #4) are presented at the single 77.76 MHz Drop bus (DD[7:0]). For the STM-1 byte Telecom bus mode, the Drop bus Channel#1, Channel#2, Channel#3 and Channel#4 streams are presented at the DD[7:0], DD[15:8], DD[23:16], and DD[31:24] buses, respectively. 02 :4 2: 04 PM 106 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released ENDV1 0 1 DPL[4:1] DPL marks payload bytes DPL marks payload bytes DC1J1V1[4:1] Table 9 Register Memory Map 0000H 0002H ne REG # 0001H AddressA[13:0] 0000H 0001H 0003H 0004H 0005H 0006H 0007H 0002H rI nc of Similarly the address mapping is identical within each Receive and Transmit Path Processing Slices (RPPS & TPPS). The Address space of the 12 RPPS and TPPS slices span the addresses where A[13:12]=1 and A[11:8]=n where 1n12 (1HnCH). The variable n represents the slice number or index. Pa rtm rtM i 0003H Pa by 0004H 0005H 0006H 0007H 000AH ed ad lo Do wn 000AH Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 in er Address mapping for the control and status registers and the registers of the Transport Overhead processing blocks (RSOP, RLOP, SSTB, RASE, TSOP, TLOP) is equivalent for each of the four channels of the device. The address space for the registers of the Transport Overhead processing blocks spans the addresses A[13:11]=0 and A[10:8]=m for 1m4. The variable m represents the channel number or index. Register Description SPECTRA 4x155 Reset, Identity and Accumulation Trigger. Master Clock Activity Monitor Master Clock Control Master Interrupt Status Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status #1 Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status #2 Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status #3 Path Reset Free In co n Tu The Microprocessor Interface Block provides the logic required to interface the generic microprocessor bus with the normal mode and test mode registers within the SPECTRA 4x155. The normal mode registers are used during normal operation to configure and monitor the SPECTRA 4x155. The test mode registers are used to enhance the testability of the SPECTRA 4x155. The register set is accessed as shown in the Table 9. In the following section every register is documented and identified using the register numbers in Table 9. The corresponding memory map address is identified by the "address" column of Table 9. es da y, 03 De ce 10.20 Microprocessor Interface m be The JTAG Test Access Port block provides JTAG support for boundary scan. The standard JTAG EXTEST, SAMPLE, BYPASS, IDCODE and STCTEST instructions are supported. The SPECTRA 4x155 identification code is 053130CD hexadecimal. r, 20 02 10.19 JTAG Test Access Port Interface 02 DC1J1V1 marks C1 and J1 positions only :4 2: 107 DC1J1V1 marks C1, J1 and V1 positions 04 PM Table 8 System Side Drop Bus Configuration Options SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 0010H 0011H 0012H00FFH 0100H 0101H 0102H 0103H 0104H 0105H 0106H 0107H 0108H 0109H 010AH 010BH 010CH 0110H 0111H 0112H0113H 0114H 0115H 0116H 0117H 0118H 0119H 011AH 011BH 011CH 011DH 011EH 011FH 0120H 0121H 0122H 0123H 0124H 0125H 0126H 0010H 0011H 0012H-00FFH 0m00H 0m01H 0m02H 0m03H 0m04H 0m05H 0m06H 0m07H 0m08H 0m09H 0m0AH 0m0BH 0m0CH 0m10H 0m11H 0m12H-0m13H 0m14H 0m15H 0m16H 0m17H 0m18H 0m19H 0m1AH 0m1BH 0m1CH CSPI Control and Status CSPI Reserved Reserved Channel Identity, Reset & Accumulation Trigger Line Configuration #1 Line Configuration #2 Receive Line AIS Control Ring Control Transmit Line RDI Control Section Alarm Output Control #1 Section Alarm Output Control #2 Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status Auxiliary Signal Interrupt Enable Auxiliary Signal Status/Interrupt Status CRSI Configuration and Interrupt Status Reserved RSOP Control and Interrupt Enable RSOP Status and Interrupt rtm Pa of nc ne 0m1EH 0m1FH 0m20H 0m21H 0m22H 0m23H 0m24H 0m25H 0m26H rI 0m1DH rtM i Pa by ed ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo in er RSOP Section BIP (B1) Error Count #1 RSOP Section BIP (B1) Error Count #2 RLOP Control and Status RLOP Interrupt Enable and Status RLOP Line BIP (B2) Error Count #1 RLOP Line BIP (B2) Error Count #2 RLOP Line BIP (B2) Error Count #3 RLOP Line REI Error Count #1 RLOP Line REI Error Count #2 RLOP Line REI Error Count #3 SSTB Section Trace Control SSTB Section Trace Status SSTB Section Trace Indirect Address SSTB Section Trace Indirect Data SSTB Reserved SSTB Reserved SSTB Section Trace Operation In co n Tu CRSI reserved es da y, 03 Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Enable De Section/Line Block Interrupt Status ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 108 04 PM REG # AddressA[13:0] Register Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 0132H0137H 0138H013FH 0140H 0141H 0142H 0143H 0144H 0145H 0146H 0147H 0148H 0149H 014AH 014BH 014CH 014DH 014EH 014FH 0150H 0151H 0152H 0153H 0154H 0155H 0156H 0157H 0158H017FH 0m40H 0m41H 0m42H 0m43H 0m44H 0m45H 0m46H 0m47H 0m48H 0m49H 0m4AH 0m4BH 0m4CH 0m4DH 0m4EH 0m4FH 0m40H 0m51H 0m52H 0m53H 0m54H 0m55H 0m57H 0m58H-0m7FH 0m80H 0m81H 0m82H-0m83H 0m84H 0m85H 0m86H 0m56H RASE Interrupt Enable RASE Interrupt Status RASE Configuration/Control RASE SF Accumulation Period RASE SF Accumulation Period RASE SF Accumulation Period RASE SF Clearing Threshold RASE SD Accumulation Period RASE SD Saturation Threshold RASE SD Saturation Threshold RASE SD Declaring Threshold RASE SD Declaring Threshold RASE SD Clearing Threshold RASE SD Clearing Threshold RASE Receive K1 RASE Receive K2 RASE Receive Z1/S1 Reserved TSOP Control TSOP Diagnostic TSOP Reserved TLOP Control TLOP Diagnostic TLOP Transmit K1 0181H 0182H0183H 0184H 0185H 0186H Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa 0180H rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In RASE SD Accumulation Period co RASE SD Accumulation Period n Tu RASE SF Clearing Threshold es RASE SF Declaring Threshold da RASE SF Declaring Threshold y, RASE SF Saturation Threshold 03 RASE SF Saturation Threshold De ce m be r, 20 02 0m38H-0m3FH Reserved 02 0m32H-0m37H RTOC Reserved :4 0131H 0m31H RTOC AIS Control 2: 109 0130H 0m30H RTOC Overhead Control 04 0127H012FH 0m27H-0m2FH SSTB Reserved PM REG # AddressA[13:0] Register Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 0187H 0188H 0189H 018AH 018BH 018CH018FH 0190H019FH 01A0H01BFH 01C0H01DFH 01E0H01FFH 0200H04FFH 0500H051FH 0520H053FH 0540H 055FH 0560H1000H 1001H 1002H 1003H 1004H 1005H 1006H 1007H 1008H 1009H 100AH 100BH 0m87H 0m88H 0m89H 0m8AH 0m8BH 0m8CH-0m8FH 0m90H-0m9FH 0mA0H-0mBFH 0mC0H-0mDFH 0mE0H-0mFFH 0200H-04FFH 0500H-051FH 0520H-053FH 0540H -055FH 0560H-1000H 1001H 1002H 1003H 1004H 1005H 1006H 1007H 1009H 1008H TLOP Transmit K2 TTOC Transmit Overhead Output Control TTOC Transmit Overhead Byte Control TTOC Transmit Z0 TTOC Transmit S1 TTOC Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved rtm Pa of nc rI ne rtM i 100AH 100BH 100CH by 100DH101FH 1020H 1021 1022 1023H Pa 100CH 100DH-101FH 1020H 1021H 1022H 1023H ed ad lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 in er Drop Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #1 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #1 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #1 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #2 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #2 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #2 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #3 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #3 Select Drop Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #3 Select Drop Bus Reserved Drop DLL Reserved Reserved Drop DLL In co n Tu es da Reserved y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 110 04 PM REG # AddressA[13:0] Register Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 1081H 1082H 1083H 1084H 1085H 1086H 1087H 1088H 1089H 108AH 108BH 108CH 108DH10AFH 10B0H 10B1H 10B2H 10B3H 10B4H 10B5H 10B6H 10B7H 10B8H10FFH 1100H 1101H 1102H 1103H110FH 1110H 1111H 1081H 1082H 1083H 1084H 1085H 1086H 1087H 1088H 1089H 108AH 108BH 108CH 108DH-10AFH 10B0H 10B1H 10B2H 10B3H 10B4H 10B5H 10B6H 10B7H Add Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 Select Add Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #1 Select Add Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #1 Select Add Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #1 Select Add Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 Select Add Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #2 Select Add Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #2 Select Add Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 Select Add Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #3 Select Add Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #3 Select Add Bus Reserved Add Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #2 Select Add Bus Configuration #1 Add Bus Parity Interrupt Enable Add Bus Parity Interrupt Status rtm 10B8H-10FFH 1n00H 1n01H 1n02H 1n03H-1n0FH 1n10H 1n11H 1n12H-1n13H 1n14H 1n15H 1n16H-1n17H Pa of nc rI ne rtM i Pa by 1112H1113H 1114H 1115H 1116H1117H ed ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo in er Reserved System Side Clock Activity Add Bus Signal Activity Monitor Reserved RPPS Configuration & Slice ID RPPS Reserved RPPS Path Configuration RPPS Reserved RPPS Path AIS Control #1 RPPS Path AIS Control #2 RPPS Reserved RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #1 RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #2 RPPS Reserved In Reserved co Add Bus Configuration #2 n Tu es da Add Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #3 Select y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 1031H1080H :4 1031H-1080H Reserved 2: 111 1030H 1030H Drop Bus Configuration 04 1024H102FH 1024H-102FH Reserved PM REG # AddressA[13:0] Register Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 1118H 1119H 111AH111BH 111CH 111DH 111EH1127H 1128H 1129H112BH 112CH 112DH 112EH112FH 1130H 1131H 1132H1133H 1134H 1135H113FH 1140H 1141H 1142H 1143H 1144H 1145H 1146H 1147H 1148H 1149H 1n18H 1n19H 1n1AH-1n1BH 1n1CH 1n1DH 1n1EH-1n27H 1n28H 1n29H-1n2BH 1n2CH 1n2DH 1n2EH-1n2FH 1n30H 1n31H 1n32H-1n33H 1n34H 1n35H-1n3FH 1n40H 1n41H 1n42H 1n43H 1n44H 1n45H 1n47H 1n48H 1n49H 1n4AH 1n4BH 1n4CH 1n4DH 1n4EH 1n4FH 1n46H RPPS Path Enhanced RDI Control #1 RPPS Path Enhanced RDI Control #2 RPPS Reserved RPPS RALM Output Control #1 RPPS RALM Output Control #2 RPPS Reserved RPPS Path Interrupt Status RPPS Reserved RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Enable #2 RPPS Reserved RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #1 RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #2 RPPS Reserved RPPS Reserved RPOP Status and Control (EXTD=0) RPOP Status and Control (EXTD=1) rtm Pa of nc rI ne rtM i by 114BH 114CH 114DH 114EH 114FH Pa 114AH ed ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo in er RPOP Alarm Interrupt Status (EXTD=0) RPOP Alarm Interrupt Status (EXTD=1) RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status RPOP Alarm Interrupt Enable (EXTD=0) RPOP Alarm Interrupt Enable (EXTD=1) RPOP Pointer Interrupt Enable RPOP Pointer LSB RPOP Pointer MSB RPOP Path Signal Label RPOP Path BIP-8 Count LSB RPOP Path BIP-8 Count MSB RPOP Path REI Count LSB RPOP Path REI Count MSB RPOP Tributary Multi-frame Status and Control RPOP Ring Control Reserved Reserved In co n Tu RPPS Auxiliary Path Status es da y, 03 De ce RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Enable #1 m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 112 04 PM REG # AddressA[13:0] Register Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 1157H 1158H 1159H 115AH 115BH 115CH115FH 1160H 1161H 1162H 1163H 1164H 1165H 1166H 1167H 1168H116FH 1170H 1171H 1172H 1173H 1174H1177h 1178H 1179H 117AH 117BH 117CH 117DH 117BH117FH 1n57H 1n58H 1n59H 1n5AH 1n5BH 1n5CH-1n5FH 1n60H 1n61H 1n62H 1n63H 1n64H 1n65H 1n66H 1n67H 1n68H-1n6FH 1n70H 1n71H 1n72H 1n73H 1n74H-1177H PMON Transmit Negative Pointer Justification Count RTAL Control RTAL Interrupt Status and Control RTAL Alarm and Diagnostic Control RTAL Reserved Reserved SPTB Path Trace Identifier Status SPTB Indirect Address SPTB Indirect Data SPTB Reserved rtm 1n7AH nc 1n79H of 1n78H Pa ne 1n7BH 1n7CH 1n7DH 1n7BH-1n7FH 1n80H 1n81H 1n82H 1n83H-1n85H 1n86H rI rtM i by 1180H 1181H 1182H Pa ed ad lo 1183H1185H 1186H Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 in er DPGM Generator Control #2 DPGM Generator Concatenate Control DPGM Generator Status DPGM Reserved DPGM Monitor Control #1 Reserved DPGM Monitor Concatenate Control DPGM Monitor Status DPGM Monitor Error Count #1 DPGM Monitor Error Count #2 DPGM Reserved TPPS Configuration TPPS Reserved TPPS Path Configuration TPPS Reserved TPPS Path Transmit Control In DPGM Generator Control #1 co Reserved n Tu SPTB Path Trace Indirect Access Trigger es SPTB Path Signal Label Status da SPTB Expected Path Signal Label y, 03 De SPTB Control ce m be r, 20 02 02 1156H 1n56H PMON Transmit Positive Pointer Justification Count :4 1155H 1n55H PMON Receive Negative Pointer Justification Count 2: 113 1154H 1n54H PMON Receive Positive Pointer Justification Count 04 1150H1153H 1n50H-1n53H PMON Reserved PM REG # AddressA[13:0] Register Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 11A8H 11A9H11ABH 11ACH 11ADH11AFH 11B0H 11B1H11BFH 11C0H 11C1H 11C2H 11C3H 11C4H 11C5H 11C6H 11C7H 11C8H 11C9H 11CAH 11CBH 11CCH 11CDH 11CEH11CFH 11D0 H 11D1H 11D2H 11D3H 1nA8H 1nA9H-1nABH 1nACH 1nADH-1nAFH 1nB0H 1nB1H-1nBFH 1nC0H 1nC1H 1nC2H 1nC3H 1nC4H 1nC5H 1nC6H 1nC7H 1nC8H 1nC9H 1nCAH 1nCCH 1nCDH 1nCBH TPPS Path Interrupt Status TPPS Reserved TPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Enable TPPS Reserved TPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status TPPS Reserved TPOP Control TPOP Pointer Control TPOP Reserved TPOP Current Pointer LSB TPOP Payload Pointer LSB TPOP Payload Pointer MSB TPOP Path Signal Label TPOP Path Status TPOP Path Trace rtm 1nCEH-1nCFH Pa ne 1nD1H 1nD2H 1nD3H 1nD4H-1nDFH 1nE0H 1nE1H 1nE2H 1nE3H rI nc 1nD0H of rtM i by 11E0H 11E1H 11E2H 11E3H Pa 11D4H11DFH ed ad lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 in er TPOP Path User Channel TPOP Path Growth #1 TPOP Path Growth #2 Reserved TPOP Reserved TTAL Control TTAL Interrupt Status and Control TTAL Alarm and Diagnostic Control TTAL Reserved TPPS Reserved TPIP Status and Control (EXTD=0) TPIP Status and Control (EXTD=1) TPIP Alarm Interrupt Status TPIP Pointer Interrupt Status TPIP Alarm Interrupt Enable (EXTD=0) In co n Tu es TPOP Current Pointer MSB da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 1191H11A7H :4 1n91H-1nA7H TPPS Reserved 2: 114 1190H 1n90H TPPS Path AIS Control 04 1187H118FH 1n87H-1n8FH TPPS Reserved PM REG # AddressA[13:0] Register Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released TPIP Alarm Interrupt Enable (EXTD=1) 11E4H 11E5H 11E6H 11E7H 11E8H 11E9H 11EAH11EBH 11ECH 11EDH 11EEH11EFH 11F0H 11F1H 11F2H 11F3H 11F4H11F7H 11F8H 11F9H 11FAH 11FBH 11FCH 11FDH 11FEH11FFH 1D00H 1FFFH 2000H 2001H 2002H 2FFFH 1nF8H 1nF9H 1nFAH 1nFBH 1nFCH 1nFDH 1nFEH-1nFFH 1D00H 1FFFH 2000H 2002H 2001H 1nE4H 1nE5H 1nE6H 1nE7H 1nE8H 1nE9H 1nEAH-1nEBH 1nECH 1nEDH 1nEEH-1nEFH 1nF0H 1nF1H 1nF2H 1nF3H 1nF4H-1nF7H TPIP Pointer Interrupt Enable TPIP Pointer LSB TPIP Pointer MSB TPIP Reserved TPIP Path BIP-8 Count LSB TPIP Path BIP-8 Count MSB TPIP Reserved TPIP Tributary Multi-frame Status and Control TPIP BIP Control TPIP Reserved APGM Generator Control #1 APGM Generator Control #2 APGM Monitor Control #1 APGM Monitor Concatenate Control APGM Monitor Status rtm Pa of nc rI ne Notes 1. 2. by 3. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa For all register accesses, CSB must be low. Addresses that are not shown must be treated as Reserved. A[13] is the test resister select (TRS) and should be set to logic zero for normal mode register access. rtM i 2FFFH in er APGM Monitor Error Count #1 APGM Monitor Error Count #2 APGM Reserved Reserved Reserved Master Test Master Test Slice Select Reserved Reserved In co APGM Monitor Control #2 n Tu es APGM Reserved da APGM Generator Status y, APGM Generator Concatenate Control 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 115 04 PM REG # AddressA[13:0] Register Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released da Slice #5 Slice #9 Slice #2 Slice #6 Slice #10 Slice #3 Slice #7 Slice #11 1,2 1,3 2,1 2,2 2,3 1,3 y, 03 Slice #1 1,1 Order of T ransm ission De (ST M-1 #, STM-0/AU3 #) 1,2 ce STS-3 #, ST S-1 # m be Figure 9 Path Processing Slices and Order of Transmission 1,1 First Byte r, 20 The Path Processing Slices and Order of Transmission diagram, illustrated in Figure 9, shows the relationship between the TPPSs and RPPSs and the corresponding SPE (VC) columns or bytes that they process. The SPE (VC) columns or bytes are labeled using an STS-3 (STM-1) group and STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) sub-group numbering scheme, as they would appear in a STS12 (STM-4) stream. The STS-3 (STM-1) number corresponds to the device channel. For example, to control the path processing of transmit STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 of the STS-3 (STM-1) #3 stream (channel #3), the register set of TPPS #7 in the address range of 1700H- 17FFH must be used. Similarly, to access the path processing status of the same STS-1 (STM0/AU-3) stream on the receive side, the register set of RPPS #7 in the address range of 0700H- 07FFH must be accessed. co n Tu Third Byte es 2,3 2,2 2,1 Pa 3,2 3,3 4,1 4,2 4,3 rtm 3,1 in er In 3,3 3,2 3,1 Slice #4 ne rI nc of by Pa rtM i Slice #8 Slice #12 4,3 4,2 4,1 Byte Interleaving to generate STS-3 (STM-1) stream s Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed 02 STS-3 (STM-1) STS-3 (STM-1) STS-3 (STM-1) STS-3 (STM-1) 02 :4 2: 04 PM 116 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Notes on Normal Mode Register Descriptions Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In 5. Certain register bits are reserved. These bits are associated with megacell functions that are unused in this application. To ensure that the SPECTRA 4x155 operates as intended, reserved register bits must only be written with the logic level as specified. Writing to reserved registers should be avoided. co n Tu 4. Writing into read-only normal mode register bit-locations does not affect SPECTRA 4x155 operation unless otherwise noted. es da y, 3. Writeable normal mode register bits are cleared to logic zero upon reset unless otherwise noted. 03 De 2. All configuration bits that can be "written into" can also be "read back". This allows the processor controlling the SPECTRA 4x155 to determine the programming state of the device. ce m be 1. Writing to unused bits has no effect. However, to ensure software compatibility with future, feature-enhanced versions of the product, unused register bits must be written with logic zero. Reading back unused bits can produce either a logic one or a logic zero; hence unused register bits should be masked off by software when read. r, 20 02 02 :4 Normal mode registers are used to configure and monitor the operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. Normal mode registers (as opposed to test mode registers) are selected when TRS (A[13]) is low. 2: 04 PM 117 11 Normal Mode Register Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R ID[4] ID[3] ID[2] ID[1] ID[0] X X X X X TIP Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The RESET bit allows the SPECTRA 4x155 to be asynchronously reset under software control. If the reset bit is logic one, the entire SPECTRA-4x155 is held in reset. This bit is not self-clearing. Therefore, a logic zero must be written to bring the SPECTRA 4x155 out of reset. A hardware reset clears the RESET bit, thus negating the software reset. Otherwise, the effect of a software reset is equivalent to that of a hardware reset. Pa rtM i ne RESET rI nc TIP remains high while the transfer is in progress and is set to logic zero when the transfer is complete. TIP can be polled by a microprocessor to determine when the accumulation interval transfer is complete. of Pa rtm The Transfer in Progress (TIP) bit is set to a logic one when the performance meter registers are being loaded. Writing to this register will initiate an accumulation interval transfer and loads all of the performance meter registers in the RSOP, RLOP, PMON, RPOP, TPIP, DPGM, and APGM blocks. in er In co n Tu The version identification bits ID[4:0], are set to the value 00H, representing the version number of the SPECTRA 4x155. es da ID[4:0] y, 03 A write to this register initiates the transfer of all PMON counter values in the RSOP, RLOP, PMON, RPOP, TPIP, DPGM, and APGM blocks to holding registers. De ce This register allows the revision number of the SPECTRA 4x155 to be read by software thereby allowing easy migration to newer, feature-enhanced versions of the SPECTRA 4x155. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R TIP X :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 118 Bit 7 R/W RESET 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0000H: SPECTRA 4x155 Reset, Identity and Accumulation Trigger SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved X X X X X REFCLKA Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n The REFCLK active (REFCLKA) bit monitors for low-to-high transitions on the REFCLK reference clock input. REFCLKA is set high on a rising edge of REFCLK and is set low when this register is read. Tu es da y, 03 This register provides activity monitoring on SPECTRA 4x155 parallel line inputs. When a monitored input makes a low-to-high transition, the corresponding register bit is set high. The bit will remain high until this register is read, at which point, all the bits in this register will be cleared. A lack of transition is indicated by the corresponding register bit reading low. This register should be read periodically to detect stuck-at conditions. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R Reserved X :4 Bit 6 R Reserved X 2: 119 Bit 7 R REFCLKA X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0001H: Master Clock Activity Monitor SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W TCLKEN PGMRCLKEN PGMRCLKSEL PGMTCLKEN PGMTCLKSEL 0 0 0 0 0 PGMTCLKSEL PGMRCLKEN by TCLKEN The TCLK enable (TCLKEN) bit controls the gating of the TCLK output. When TCLKEN is set low, the TCLK output is held low. When TCLKEN is set high, the TCLK output is allowed to operate normally. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa rtM i The PGMRCLK enable (PGMRCLKEN) bit controls the gating of the PGMRCLK output. When PGMRCLKEN is set low, the PGMRCLK output is held low. When PGMRCLKEN is set high, the PGMRCLK output is allowed to operate normally. ne rI nc of The PGMRCLKSEL bit selects the clock frequency of the PGMRCLK output. When PGMRCLKSEL is set low, PGMRCLK is a nominally 19.44 MHz clock. When PGMRCLKSEL is set high, PGMRCLK is a nominally 8 KHz clock. Pa rtm in PGMRCLKSEL er In The PGMTCLK enable (PGMTCLKEN) bit controls the gating of the PGMTCLK output. When PGMTCLKEN is set low, the PGMTCLK output is held low. When PGMTCLKEN is set high, the PGMTCLK output is allowed to operate normally. co n Tu PGMTCLKEN es da The PGMTCLKSEL bit selects the clock frequency of the PGMTCLK output. When PGMTCLKSEL is set low, PGMTCLK is a nominally 19.44 MHz clock. When PGMTCLKSEL is set high, PGMTCLK is a nominally 8 KHz clock. y, 03 De ce This register controls the various line side output clocks generated for the SPECTRA 4x155. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W RCLKEN 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W PGMRCHSEL[0] 1 2: 120 Bit 7 R/W PGMRCHSEL[1] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0002H: Master Clock Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released PGMRCHSEL[1:0] 10 11 00 Channel #2 Channel #3 Channel #4 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be 01 Channel #1 r, PGMRCHSEL[1:0] PGMRCLK Source 20 The PGMRCHSEL[1:0] bits select the timing source of the PGMRCLK output. 02 02 :4 2: The RCLK enable (RCLKEN) bit controls the gating of the RCLK output. When RCLKEN is set low, the RCLK output is held low. When RCLKEN is set high, the RCLK output is allowed to operate normally. 04 PM RCLKEN 121 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R CHNL4I CHNL3I CHNL2I CHNL1I CSPII X X X X X CSPII The CSPII bit is set high when one or more of the maskable interrupt sources in the Clock Synthesis or the PISO block have been activated. This register bit remains high until the interrupt is acknowledged by reading the CSPI Clock Synthesis Control, Status and Interrupt register. CHNL1I Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa CHNL3I The CHNL3I bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the transport overhead processing blocks of Channel #3. The Section/Line Block Interrupt Status register, Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register, and the Auxiliary Signal Status/Interrupt Status register of Channel #3 should be read to identify the source of the interrupt. rtM i The CHNL2I bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the transport overhead processing blocks of Channel #2. The Section/Line Block Interrupt Status register, Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register, and the Auxiliary Signal Status/Interrupt Status register of Channel #1 should be read to identify the source of the interrupt. ne rI nc of CHNL2I Pa rtm The CHNL1I bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the transport overhead processing blocks of Channel #1. The Section/Line Block Interrupt Status register, Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register, and the Auxiliary Signal Status/Interrupt Status register of Channel #1 should be read to identify the source of the interrupt. in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De When the interrupt output INTB goes low, this register allows the source of an active interrupt to be identified. Further register accesses are required for the channel in question to determine the cause of an active interrupt and to acknowledge the interrupt source. ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R PPSI X :4 Bit 6 R Reserved X 2: 122 Bit 7 R/W MINTE 1 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0003H: Master Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released MINTE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da The Master Interrupt Enable allows internal interrupt statuses to be propagated to the interrupt output. If MINTE is logic one, INTB will be asserted low upon the assertion of an interrupt status bit whose individual enable is set. If MINTE is logic zero, INTB is unconditionally high-impedance. y, 03 De ce m be The PPSI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from at least one of the RPPS or TPPS. The Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status #1-2-3 registers should be read to identify the source of the interrupt. r, 20 02 PPSI 02 :4 The CHNL4I bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the transport overhead processing blocks of Channel #4. The Section/Line Block Interrupt Status register, Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register, and the Auxiliary Signal Status/Interrupt Status register of Channel #4 should be read to identify the source of the interrupt. 2: 04 PM CHNL4I 123 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R RPPSI[5] (1,2) RPPSI[4] (4,1) RPPSI[3] (3,1) RPPSI[2] (2,1) RPPSI[1] (1,1) X X X X X Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R R R R RPPSI[12] (4,3) RPPSI[11] (3,3) RPPSI[10] (2,3) RPPSI[9] (1,3) 03 da y, Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R R R R in er Bit Type In Register 0006H: Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status #3 Function TPPSI[8] (4,2) TPPSI[7] (3,2) TPPSI[6] (2,2) TPPSI[5] (1,2) TPPSI[4] (4,1) TPPSI[3] (3,1) TPPSI[2] (2,1) TPPSI[1] (1,1) co TPPSI[9] (1,3) n TPPSI[10] (2,3) Tu TPPSI[11] (3,3) es TPPSI[12] (4,3) rtm Pa of nc rI ed by The SPECTRA 4x155 Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status registers (#1, 2 and 3) are used to indicate the interrupt status of the 12 receive and 12 transmit path processing slices. A subsequent read of the RPPS Path Interrupt Status or TPPS Path Interrupt Status of the slice in interrupt reveals the source of the interrupt. The index numbers refer to the follow receive and transmit STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Pa rtM i ne Index 1 ad (STS-3, STS1) (STM-1, AU-3) (1,1) Index 5 (STS-3, STS1) (STM-1, AU-3) (1,2) De Bit Type Function ce Register 0005H: Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status #2 Default X X X X X X X X Default X X X X X X X X m be r, Index 9 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo 20 02 (STS-3, STS1) (STM-1, AU-3) (1,3) 02 Bit5 R RPPSI[6] (2,2) X :4 Bit 6 R RPPSI[7] (3,2) X 2: 124 Bit 7 R RPPSI[8] (4,2) X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0004H: Path Processing Slice Interrupt Status #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released RPPSI[12:1] The Receive Path Processing Slice Interrupts (RPPSI[12:1]) are high when an interrupt request is active from the index number receive slice. TPPSI[12:1] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De The Transmit Path Processing Slice Interrupts (TPPSI[12:1]) are high when an interrupt request is active from the indexed number transmit slice. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 4 (4,1) 8 (4,2) 12 (4,3) 2: 125 3 (3,1) 7 (3,2) 11 (3,3) 04 2 (2,1) 6 (2,2) 10 (2,3) PM Index (STS-3, STS1) (STM-1, AU-3) Index (STS-3, STS1) (STM-1, AU-3) Index (STS-3, STS1) (STM-1, AU-3) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved RESET_PATH 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The RESET_PATH bit allows the path processing blocks of the SPECTRA 4x155 to be asynchronously reset under software control. If the RESET_PATH bit is set to logic one, all Transmit Path Processing Slices (TPPS #1 to #12) and all Receive Path Processing Slices (RPPS #1 to #12) are held in reset. This is independent of all other processing blocks. This bit is not self-clearing. Therefore, a logic zero must be written to bring the slices out of reset. A hardware reset clears the RESET_PATH bit, thus negating the software reset. da y, 03 De ce RESET_PATH m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 126 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0007H: Path Reset SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W FREE[4] FREE[3] FREE[2] FREE[1] FREE[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 The FREE[7:0] register bits do not perform any function. They are free for user defined read/write operations. De ce FREE[7:0] m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W FREE[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W FREE[6] 0 2: 127 Bit 7 R/W FREE[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 000AH: FREE SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R -- R/W R/W Unused TROOLV Unused TROOLE Reserved X X X 0 0 Reserved The TROOLI bit is the "transmit reference out of lock" interrupt status bit. TROOLI is set high when the TROOLV bit of the SPECTRA 4x155 Clock Synthesis Control and Status register changes state. TROOLV indicates the clock synthesis PLL is unable to lock to the reference on REFCLK and is a logic one if the divided down synthesized clock frequency is not within approximately 488 ppm of the REFCLK frequency. TROOLI is cleared when this register is read. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc TROOLI of Pa The transmit reference out of lock status indicates the clock synthesis PLL is unable to lock to the reference on REFCLK. TROOLV is a logic one if the divided down synthesized clock frequency is not within 488 ppm of the REFCLK frequency. This bit will only be set to one just prior to affirming the out of locked state. The TROOLI interrupt bit should be used for a gross declaration of the clock's validity. rtm in er In TROOLV co n The TROOLE bit is an interrupt enable for the transmit reference out of lock status. When TROOLE is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated when the TROOLV bit changes state. Tu es TROOLE da y, The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. 03 De ce This register controls the clock synthesis and reports the state of the transmit PLL. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R TROOLI X :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 128 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0010H: CSPI Control and Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved X 0 0 0 0 The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce Reserved m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 129 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0011H: CSPI Reserved SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R -- -- -- -- R R Function Reserved CHAN_TIP Unused Unused Unused Unused CHAN_ID[1] CHAN_ID[0] Default 0 0 X X X X X X CHAN_ID[1:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. ne rI Reserved nc of CHAN_TIP remains high while the transfer is in progress, and is set to logic zero when the transfer is complete. CHAN_TIP can be polled by a microprocessor to determine when the accumulation interval transfer is complete. Pa rtm The Channel Transfer in Progress (TIP) bit is set to a logic one when the performance meter registers are being loaded. Writing to this register will initiate an accumulation interval transfer and loads all the performance meter registers in the RSOP, RLOP, PMON, RPOP, TPIP, DPGM and APGM blocks of the indexed channel. in er In co CHAN_TIP n Tu The CHAN_ID[1:0] bits indicate the channel number. These register bits exist for test purposes only. Reading register 0100h will return `00', reading register 0200h will return `01', reading register 0300h will return `10' and reading register 0400h will return `11'. es da y, 03 De Writing to this register initiates a transfer of all PMON counter values in the RSOP, RLOP, PMON, RPOP, DPGM, and APGM blocks on the indexed channel into holding registers. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 130 04 PM Register 0100H, 0200H, 0300H, and 0400H: Channel Reset, Identity and Accumulation Trigger SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W PDLE Reserved RESET_PATH Reserved Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 RESET_PATH Channel ID 1 2 3 4 of nc PDLE by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa The PDLE bit enables the parallel diagnostic loop back. When PDLE is a logic one, the transmit parallel stream is connected to the receive stream on the indexed channel. The loop back point is between the TSOP and the RSOP of the indexed channel. Blocks upstream of the loop back point continue to operate normally. For example line AIS may be inserted in the transmit stream upstream of the loop back point using the TSOP. rtM i This is independent of all other processing blocks. This bit is not self-clearing. Therefore, a logic zero must be written to bring the slices out of reset. A hardware reset clears the RESET_PATH bit, thus negating the software reset. ne rI Pa rtm Path Slice ID STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1, #5 and #9 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2, #6 and #10 (0AH) STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3, #7 and #11 (0BH) STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #4, #8 and #12 (0CH) in Table 10 Correspondence between Channel and Path Processing Slice Number er In The RESET_PATH bit allows the path processing blocks of the indexed channel to be asynchronously reset under software control. If the RESET_PATH bit is set to logic one, all TPPSs and all RPPSs of the indexed channel are held in reset. Table 10 gives the correspondence between the channel number and the path processing slice number. co n Tu es da y, The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. 03 Reserved De ce This register is used to configure the receive and transmit line side interfaces. Some of the following bits must not be programmed simultaneously. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W LOOPT 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SDLE 0 2: 131 Bit 7 R/W SLLE 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0101H, 0201H, 0301H, and 0401H: Line Configuration #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released SDLE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The SLLE bit enables the line loop back of the indexed channel. When SLLE is a logic one, the recovered data from the receive serial RXDm+/- differential inputs is mapped to the TXDm+/- differential outputs. Blocks downstream of the loop back point continue to operate normally. The SDLE and the SLLE bits should not be set high simultaneously. da y, 03 De SLLE ce m be The SDLE bit enables the serial diagnostic loop back of the indexed channel. When SDLE is a logic one, the transmit serial stream on the channel TXDm+/- differential outputs is internally connected to the received serial RXDm+/- differential inputs. The transmit serial stream is still output on TXDm+/-. The SDLE and the SLLE bits should not be set high simultaneously. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The LOOPT bit selects the source of timing for the transmit section of the indexed channel. When LOOPT is a logic zero, the transmitter timing is derived from input REFCLK. When LOOPT is a logic one, the transmitter timing is derived from the recovered clock. 04 PM LOOPT 132 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved TXDINV RXDINV 0 0 0 0 0 RXDINV Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In The transmit inversion TXDINV controls the polarity of the transmit data. When TXDINV is set high, the polarity of the TXDm+/- is inverted. When TXDINV is set low, the TXDm+/- outputs operate normally. co n Tu TXDINV es da The receive inversion (RXDINV) controls the polarity of the receive data. When RXDINV is set high, the polarity of the RXDm+/- is inverted. When RXDINV is set low, the RXDm+/- inputs operate normally. y, 03 De ce This register is used to configure the receive and transmit line side interfaces. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Unused 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Unused 0 2: 133 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0102H, 0202H, 0302H, and 0402H: Line Configuration #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W LOSAIS RTIMAIS RTIUAIS Reserved Reserved 1 0 0 0 0 ed by LOSAIS The LOSAIS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the Drop direction upon the declaration of LOS. If LOSAIS is logic one, path AIS is inserted into the indexed channel SONET/SDH frame when LOS is declared. Path AIS is terminated when LOS is removed. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa This bit is active only when the ALLONES bit in the RLOP Control/Status register is set high; it is ignored if the ALLONES bit is set low. The RTIMAIS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the Drop direction upon the declaration of section trace identifier (mode 1) "mismatch". If RTIMAIS is a logic one, path AIS is inserted into the indexed channel SONET/SDH frame when the accepted identifier message differs from the expected message. Path AIS is terminated when the accepted message matches the expected message. rtM i ne rI nc of RTIMAIS Pa rtm This bit is active only when the ALLONES bit in the RLOP Control/Status register is set high; it is ignored if the ALLONES bit is set low. The RTIUAIS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the Drop direction upon the declaration of section trace identifier (mode 1 or 2) "unstable". If RTIUAIS is a logic one, path AIS is inserted into the indexed channel SONET/SDH frame when the SSTB declares a RTIU. Path AIS is terminated when the RTIU is removed in er In co n RTIUAIS Tu es The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. da y, Reserved 03 This register enables various section and line alarms to control the insertion of line AIS just before or just after the RLOP block. This will result in the insertion of path AIS on the SPECTRA 4x155 Drop bus and the same downstream block alarms as when receiving line AIS from the fiber. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W LOFAIS 1 :4 Bit 6 R/W SFAIS 0 2: 134 Bit 7 R/W SDAIS 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0103H, 0203H, 0303H, and 0403H: Receive Line AIS Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released SFAIS Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es This bit is active only when the ALLONES bit in the RLOP Control/Status register is set high; it is ignored if the ALLONES bit is set low. The SDAIS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the Drop direction upon the declaration of signal degrade (SD). If SDAIS is a logic one, path AIS is inserted into the indexed channel SONET/SDH frame when SD is declared. Path AIS is terminated when SD is removed. da y, 03 De SDAIS ce m be This bit is active only when the ALLONES bit in the RLOP Control/Status register is set high; it is ignored if the ALLONES bit is set low. The SFAIS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the Drop direction upon the declaration of signal fail (SF). If SFAIS is a logic one, path AIS is inserted into the indexed SONET/SDH frame when SF is declared. Path AIS is terminated when SF is removed. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The LOFAIS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the Drop direction upon the declaration of LOF. If LOFAIS is a logic one, path AIS is inserted into the indexed channel SONET/SDH frame when LOF is declared. Path AIS is terminated when LOF is removed. 04 PM LOFAIS 135 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W AUTOLREI RCPEN Reserved SLRDI SLAIS 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The RCPEN bit controls the enabling of the receive and transmit ring control ports of the indexed channel. When RCPEN is a logic zero, the ring control ports are disabled, and the LOS, LAIS and LRDI outputs and the RLAIS, TLAIS, and TLRDI inputs are used to monitor alarm status and control maintenance signal insertion. When RCPEN is a logic one, the ring control ports are enabled, and alarm status and maintenance signal insertion control is provided by the RRCPCLKm, RRCPFPm, and RRCPDATm outputs and the TRCPCLKm, TRCPFPm, and TRCPDATm inputs. rtM i ne rI nc of RCPEN Pa The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. rtm in Reserved er In The SLRDI bit controls the value of the SENDLRDI bit position in the receive ring control port stream of the indexed channel. The SENDLRDI bit value is determined by the logical OR of this register bit along with the line RDI insertion events programmed in the Line RDI Control register. The SLRDI bit is used to cause a mate SPECTRA 4x155 to send the line RDI maintenance signal under software control. co n Tu es SLRDI da y, The SLAIS bit controls the value of the SENDLAIS bit position in the receive ring control port stream of the indexed channel. The SLAIS bit is used to cause a mate SPECTRA 4x155 to send the line AIS maintenance signal under software control. 03 De ce SLAIS m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W RINGEN 0 :4 Bit 6 R INSLAIS X 2: 136 Bit 7 R INSLRDI X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0104H, 0204H, 0304H, and 0404H: Ring Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released RINGEN Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The INSLRDI bit reports the value of the SENDLRDI bit position in the transmit ring control port of the indexed channel. When the ring control ports are enabled, a logic one in this bit position indicates that the SPECTRA 4x155 is inserting the line RDI maintenance signal. rtM i ne rI INSLRDI nc of The INSLAIS bit reports the value of the SENDLAIS bit position in the transmit ring control port of the indexed channel. When the ring control ports are enabled, a logic one in this bit position indicates that the SPECTRA 4x155 is inserting the line AIS maintenance signal. Pa rtm in INSLAIS er In When RINGEN is a logic zero, the insertion of line RDI is done automatically based on alarms detected by the receive portion of the SPECTRA 4x155 indexed channel. Also, line REI is inserted based on B2 errors detected by the receive portion of the SPECTRA 4x155 indexed channel. co n Tu es The RINGEN bit controls the operation of the transmit ring control port of the indexed channel when the ring control ports are enabled by the RCPEN bit. When RINGEN is a logic one, the automatic insertion of line RDI, line AIS, and line REI is controlled by bit positions in the transmit ring control port input stream of the indexed channel. da y, 03 De ce When AUTOLREI is a logic zero, line REI events are not automatically inserted in the transmit stream nor indicated on the ring control port of the indexed channel. A Z2/M1 byte inserted from the transmit transport overhead port (using the TTOHEN input) takes precedence over the automatic insertion of line REI events. m be r, 20 02 The AUTOLREI bit enables the automatic insertion/indication of line REI events to the mate transmitter (local or remote). When AUTOLREI is a logic one and the local ring control port of the indexed channel is disabled, receive B2 errors detected by the SPECTRA 4x155 are automatically inserted in the Z2/M1 byte of the transmit stream of the indexed channel. When AUTOLREI is a logic one and the remote ring control port is enabled, received B2 errors are output on the ring control port of the indexed channel for insertion in the Z2/M1 byte of the remote transmit stream. 02 :4 2: 04 PM AUTOLREI 137 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W LOSLRDI RTIMLRDI RTIULRDI Reserved LAISLRDI 1 0 0 0 1 RTIULRDI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The RTIULRDI bit enables the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream or the receive ring control port of the indexed channel upon the declaration of section trace identifier (mode 1 or 2) unstable. When RTIULRDI is a logic one, the detection of section trace identifier (mode 1) unstable results in the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream, when the ring control ports are disabled, or in the insertion of a logic one in the SENDLRDI bit position in the receive ring control port, when the ring control ports are enabled. ne rI nc of Pa rtm in The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. er In Reserved co The LAISLRDI bit enables the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream or the receive ring control port of the indexed channel upon the declaration of line AIS. When LAISLRDI is a logic one, the detection of line AIS results in the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream, when the ring control ports are disabled, or in the insertion of a logic one in the SENDLRDI bit position in the receive ring control port, when the ring control ports are enabled. n Tu es da y, 03 LAISLRDI De ce This register controls the alarms enabled to generate Line RDI in the transmit stream via the ring control port on a mate device or, automatically, in the same device. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W LOFLRDI 1 :4 Bit 6 R/W SFLRDI 0 2: 138 Bit 7 R/W SDLRDI 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0105H, 0205H, 0305H, and 0405H: Transmit Line RDI Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released SFLRDI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The SDLRDI bit enables the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream or the receive ring control port of the indexed channel upon the declaration of signal degrade. When SDLRDI is a logic one, the detection of SD results in the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream, when the ring control ports are disabled, or in the insertion of a logic one in the SENDLRDI bit position in the receive ring control port, when the ring control ports are enabled. Pa rtM i ne SDLRDI rI nc The SFLRDI bit enables the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream or the receive ring control port of the indexed channel upon the declaration of signal failure. When SFLRDI is a logic one, the detection of SF results in the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream, when the ring control ports are disabled, or in the insertion of a logic one in the SENDLRDI bit position in the receive ring control port, when the ring control ports are enabled. of Pa rtm in er In co The LOFLRDI bit enables the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream or the receive ring control port of the indexed channel upon the declaration of LOF. When LOFLRDI is a logic one, the detection of LOF results in the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream, when the ring control ports are disabled, or in the insertion of a logic one in the SENDLRDI bit position in the receive ring control port, when the ring control ports are enabled. n Tu es da LOFLRDI y, 03 The LOSLRDI bit enables the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream or the receive ring control port of the indexed channel upon the declaration of LOS. When LOSLRDI is a logic one, the detection of LOS results in the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream, when the ring control ports are disabled, or in the insertion of a logic one in the SENDLRDI bit position in the receive ring control port, when the ring control ports are enabled. De ce m be r, LOSLRDI 20 02 The RTIMLRDI bit enables the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream or the receive ring control port of the indexed channel upon the declaration of section trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch. When RTIMLRDI is a logic one, the detection of section trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch results in the insertion of line RDI in the transmit stream of the indexed channel, when the ring control ports are disabled, or in the insertion of a logic one in the SENDLRDI bit position in the receive ring control port, when the ring control ports are enabled. 02 :4 2: 04 PM RTIMLRDI 139 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W LOSSALM RTIMSALM RTIUSALM Reserved LAISSALM 0 0 0 0 0 The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. RTIUSALM Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed The RTIMSALM bit allows the section trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch (RTIM) alarm indication of the indexed channel to be ORed into the SALMm output. When the RTIMSALM bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications of the indexed channel and output on SALMm. When the RTIMSALM bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the SALMm output. by Pa rtM i RTIMSALM ne rI The RTIUSALM bit allows the section trace identifier (mode 1 or 2) unstable (RTIU) alarm indication of the indexed channel to be ORed into the SALMm output. When the RTIUSALM bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications of the indexed channel and output on SALMm. When the RTIUSALM bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the SALMm output. nc of Pa rtm in er In co Reserved n Tu The LAISSALM bit allows the AIS (LAIS) of the indexed channel to be ORed into the SALMm output. When the LAISSALM bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications of the indexed channel and output on SALMm. When the LAISSALM bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the SALMm output. es da y, 03 LAISSALM De ce This register and the Section Alarm Output Control #2 register control the alarms enabled to "set high" the SALM pin of the device m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W LOFSALM 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SFSALM 0 2: 140 Bit 7 R/W SDSALM 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0106H, 0206H, 0306H, and 0406H: Section Alarm Output Control #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released SFSALM Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The SDSALM bit allows the signal degrade (SD) alarm indication of the indexed channel to be ORed into the SALMm output. When the SDSALM bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications of the indexed channel and output on SALMm. When the SDSALM bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the SALMm output. rtm in er In SDSALM co n The SFSALM bit allows the signal fail (SF) alarm indication of the indexed channel to be ORed into the SALMm output. When the SFSALM bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications of the indexed channel and output on SALMm. When the SFSALM bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the SALMm output. Tu es da y, 03 De The LOFSALM bit allows the LOF alarm indication of the indexed channel to be ORed into the SALMm output. When the LOFSALM bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications of the indexed channel and output on SALMm. When the LOFSALM bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the SALMm output. ce m be r, 20 LOFSALM 02 02 The LOSSALM bit allows the LOS alarm indication of the indexed channel to be ORed into the SALMm output. When the LOSSALM bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications of the indexed channel and output on SALMm. When the LOSSALM bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the SALMm output. :4 2: 04 PM LOSSALM 141 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 OOFSALM Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI The LRDISALM bit allows the LRDI of the indexed channel to be ORed into the SALMm output. When the LRDISALM bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications of the indexed channel and output on SALMm. When the LRDISALM bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the SALMm output. nc of Pa rtm LRDISALM in er The OOFSALM bit allows the OOF alarm indication of the indexed channel to be ORed into the SALMm output. When the OOFSALM bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications of the indexed channel and output on SALMm. When the OOFSALM bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the SALMm output. In co n Tu es da y, The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. 03 Reserved De ce This register and the Section Alarm Output Control #1 register control the alarms enabled to "set high" the SALM pin of the device m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W OOFSALM 1 2: 142 Bit 7 R/W LRDISALM 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0107H, 0207H, 0307H, and 0407H: Section Alarm Output Control #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R CRSII RASEI RSOPI SSTBI RLOPI X X X X X RSOPI RASEI by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa The RASEI bit is set high when one or more of the maskable interrupt sources in the receive APS and synchronization extractor of the indexed channel have been activated. This register bit remains high until the interrupt is acknowledged by reading the RASE Interrupt Status Register of the indexed channel. rtM i The RSOPI bit is set high when one or more of the maskable interrupt sources in the receive section overhead processor of the indexed channel have been activated. This register bit remains high until the interrupt is acknowledged by reading the RSOP Interrupt Status Register of the indexed channel. ne rI nc of Pa The SSTBI bit is set high when one or more of the maskable interrupt sources in the section trace buffer of the indexed channel have been activated. This register bit remains high until the interrupt is acknowledged by reading the SSTB Section Trace Status Register of the indexed channel. rtm in er In SSTBI co The RLOPI bit is set high when one or more of the maskable interrupt sources in the receive line overhead processor of the indexed channel have been activated. This register bit remains high until the interrupt is acknowledged by reading the RLOP Interrupt Enable and Status Register of the indexed channel. n Tu es da y, RLOPI 03 This register allows the source of an active interrupt from a section or line processing block of the indexed channel to be identified. Further register accesses to the block in question are required in order to determine each specific cause of an active interrupt and to acknowledge each interrupt source. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R Reserved X :4 Bit 6 -- Reserved X 2: 143 Bit 7 -- Reserved X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0108H, 0208H, 0308H, and 0408H: Section/Line Block Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The CRSII bit is set high when one or more of the maskable interrupt sources in the CRSI's of the indexed channel have been activated. This register bit remains high until the interrupt is acknowledged by reading the CRSI Interrupt Status Register of the indexed channel. 04 PM CRSII 144 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W OOFE LRDIE LAISE LOFE LOSE 0 0 0 0 0 LOSE LRDIE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The LRDI interrupt enable bit controls interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding interrupt status bit in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register of the indexed channel. rtM i ne The LAIS interrupt enable bit controls interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding interrupt status bit in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register of the indexed channel. rI nc of LAISE Pa rtm The LOF interrupt enable bit controls interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding interrupt status bit in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register of the indexed channel. in er In LOFE co n The LOS interrupt enable bit controls interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding interrupt status bit in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register of the indexed channel. Tu es da y, 03 The Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Enable register is used to enable the generation of an external interrupt on the INTB pin of the device. When an associated auxiliary interrupt bit is set high and the enable is set high, an external interrupt will be generated on the INTB pin. Note: These interrupt enable bits do not affect the actual interrupt bits found in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W RDOOLE 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 145 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0109H, 0209H, 0309H, and 0409H: Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Enable SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released RDOOLE The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce Reserved m be The receive data out of lock (RDOOL) interrupt enable bit controls interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding interrupt status bit in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register of the indexed channel. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The OOF interrupt enable bit controls interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding interrupt status bit in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register of the indexed channel. 04 PM OOFE 146 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R OOFI LRDII LAISI LOFI LOSI X X X X X LOSI The LAISI bit is set high when line LAIS is declared or removed. The LRDII bit is set high when line RDI is declared or removed. OOFI The OOFI bit is set high when OOF is declared or removed. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of LRDII Pa rtm in LAISI er In The LOFI bit is set high when LOF is declared or removed. co LOFI n Tu The LOSI bit is set high when LOS is declared or removed. es da y, 03 The Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register replicates section and line interrupts that can be found in the CRU, RSOP and RLOP registers of the indexed channel. However, unlike the above interrupt register bits that clear-on-reads, the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status register bits do not clear when read. To clear these register bits, logic one must be written to the register bit. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R RDOOLI X :4 Bit 6 R Reserved X 2: 147 Bit 7 R Reserved X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 010AH, 020AH, 030AH, and 040AH: Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 The RDOOLI bit is the receive data out of lock interrupt status bit. RDOOLI is set high when the RDOOLV bit of the CRSI Clock Recovery Control, Status and Interrupt register changes state. RDOOLV is a logic one if the divided down recovered clock frequency is not within approximately 488 ppm of the REFCLK frequency or if no transitions have occurred on the RXDm+/- inputs for more than 80 bit periods. :4 2: 04 PM RDOOLI 148 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved SDE SFE 0 0 0 0 0 SFE SDE Reserved Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. nc of Pa Note: These enable bits do not affect the actual interrupt bits. rtm The signal degrade (SD) interrupt enable bit controls interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding SDI bit in the Auxiliary Signal Status/Interrupt register of the indexed channel. in er In co n Tu The signal fail (SF) interrupt enable bit controls interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding SFI in the Auxiliary Signal Status/Interrupt register of the indexed channel. es da y, 03 The Auxiliary Signal Interrupt Enable register is used to enable the generation of an external interrupt on the INTB pin of the device. When an associated auxiliary interrupt bit is set high and the enable is set high, an external interrupt will be generated on the INTB pin. Note that these interrupt enable bits do not affect the actual interrupt bits found in the Auxiliary Signal Interrupt Status register. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 149 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 010BH, 020BH, 030BH, and 040BH: Auxiliary Signal Interrupt Enable SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved SDI SFI X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. ne rI Reserved nc of The signal degrade interrupt (SDI) status bit indicate when the signal degrade threshold has been crossed as controlled using RASE registers of the indexed channel. This register bit is the same as the SDBERI bit found in the RASE Interrupt Status register of the indexed channel with the exception that it does not clear when read. To clear the register bit, a logic one must be written to it. Pa rtm in er SDI In co The signal fail interrupt (SFI) status bit indicate when the signal fail threshold has been crossed as controlled using RASE registers of the indexed channel. This register bit is the same as the SFBERI bit found in the RASE Interrupt Status register of the indexed channel with the exception that it does not clear when read. To clear the register bit, a logic one must be written to it. n Tu es da y, SFI 03 This register replicates the receive signal status and interrupts that can be found in the registers of the RASE block of the indexed channel. However, unlike the RASE interrupt register bits that clear-on-read, the interrupt bits in this register do not clear when read. To clear these register bits, a logic one must be written to the register bit. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit5 R/W Reserved X :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved X 2: 150 Bit 7 R/W Reserved X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 010CH, 020CH, 030CH, and 040CH: Auxiliary Signal Status/Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R/W R/W R/W RROOLV RDOOLV RROOLE RDOOLE Reserved X X 0 0 0 RDOOLE RROOLE RDOOLV Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The receive data out of lock status indicates the clock recovery PLL is unable to lock to the incoming data stream of the indexed channel. RDOOLV is a logic one if the divided down recovered clock frequency is not within 488 ppm of the REFCLK frequency or if no transitions have occurred on the RXDm+/- inputs for more than 80 bit periods. This bit will only be set to one just prior to affirming the out of locked state. The RDOOLI interrupt bit should be used for a gross declaration of the clock's validity. ne rI nc of Pa rtm The RROOLE bit is an interrupt enable for the reference out of lock status. When RROOLE is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated when the RROOLV bit changes state. in er In co The RDOOLE bit is an interrupt enable for the receive data out of lock status. When RDOOLE is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated when the RDOOLV bit changes state. n Tu es da y, The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. 03 Reserved De ce This register controls the clock recovery and reports the state of the receive PLL of the indexed channel. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit5 R RDOOLI X :4 Bit 6 R RROOLI X 2: 151 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0110H, 0210H, 0310H, and 0410H: CRSI Configuration and Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released RROOLI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The RROOLI bit is the receive reference out of lock interrupt status bit. RROOLI is set high when the RROOLV bit of this register changes state. RROOLI is cleared when this register is read. da y, 03 De The RDOOLI bit is the receive data out of lock interrupt status bit. RDOOLI is set high when the RDOOLV bit of this register changes state. RDOOLI is cleared when this register is read. ce m be r, RDOOLI 20 02 The receive reference out of lock status indicates the clock recovery PLL is unable to lock to the receive reference (REFCLK). RROOLV should be polled after a power up reset to determine when the CRU PLL is operational. When RROOLV is a logic one, the CRU of the indexed channel is unable to lock to the receive reference. When RROOLV is a logic zero, the CRU is locked to the receive reference. The RROOLV bit may remain set at logic one for several hundred milliseconds after the removal of the power on reset as the CRU PLL locks to the receive reference clock. 02 :4 2: 04 PM RROOLV 152 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 \R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce Reserved m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 153 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0111H, 0211H, 0311H, and 0411H: CRSI Reserved SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W ALGO2 BIPEE LOSE LOFE OOFE 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad The ALGO2 bit selects the framing algorithm used to confirm and maintain the frame alignment. When a logic one is written to the ALGO2 bit position, the framer is enabled to use the second of the framing algorithms where only the first A1 framing byte and the first four bits of the last A2 framing byte (12 bits total) are examined. This algorithm examines only 12 bits of the framing pattern; all other framing bits are ignored. When a logic zero is written to the ALGO2 bit position, the framer is enabled to use the first of the framing algorithms where all the A1 framing bytes and all the A2 framing bytes are examined. ed by Pa rtM i ALGO2 ne rI nc The BIPEE bit is an interrupt enable for the section BIP-8 (B1) errors of the indexed channel. When BIPEE is a logic one, a section interrupt is generated when a section BIP-8 error is detected. of Pa BIPEE rtm in The LOSE bit is an interrupt enable for the LOS alarm of the indexed channel. When LOSE is a logic one, a section interrupt is generated when the LOS alarm is declared or removed. er In LOSE co n The LOFE bit is an interrupt enable for the LOF alarm of the indexed channel. When LOFE is a logic one, a section interrupt is generated when the LOF alarm is declared or removed. Tu es LOFE da y, The OOFE bit is an interrupt enable for the OOF alarm of the indexed channel. When OOFE is a logic one, a section interrupt is generated when the OOF alarm is declared or removed. 03 De ce OOFE m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 W FOOF X :4 Bit 6 R/W DDS 0 2: 154 Bit 7 R/W BLKBIP 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0114H, 0214H, 0314H, and 0414H: RSOP Control and Interrupt Enable SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released BLKBIP Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da The BLKBIP bit enables the accumulating of section block BIP errors of the indexed channel. When set to logic one, one or more errors in the section BIP-8 byte (B1) results in a single error accumulated in the B1 error counter. When a logic zero is written to the BLKBIP bit position, all errors in the B1 byte are accumulated in the B1 error counter. y, 03 De ce m be The DDS bit is used to disable the descrambling of the received stream of the indexed channel. When a logic one is written to the DDS bit position, the descrambler is disabled. When a logic zero is written to the DDS bit position, the descrambler is enabled. r, 20 02 DDS 02 :4 The FOOF bit is used to force the RSOP of the indexed channel OOF. When a logic one is written to the FOOF bit location, the RSOP is forced OOF at the next frame boundary, for only one frame. The OOF event results in the assertion of the OOFV register bit. The FOOF bit is defined as write only and the reading of this bit is undefined. 2: 04 PM FOOF 155 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R LOFI OOFI LOSV LOFV OOFV X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The OOFI bit is set high when OOF is declared or removed on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when this register is read. A clear-on-write version of this register bit may be found in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status Register. Pa rtM i OOFI ne rI The LOSV bit is set high when LOS is declared. LOSV is set high and LOS declared when 20 2.5 s of consecutive all zeros patterns is detected in the incoming stream of the indexed channel. LOS is removed when two valid framing words (A1, A2) are detected, and during the intervening time (125 s), no violating period of all-zeros patterns is observed. This alarm indication may also be available on the SPECTRA 4x155 RALMm output. nc of Pa rtm LOSV in er The LOFV bit is set high when LOF is declared. LOFV is set high and LOF declared when an OOF state persists for 3 ms on the indexed channel. LOF is removed when an in frame state persists for 3 ms. This alarm indication may also be available on the SPECTRA 4x155 RALMm output. In co n Tu LOFV es da The OOFV bit is set high when OOF is declared. OOFV is set high and out-of frame declared while the SPECTRA 4x155 is unable to find a valid framing pattern (A1, A2) in the incoming stream of the indexed channel. OOF is removed when a valid framing pattern is detected. This alarm indication is also available on SPECTRA 4x155 OOF and RALM outputs. y, 03 De ce OOFV m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R LOSI X :4 Bit 6 R BIPEI X 2: 156 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0115H, 0215H, 0315H, and 0415H: RSOP Status and Interrupt SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released LOSI BIPEI The BIPEI bit is set high when a section BIP error is detected on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when the RSOP Interrupt Status Register is read. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, The LOSI bit is set high when LOS is declared or removed on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when this register is read. A clear-on-write version of this register bit may be found in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status Register. 20 02 02 :4 2: The LOFI bit is set high when LOF is declared or removed on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when this register is read. A clear-on-write version of this register bit may be found in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status Register. 04 PM LOFI 157 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R SBE[4] SBE[3] SBE[2] SBE[1] SBE[0] X X X X X Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R R R R SBE[15] SBE[14] SBE[13] SBE[12] SBE[11] SBE[10] SBE[8] SBE[9] 03 da y, es Tu n SBE[15:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI Bits SBE[15] through SBE[0] represent the number of section BIP-8 parity (B1) errors (individual or block) that have been detected on the indexed channel since the last accumulation interval. The error counters are polled by writing to either of the RSOP Section BIP Error count registers or by writing to the SPECTRA 4x155 Reset, Identity and Accumulation Trigger register. Such a write transfers the internally accumulated error count to the registers within 7 s and simultaneously resets the internal counters to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. After the 7 s period has elapsed, the RSOP B1 Error Count Registers may be read. nc of Pa rtm in er In co De Bit Type Function ce Register 0117H, 0217H, 0317H, 0417H: RSOP Section BIP (B1) Error Count #2 Default X X X X X X X X m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R SBE[5] X :4 Bit 6 R SBE[6] X 2: 158 Bit 7 R SBE[7] X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0116H, 0216H, 0316H, 0416H: RSOP Section BIP (B1) Error Count #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R R LRDIDET BLKBIPO BLKREI LAISV LRDIV 0 0 0 X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The BLKREI (Block REI) bit controls the accumulation of REI's on the indexed channel. When BLKREI is logic one the REI event counter is incremented only once per frame whenever one or more REI bits occur during the frame. When BLKREI is logic zero, the REI event counter is incremented for each and every REI bit that occurs during that frame. The counter may be incremented up to 24 times.. The REI counter is not incremented for invalid REI code words. rtM i ne rI nc of BLKREI Pa rtm The LAISV bit is set high when AIS (AIS) is detected on the indexed channel. Line AIS is detected when a 111 binary pattern is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8, of the K2 byte for three or five consecutive frames (as selected by the LAISDET bit in this register). Line AIS is removed when any pattern other than 111 is detected for three or five consecutive frames. This alarm indication is also available on the SPECTRA 4x155 LAIS/RRCPDAT and RALM outputs. in er In co n LAISV Tu es The LRDIV bit is set high when RDI (RDI) is detected on the indexed channel. Line RDI is detected when a 110 binary pattern is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8, of the K2 byte for three or five consecutive frames (as selected by the LRDIDET bit in this register). Line RDI is removed when any pattern other than 110 is detected for three or five consecutive frames. This alarm indication is also available on the SPECTRA 4x155 LRDI/RRCPCLK and RALM outputs. da y, 03 De ce LRDIV m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W LAISDET 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W ALLONES 0 2: 159 Bit 7 R/W BLKBIP 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 0118H, 0218H, 0318H, and 0418H: RLOP Control and Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released LRDIDET LAISDET Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The ALLONES bit controls automatically overwriting the SONET/SDH frame with all-ones whenever line AIS is detected on the indexed channel. When ALLONES is set to logic one, the SONET/SDH frame is forced to logic one immediately when the line AIS alarm is declared. When line AIS is removed, the SONET/SDH frame is immediately returned to carrying the receive stream. When ALLONES is set to logic zero, the outputs carry the receive stream regardless of the state of the line AIS alarm. rtM i ne rI nc of ALLONES Pa rtm The LAISDET bit determines the line AIS alarm detection algorithm of the indexed channel. When LAISDET is set to logic one, line AIS is declared when a 111 binary pattern is detected in bits 6,7 and, 8 of the K2 byte for three consecutive frames and is cleared when any pattern other than 111 is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for three consecutive frames. When LAISDET is set to logic zero, line AIS is declared when a 111 binary pattern is detected in bits 6,7,8 of the K2 byte for five consecutive frames and is cleared when any pattern other than 111 is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for five consecutive frames. in er In co n Tu es da The LRDIDET bit determines the line RDI alarm detection algorithm of the indexed channel. When LRDIDET is set to logic one, line RDI is declared when a 110 binary pattern is detected in bits 6,7 and, 8 of the K2 byte for three consecutive frames and is cleared when any pattern other than 110 is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for three consecutive frames. When LRDIDET is set to logic zero, line RDI is declared when a 110 binary pattern is detected in bits 6,7,8 of the K2 byte for five consecutive frames and is cleared when any pattern other than 110 is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for five consecutive frames. y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 The BLKBIPO (Block BIP Out) bit controls the indication of line BIP (B2) errors reported to the TLOP and receive ring control port blocks of the indexed channel for insertion as REI. When BLKBIPO is logic one, one BIP error is indicated per frame whenever one or more B2 bit errors occur during that frame. When BLKBIPO is logic zero, a BIP error is indicated for every B2 bit error that occurs during that frame. The accumulation of B2 error events functions independently and is controlled by the BLKBIP register bit. 02 :4 2: 04 PM BLKBIPO 160 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 The BLKBIP (Block BIP) bit controls the accumulation of B2 errors on the indexed channel. When BLKBIP is logic one, the B2 error event counter is incremented only once per frame whenever one or more B2 bit errors occur during that frame. When BLKBIP is logic zero, the B2 error event counter is incremented for each B2 bit error that occurs during that frame (the counter can be incremented up to 96 times per frame). :4 2: 04 PM BLKBIP 161 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R R R R LRDIE LREII BIPEI LAISI LRDII 0 X X X X LAISI LRDIE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The LRDIE bit is an interrupt enable for the RDI alarm. When LRDIE is a logic one, a line interrupt is generated when line RDI is declared or removed on the indexed channel. rtM i ne The LREII bit is the remote error indication status bit. LREII is set high when a line REI error is detected on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when this register is read. rI nc LREII of Pa The BIPEI bit is the line BIP-24 interrupt status bit. BIPEI is set high when a line BIP error is detected on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when this register is read. rtm in BIPEI er In The LAISI bit is the alarm indication signal interrupt status bit. LAISI is set high when line LAIS is declared or removed on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when this register is read. A clear-on-write version of this register bit may be found in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status Registers. co n Tu es da The LRDII bit is the RDI interrupt status bit. LRDII is set high when line RDI is declared or removed on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when this register is read. A clear-onwrite version of this register bit may be found in the Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status Registers. y, 03 De ce LRDII m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W LAISE 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W BIPEE 0 2: 162 Bit 7 R/W LREIE 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0119H, 0219H, 0319H, and 0419H: RLOP Interrupt Enable and Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released LREIE The LREIE is an interrupt enable for the line remote error indications. When LREIE is a logic one, a line interrupt is generated when a line REI indication is detected on the indexed channel. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 The BIPEE bit is an interrupt enable for the line BIP-24 errors. When BIPEE is a logic one, a line interrupt is generated when a line BIP-24 error (B2) is detected on the indexed channel. 02 02 BIPEE :4 2: 163 04 The LAIS bit is an interrupt enable for the AIS. When LAISE is a logic one, a line interrupt is generated when line AIS is declared or removed on the indexed channel. PM LAISE SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R LBE[4] LBE[3] LBE[2] LBE[1] LBE[0] X X X X X Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R R R R LBE[15] LBE[14] LBE[13] LBE[12] LBE[11] LBE[10] LBE[8] LBE[9] 03 da y, es Tu n Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 in er Bit Type In Registers 011CH, 021CH, 031CH, 041CH: RLOP Line BIP (B2) Error Count #3 Function Unused Unused Unused Unused LBE[19] LBE[18] LBE[17] LBE[16] co rtm Pa of R R R R nc rI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne De Bit Type Function ce Registers 011BH, 021BH, 031BH, 041BH: RLOP Line BIP (B2) Error Count #2 Default X X X X X X X X Default X X X X X X X X m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R LBE[5] X :4 Bit 6 R LBE[6] X 2: 164 Bit 7 R LBE[7] X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 011AH, 021AH, 031AH, 041AH: RLOP Line BIP (B2) Error Count #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 Bits LBE[19:0] represent the number of line BIP errors (individual or block) that have been detected on the indexed channel since the last accumulation interval. The error counters are polled by writing to any of the RLOP B2 Error Count or the RLOP REI Error Count registers along with writing to the SPECTRA 4x155 Reset, Identify and Accumulation Trigger Register. Such write accesses transfer the internally accumulated error count to these registers within 7 s and simultaneously resets the internal counters to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. After the 7 s period has elapsed, the RLOP B2 Error Count Registers may be read. 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM LBE[19:0] 165 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R LREI[4] LREI[3] LREI[2] LREI[1] LREI[0] X X X X X Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R R R R LREI[15] LREI[14] LREI[13] LREI[12] LREI[11] LREI[10] LREI[8] LREI[9] 03 da y, es Tu n Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- -- -- R R R R in er Bit Type In Registers 011FH, 021FH, 031FH, and 041FH: RLOP REI Error Count #3 Function Unused Unused Unused Unused LREI[19] LREI[18] LREI[17] LREI[16] co rtm Pa of nc rI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne De Bit Type Function ce Registers 011EH, 021EH, 031EH, and 041EH: RLOP REI Error Count #2 Default X X X X X X X X Default X X X X X X X X m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R LREI[5] X :4 Bit 6 R LREI[6] X 2: 166 Bit 7 R LREI[7] X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 011DH, 021DH, 031DH, and 041DH: RLOP REI Error Count #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 Bits LREI[19:0] represent the number of line REIs (individual or block) that have been detected on the indexed channel since the last accumulation interval. The error counters are polled by writing to any of the RLOP B2 Error Count or the RLOP REI Error Count registers along with writing to the SPECTRA 4x155 Reset, Identify and Accumulation Trigger Register. Such a write transfers the internally accumulated error count to the registers within 7 s and simultaneously resets the internal counters to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. After the 7 s period has elapsed, the RLOP REI Error Count Registers may be read. 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM LREI[19:0] 167 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RTIME PER5 TNULL NOSYNC LEN16 0 0 1 0 0 NOSYNC Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The transmit null bit (TNULL) controls the insertion of an all-zero section trace identifier message in the transmit stream of the indexed channel. When TNULL is set high, the contents of the transmit buffer are ignored and all-zeros bytes are optionally inserted into the J0 byte. When TNULL is set low the contents of the transmit section trace buffer is optionally inserted into the J0 byte. TNULL should be set high before changing the contents of the trace buffer to avoid sending partial messages. rtM i ne rI nc of TNULL Pa rtm The section trace message synchronization disable bit (NOSYNC) disables the writing of the section trace message into the trace buffer synchronized to the content of the message. When LEN16 is set high and NOSYNC is set low, the receive section trace message byte with its most significant bit set will be written to the first location in the buffer. When LEN16 is set low, and NOSYNC is also set low, the byte after the carriage return/linefeed (CR/LF) sequence will be written to the first location in the buffer. When NOSYNC is set high, synchronization is disabled, and the section trace message buffer behaves as a circular buffer. in er In co n Tu es da The section trace message length bit (LEN16) selects the length of the section trace message to be 16 bytes or 64 bytes for the indexed channel. When LEN16 is set high, the section trace message length is 16 bytes. When LEN16 is set low, the section trace message length is 64 bytes. y, 03 De ce LEN16 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W RTIUE 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W TIMODE 0 2: 168 Bit 7 R/W ZEROEN 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0120H, 0220H, 0320H, and 0420H: SSTB Section Trace Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The Trace Identifier Mode is used to set the mode for the received section trace identifier of the indexed channel. Setting this bit to low sets the Trace Identifier Mode to Mode 1. In this mode the section trace identifier is defined as a regular 16 or 64-byte trace message and persistency is based on the whole message. Receive trace identifier mismatch (RTIM) and unstable (RTIU) alarms are declared on the trace message. Setting this bit to high sets the Trace Identifier Mode to Mode2. In this mode the section trace identifier is defined as a 16byte message with a single repeating byte that is monitored for persistency and errors. A receive trace identifier unstable (RTIU) alarm is declared when one or more byte errors are detected in three consecutive 16-byte windows. RTIM is not defined in this mode. ne rI nc of Pa rtm in TIMODE er In The receive section trace identifier (mode 1) unstable interrupt enable bit (RTIUE) controls the activation of the interrupt output when the receive identifier message state (RTIUV) changes from stable to unstable and vice versa on the indexed channel. State changes dependent on the Trace Identifier Mode When RTIUE is set high, changes in the receive section trace identifier unstable (RTIUV) state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. When RTIUE is set low, section trace identifier unstable state changes will not affect INTB. co n Tu es da RTIUE y, 03 The receive section trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch interrupt enable bit (RTIME) controls the activation of the interrupt output when the comparison between accepted identifier message and the expected message changes state from match to mismatch and vice versa on the indexed channel. When RTIME is set high, changes in match state activates the interrupt (INTB) output. When RTIME is set low, section trace identifier (mode 1) state changes will not affect INTB. This bit is should be disabled in Trace identifier Mode 2 since the RTIM is generate using the Mode 1 algorithm. De ce m be r, 20 RTIME 02 02 The receive trace identifier persistence bit (PER5) controls the number of times a section trace identifier message must be received unchanged before being accepted. When PER5 is set high, a message is accepted when it is received unchanged five times consecutively on the indexed channel. When PER5 is set low, the message is accepted after three identical repetitions. :4 2: 04 PM PER5 169 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 The zero enable bit (ZEROEN) is defined for Trace Identifier Mode 1 only and enables trace identifier mismatch (RTIM) assertion and removal on the indexed channel based on an all-zeros section trace message string. When ZEROEN is set high, all-zeros section trace message strings are considered when entering and exiting TIM states. When ZEROEN is set low, all-zeros section trace message strings are ignored. Trace identifier unstable (RTIU) assertion and removal is not affected by setting this register bit. 02 :4 2: 04 PM ZEROEN 170 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R Reserved RTIUI RTIUV RTIMI RTIMV X X X X X RTIMV RTIUV The receive section trace identifier unstable status bit (RTIUV) is dependent on the Trace Identifier Mode. In Mode 1, the bit is set high when eight trace messages mismatching against their immediate predecessor message have been received without a persistent message being detected on the indexed channel. The unstable counter is incremented on each message that mismatches its predecessor and is cleared on the reception of a persistent message (three or five consecutive matching messages). RTIUV is set high when the unstable counter reaches eight. RTIUV is set low and the unstable counter cleared once a persistent message has been received. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The receive trace identifier mismatch indication status bit (RTIMI) is set high in Trace Identifier Mode 1 when the match/mismatch status (RTIMV) of the trace identifier framer changes state on the indexed channel. This bit (and the interrupt) is cleared when this register is read. This bit is usually ignored in Trace Identifier Mode 2. rtm in er In RTIMI co The receive section trace identifier mismatch status bit (RTIMV) is set high in Trace Identifier Mode 1 when the accepted message differs from the expected message on the indexed channel. The accepted message is the last message to have been received five times consecutively. RTIMV is set low when the accepted message is equal to the expected message. If the accepted section trace message string is all-ZEROs, the mismatch is not declared unless the ZEROEN register bit in the Control register is set. This bit is usually ignored in Trace Identifier Mode 2. n Tu es da y, 03 De ce This register reports the section trace identifier status. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R Reserved X :4 Bit 6 R Unused X 2: 171 Bit 7 R Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0121H, 0221H, 0321H, and 0421H: SSTB Section Trace Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The Reserved read bits must be ignored when read in the SPECTRA 4x155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De Reserved ce m be The receive section trace identifier unstable interrupt status bit is set high when the path trace identifier unstable status (RTIUV) changes state on the indexed channel. The setting of this bit is dependent on the unstable status (RTIUV), which is dependent on the Trace Identifier Mode. This bit and the interrupt are cleared when this register is read. r, 20 02 RTIUI 02 In Mode 2, RTIUV is set low during the stable state that is declared after having received the same 16-byte trace message three consecutive times on the indexed channel (stable trace byte for forty-eight consecutive frames). The stable byte is declared the accepted byte. RTIUV is set high when mismatches between the accepted byte and the received byte have been detected in three consecutive 16-byte windows. The 16-byte windows do not overlap and start immediately upon the first detected error. :4 2: 04 PM 172 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W A[4] A[3] A[2] A[1] A[0] 0 0 0 0 0 A[7:0] 64-127d 128-191d 192-255d of 0-63d Pa A[7:0] rtm The indirect read address bits (A[7:0]) indexes into the path trace identifier buffers. Addresses 0 to 63 reference the transmit message buffer which contains the identifier message to be inserted into the J0 byte of the transmit stream. Addresses 64 to 127 reference the receive accepted message page. A receive message is accepted into this page when it is received unchanged three or five times consecutively as determined by the PER5 bit setting. Addresses 128 to 191 reference the receive capture page while addresses 192 to 255 reference the receive expected page. The receive capture page contains the identifier bytes extracted from the receive stream. The receive expected page contains the expected trace identifier message down-loaded from the microprocessor. in er nc rI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne In co RAM Contents Transmit Trace Message Receive Accepted Trace Message Receive Captured Trace Message Receive Expected Trace Message n Tu es da y, 03 This register supplies the address used to index into section trace identifier buffers. Writing to this register initiates an external microprocessor access to the static page of the section trace message buffer. If RWB is set high, a read access is initiated. The data read can be found in the SSTB Indirect Data register. If RWB is set low, a write access is initiated. The data in the SSTB Indirect Data register will be written to the address specified. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W A[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W A[6] 0 2: 173 Bit 7 R/W A[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0122H, 0222H, 0322H, and 0422H: SSTB Section Trace Indirect Address SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W D[4] D[3] D[2] D[1] D[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The indirect data bits (D[7:0]) reports the data read from a message buffer after an indirect read operation has completed. The data to be written to a buffer must be set up in this register before initiating an indirect write operation. da y, 03 D[7:0] De ce This register contains the data read from the section trace message buffer after a read operation or the data to be written into the buffer before a write operation. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W D[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W D[6] 0 2: 174 Bit 7 R/W D[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0123H, 0223H, 0323H, and 0423H: SSTB Section Trace Indirect Data SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce Reserved m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 175 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0124H, 0224H, 0324H, and 0424H: SSTB Reserved SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R R R R Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 0 X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. The Reserved read bits must be ignored when reading the SPECTRA-4x-155. De ce Reserved m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 176 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0125H, 0225H, 0325H, and 0425H: SSTB Reserved SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- -- -- -- Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm The BUSY bit reports whether a previously initiated indirect read or write to the section trace RAM of the indexed channel has been completed. BUSY is set high upon writing to the SSTB Path Trace Indirect Address register, and stays high until the initiated access has completed. At this point, BUSY is set low. This register should be polled to determine when new data is available in the SSTB Indirect Data register. The maximum latency for the BUSY to return low is 10 s. in er In co n BUSY Tu es The access control bit (RWB) selects between an indirect read or write access to the static page of the section trace message buffer of the indexed channel. The access will be performed when the SSTB Indirect Address register is written to. If RWB is set high, a read access is initiated. The data read can be found in the SSTB Indirect Data register. If RWB is set low, a write access is initiated. The data in the SSTB Indirect Data register will be written to the address specified. da y, 03 De ce RWB m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 R/W RWB 0 2: 177 Bit 7 R BUSY 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0126H, 0226H, 0326H, and 0426H: SSTB Section Trace Operation SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved RSLD_TS RSLDSEL 0 0 1 1 0 Reserved The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm The register bit can be used to control the tri-stating of the RSLDm and RSLDCLKm outputs. Setting RSLD_TS to logic one tri-states the outputs. Setting this bit to logic zero allows normal functioning. RSLD_TS defaults to logic one so that RSLDm and RSLDCLKm would be tri-stated after reset. in er In co RSLD_TS n Tu The receive data line select (RSLDSEL) bit determines the contents of the outgoing RSLDm stream. When RSLDSEL is low, the RSLDm stream contains the section DCC (D1-D3) of the indexed channel. When RSLDSEL is high, the RSLD stream contains the line DCC (D4-D12). es da y, 03 RSLDSEL De ce The RTOC Control Register is used to control the receive section and line overhead outputs of the SPECTRA 4x155. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 1 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 178 Bit 7 R/W Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0130H, 0230H, 0330H, and 0430H: RTOC Overhead Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W LINE_AISEN(1) LINE_AISEN(0) SECT_AISEN(2) SECT_AISEN(1) SECT_AISEN(0) 0 0 0 0 0 SECT_AIS_EN [0] [1] [2] co The SECT_AISEN(2:0) bits enable the explicit insertion of all-ones on RSLDm when carrying section DCC and the section overhead on RTOHm. Each bit enables a separate group of alarms to force the section overhead outputs to all-ones. Setting a bit to logic one enables a declared alarm in that bit's group to force the output section overhead to all-ones. Alarms in that group will not explicitly force the section overhead outputs to all-ones when the bit is set to logic low. In er in Pa The LINE_AISEN(2:0) bits enable the explicit insertion of all-ones on RSLDm when carrying line overhead and the line overhead on RTOHm. Each bit enables a separate group of alarms to force the line overhead outputs to all-ones. Setting a bit to logic one enables a declared alarm in that bit's group to force the output line overhead to all-ones. Alarms in that group will not explicitly force the line overhead outputs to all-ones when the bit is set to logic low. Other SPECTRA 4x155 top level bits may control the insertion of LAIS on certain alarms and hence affect the line overhead outputs when all-ones insertion is disabled here. rtM i by LINE_AIS_EN [0] [1] [2] ne rI nc of Pa LINE_AISEN(2:0) rtm Grouped Alarms LOS & LOF LAIS RTIM Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed n Tu Grouped Alarms LOS & LOF LAIS RTIM es da y, 03 SECT_AISEN(2:0) De ce The RTOC AIS Control Register is provided to explicitly force the receive section and line overhead outputs of the indexed channel. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W LINE_AISEN(2) 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Unused X 2: 179 Bit 7 R/W Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0131H, 0231H, 0331H, and 0431H: RTOC AIS Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SFBERE SDBERE Unused Unused Unused 0 0 X X X Z1/S1E PSBFE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The PSBF interrupt enable is an interrupt mask for protection switch byte failure alarms. When PSBFE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when PSBF is declared or removed on the indexed channel. rtM i ne The COAPS interrupt enable is an interrupt mask for changes in the received APS code on the indexed channel. When COAPSE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when a new K1/K2 code value is extracted into the RASE Receive K1 and RASE Receive K2 registers. rI nc of COAPSE Pa The Z1/S1 interrupt enable is an interrupt mask for changes in the received synchronization status of the indexed channel. When Z1/S1E is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when a new synchronization status message is extracted into the Receive Z1/S1 register. rtm in er In co The SFBERE bit is the interrupt enable for the signal fail threshold alarm. When SFBERE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when the SF alarm is declared or removed on the indexed channel. n Tu es SFBERE da y, The SDBERE bit is the interrupt enable for the signal degrade threshold alarm. When SDBERE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when the SD alarm is declared or removed on the indexed channel. 03 De ce SDBERE m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Z1/S1E 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W COAPSE 0 2: 180 Bit 7 R/W PSBFE 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0140H, 0240H, 0340H, 0440H: RASE Interrupt Enable SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R SFBERI SDBERI SFBERV SDBERV PSBFV X X X X X SDBERI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The SDBERI bit is set high when the signal degrade threshold crossing alarm is declared or removed on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when the RASE Interrupt Status register is read. A clear-on-write version of this register bit may be found in the SPECTRA 4x155 Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status registers. rtM i ne The SFBERV bit indicates the signal failure threshold crossing alarm state on the indexed channel. The alarm is declared (SFBERV is set high) when the bit error rate exceeds the threshold programmed in the RASE SF Declaring Threshold registers. The alarm is removed (SFBERV is set low) when the bit error rate is below the threshold programmed in the RASE SF Clearing Threshold registers. rI nc of Pa SFBERV rtm in The SDBERV bit indicates the signal degrade threshold crossing alarm state on the indexed channel. The alarm is declared (SDBERV is set high) when the bit error rate exceeds the threshold programmed in the RASE SD Declaring Threshold registers. The alarm is removed (SDBERV is set low) when the bit error rate is below the threshold programmed in the RASE SD Clearing Threshold registers. er In co n Tu SDBERV es da The PSBFV bit indicates the protection switching byte failure alarm state on the indexed channel. The alarm is declared (PSBFV is set high) when 12 successive frames, starting with the last frame containing a previously consistent byte, have been received without three consecutive frames containing identical K1 bytes. The alarm is removed (PSBFV is set low) when three consecutive frames containing identical K1 bytes have been received. y, 03 De ce PSBFV m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R Z1/S1I X :4 Bit 6 R COAPSI X 2: 181 Bit 7 R PSBFI X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0141H, 0241H, 0341H, 0441H: RASE Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released COAPSI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co The PSBFI bit is set high when the protection switching byte failure alarm is declared or removed on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when the RASE Interrupt Status register is read. n Tu es PSBFI da y, The COAPSI bit is set high when a new APS code value has been extracted into the RASE Receive K1 and RASE Receive K2 registers of the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when the RASE Interrupt Status register is read. 03 De ce m be The Z1/S1I bit is set high when a new synchronization status message has been extracted into the RASE Receive Z1/S1 register of the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when the RASE Interrupt Status register is read. r, 20 02 Z1/S1I 02 :4 The SFBERI bit is set high when the signal failure threshold crossing alarm is declared or removed on the indexed channel. This bit is cleared when the RASE Interrupt Status register is read. A clear-on-write version of this register bit may be found in the SPECTRA 4x155 Auxiliary Section/Line Interrupt Status Registers. 2: 04 PM SFBERI 182 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SFCMODE SDBERTEN SDSMODE SDCMODE Unused 0 0 0 0 X SDBERTEN Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa All RASE accumulation period and threshold registers should be set up before SDBERTEN is written. rtM i The SDBERTEN bit selects automatic monitoring of line bit error rate threshold events by the RASE. When SDBERTEN is a logic one, the RASE continuously monitors line BIP errors over a period defined in the RASE configuration registers. When SDBERTEN is a logic zero, the RASE BIP accumulation logic is disabled, and the RASE logic is reset to the declaration monitoring state. ne rI nc of Pa rtm The SDSMODE bit selects the RASE saturation mode. When SDSMODE is a logic zero the RASE limits the number of B2 errors accumulated in one frame period to the RASE SD Saturation Threshold register value. When SDSMODE is a logic one the RASE limits the number of B2 errors accumulated in one window subtotal accumulation period to the RASE SD Saturation Threshold register value. Note: The number of frames in a window subtotal accumulation period is determined by the RASE SD Accumulation Period register value. in er In co n Tu SDSMODE es da The SDCMODE alarm bit selects the RASE window size to use for clearing the SD alarm. When SDCMODE is a logic zero the RASE clears the SD alarm using the same window size used for declaration. When SDCMODE is a logic one the RASE clears the SD alarm using a window size that is eight times longer than the alarm declaration window size. The declaration window size is determined by the RASE SD Accumulation Period registers. y, 03 De ce SDCMODE m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W SFSMODE 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SFBERTEN 0 2: 183 Bit 7 R/W Z1/S1_CAP 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0142H, 0242H, 0342H, 0442H: RASE Configuration/Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne The Z1/S1_CAP bit enables the Z1/S1 Capture algorithm. When Z1/S1_CAP is a logic one, the Z1/S1 clock synchronization status message nibble must have the same value for eight consecutive frames before writing the new value into the RASE Receive Z1/S1 register. When Z1/S1_CAP is logic zero, the Z1/S1 nibble value is written directly into the RASE Receive Z1/S1 register. rI nc of Pa Z1/S1_CAP rtm in All RASE accumulation period and threshold registers should be set up before SFBERTEN is written. er In co The SFBERTEN bit enables automatic monitoring of line bit error rate threshold events by the RASE. When SFBERTEN is a logic one, the RASE continuously monitors line BIP errors over a period defined in the RASE configuration registers. When SFBERTEN is a logic zero, the RASE BIP accumulation logic is disabled, and the RASE logic is reset to the declaration monitoring state. n Tu es da SFBERTEN y, 03 The SFSMODE bit selects the RASE saturation mode. When SFSMODE is a logic zero the RASE limits the number of B2 errors accumulated in one frame period to the RASE SF Saturation Threshold register value. When SFSMODE is a logic one the RASE limits the number of B2 errors accumulated in one window subtotal accumulation period to the RASE SF Saturation Threshold register value. Note that the number of frames in a window subtotal accumulation period is determined by the RASE SF Accumulation Period register value. De ce m be r, 20 SFSMODE 02 02 The SFCMODE alarm bit selects the RASE window size to use for clearing the SF alarm. When SFCMODE is a logic zero the RASE clears the SF alarm using the same window size used for declaration. When SFCMODE is a logic one the RASE clears the SF alarm using a window size that is eight times longer than the alarm declaration window size. The declaration window size is determined by the RASE SF Accumulation Period registers. :4 2: 04 PM SFCMODE 184 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SFSAP[4] SFSAP[3] SFSAP[2] SFSAP[1] SFSAP[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SFSAP[15] SFSAP[14] SFSAP[13] SFSAP[12] SFSAP[11] SFSAP[9] SFSAP[10] 03 da y, es Tu Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W in er Bit Type In Registers 0145H, 0245H, 0345H, and 0445H: RASE SF Accumulation Period Function SFSAP[23] SFSAP[22] SFSAP[21] SFSAP[20] SFSAP[19] SFSAP[18] SFSAP[17] SFSAP[16] co SFSAP[8] n rtm Pa of nc rI SFSAP[23:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The SFSAP[23:0] bits represent the number of 8 KHz frames used to accumulate the B2 error subtotal. The total evaluation window to declare the SF alarm is broken into eight subtotals, so this register value represents 1/8 of the total sliding window size. Refer to the Operations section for recommended settings. rtM i ne De Bit Type Function ce Registers 0144H, 0244H, 0344H, and 0444H: RASE SF Accumulation Period Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W SFSAP[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SFSAP[6] 0 2: 185 Bit 7 R/W SFSAP[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0143H, 0243H, 0343H, and 0443H: RASE SF Accumulation Period SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SFSTH[4] SFSTH[3] SFSTH[2] SFSTH[1] SFSTH[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused Unused Unused Unused 03 da y, SFSTH[11:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The SFSTH[11:0] value represents the allowable number of B2 errors that can be accumulated during an evaluation window before an SF threshold event is declared. Setting this threshold to 0xFFF disables the saturation functionality. Refer to the Operations section for the recommended settings. rtm in er In co SFSTH[8] n SFSTH[9] Tu SFSTH[10] es SFSTH[11] De Bit Type Function ce Registers 0147H, 0247H, 0347H, and 0447H: RASE SF Saturation Threshold Default X X X X 0 0 0 0 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W SFSTH[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SFSTH[6] 0 2: 186 Bit 7 R/W SFSTH[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0146H, 0246H, 0346H, and 0446H: RASE SF Saturation Threshold SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SFDTH[4] SFDTH[3] SFDTH[2] SFDTH[1] SFDTH[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused Unused Unused Unused 03 da y, SFDTH[11:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The SFDTH[11:0] value determines the threshold for the declaration of the SF alarm. The SF alarm is declared when the number of B2 errors accumulated during an evaluation window is greater than or equal to the SFDTH[11:0] value. Refer to the Operations section for the recommended settings. rtm in er In co SFDTH[8] n SFDTH[9] Tu SFDTH[10] es SFDTH[11] De Bit Type Function ce Registers 0149H, 0249H, 0349H, and 0449H: RASE SF Declaring Threshold Default X X X X 0 0 0 0 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W SFDTH[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SFDTH[6] 0 2: 187 Bit 7 R/W SFDTH[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0148H, 0248H, 0348H, and 0448H: RASE SF Declaring Threshold SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SFCTH[4] SFCTH[3] SFCTH[2] SFCTH[1] SFCTH[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused Unused Unused Unused 03 da y, SFCTH[11:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The SFCTH[11:0] value determines the threshold for the removal of the SF alarm. The SF alarm is removed when the number of B2 errors accumulated during an evaluation window is less than the SFCTH[11:0] value. Refer to the Operations section for the recommended settings. rtm in er In co SFCTH[8] n SFCTH[9] Tu SFCTH[10] es SFCTH[11] De Bit Type Function ce Registers 014BH, 024BH, 034BH, and 044BH: RASE SF Clearing Threshold Default X X X X 0 0 0 0 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W SFCTH[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SFCTH[6] 0 2: 188 Bit 7 R/W SFCTH[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 014AH, 024AH, 034AH, and 044AH: RASE SF Clearing Threshold SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SDSAP[4] SDSAP[3] SDSAP[2] SDSAP[1] SDSAP[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SDSAP[15] SDSAP[14] SDSAP[13] SDSAP[12] SDSAP[11] SDSAP[9] SDSAP[10] 03 da y, es Tu Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W in er Bit Type In Registers 014EH, 024EH, 034EH, and 044EH: RASE SD Accumulation Period Function SDSAP[23] SDSAP[22] SDSAP[21] SDSAP[20] SDSAP[19] SDSAP[18] SDSAP[17] SDSAP[16] co SDSAP[8] n rtm Pa of nc rI SDSAP[23:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The SDSAP[23:0] bits represent the number of 8 KHz frames used to accumulate the B2 error subtotal. The total evaluation window to declare the SD alarm is broken into eight subtotals, so this register value represents 1/8 of the total sliding window size. Refer to the Operations section for recommended settings. rtM i ne De Bit Type Function ce Registers 014DH, 024DH, 034DH, and 044DH: RASE SD Accumulation Period Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W SDSAP[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SDSAP[6] 0 2: 189 Bit 7 R/W SDSAP[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 014CH, 024CH, 034CH, and 044CH: RASE SD Accumulation Period SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SDSTH[4] SDSTH[3] SDSTH[2] SDSTH[1] SDSTH[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused Unused Unused Unused 03 da y, SDSTH[11:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The SDSTH[11:0] value represents the allowable number of B2 errors that can be accumulated during an evaluation window before an SD threshold event is declared. Setting this threshold to 0xFFF disables the saturation functionality. Refer to the Operations section for the recommended settings. rtm in er In co SDSTH[8] n SDSTH[9] Tu SDSTH[10] es SDSTH[11] De Bit Type Function ce Registers 0150H, 0250H, 0350H, and 0450H: RASE SD Saturation Threshold Default X X X X 0 0 0 0 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W SDSTH[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SDSTH[6] 0 2: 190 Bit 7 R/W SDSTH[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 014FH, 024FH, 034FH, and 044FH: RASE SD Saturation Threshold SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SDDTH[4] SDDTH[3] SDDTH[2] SDDTH[1] SDDTH[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused Unused Unused Unused 03 da y, SDDTH[11:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The SDDTH[11:0] value determines the threshold for the declaration of the SD alarm. The SD alarm is declared when the number of B2 errors accumulated during an evaluation window is greater than or equal to the SDDTH[11:0] value. Refer to the Operations section for the recommended settings. rtm in er In co SDDTH[8] n SDDTH[9] Tu SDDTH[10] es SDDTH[11] De Bit Type Function ce Registers 0152H, 0252H, 0352H, and 0452H: RASE SD Declaring Threshold Default X X X X 0 0 0 0 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W SDDTH[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SDDTH[6] 0 2: 191 Bit 7 R/W SDDTH[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0151H, 0251H, 0351H, and 0451H: RASE SD Declaring Threshold SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W SDCTH[4] SDCTH[3] SDCTH[2] SDCTH[1] SDCTH[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused Unused Unused Unused 03 da y, SDCTH[11:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The SDCTH[11:0] value determines the threshold for the removal of the SD alarm. The SD alarm is removed when the number of B2 errors accumulated during an evaluation window is less than the SDCTH[11:0] value. Refer to the Operations section for the recommended settings. rtm in er In co SDCTH[8] n SDCTH[9] Tu SDCTH[10] es SDCTH[11] De Bit Type Function ce Registers 0154H, 0254H, 0354H, and 0454H: RASE SD Clearing Threshold Default X X X X 0 0 0 0 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W SDCTH[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W SDCTH[6] 0 2: 192 Bit 7 R/W SDCTH[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0153H, 0253H, 0353H, and 0453H: RASE SD Clearing Threshold SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R K1[4] K1[3] K1[2] K1[1] K1[0] X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The K1[7:0] bits contain the current K1 code value. The contents of this register are updated when a new K1 code value (different from the current K1 code value) has been received for three consecutive frames. An interrupt may be generated when a new code value is received (using the COAPSE bit in the RASE Interrupt Enable Register). K1[7] is the most significant bit corresponding to bit 1, the first bit received. K1[0] is the least significant bit, corresponding to bit 8, the last bit received. da y, 03 De ce K1[7:0] m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R K1[5] X :4 Bit 6 R K1[6] X 2: 193 Bit 7 R K1[7] X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0155H, 0255H, 0355H, 0455H: RASE Receive K1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R K2[4] K2[3] K2[2] K2[1] K2[0] X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The K2[7:0] bits contain the current K2 code value. The contents of this register are updated when a new K2 code value (different from the current K2 code value) has been received for three consecutive frames. An interrupt may be generated when a new code value is received (using the COAPSE bit in the RASE Interrupt Enable Register). K2[7] is the most significant bit corresponding to bit 1, the first bit received. K2[0] is the least significant bit, corresponding to bit 8, the last bit received. da y, 03 De ce K2[7:0] m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R K2[5] X :4 Bit 6 R K2[6] X 2: 194 Bit 7 R K2[7] X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0156H, 0256H, 0356H, 0456H: RASE Receive K2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R Z1/S1[4]Reserved Z1/S1[3] Z1/S1[2] Z1/S1[1] Z1/S1[0] X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI When the Z1/S1_CAP3 bit in the RASE Configuration/Control register selects debouncing, the upper nibble is only updated when three of the same consecutive lower nibbles are received. nc of Pa The upper nibble of the first Z1/S1 byte contained in the receive stream is extracted into this register. No interrupt is asserted on the change of this nibble. rtm in Z1/S1[7:4] er In Debouncing can be performed where the register is not loaded until eight of the same consecutive nibbles are received. Debouncing is controlled using the Z1/S1_CAP bit in the RASE Configuration/Control register. co n Tu The lower nibble of the first Z1/S1 byte contained in the receive stream is extracted into this register. The Z1/S1 byte is used to carry synchronization status messages between line terminating network elements. Z1/S1[3] is the most significant bit corresponding to bit 5, the first bit received. Z1/S1[0] is the least significant bit, corresponding to bit 8, the last bit received. An interrupt may be generated when a byte value is received that differs from the value extracted in the previous frame (using the Z1/S1E bit in the RASE Interrupt Enable register). es da y, 03 De ce Z1/S1[3:0] m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R Z1/S1[5]Reserved X :4 Bit 6 R Z1/S1[6]Reserved X 2: 195 Bit 7 R Z1/S1[7]Reserved X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0157H, 0257H, 0357H, 0457H: RASE Receive Z1/S1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W DC1 Reserved Reserved Reserved LAIS 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The disable scrambling (DS) bit controls the scrambling of the transmit stream of the indexed channel. When a logic one is written to the DS bit position, the scrambler is disabled. When a logic zero is written to the DS bit position, the scrambler is enabled. ne rI DS nc of The DC1 bit controls the overwriting of the identity bytes (J0/Z0) on the indexed channel. When DC1 is logic one, the values inserted by the TTOC during the J0/Z0 byte positions are passed through the transmit section overhead processor unaltered. Note: All three (STS3/STM-1) identification bytes are passed through unaltered. When DC1 is logic zero, the identity bytes not inserted via the TTOC block are programmed as specified in the North American references: STS-1 (STM-0) #1 J0 = 01H, STS-1 (STM-0) #2 Z0 = 02H, and STS1 (STM-0) #3 Z0 = 03H. Pa rtm in er In co DC1 n Tu The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. es Reserved da y, The LAIS bit controls the insertion of AIS on the indexed channel. When LAIS is set high, the TSOP inserts line AIS into the transmit stream. Activation or deactivation of line AIS insertion is synchronized to frame boundaries. 03 De ce LAIS m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W DS 0 2: 196 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0180H, 0280H, 0380H, and 0480H: TSOP Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- R/W R/W R/W Unused Unused DLOS DB1 DFP X X 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in The DLOS bit controls the insertion of all-zeros in the transmit outgoing stream. When DLOS is set high the transmit stream is forced low. er In DLOS co n The DB1 bit controls the insertion of bit errors continuously in the B1 section overhead byte. When DB1 is set high the B1 byte value is inverted. Tu es DB1 da y, The DFP bit controls the insertion of a single bit error continuously in the most significant bit (bit 1) of the A1 section overhead framing byte. If DFP is set high the A1 bytes are set to 76H instead of F6H. 03 De ce DFP m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 197 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0181H, 0281H, 0381H, and 0481H: TSOP Diagnostic SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved LRDI 0 0 0 0 0 APSREG Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The APSREG bit selects the source for the transmit APS channel on the indexed channel. When APSREG is a logic zero, the transmit APS channel is inserted by the TTOC block from the bit serial input TOH which is shifted in on the rising edge of TOHCLK. When APSREG is a logic one, the transmit APS channel is inserted from the TLOP Transmit K1 Register and the TLOP Transmit K2 Register. ne rI nc of Pa rtm The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of SPECTRA 4x155. in er Reserved In co Line RDI may also be inserted into the transmit stream, when receive line AIS is detected, by setting LAISINS bit to high in the Line RDI Control register. Setting of this register bit is also required for line RDI insertion via the transmit ring control port. n Tu es The LRDI bit controls the insertion of transmit RDI (RDI) on the indexed channel. When LRDI is a logic one, line RDI is inserted into the transmit stream. Line RDI is inserted by transmitting the code 110 in bit positions 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte. Line RDI may also be inserted using the TLRDI input, when the ring control ports are disabled, or using the transmit ring control port, when it is enabled. When LRDI is logic zero, bit 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte are not modified by the transmit line overhead processor. da y, 03 De ce LRDI m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W APSREG 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 198 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0184H, 0284H, 0384H, and 0484H: TLOP Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- -- -- R/W Unused Unused Unused Unused DB2 X X X X 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, The DB2 bit controls the insertion of bit errors continuously in each of the line BIP-8 bytes (B2 bytes) on the indexed channel. When DB2 is set high, each bit of every B2 byte is inverted. 03 De ce DB2 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 199 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0185H, 0285H, 0385H, and 0485H: TLOP Diagnostic SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W K1[4] K1[3] K1[2] K1[1] K1[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co The K1[7:0] bits contain the value inserted in the K1 byte when the APSREG bit in the TLOP Control register of the indexed channel is logic one. K1[7] is the most significant bit corresponding to bit 1, the first bit transmitted. K1[0] is the least significant bit, corresponding to bit 8, the last bit transmitted. The bits in this register are double buffered so that register writes do not need to be synchronized to SONET/SDH frame boundaries. The insertion of a new APS code value is initiated by a write to this register. The contents of this register, and the TLOP Transmit K2 Register are inserted in the SONET/SDH stream starting at the next frame boundary. Successive writes to this register must be spaced at least two frames (250 s) apart. n Tu es da y, 03 De ce K1[7:0] m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W K1[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W K1[6] 0 2: 200 Bit 7 R/W K1[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0186H, 0286H, 0386H, and 0486H: TLOP Transmit K1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W K2[4] K2[3] K2[2] K2[1] K2[0] 0 0 0 0 0 The K2[7:0] bits contain the value inserted in the K2 byte when the APSREG bit in the TLOP Control Register of the indexed channel is logic one. K2[7] is the most significant bit corresponding to bit 1, the first bit transmitted. K2[0] is the least significant bit, corresponding to bit 8, the last bit transmitted. The bits in this register are double buffered so that register writes do not need to be synchronized to SONET/SDH frame boundaries. The insertion of a new APS code value is initiated by a write to the TLOP Transmit K1 register. A coherent APS code value is ensured by writing the desired K2 APS code value to this register before writing to the TLOP Transmit K1 register. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce K2[7:0] m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W K2[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W K2[6] 0 2: 201 Bit 7 R/W K2[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0187H, 0287H, 0387H, and 0487H: TLOP Transmit K2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved TSLD_TS TSLD_VAL TSLD_SEL 0 1 1 0 0 TSLD_TS The Reserved bits must be kept at their default value for proper operation of SPECTRA 4x155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i Reserved ne rI The transmit section/line data link tri-state (TSLD_TS) bit controls the tri-stating of the TSLDCLKm output. TSLD_TS defaults to logic one so that TSLDCLKm will be tri-stated after a reset. nc of Pa rtm The transmit section/line DCC value (TSDVAL) bit selects an all-ones or all-zeros value on the section DCC data (D1, D2, D3) of the indexed channel when TSLD_SEL register bit selects the TSLDm input to provide the line DCC. Setting TSDVAL to high will force the section data link (D1, D2, D3) to all-ones and setting the bit to low will force the data to allzeros. In such a case, the section DCC still can be controlled using the TTOHm input. in er In co n TSLD_VAL Tu es The transmit data line select (TSLD_SEL) bit determines the content of the incoming TSLDm stream. When TSLD_SEL is low, the TSLDm stream contains the section DCC (D1-D3). When TSLD_SEL is high, the TSLDm stream contains the line DCC (D4-D12). When TSLD_SEL selects the line DCC on TSLDm, section DCC (D1-D3) can be controlled using the TTOHm input or can be forced to an all-ones or all-zeros pattern using the TSLD_VAL. da y, 03 De ce TSLD_SEL m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 1 2: 202 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0188H, 0288H, 0388H, and 0488H: TTOC Transmit Overhead Output Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Z0INS UNUSED_EN UNUSED_V NAT_EN NAT_V 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The UNUSED_V bit determines the value to insert into the unused transport overhead bytes of the indexed channel when the UNUSED_EN register bit is programmed to overwrite these bytes. When UNUSED_V is set high, the unused transport overhead bytes are set to FFH. When UNUSED_V is set low, the unused transport overhead bytes are set to 00H. This register bit has not effect when the UNUSED_EN register bit is set to logic zero. rtM i ne rI nc UNUSED_V of Pa The NAT_EN bit enables overwriting the national use transport overhead bytes of the indexed channel with an all-ones or all-zeros pattern. The national use TOH bytes affected when NAT_EN is set high are the, Z0, F1 and E2 bytes of STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 and #3. When this bit is high, these bytes are overwritten with an all-ones pattern or all-zeros pattern as controlled by the NAT_V bit. When NAT_EN is set low, the national use TOH bytes are controlled by the TTOHEN input or Z0INS register bit. The Z0INS register bit has precedence over NAT_EN for the setting of Z0. NAT_EN has precedence over TTOHENm for all three bytes. rtm in er In co n Tu NAT_EN es da The NAT_V bit determines the value to insert into the national use transport overhead bytes of the indexed channel when the NAT_EN register bit is programmed to overwrite these bytes. When NAT_V is set high, the national use transport overhead bytes are set to FFH. When NAT_V is set low, the national use transport overhead bytes are set to 00H. This register bit has not effect when the NAT_EN register bit is set to logic zero. y, 03 De ce NAT_V m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W TAPS_SEL 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 203 Bit 7 R/W TREN 1 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 0189H, 0289H, 0389H, and 0489H: TTOC Transmit Overhead Byte Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released A1 B1 D1 H1 B2 D4 D7 D10 S1 A1 U U H1 B2 U U U U A1 U U H1 B2 U U U U A2 E1 D2 H2 K1 D5 D8 D11 U A2 U U H2 U U U U U A2 U U H2 U U U U M1 J0 F1 m be Table 11 Transport overhead National and Unused bytes r, N* U H3 U U U U N 20 The unused bytes are illustrated in Table 11. ce N De D3 K2 D6 D9 03 H3 y, da es D12 E2 Tu U - Unused byte. Z0INS Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The Z0INS bit controls the values inserted in the transmit Z0 bytes on the indexed channel. When Z0INS is logic one, the value contained in the TTOC Transmit Z0 register is inserted in the Z0 bytes. ZOINS has precedence over the NAT_EN register bit, the TTOHENm input and the TSOP Control Register DC1 register bit. When Z0INS is logic zero, the Z0 bytes may be inserted via the NAT_EN register bit or TTOHENm. Leaving the Z0 bytes undefined and programming the DC1 bit in the TSOP Control register to logic zero will allow the values 02H and 03H to be inserted in the Z0 byte of 2nd and 3rd STS-1 (STM0/AU-3) respectively. Note: Values inserted using the transmit transport overhead port take precedence. Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in N* - National use byte, controlled by the Z0INS bit in this register. er In N - National use byte. co Notes: n 02 N U U U U U N The UNUSED_EN bit enables overwriting the unused transport overhead bytes of the indexed channel with an all-ones or all-zeros pattern. When UNUSED_EN is set high, the unused transport overhead bytes are overwritten with an all-ones pattern or all-zeros pattern as controlled by the UNUSED_V bit. When UNUSED_EN is set low, the unused transport overhead bytes are controlled by the TTOHENm input. When UNUSED_EN and TTOHENm are both high, the UNUSED_EN has precedence. N* H3 02 :4 2: 04 PM UNUSED_EN 204 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released TREN Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The transmit trace enable (TREN) bit enables the insertion of the section trace message programmed in the SSTB of the indexed channel. Setting this bit to logic one will enable the insertion of the SSTB stored message into the transmit stream. When setting this bit to logic zero, the section trace message may be inserted byte-by-byte using the TTOH and TTOHEN overhead inputs. When not asserting TTOHEN for the insertion of J0 or enabling TREN, the TSOP DC1 register bit in the TSOP Control Register may be used to insert the 01h value into the J0 byte position. da y, 03 De ce m be r, The Reserved bits must be kept at their default value for proper operation of SPECTRA 4x155. 20 02 Reserved 02 :4 The transmit APS select (TAPS_SEL) bit selects the source of the transmit APS (K1/K2) bytes of the indexed channel. When TAPS_SEL is low, the TTOHENm is used as source for the APS bytes. When TAPS_SEL is high, the APS bytes are sourced from Transmit alarm port (TAD). 2: 04 PM TAPS_SEL 205 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Z0[4] Z0[3] Z0[2] Z0[1] Z0[0] 0 1 1 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da Z0[7:0] contains the value inserted in Z0 bytes of the indexed channel transmit stream when the Z0INS register bit is logic one. Z0[7] is the most significant bit corresponding to bit 1, the first bit transmitted. Z0[0] is the least significant bit, corresponding to bit 8, the last bit transmitted. The Z0 byte defaults to "11001100b". y, 03 De ce Z0[7:0] m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Z0[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Z0[6] 1 2: 206 Bit 7 R/W Z0[7] 1 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 018AH, 028AH, 038AH, and 048AH: TTOC Transmit Z0 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W S1[4] S1[3] S1[2] S1[1] S1[0] 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The value written into these register bits is inserted in the first S1/Z1 (S1) byte position of the indexed channel transmit stream. The S1 byte is used to carry synchronization status messages between line terminating network elements. S1[7] is the most significant bit corresponding to bit 1, the first bit transmitted. S1[0] is the least significant bit, corresponding to bit 8, the last bit transmitted. The TTOHEN input takes precedence over the contents of this register. da y, 03 De ce S1[7:0] m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W S1[5] 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W S1[6] 0 2: 207 Bit 7 R/W S1[7] 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Registers 018BH, 028BH, 038BH, and 048BH: TTOC Transmit S1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 0 0 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the Time-Slot Interchange (TSI) operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 208 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1001H: Drop Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 1 0 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #2 AU-3 #1 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 209 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1002H: Drop Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #1 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 0 0 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #3 AU-3 #1 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 210 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1003H: Drop Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #1 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 1 0 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #4 AU-3 #1 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 211 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1004H: Drop Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #1 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 0 0 1 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 212 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1005H: Drop Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 1 0 1 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #2 AU-3 #2 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 213 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1006H: Drop Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #2 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 0 0 1 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #3 AU-3 #2 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 214 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1007H: Drop Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #2 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 1 0 1 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #4 AU-3 #2 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 215 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1008H: Drop Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #2 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 0 1 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 216 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1009H: Drop Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 1 1 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #2 AU-3 #3 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 217 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 100AH: Drop Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #3 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 0 1 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #3 AU-3 #3 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 218 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 100BH: Drop Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #3 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 1 1 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams in the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation at the Telecom Drop bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent of the receive stream for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #4 AU-3 #3 of the Drop bus. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 0D01H to 0D0CH enable a straight-through connection of the receive stream to the Drop bus. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 219 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 100CH: Drop Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #3 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W -- -- R/W R/W OVERRIDE Unused Unused Reserved Reserved 0 X X 0 0 Reserved: The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. OVERRIDE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc Note: The default configuration of the Drop BUS (DTMODE) is 19.44 MHz. The default mode of the DLL is enabled (OVERRIDE low). These two default modes conflict each other and a configuration of the system bus mode or the DLL is necessary for proper functioning. of Pa rtm The override control (OVERRIDE) disables the DLL operation. When OVERRIDE is set low, the Drop bus clock (DCK) is processed by the DLL before clocking the Drop interface logic. The DLL must not be overridden (set low) in 77.76 MHz Drop interface mode if the specified propagation delays are to be met for the interface. When OVERRIDE is set high, the Drop bus clock (DCK) is not processed by the DLL before clocking the Drop interface logic. The DLL must be overridden (set high) in 19.44 MHz Drop interface mode if the specified propagation delays are to be met for the interface. The DLL does not function at 19.44 MHz. in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce The DLL Configuration Register controls the basic operation of the DLL. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 220 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register: Register 1020H: Drop Bus DLL Configuration SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 The Reserved bits must be kept at their default values for proper functioning of the SPECTRA 4x155 De ce Reserved m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 221 Bit 7 R/W Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1021H: Drop Bus DLL Reserved SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved X X X X X Reserved Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da The Reserved register read bits must be ignored when reading the SPECTRA 4x155. y, 03 De Writing to this register performs a software reset of the DLL. A software reset should be applied after when setting the device in 77.76 MHz DROP interface mode and the DCK input is frequency stable. ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R Reserved X :4 Bit 6 R Reserved X 2: 222 Bit 7 R Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1022H: Drop Bus DLL Reset Register SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R -- R R R CHANGEI Unused ERROR CHANGE RUN X X X 0 0 RUN ERRORI CHANGEI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The delay line tap change event register bit (CHANGEI) indicates the CHANGE register bit has changed value. When the CHANGE register changes from a logic zero to a logic one, the CHANGEI register bit is set to logic one. The CHANGEI register bit is cleared immediately after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has been recorded. rtM i ne The delay line error register bit (ERRORI) indicates the DLL has run out of dynamic range. When the DLL attempts to move beyond the end of the delay line, ERRORI is set high. ERROR is set low, when the DLL captures lock again. Writing to register 1022H if the ERROR condition persists, should reset the DLL. rI nc of Pa rtm The delay line tap change register bit CHANGE indicates the DLL has moved to a new delay line tap. CHANGE is set high for eight DCK cycles when the DLL moves to a new delay line tap. A fixed value of 1 indicates that the DLL has not locked to a frequency and should be reset. in er In co CHANGE n Tu The DLL lock status register bit RUN indicates the DLL has found a delay line tap in which the Drop interface timings will be met at 77.76 Mhz interface mode. After system reset, RUN is logic zero until the phase detector indicates an initial lock condition. When the phase detector indicates lock, RUN is set to logic one. The RUN register bit is cleared only by a system reset or a software reset (writing to register 00A6H). es da y, 03 De ce The DLL Control Status Register provides information of the DLL operation. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R ERRORI X :4 Bit 6 R Reserved X 2: 223 Bit 7 R Reserved X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1023H: Drop Bus DLL Control Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 224 04 The Reserved register read bits must be ignored when reading the SPECTRA 4x155. PM Reserved SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved ODDPD INCDPL INCDC1J1V1 0 0 0 0 0 The INCDC1J1V1 bit controls whether the composite timing signals, DC1J1V1[4:1], on the Drop buses are used to calculate the corresponding parity signals, DDP[4:1]. When INCDC1J1V1 is set high, the parity signal set includes the DC1J1V1[4:1] signals. When INCDC1J1V1 is set low, parity is calculated without regard to the state of the corresponding DC1J1V1 signal on the Drop bus. INCDPL Reserved Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. rtM i ne The ODDPD bit controls the parity placed on the Drop bus parity signals, DDP[4:1]. When set high, the ODDPD bit configures the bus parity to be odd. When set low, the ODDPD bit configures the bus parity to be even. rI nc of ODDPD Pa rtm The INCDPL bit controls whether the payload active signals, DPL[4:1], on the Drop buses are used to calculate the corresponding parity signals, DDP[4:1]. When INCDPL is set high, the parity signal set includes the DPL[4:1] signals. When INCDPL is set low, parity is calculated without regard to the state of the corresponding DPL signal on the Drop bus. in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 INCDC1J1V1 De ce This register allows the parity insertion in the Drop bus of the SPECTRA 4x155 to be configured. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 225 Bit 7 R/W DTMODE 1 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1030H: Drop Bus Configuration SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be Note: The default configuration of the Drop BUS (DTMODE) is 19.44 MHz. The default mode of the DLL is enabled (OVERRIDE low). These two default modes conflict each other and a configuration of the system bus mode or the DLL is necessary for proper functioning. r, 20 02 The Drop Telecom bus mode select (DTMODE) bit is used to select the operation of the Drop Bus system side interface when Telecom mode is enabled. When the DTMODE bit is set low, the single (STM-4) 77.76 MHz byte Telecom Drop Bus Interface is supported and the Drop Bus DLL must be enabled for proper timing. When the DTMODE bit is set high, the four (STM-1) 19.44 MHz byte Telecom Drop Bus Interface is supported and Drop Bus DLL must be disabled (OVERRIDE high) for proper timing. 02 :4 2: 04 PM DTMODE 226 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 0 0 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 Add bus stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 227 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1081H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 1 0 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #2 AU-3 #1 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 228 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1082H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #1 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 0 0 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #3 AU-3 #1 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 229 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1083H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #1 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 1 0 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #4 AU-3 #1 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 230 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1084H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #1 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 0 0 1 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 231 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1085H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 1 0 1 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #2 AU-3 #2 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 232 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1086H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #2 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 0 0 1 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #3 AU-3 #2 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 233 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1087H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #2 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 1 0 1 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #4 AU-3 #2 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 234 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1088H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #2 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 0 1 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 235 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 1089H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 0 1 1 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #2 AU-3 #3 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 236 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 108AH: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #2 AU-3 #3 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 0 1 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #3 AU-3 #3 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 237 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 108BH: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #3 AU-3 #3 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused STM1SEL[1] STM1SEL[0] AU-3SEL[1] AU-3SEL[0] X 1 1 1 0 AU-3SEL[1:0] AU-3SEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 co n The AU-3SEL[1:0] bits select one of three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams on the STS-3 (STM-1) Add bus stream selected by the STM1SEL[1:0] bits. The AU-3SEL[1:0] options are summarized in the table below. In er in rtm STM1SEL[1:0] rtM i 00 01 10 11 ne STM1SEL[1:0] rI The STM1SEL[1:0] bits select the STS-3 (STM-1) receive stream as summarized in the table below. nc of Pa Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Tu es AU-3 Receive Stream # STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 Reserved STM-1 receive stream # STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-3 (STM-1) #2 STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-3 (STM-1) #4 da y, 03 This is a configuration register for the TSI operation on the Telecom Add bus. This register selects an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent on the Add bus for insertion in time-slot STM-1 #4 AU-3 #3 of the transmit stream. The default values of STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] for registers 1061H to 106CH enable a straight-through connection of the Add bus to the transmit stream. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 238 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 108CH: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #4 AU-3 #3 Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W ATSICLK_RST ATSICLK_ISOLATE ODDPA INCAPL INCAC1J1V1 0 0 0 0 0 INCAC1J1V1 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The ODDPA bit controls the parity expected on the Add bus parity signal (ADP[4:1]). When set high, the ODDPA bit configures the Add bus parity to be odd. When set low, the ODDPA bit configures the Add bus parity to be even. rtM i ne rI ODDPA nc of The INCAPL bit controls whether the payload active signals (APL[4:1]) in the Add buses are used to calculate the corresponding parity signals (ADP[4:1]) and whether the payload active signals (APL[4:1]) in the Add buses are included in the condition to set high the ACA[4:1] activity monitors. When INCAPL is set high, the parity signal set includes the APL[4:1] signals and the condition to set the ACA[4:1] activity monitors bits includes these signals. When INCAPL is set low, parity is calculated without regard to the state of the corresponding APL signal and the activity monitor will be set high even when the APL signals do not toggle. Pa rtm in er In co INCAPL n Tu The INCAC1J1V1 bit controls whether the composite timing signals (AC1J1V1[4:1]) in the Add buses are used to calculate the corresponding parity signals (ADP[4:1]). When INCAC1J1V1 is set high, the parity signal set includes the AC1J1V1[4:1] signals. When INCAC1J1V1 is set low, parity is calculated without regard to the state of the corresponding AC1J1V1 signal. es da y, 03 De ce This register allows the Add bus of the SPECTRA 4x155 to be configured. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W ATMODE 1 2: 239 Bit 7 R/W AFPEN 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 10B0H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Configuration #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released ATSICLK_RST Reserved ATMODE The Add bus reference frame position input enable (AFPEN) bit controls the interpretation of the AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] input signals. When set high, the AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] signals provide the Add bus reference frame position (AFP) indications to the corresponding Add buses. When set low, the AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] signals provide the Add bus composite timing signals (AC1J1V1) to the corresponding Add buses. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI AFPEN nc of The Add Telecom bus mode select (ATMODE) bit is used to select the operation of the Add Bus system side interface when Telecom mode is enabled. When the ATMODE bit is set low, the single (STM-4) 77.76 MHz byte Telecom Add Bus Interface is supported. When the AMTODE bit is set high, the four (STM-1) 19.44 MHz byte Telecom Add Bus Interface is supported. Pa rtm in er In co The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. n Tu es da The ATSICLK_RST bit is used to force a constant realignment of the system side clocks generated in the TPPS's. This bit can be used in conjunction with ATSICLK_ISOLATE to force the alignment of the generated clocks. When programmed high the generated clocks are disabled and realign. Upon programming the bit to logic zero, the generated clocks will start again in a known sequence with slice #1 clocked first. The TPPS PRBS generators must be regenerated each time realignment is forced. y, 03 De ce m be r, The ATSI_ISOLATE bit is used to disable the realignment by AC1J1V1/AFP[1] Add BUS pin on the generated system side clocks of the 12 TPPS slices in the Add TSI. This bit should only be used when all 12 TPPS slices are placed in PRBS Autonomous mode and the AC1J1V1/AFP[1] (and/or APL) Add Bus interface cannot maintain a constant frame alignment (C1 or FP moving around). Programming this bit to logic one will mask low AC1J1V1/AFP[1] pin and the generated clocks will fly-wheel on the last C1 or FP received on AC1J1V1/AFP[1]. The data from the Add Bus cannot be analyzed or monitored. Programming this bit to logic zero has no affect. This bit is mainly for diagnostic purpose and to let the user isolate the 12 TPPS slices from the Add bus. 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM ATSICLK_ISOLATE 240 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved ADPACTDIS 0 0 0 0 0 ADPACTDIS Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. co Reserved n Tu The ADPACTEN bit controls whether activity on the ADP1-4 inputs is monitored and included in the ACA[m] status bit of the SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Signal Activity Monitor register. When this bit is set low, activity on the ADP1-4 inputs is included in the corresponding ACA1-4 status bit. When this bit is set high, the ACA1-4 status bits are not affected by the activity on the ADP1-4 inputs. es da y, 03 De ce This register allows the Add bus of the SPECTRA 4x155 to be configured. m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W Reserved 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved 0 2: 241 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 10B1H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Configuration #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W -- -- -- -- APE4 Unused Unused Unused Unused 0 X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da The Add bus parity interrupt enable (APIE1-4) bit controls the assertion of an interrupt when a parity error event is indicated by the corresponding parity interrupt status in the SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Parity Interrupt Status register. When APE1-4 is set high, an interrupt will be asserted (INTB set low) on a parity error event indication. When APEn is set low, parity error events will not affect the interrupt output (INTB). y, 03 De ce APE1-4 m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W APE3 0 :4 Bit 6 R/W APE2 0 2: 242 Bit 7 R/W APE1 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 10B2H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Parity Interrupt Enable SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R API4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved X X X X X API1-4 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er The Add bus parity interrupt status (APIm) bit reports parity error events detected at the corresponding Add bus. APIm is set high on detection of a parity error event on the corresponding Add bus. This bit and the interrupt are cleared when this register is read. The occurrence of parity error events is an indication of mis-configured parity generation/detection or actual hardware problem at the Add bus input. In co n Tu es da y, The Reserved read bits must be ignored when reading then in the SPECTRA-4X155. 03 Reserved De ce This register reports the parity interrupt status of the SPECTRA 4x155 Telecom Add buses #1 (AD[7:0]), #2 (AD[15:8]), #3 (AD[23:16]) and #4 (AD[31:24]). m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R API3 X :4 Bit 6 R API2 X 2: 243 Bit 7 R API1 X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 10B4H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Parity Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- -- -- -- Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused X X X X X DCKA ACKA Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in The ACK active (ACKA) bit monitors for low-to-high transitions on the ACK input. ACKA is set high on a rising edge of ACK, and is set low when this register is read. er In co n Tu The DCK active (DCKA) bit monitors for low-to-high transitions on the DCK input. DCKA is set high on a rising edge of DCK, and is set low when this register is read. es da y, 03 This register provides activity monitoring on SPECTRA 4x155 system-side clock inputs. When a monitored input makes a low-to-high transition, the corresponding register bit is set high. The bit will remain high until this register is read, at which point, all the bits in this register are cleared. A lack of transitions is indicated by the corresponding register bit reading low. This register should be read periodically to detect stuck at conditions. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 R DCKA X 2: 244 Bit 7 R ACKA X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 10B6H: SPECTRA 4x155 System Side Clock Activity Monitor SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R R ACA2 ADA3 ACA3 ADA4 ACA4 X X X X X ADA1-4 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne The Add bus data active (ADAm) bit monitors for low-to-high transitions on the corresponding AD[7:0] (#1), AD[15:8] (#2), AD[23:16] (#3) or AD[31:24] (#4) bus when configured for byte Telecom Add bus mode. ADAm is set high when rising edges have been observed on all the required signals in the corresponding Telecom Add bus, and is set low when this register is read. rI nc of Pa rtm in er The Add bus control active (ACAm) bit monitors for low-to-high transitions on the corresponding APL[m], AC1J1V1[m] and ADP[m] inputs. ACA1-4 is set high when rising edges have been observed on all these signals, and is set low when this register is read. In applications where APL may be tied low, APL may be excluded from the activity monitor status using the INCAPL register bit. If ADP is tied low or high, it may be excluded from the activity monitor status using the ADPACTDIS register bit. In co n Tu es ACA1-4 da y, This register provides activity monitoring on SPECTRA 4x155 signal and data inputs for byte Add TelecomBus operation. When a monitored input makes a low-to-high transition, the corresponding register bit is set high. The bit will remain high until this register is read, at which point, all the bits in this register are cleared. A lack of transitions is indicated by the corresponding register bit reading low. This register should be read periodically to detect "stuck at" conditions. 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R ADA2 X :4 Bit 6 R ACA1 X 2: 245 Bit 7 R ADA1 X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 10B7H: SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Signal Activity Monitor SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R R R R Function MASTER Reserved Reserved STM1_CONCAT RX_SLICE_ID[3] RX_SLICE_ID[2] RX_SLICE_ID[1] RX_SLICE_ID[0] Default 1 0 0 0 X X X X RX_SLICE_ID[3:0] Reserved Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo When set high, the MASTER bit enables the RPPS to control and co-ordinate the processing of an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) receive stream as the master. It also enables the RPPS to control and co-ordinate the distributed PRBS payload sequence generation and monitoring. When the MASTER bit is set low, the RPPS operates in a slave mode and its operation is co-ordinated by the associated master RPPS. Setting this bit low (slave mode) does not necessarily mask alarms or errors that only a master slice can declare. The alarms or errors must be disabled via the appropriate register bits. ad ed by Pa rtM i MASTER ne rI The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. nc of Pa The STM1_CONCAT bit is used to configure the RPPS to be processing TU2, TU11 or TU12 inside an STM-1(VC-4). When configured, TUAIS is properly asserted as defined by the ITUAIS in the RTAL. When set high, the RTAL fixed stuff columns are columns 1, 2 and 3. This supports TU2, TU11 and TU12 payloads in a VC-4. When set low, the RTAL fixed stuff columns are columns 30 and 59. When set low TUAIS cannot be inserted properly. This bit can otherwise be set low. rtm in er In co STM1_CONCAT n Tu The RX_SLICE_ID[3:0] bits indicate the RX path processing slice numbers 1 to 12. These register bits exist for test purposes only. The read back values are from 0 to 11, 0 being slice 1 and eleven being slice 12. es da y, 03 De This register allows the operational mode of the SPECTRA 4x155 Receive Path Processing Slice (RPPS) to be configured. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 246 04 PM Registers 1100H, 1200H, 1300H, 1400H, 1500H, 1600H, 1700H, 1800H, 1900H, 1A00H, 1B00H, and 1C00H: RPPS Configuration & Slice ID SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function ENDV1 MONRS ALMJ1V1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register allows the operational mode of the SPECTRA 4x155 RPPS Path functions to be configured. These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave unless indicated otherwise. ALMJ1V1 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa When set high, the MONRS selects the receive side pointer justification events counters to monitor the receive stream directly. When MONRS is set low, the counters accumulate pointer justification events on the Drop bus. rtM i ne MONRS rI nc When set high, the ALMJ1V1 bit disables the realignment of the Drop TelecomBus J1 and V1 indication on DC1J1V1 when the RPOP block is in the LOP or PAIS state. Conditional on the rate adaption FIFO (RTAL) not overflowing or underflowing, theThe J1 and V1 pulses will flywheel at their previous position prior to entry to the LOP or PAIS state. When forcing consequential AIS-P on the DROP bus via the RPPS Path AIS Control #1 and #2 registers or via the IPAIS register bit in the RTAL, the RTAL FIFO stops adjusting the FIFO level via outgoing pointer justifications and may over/underflow. Setting this bit in slave slices has no effect. Setting this bit in the master slice will cause BIP errors for STS3c(STM-1/AU4) payloads during the LOP or PAIS state, in the event that the received B3 is not already corrupted. of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. da y, Reserved 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 247 04 PM Registers 1102H, 1202H, 1302H, 1402H, 1502H, 1602H, 1702H, 1802H, 1902H, 1A02H, 1B02H, and 1C02H: RPPS Path Configuration SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be When set high, the ENDV1 bit configures the DC1J1V1 output to mark the frame, SPE (VC) alignments and tributary multi-frame alignments (C1, J1 and V1 bytes). When ENDV1 is set low, DC1J1V1 marks only the frame and SPE alignments and does not indicate the tributary multi-frame alignment. It is recommended that ENDV1 be set low in normal operation to disable the V1 pulse on DC1J1V1. PMC-Sierra's tributary-processing devices (PM5362 TUPP+, PM5363 TUPP+622, PM5365 TEMAP, PM8315 TEMUX, PM8316 TEMUX-84, and PM5366 TEMAP) interpret the H4 byte in the path overhead to identify the tributary multi-frame alignment, so they do not require the V1 pulse. In applications that do not use tributaries, there is no definition for multi-frame and therefore no need for the V1 pulse on DC1J1V1. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM ENDV1 248 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function LOMTUAIS ALMAIS DPAIS_EN Reserved LOPAIS PAISAIS LOPCONPAIS PAISCONPAIS Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register along with the RPPS Receive Path AIS Control #2 register controls the auto assertion of path AIS on the Drop bus. These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave unless indicated otherwise. PAISCONPAIS LOPCONPAIS Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a slave. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. The register bit will also force the associated master and slave RPPSs to insert path AIS. Pa rtM i ne When set high, the LOPCONPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the Drop bus when loss of pointer concatenation (LOPCON) events are detected. When LOPCONPAIS is set low, loss of pointer concatenation events have no effect on the Drop bus. rI nc of Pa Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a slave. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. The register bit will also force the associated master and slave RPPSs to insert path AIS. rtm in er When set high, the PAISCONPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the Drop bus when Path AIS concatenation (PAISCON) events are detected. When PAISCONPAIS is set low, Path AIS concatenation events have no effect on the Drop bus. In co n Tu es The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. da y, Reserved 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 249 04 PM Registers 1110H, 1210H, 1310H, 1410H, 1510H, 1610H, 1710H, 1810H, 1910H, 1A10H, 1B10H, and 1C10H: RPPS Path AIS Control #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released by ALMAIS When set high, the ALMAIS bit enables path AIS assertion when LOS, LOF, or LAIS events are detected in the receive stream. When ALMAIS is set low, the above events have no effect on path AIS. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa rtM i When set high, the DPAIS_EN bit enables path AIS insertion into the Drop stream via the corresponding time-slot of the DPAIS input signal. When DPAIS_EN is set low, the DPAIS input signal has no effect on the Drop stream of that slice. Forcing DPAIS on master slice will also force the slave slices into PAIS when DPAIS_EN register bit of the master is set high. ne rI nc of DPAIS_EN Pa When ALMJ1V1 and LOPAIS are set high together and the device is forcing AIS on the DROP Bus due to LOPAIS, the forcing will not stop immediately by disabling the LOPAIS register bit. The forcing of AIS will only stop when the receive line AIS-P is cleared. When ALMJ1V1 is set low, setting low the LOPAIS register bit during PAIS will stop the forcing of AIS on the DROP bus immediately. rtm in er In co Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a master. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. The register bit will also force the associated slave RPPSs to insert path AIS. n Tu es When set high, the LOPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the Drop bus when LOP events are detected in the receive stream. When LOPAIS is set low, LOPs have no effect on the Drop bus. da y, 03 LOPAIS De ce When ALMJ1V1 and PAISAIS are set high together and the device is forcing AIS on the DROP Bus due to PAISAIS, the forcing will not stop immediately by disabling the PAISAIS register bit. The forcing of AIS will only stop when the receive line AIS-P is cleared. When ALMJ1V1 is set low, setting low the PAISAIS register bit during PAIS will stop the forcing of AIS on the DROP bus immediately. m be r, 20 02 Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a master. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. The register bit will also force the associated slave RPPSs to insert path AIS. 02 :4 2: When set high, the PAISAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the Drop bus when path AIS is detected in the receive stream. When PAISAIS is set low, path AIS events have no effect on the Drop bus. 04 PM PAISAIS 250 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a master. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. The register bit will also force the associated slave RPPSs to insert tributary AIS. r, 20 02 When set high, the LOMTUAIS bit enables tributary path AIS insertion on the Drop bus when LOM events are detected in the receive stream. The path overhead (POH), the fixed stuff, and the pointer bytes (H1, H2) are unaffected. The STM1_CONCAT bit must be set high for TU2, TU11 and TU12 payloads in a VC-4.When LOMTUAIS is set low, loss of multi-frame events have no effect on the Drop bus. LOMTUAIS must be set low when processing TU3 or payload not requiring tributary multi-frame alignment. 02 :4 2: 04 PM LOMTUAIS 251 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W -- R/W R/W Function Reserved UNEQAIS PSLUAIS PSLMAIS Reserved Unused TIUAIS TIMAIS Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register along with the RPPS Path AIS Control #1 register controls the auto assertion of path AIS on the Drop bus. These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave unless indicated otherwise. TIMAIS TIUAIS Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a master. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. The register bit will also force the associated slaves RPPSs to insert path AIS. Pa rtM i ne When set high, the TIUAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the Drop bus when path trace identifier (mode 1) unstable events are detected in the receive stream. When TIUAIS is set low, trace identifier (mode 1) unstable events have no effect on the Drop bus. rI nc of Pa Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a master. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. The register bit will also force the associated slaves RPPSs to insert path AIS. rtm in er When set high, the TIMAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the Drop bus when path trace identifier mismatch (TIM) events are detected in the receive stream. When TIMAIS is set low, trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch events have no effect on the Drop bus. In co n Tu es The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. da y, Reserved 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 252 04 PM Registers 1111H, 1211H, 1311H, 1411H, 1511H, 1611H, 1711H, 1811H, 1911H, 1A11H, 1B11H, and 1C11H: RPPS Path AIS Control #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released UNEQAIS Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a master. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. The register bit will also force the associated slaves RPPSs to insert path AIS. in er In co When set high, the UNEQAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the Drop bus when path signal label in the receive stream indicates unequipped status (UNEQ). When UNEQAIS is set low, the path signal label unequipped status has no effect on the Drop bus. n Tu es da y, Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a master. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. The register bit will also force the associated slaves RPPSs to insert path AIS. 03 De When set high, the PSLUAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the Drop bus when path signal label unstable (PSLU) events are detected in the receive stream. When PSLUAIS is set low, path signal label unstable events have no effect on the Drop bus. ce m be r, PSLUAIS 20 02 Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a master. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. The register bit will also force the associated slaves RPPSs to insert path AIS. 02 :4 2: When set high, the PSLMAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the Drop bus when path signal label mismatch (PSLM) events are detected in the receive stream. When PSLMAIS is set low, path signal label mismatch events have no effect on the Drop bus. 04 PM PSLMAIS 253 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function AUTOPREI ALMPRDI Reserved Reserved LOPPRDI PAISPRDI LOPCONPRDI PAISCONPRDI Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOPPRDI ad ed by Reserved The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo Pa When set high, the LOPPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when LOP events are detected in the receive stream. When LOPPRDI is set low, LOP events have no effect on path RDI. rtM i ne When set high, the PAISPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when the path alarm indication signal state (PAIS) is detected in the receive stream. When PAISPRDI is set low, PAIS states have no effect on path RDI. rI nc of PAISPRDI Pa rtm When set high, the LOPCONPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when loss of pointer concatenation (LOPCON) events are detected in the receive stream. When LOPCONPRDI is set low, loss of pointer concatenation events in er In LOPCONPRDI co n When set high, the PAISCONPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when path AIS concatenation (PAISCON) events are detected in the receive stream. When PAISCONPRDI is set low, path AIS concatenation events have no effect on path RDI. Tu es da PAISCONPRDI y, 03 This register along with the RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #2 register controls the auto assertion of path RDI (G1 bit 5) in the local TPOP or a mate TPOP (via the RAD PRDI5 bit position) of the corresponding TPPS. These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 254 04 PM Registers 1114H, 1214H, 1314H, 1414H, 1514H, 1614H, 1714H, 1814H, 1914H, 1A14H, 1B14H, and 1C14H: RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released AUTOPREI REI events are not indicated on the RAD output. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce The AUTOPREI bit enables the automatic insertion of path REI events in the local or mate transmitter. When AUTOPREI is a logic one, receive B3 errors detected by the SPECTRA 4x155 are automatically inserted in the G1 byte of the local transmit stream (as enabled using the RXSEL[1:0] bits in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Path Configuration register). In Addition, REI events are indicated on the RAD output. When AUTOPREI is a logic zero, path REI events are not automatically inserted in the local transmit stream. m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: When set high, the ALMPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when LOS, LOF, or LAIS events are detected in the receive stream. When ALMPRDI is set low, the above events have no effect on path RDI. 04 PM ALMPRDI 255 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W -- R/W R/W Function Reserved UNEQPRDI PSLUPRDI PSLMPRDI Reserved Unused TIUPRDI TIMPRDI Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ad ed by PSLUPRDI When set high, the PSLUPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when path signal label unstable (PSLU) events are detected in the receive stream. When PSLUPRDI is set low, path signal label unstable events have no effect on path RDI. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo Pa When set high, the PSLMPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when path signal label mismatch (PSLM) events are detected in the receive stream. When PSLMPRDI is set low, path signal label mismatch events have no effect on path RDI. rtM i ne PSLMPRDI rI nc The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. of Reserved Pa rtm When set high, the TIUPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when path trace identifier (mode 1) unstable (TIU) events are detected in the receive stream. When TIUPRDI is set low, trace identifier (mode 1) unstable events have no effect on path RDI. in er In TIUPRDI co n When set high, the TIMPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when path trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch (TIM) events are detected in the receive stream. When TIMPRDI is set low, trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch events have no effect on path RDI. Tu es da TIMPRDI y, 03 This register along with the RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #1 register controls the auto assertion of path RDI (G1 bit 5) in the local TPOP or a mate TPOP (via the RAD PRDI5 bit position) of the corresponding TPPS. These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave unless indicated otherwise. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 256 04 PM Registers 1115H, 1215H, 1315H, 1415H, 1515H, 1615H, 1715H, 1815H, 1915H, 1A15H, 1B15H, and 1C15H: RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: When set high, the UNEQPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when the path signal label in the receive stream indicates unequipped status. When UNEQPRDI is set low, the path signal label unequipped status has no effect on path RDI. 04 PM UNEQPRDI 257 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type -- -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default X X X X 0 0 0 0 The Reserved read/write bits should be set to logic zero for proper functioning of the SPECTRA 4x155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De Reserved ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 258 04 PM Registers 1116H, 1216H, 1316H, 1416H, 1516H, 1616H, 1716H, 1816H, 1916H, 1A16H, 1B16H, and 1C16H: Reserved SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function PERDI_EN ALMPERDI Reserved Reserved LOPPERDI PAISPERDI LOPCONPERDI PAISCONPERDI Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ed by When set high, the LOPCONPERDI bit enables path enhanced RDI assertion when loss of pointer concatenation (LOPCON) events are detected in the receive stream. If enabled, when the event occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI6 bit position) is set low while bit 7 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI7 bit position) is set high. LOPCONPERDI has precedence over PSLMPERDI, PSLUPERDI, TIUPERDI, TIMPERDI, and UNEQERDI. When LOPCONPERDI is set low, reporting of enhanced RDI is according to PSLMPERDI, PSLUPERDI, TIUPERDI, TIMPERDI, and UNEQERDI and the associated alarm states. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa rtM i ne rI LOPCONPERDI nc of When PAISCONPERDI is set low, reporting of enhanced RDI is according to PSLMPERDI, PSLUPERDI, TIUPERDI, TIMPERDI, and UNEQERDI and the associated alarm states. Pa rtm in When set high, the PAISCONPERDI bit enables path enhanced RDI assertion when path AIS concatenation (PAISCON) events are detected in the receive stream. If enabled, when the event occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI6 bit position) is set low while bit 7 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI7 bit position) is set high. PAISCONPERDI has precedence over PSLMPERDI, PSLUPERDI, TIUPERDI, TIMPERDI, and UNEQERDI. er In co n Tu PAISCONPERDI es da This register along with Path Enhanced RDI Control #2 register controls the auto assertion of path enhanced RDI (G1 bits 5, 6, 7) in the local TPOP or a mate TPOP (via the RAD PRDI5, PRDI6 and PRDI7 bit positions) of the corresponding TPPS. These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave. To fully support enhanced RDI, the RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #1 and #2 register must also be programmed to properly get the Bit 5 for the G1 byte. y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 259 04 PM Registers 1118H, 1218H, 1318H, 1418H, 1518H, 1618H, 1718H, 1818H, 1918H, 1A18H, 1B18H, and 1C18H: RPPS Path Enhanced RDI Control #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released When set high, the LOPPERDI bit enables path enhanced RDI assertion when loss of pointer (LOP) events are detected in the receive stream. If enabled, when the event occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI6 bit position) is set low while bit 7 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI7 bit position) is set high. LOPPERDI has precedence over PSLMPERDI, PSLUPERDI, TIUPERDI, TIMPERDI, and UNEQERDI. When LOPPERDI is set low, reporting of enhanced RDI is according to PSLMPERDI, PSLUPERDI, TIUPERDI, TIMPERDI, and UNEQERDI and the associated alarm states. Reserved The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. When set high, the ALMPERDI bit enables path enhanced RDI assertion when LOS , LOF (LOF) or AIS (LAIS) events are detected in the receive stream. If enabled, when these events occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI6 bit position) is set low while bit 7 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI7 bit position) is set high. ALMPERDI has precedence over PSLMPERDI, PSLUPERDI, TIUPERDI, TIMPERDI, and UNEQERDI. When ALMPERDI is set low, reporting of enhanced RDI is according to PSLMPERDI, PSLUPERDI, TIUPERDI, TIMPERDI, and UNEQERDI and the associated alarm states. PERDI_EN Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The PERDI_EN bit enables the automatic insertion of enhanced RDI in the local transmitter or in a mate transmitter via the RAD output. When PERDI_EN is a logic one, auto insertion is enabled using the event enable bits in this register and in the SPECTRA 4x155 Path Enhanced RDI Control #2 register. When PERDI_EN is a logic zero, path enhanced RDI is not automatically inserted in the transmit stream. rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er ALMPERDI In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be LOPPERDI r, 20 When PAISPERDI is set low, reporting of enhanced RDI is according to PSLMPERDI, PSLUPERDI, TIUPERDI, TIMPERDI, and UNEQERDI and the associated alarm states. 02 02 When set high, the PAISPERDI bit enables path enhanced RDI assertion when the path alarm indication signal state (PAIS) is detected in the receive stream. If enabled, when the event occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI6 bit position) is set low while bit 7 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI7 bit position) is set high. PAISPERDI has precedence over PSLMPERDI, PSLUPERDI, TIUPERDI, TIMPERDI, and UNEQERDI. :4 2: 04 PM PAISPERDI 260 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved UNEQPERDI PSLUPERDI PSLMPERDI Unused Unused TIUPERDI TIMPERDI Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 When set high, the TIMPERDI bit enables path enhanced RDI assertion when path trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch (TIM) events are detected in the receive stream. If enabled, when the event occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI6 bit position) is set high while bit 7 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI7 bit position) is set low. When TIMPERDI is set low, trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch events have no effect on path RDI. ed by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa When TIUPERDI is set low, trace identifier (mode 1) unstable events have no effect on path RDI. This bit has no effect when PERDI_EN is set low. rtM i When set high, the TIUPERDI bit enables path enhanced RDI assertion when path trace identifier (mode 1) unstable (TIU) events are detected in the receive stream. If enabled, when the event occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI6 bit position) is set high while bit 7 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI7 bit position) is set low. ne rI nc TIUPERDI of Pa This bit has no effect when PERDI_EN is set low. rtm in er In co n Tu TIMPERDI es da This register along with Path Enhanced RDI Control #1 register controls the auto assertion of path enhanced RDI (G1 bits 5, 6, 7) in the local TPOP or a mate TPOP (via the RAD PRDI5, PRDI6 and PRDI7 bit positions) of the corresponding TPPS. These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave. To fully support enhanced RDI, the RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #1 and #2 register must also be programmed to properly get the Bit 5 for the G1 byte. y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 261 04 PM Registers 1119H, 1219H, 1319H, 1419H, 1519H, 1619H, 1719H, 1819H, 1919H, 1A19H, 1B19H, and 1C19H: RPPS Path Enhanced RDI Control #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released UNEQPERDI The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa Reserved rtm When UNEQPERDI is set low, path signal label unequipped status has no effect on path enhanced RDI. in er In When set high, the UNEQPERDI bit enables path enhanced RDI assertion when the path signal label in the receive stream indicates unequipped status. If enabled, when the event occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI6 bit position) is set high while bit 7 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI7 bit position) is set low. co n Tu es da y, When PSLUPERDI is set low, path signal label unstable events have no effect on path RDI. This bit has no effect when PERDI_EN is set low. 03 De When set high, the PSLUPERDI bit enables path enhanced RDI assertion when path signal label unstable (PSLU) events are detected in the receive stream. If enabled, when the event occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI6 bit position) is set high while bit 7 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI7 bit position) is set low. ce m be r, PSLUPERDI 20 02 When PSLMPERDI is set low, path signal label mismatch events have no effect on path RDI. This bit has no effect when PERDI_EN is set low. 02 :4 When set high, the PSLMPERDI bit enables path enhanced RDI assertion when path signal label mismatch (PSLM) events are detected in the receive stream. If enabled, when the event occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI6 bit position) is set high while bit 7 of the G1 byte (or the RAD output PRDI7 bit position) is set low. 2: 04 PM PSLMPERDI 262 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function LOMRALM PRDIRALM PERDIRALM ALMRALM LOPRALM PAISRALM LOPCONRALM PAISCONRALM Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register along with the RALM Output Control #2 register controls the receive path alarm output (RALM) signal. These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave, unless indicated otherwise. For a slave slice, the bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. For a master slice, the bit allows the corresponding alarm for the payload to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indications from the slaves are ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication from the slaves does not affect the RALM output. LOPCONRALM Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed For a slave slice, the bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. by Pa rtM i The loss of pointer concatenation (LOPCON) RALM output enable has different definitions for master and slave slices. ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The Path AIS concatenation (PAISCON) RALM output enable has different definitions for master and slave slices. es da y, PAISCONRALM 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 263 04 PM Registers 111CH, 121CH, 131CH, 141CH, 151CH, 161CH, 171CH, 181CH, 191CH, 1A1CH, 1B1CH, and 1C1CH: RPPS RALM Output Control #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released PAISRALM LOPRALM The path enhanced RDI (PERDI) RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The LOS, LOF, or LAIS RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. Pa rtM i ne ALMRALM rI nc The path RDI (PRDI) RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. of Pa rtm PRDIRALM in er In co n Tu PERDIRALM es da The LOP RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. y, 03 De ce m be The path alarm indication signal (PAIS) RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. r, 20 02 02 :4 For a master slice, the bit allows the corresponding alarm for the payload to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indications from the slaves are ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication from the slaves does not affect the RALM output. 2: 04 PM 264 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 The LOM RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. 2: 04 PM LOMRALM 265 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W -- R/W R/W Function Reserved UNEQRALM PSLURALM PSLMRALM Reserved Unused TIURALM TIMRALM Default 0 0 0 0 0 X 0 0 This register along with RALM Output Control #1 register controls the receive path alarm output (RALM) signal. These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave unless indicated otherwise. The path trace identifier (mode 1) unstable (TIU) RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. PSLMRALM Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The path signal label mismatch (PSLM) RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. rtM i ne The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. rI nc Reserved of Pa rtm in er In TIURALM co n The path trace identifier mismatch (TIM) RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. Tu es da y, TIMRALM 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 266 04 PM Registers 111DH, 121DH, 131DH, 141DH, 151DH, 161DH, 171DH, 181DH, 191DH, 1A1DH, 1B1DH, and 1C1DH: RPPS RALM Output Control #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be The path unequipped (UNEQ) RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. r, 20 02 UNEQRALM 02 :4 The path signal label unstable (PSLU) RALM output enable bit allows the corresponding alarm to be ORed into the RALM output. When the enable bit is set high, the corresponding alarm indication is ORed with other alarm indications and output on RALM. When the enable bit is set low, the corresponding alarm indication does not affect the RALM output. 2: 04 PM PSLURALM 267 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type -- -- -- -- -- -- R/W R/W Function Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Reserved Reserved Default X X X X X X 0 0 The Reserved register bit must be set to logic 0 for proper functioning of the SPECTRA 4x155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De Reserved ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 268 04 PM Registers 111EH, 121EH, 131EH, 141EH, 151EH, 161EH, 171EH, 181EH, 191EH, 1A1EH, 1B1EH, and 1C1EH: RPPS Reserved SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R -- -- R -- Function DPAIS RPOPI RTALI SPTBI Unused Unused DPGMI Unused Default X X X X X X X X The DPGMI bits are high when an interrupt request is active from the DPGM block. SPTBI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed The Drop bus alarm indication signal (DPAIS) bit is set high when path AIS is inserted in the Drop bus. Drop bus Path AIS assertion can be automatic using the SPECTRA 4x155 RPPS Path AIS Control #1 and #2 registers or manual using the RTAL Control registers. Note: DPAIS is not an interrupt bit. by Pa rtM i DPAIS ne rI The RPOPI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the RPOP block. nc RPOPI of Pa The RTALI bits is high when an interrupt request is active from the RTAL block. rtm RTALI in er The SPTBI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the SPTB block. In co n Tu es DPGMI da y, This register, together with the Section/Line Interrupt Status register, allows the source of an active interrupt for the receive side to be identified down to the block level. Further register accesses to the block in question are required in order to determine each specific cause of an active interrupt and to acknowledge each interrupt source. These register bits are not cleared on read. 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 269 04 PM Registers 1128H, 1228H, 1328H, 1428H, 1528H, 1628H, 1728H, 1828H, 1928H, 1A28H, 1B28H, and 1C28H: RPPS Path Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function PRDIE PAISE PSLUE PSLME LOPE LOME TIUE TIME Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register controls the interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding interrupt status in the Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #1 register. Note: These enable bits do not affect the actual interrupt bits found in the RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #1 register. These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave unless indicated otherwise. TIME ed by PSLME The path signal label mismatch (PSLM) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary PSLM interrupt status. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa The LOP interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary LOP interrupt status. rtM i LOPE ne rI The LOM interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary LOM interrupt status. nc of LOME Pa rtm The path trace identifier (mode 1) unstable (TIU) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary TIU interrupt status. in er TIUE In co The path trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch (TIM) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary TIM interrupt status. n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 270 04 PM Registers 112CH, 122CH, 132CH, 142CH, 152CH, 162CH, 172CH, 182CH, 192CH, 1A2CH, 1B2CH, and 1C2CH: RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Enable #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce The path RDI (PRDI) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary PRDI interrupt status. m be PRDIE r, 20 The path alarm indication signal (PAIS) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary PAIS interrupt status. 02 02 PAISE :4 2: 271 04 The path signal label unstable (PSLU) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary PSLU interrupt status. PM PSLUE SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function LOPCONE PAISCONE Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved PERDIE Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reserved: by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa The path alarm indication signal concatenation (PAISCON) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary PAISCON interrupt status. Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a slave. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. rtM i PAISCONE ne rI The path trace identifier mode 2 unstable (TIU2) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary TIU2 interrupt status. nc of TIU2E Pa rtm The path enhanced RDI (PERDI) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary PERDI interrupt status. in er PERDIE In co The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. n Tu es These register bits should normally be set low when the RPPS is configured as a slave unless indicated otherwise. da y, 03 This register controls the interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding interrupt status in the RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #2 register. Note: These enable bits do not affect the actual interrupt status bits found in the RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #2 register. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 272 04 PM Registers 112DH, 122DH, 132DH, 142DH, 152DH, 162DH, 172DH, 182DH, 192DH, 1A2DH, 1B2DH, and 1C2DH: RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Enable #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a slave. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. :4 2: 04 273 The loss of pointer concatenation (LOPCON) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary LOPCON interrupt status. PM LOPCONE SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function PRDII PAISI PSLUI PSLMI LOPI LOMI TIUI TIMI Default X X X X X X X X TIUI LOMI The loss of multi-frame interrupt status bit (LOMI) is set high on changes in the loss of multi-frame status. PSLMI by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa The path signal label mismatch interrupt status bit (PSLMI) is set high on changes in the path signal label mismatch status. rtM i The loss of pointer interrupt status bit (LOPI) is set high on the change of loss of pointer status. ne rI LOPI nc of Pa rtm in The path trace identifier (mode 1) unstable interrupt status bit (TIUI) is set high on changes in the path trace identifier (mode 1) unstable status (TIU). er In co n Tu The path trace identifier mismatch interrupt status bit (TIMI) is set high on changes in the path trace identifier mismatch status. es da TIMI y, 03 This register, along with the RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #2 register, replicates the path interrupts that can be found in the RPOP and the SPTB registers. However, unlike the RPOP and the SPTB interrupt register bits that clear-on-read, these register bits do not clear when read. To clear these registers bits, a logic one must be written to the register bit. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 274 04 PM Registers 1130H, 1230H, 1330H, 1430H, 1530H, 1630H, 1730H, 1830H, 1930H, 1A30H, 1B30H, and 1C30H: RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released PRDII The path RDI interrupt status bit (PRDII) is set high on changes in the path RDI status. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 The path AIS interrupt status bit (PAISI) is set high on changes in the path AIS status. 02 PAISI :4 2: 275 04 The path signal label unstable interrupt status bit (PSLUI) is set high on changes in the path signal label unstable status. PM PSLUI SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function LOPCONI PAISCONI Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved PERDII Default X X X X X X X X PAISCONI LOPCONI by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa The loss of pointer concatenation interrupt (LOPCONI) bit is set high when there is a change of the pointer concatenation state. This auxiliary interrupt status corresponds to the AU-3LOPCONI status in the RPOP Alarm Interrupt Status register. rtM i The path AIS concatenation interrupt (PAISCONI) bit is set high when there is a change of the path AIS concatenation state. This auxiliary interrupt status corresponds to the AU3PAISCONI status in the RPOP Alarm Interrupt Status register. ne rI nc of The path trace identifier unstable mode 2 interrupt status bit (TIU2I) is set high on changes in the path trace identifier unstable status for mode 2 operation. Pa rtm TIU2I in er The path enhanced RDI interrupt (PERDII) bits are set high when the RPOP detects a change in the path enhanced remote defect state. In co PERDII n Tu The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. es da Reserved: y, 03 This register, along with the RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #1 register, replicates the path interrupts that can be found in the RPOP and the SPTB registers. However, unlike the RPOP and the SPTB interrupt register bits that clear-on-reads, these register bits do not clear when read. To clear these registers bits, a logic one must be written to the register bit. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 276 04 PM Registers 1131H, 1231H, 1331H, 1431H, 1531H, 1631H, 1731H, 1831H, 1931H, 1A31H, 1B31H, and 1C31H: RPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type -- -- -- -- -- R R R Function Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused ERDIV[2] ERDIV[1] ERDIV[0] Default X X X X X X X X The ERDIV[2:0] bits reflect the current filtered value of the enhanced RDI codepoint (G1 bits 5, 6, and 7) for the receive SONET/SDH stream. Filtering is controlled using the RDI10 bit in the RPOP, Pointer MSB register. This register reflects the same ERDIV[2:0] value that can be found in the RPOP, Status and Control (EXTD=1) register. This register can be used for interrupt handling if it is undesirable to use the EXTD feature. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ERDIV[2:0] ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 277 04 PM Registers 1134H, 1234H, 1334H, 1434H, 1534H, 1634H, 1734H, 1834H, 1934H, 1A34H, 1B34H, and 1C34H: RPPS Auxiliary Path Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R R R R R R R/W Function Reserved AU-3LOPCONV LOPV AU-3PAISCONV PAISV PRDIV NEWPTRI NEWPTRE Default 0 X X X X X X 0 NEWPTRE The path RDI status bit (PRDI) indicates reception of path RDI alarm in the receive stream. The path AIS status bit (PAISV) indicates reception of path AIS alarm in the receive stream. AU-3PAISCONV The AU-3 concatenation path AIS status bit (AU-3PAISCONV) indicates reception of path AIS alarm in the concatenation indication in the receive STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream. ad ed by LOPV The loss of pointer status bit (LOPV) indicates entry to the LOP_state in the RPOP pointer interpreter state machine. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo Pa rtM i ne rI nc of PAISV Pa rtm in PRDIV er In The NEWPTRI bit is set to logic one when a new_point indication is received. This bit (and the interrupt) is cleared when this register is read. co n NEWPTRI Tu es When a logic one is written to the NEWPTRE interrupt enable bit position, the reception of a new_point indication will activate the interrupt (INT) output. da y, 03 De This register provides configuration and reports the status of the corresponding RPOP if the EXTD bit is set low in the RPOP Pointer MSB register. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 278 04 PM Registers 1140H, 1240H, 1340H, 1440H, 1540H, 1640H, 1740H, 1840H, 1940H, 1A40H, 1B40H, and 1C40H: RPOP Status and Control (EXTD=0) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Reserved Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. 02 02 :4 2: The AU-3 concatenated loss of pointer status bit (AU-3LOPCONV) indicates entry to LOPCON_state for the receive STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream in the RPOP pointer interpreter. 04 PM AU-3LOPCONV 279 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W -- R R R Function TCDLT IINVCNT PSL5 Reserved Reserved ERDIV[2] ERDIV[1] ERDIV[0] Default 0 0 0 0 X X X X ERDIV[2:0] The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. IINVCNT by TCDLT When a logic one is written to the TCDLT (Tandem Connection Data Link Transparent) bit, the data link field of the Z5 byte will be passed transparently if no data is inserted via the tandem connection overhead data signal (RTCOH). If this bit is set to logic zero, all-ones will be inserted into the data link field of the Z5 byte, provided no data is inserted via the tandem connection overhead data signal (RTCOH). Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa rtM i When a logic one is written to the IINVCNT (Intuitive Invalid Pointer Counter) bit, if in the LOP state, 3 x new point will reset the inv_point count. If this bit is set to logic zero, the inv_point count will not be reset if in the LOP state and 3 x new pointers are detected. ne rI nc of The PSL5 bit controls the filtering of the path signal label (PSL) byte (C2). When a logic one is written to PSL5, the PSL is updated when the same value is received for five consecutive frames. When a logic zero is written to PSL5, the PSL is updated when the same value is received for three consecutive frames. Pa rtm in er PSL5 In co n Reserved: Tu es The ERDIV[2:0] bits reflect the current state of the detected enhanced RDI, (filtered G1 bits 5, 6, and 7). da y, 03 De This register provides configuration and reports the status of the corresponding RPOP if the EXTD bit is set high in the RPOP Pointer MSB register. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 280 04 PM Registers 1140H, 1240H, 1340H, 1440H, 1540H, 1640H, 1740H, 1840H, 1940H, 1A40H, 1B40H, and 1C40H: RPOP Status and Control (EXTD=1) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function PSLI AU-3LOPCONI LOPI AU-3PAISCONI PAISI PRDII BIPEI PREII Default X X X X X X X X This register allows identification and acknowledgment of path level alarm and error event interrupts when the EXTD bit is set low in the RPOP Pointer MSB register. These bits (and the interrupt) are cleared when this register is read. BIPEI The BIP error interrupt status bit (BIPEI) is set high when a path BIP-8 error is detected. The AU-3PAISCONI interrupt status bit is set high on assertion and removal of the corresponding AU-3 path alarm indication signal concatenation status. ad ed by LOPI The LOPI interrupt status bit is set high on assertion and removal of the corresponding loss of pointer status. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo Pa rtM i AU-3PAISCONI ne rI The PAISI interrupt status bit is set high on assertion and removal of the corresponding path alarm indication signal status. nc of PAISI Pa rtm The PRDII interrupt status bit is set high on assertion and removal of the corresponding path RDI status. in er PRDII In co n Tu es The PREI interrupt status bit (PREII) is set high when a path REI is detected. da y, PREII 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 281 04 PM Registers 1141H, 1241H, 1341H, 1441H, 1541H, 1641H, 1741H, 1841H, 1941H, 1A41H, 1B41H, and 1C41H: RPOP Alarm Interrupt Status (EXTD=0) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 The PSLI bit is set to logic one when a change is detected in the path signal label register. The current path signal label can be read from the Path Signal Label register. 02 02 PSLI :4 2: 282 04 The AU-3LOPCONI interrupt status bit is set high on assertion and removal of the corresponding AU-3 loss of pointer concatenation status. PM AU-3LOPCONI SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type -- -- -- -- -- -- -- R Function Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused ERDII Default -- -- -- -- -- -- -- X This register allows identification and acknowledgment of path level alarm and error event interrupts when the EXTD bit is set high in the RPOP Pointer MSB register. These bits (and the interrupt) are cleared when the Interrupt Status Register is read. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The ERDII bit is set to logic one when a change is detected in the received enhanced RDI state. es da y, ERDII 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 283 04 PM Registers 1141H, 1241H, 1341H, 1441H, 1541H, 1641H, 1741H, 1841H, 1941H, 1A41H, 1B41H, and 1C41H: RPOP Alarm Interrupt Status (EXTD=1) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function ILLJREQI CONCATI DISCOPAI INVNDFI ILLPTRI NSEI PSEI NDFI Default X X X X X X X X This register allows identification and acknowledgment of pointer event interrupts. These bits (and the interrupt) are cleared when this register is read. Please refer to the pointer interpreter state diagram and notes in the Function Description of the RPOP for alarm definitions. ILLPTRI The illegal pointer interrupt status bit (ILLPTRI) is set high when an illegal pointer observed on the receive stream. by DISCOPAI The discontinuous pointer change interrupt status bit (DISCOPAI) is set high when the RPOP active offset is changed due to receiving the same valid pointer for three consecutive frames (3 x eq_new_point indication). Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa rtM i The invalid NDF interrupt status bit (NDFI) is set high when an invalid NDF code is observed on the receive stream. ne rI INVNDFI nc of Pa rtm in The positive and negative justification event interrupt status bits (PSEI, NSEI) are set high when the RPOP block responds to an inc_ind or dec_ind indication, respectively, in the receive stream. er In co PSEI, NSEI n Tu The NDF enabled indication interrupt status bit (NDFI) is set high when one of the NDF enable patterns is observed in the receive stream. es da y, NDFI 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 284 04 PM Registers 1142H, 1242H, 1342H, 1442H, 1542H, 1642H, 1742H, 1842H, 1942H, 1A42H, 1B42H, and 1C42H: RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released This interrupt bit should be ignored for a master slice. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, The concatenation indication error interrupt status bit (CONCATI) is set high when the H1, H2 bytes do not match the concatenation indication ('b1001xx1111111111). 20 02 CONCATI 02 :4 The illegal justification request interrupt status bit (ILLJREQI) is set high when the RPOP detects a positive or negative pointer justification request (inc_req, dec_req) that occurs within three frames of a previous justification event (inc_ind, dec_ind) or an active offset change due to an NDF enable indication (NDF_enable). 2: 04 PM ILLJREQI 285 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function PSLE AU-3LOPCONE LOPE AU-3PAISCONE PAISE PRDIE BIPEE PREIE Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PREIE AU-3PAISCONE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa When a logic one is written to the AU-3PAISCONE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the AU-3 concatenation path AIS state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. rtM i ne When a logic one is written to the PAISE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the path AIS state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. rI nc PAISE of Pa When a logic one is written to the PRDIE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the path RDI state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. rtm in PRDIE er In When a logic one is written to the BIPEE interrupt enable bit position, the detection of one or more path BIP-8 errors will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. co n BIPEE Tu es When a logic one is written to the PREIE interrupt enable bit position, the reception of one or more path REIs will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. da y, 03 De This register allows interrupt generation to be enabled or disabled for alarm and error events. This register can be accessed when the EXTD bit is set low in the RPOP Pointer MSB register. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 286 04 PM Registers 1143H, 1243H, 1343H, 1443H, 1543H, 1643H, 1743H, 1843H, 1943H, 1A43H, 1B43H, and 1C43H: RPOP Alarm Interrupt Enable (EXTD=0) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce When a logic one is written to the PSLE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the path signal label will activate the interrupt (INT) output. m be PSLE r, 20 When a logic one is written to the AU-3LOPCONE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the AU-3 concatenation LOP state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. 02 02 AU-3LOPCONE :4 2: 287 04 When a logic one is written to the LOPE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the loss of pointer state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. PM LOPE SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R -- -- -- R/W LOPCONV Reserved Reserved PAISCONV Reserved Reserved Reserved ERDIE X X X X X X X 0 This register allows interrupt generation to be enabled or disabled for alarm and error events. This register can be accessed when the EXTD bit is set high in the RPOP Pointer MSB register. The Reserved bits are status bits and must be ignored when this register is read. LOPCONV Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The concatenated path alarm indication bit (PAISCONV) indicates the presence of all-ones instead of the concatenation indicator in the payload pointer bytes. The pointer bytes refers to the H1/H2 bytes of the STS-1 (STM-1/AU-3) equivalent stream of the STS-3c (STM1/AU4) being processed in the slave slice. rtM i ne rI PAISCONV nc of The concatenated loss of pointer value bit (LOPCONV) indicates the loss of concatenated pointer status for the STS-1 (STM-1/AU-3) equivalent stream of the STS-3c (STM1/AU4) being processed in the slave slice. Pa rtm in er In co Reserved n Tu When a logic one is written to the RDIE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the path enhanced RDI state will activate the interrupt (INT) output. es da y, ERDIE 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 288 Bit Type Function Default 04 Registers 1143H, 1243H, 1343H, 1443H, 1543H, 1643H, 1743H, 1843H, 1943H, 1A43H, 1B43H, and 1C43H: RPOP Alarm Interrupt Enable and Concat Pointer Status (EXTD=1) PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function ILLJREQE CONCATE DISCOPAE INVNDFE ILLPTRE NSEE PSEE NDFE Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register allows interrupt generation to be enabled or disabled for pointer events. ad ed by When a logic one is written to the INVNDFE interrupt enable bit position, an invalid NDF code will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. DISCOPAE When a logic one is written to the DISCOPAE interrupt enable bit position, a change of pointer alignment event will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo Pa rtM i INVNDFE ne rI When a logic one is written to the ILLPTRE interrupt enable bit position, an illegal pointer will activate the interrupt (INT) output. nc of ILLPTRE Pa rtm When a logic one is written to the NSEE interrupt enable bit position, a negative pointer adjustment event will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. in er NSEE In co When a logic one is written to the PSEE interrupt enable bit position, a positive pointer adjustment event will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. n Tu PSEE es da When a logic one is written to the NDFE interrupt enable bit position, the detection of an NDF_enable indication will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. y, 03 NDFE De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 289 04 PM Registers 1144H, 1244H, 1344H, 1444H, 1544H, 1644H, 1744H, 1844H, 1944H, 1A44H, 1B44H, and 1C44H: RPOP Pointer Interrupt Enable SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 When a logic one is written to the ILLJREQE interrupt enable bit position, an illegal pointer justification request will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. 02 02 ILLJREQE :4 2: 290 04 When a logic one is written to the CONCATE interrupt enable bit position, an invalid Concatenation Indicator event will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. PM CONCATE SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function PTR[7] PTR[6] PTR[5] PTR[4] PTR[3] PTR[2] PTR[1] PTR[0] Default X X X X X X X X The register reports the lower eight bits of the active offset. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The PTR[7:0] bits contain the eight LSBs of the active offset value as derived from the H1 and H2 bytes. To ensure reading a valid pointer, the NDFI, NSEI and PSEI bits of the RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status register should be read before and after reading this register to ensure that the pointer value did not change during the register read. es da y, 03 PTR[7:0] De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 291 04 PM Registers 1145H, 1245H, 1345H, 1445H, 1545H, 1645H, 1745H, 1845H, 1945H, 1A45H, 1B45H, and 1C45H: RPOP Pointer LSB SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R R R R R Function NDFPOR EXTD RDI10 CONCAT S1 S0 PTR[9] PTR[8] Default 0 0 0 X X X X X This register reports the upper two bits of the active offset, the SS bits in the receive pointer. The CONCAT bit is set high if the H1, H2 pointer byte received matches the concatenation indication (one of the five NDF_enable patterns in the NDF field, don't care in the size field, and all-ones in the pointer offset field). Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The RDI10 bit controls the filtering of the RDI, the auxiliary RDI and the enhanced RDI. When RDI10 is set high, the RDI and ERDI status is updated when the same value is received in the corresponding bit/bits of the G1 byte for 10 consecutive frames. When RDI10 is set low, the RDI and ERDI status is updated when the same value is received for five consecutive frames. Pa rtM i ne rI RDI10 nc of Pa rtm CONCAT in er The S0 and S1 bits contain the two S bits received in the last H1 byte. These bits should be software debounced. In co S0, S1 n Tu The PTR[9:8] bits contain the two MSBs of the current pointer value as derived from the H1 and H2 bytes. Thus, to ensure reading a valid pointer, the NDFI, NSEI, and PSEI bits of the Pointer Interrupt Status register should be read before and after reading this register to ensure that the pointer value did not changed during the register read. es da y, 03 PTR[9:8] De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 292 04 PM Registers 1146H, 1246H, 1346H, 1446H, 1546H, 1646H, 1746H, 1846H, 1946H, 1A46H, 1B46H, and 1C46H: RPOP Pointer MSB SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released NDFPOR Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce The NDFPOR (new data flag pointer of range) bit controls the definition of the NDF_enable indication for entry to the LOP state under 8xNDF_enable events. When NDFPOR is set high, for the purposes of detect of loss of events only, the definition of the NDF_enable indication does not require the pointer value to be within the range of 0 to 782. When NDFPOR is set low, NDF_enable indications require the pointer to be within 0 to 782. m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The EXTD bit extends the RPOP registers to facilitate Additional mapping. If this bit is set to logic one the register mapping, for the RPOP Status and Control register, the RPOP Alarm Interrupt Status register and the RPOP Alarm Interrupt Enable registers are extended. 04 PM EXTD 293 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function PSL[7] PSL[6] PSL[5] PSL[4] PSL[3] PSL[2] PSL[1] PSL[0] Default X X X X X X X X This register reports the path label byte in the receive stream.. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The PSL[7:0] bits contain the path signal label byte (C2). The value in this register is updated to a new path signal label value if the same new value is observed for three or five consecutive frames as selected using the PSL5 bit in the RPOP Status and Control (EXTD=1) register. es da y, 03 PSL[7:0] De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 294 04 PM Registers 1147H, 1247H, 1347H, 1447H, 1547H, 1647H, 1747H, 1847H, 1947H, 1A47H, 1B47H, and 1C47H: RPOP Path Signal Label SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function BE[7] BE[6] BE[5] BE[4] BE[3] BE[2] BE[1] BE[0] Default X X X X X X X X Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R BE[11] Tu Bit 4 R BE[12] BE[10] BE[9] BE[8] es Bit 5 R BE[13] da Bit 6 R BE[14] y, Bit 7 R BE[15] 03 Bit Type Function co n Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc Bits BE[15:0] represent the number of path BIP errors that have been detected since the last time the path BIP-8 registers were polled by writing to the SPECTRA 4x155 Reset and Identity register. The write access transfers the internally accumulated error count to the path BIP-8 registers within 7 s and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. of Pa rtm in BE[15:0] er In De Registers 1149H, 1249H, 1349H, 1449H, 1549H, 1649H, 1749H, 1849H, 1949H, 1A49H, 1B49H, and 1C49H: RPOP Path BIP-8 MSB Default ce X X X X X X X X m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 295 04 PM Registers 1148H, 1248H, 1348H, 1448H, 1548H, 1648H, 1748H, 1848H, 1948H, 1A48H, 1B48H, and 1C48H: RPOP Path BIP-8 LSB SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function FE[7] FE[6] FE[5] FE[4] FE[3] FE[2] FE[1] FE[0] Default X X X X X X X X Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R FE[11] Tu Bit 4 R FE[12] FE[10] FE[9] FE[8] es Bit 5 R FE[13] da Bit 6 R FE[14] y, Bit 7 R FE[15] 03 Bit Type Function co n Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc Bits FE[15:0] represent the number of path REIs that have been received since the last time the Path REI registers were polled by writing to the SPECTRA 4x155 Reset and Identity register. The write access transfers the internally accumulated error count to the path REI registers within 7 s and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. of Pa rtm in FE[15:0] er In De Registers 114BH, 124BH, 134BH, 144BH, 154BH, 164BH, 174BH, 184BH, 194BH, 1A4BH, 1B4BH, and 1C4BH: RPOP Path REI MSB Default ce X X X X X X X X m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 296 04 PM Registers 114AH, 124AH, 134AH, 144AH, 154AH, 164AH, 174AH, 184AH, 194AH, 1A4AH, 1B4AH, and 1C4AH: RPOP Path REI LSB SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R/W R/W R R/W R/W R Function LOMI LOMV LOME BLKREI COMAI COMAE Reserved Reserved Default X X 0 0 X 0 0 X Reserved COMAI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by When set high, the block REI bit (BLKREI) indicates that path REI counts are to be reported and accumulated on a block basis. A single REI error is accumulated if the received REI code is between one and eight inclusive. When BLKREI is set low, REI errors are accumulated literally. Pa rtM i ne BLKREI rI nc The change of multi-frame alignment interrupt status bit (COMAI) is set high on changes in the multi-frame alignment. This bit is cleared (and the interrupt acknowledged) when this register is read. of Pa rtm in The change of multi-frame alignment interrupt enable bit (COMAE) controls the generation of interrupts on when the SPECTRA 4x155 detect a change in the multi-frame phase. When LOME is set high, an interrupt is generated upon change of multi-frame alignment. When COMAE is set low, COMA has no effect on the interrupt output (INTB). er In co n COMAE Tu es The Reserved bit must be set low for correct operation of the SPECTRA 4x155 device. The Reserved read bits must be ignored when this register is read. da y, 03 De This register reports the status of the multi-frame framer and enables interrupts due to framer events. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 297 04 PM Registers 114CH, 124CH, 134CH, 144CH, 154CH, 164CH, 174CH, 184CH, 194CH, 1A4CH, 1B4CH, and 1C4CH: RPOP Tributary Multi-frame Status and Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released LOMI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, The loss of multi-frame interrupt status bit (LOMI) is set high on changes in the loss of multi-frame status. This bit is cleared (and the interrupt acknowledged) when this register is read. 03 De ce m be The loss of multi-frame status bit (LOMV) reports the current state of the multi-frame framer monitoring the receive stream. LOMV is set high when loss of multi-frame is declared and is set low when multi-frame alignment has been acquired. r, 20 02 LOMV 02 :4 The loss of multi-frame interrupt enable bit (LOME) controls the generation of interrupts on declaration and removal of loss of multi-frame indication (LOM). When LOME is set high, an interrupt is generated upon loss of multi-frame. When LOME is set low, LOM has no effect on the interrupt output (INTB). 2: 04 PM LOME 298 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function SOS ENSS BLKBIP DISFS BLKBIPO Reserved Reserved RTC_EN Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register contains ring control bits. RTC_EN When set high, the block BIP-8 output bit (BLKBIPO) indicates that path BIP-8 errors are to be reported (on RAD and B3E) on a block basis. A single BIP error is reported to the return transmit path overhead processor if any of the BIP-8 results indicates a mismatch. When BLKBIPO is set low, BIP-8 errors are reported on a bit basis. In in-band error reporting mode, the REI count of the G1 byte is set on a bit basis. When set high, the DISFS bit controls the BIP-8 calculations to ignore the fixed stuffed columns in an AU-3 carrying a VC-3. When DISFS is set low, BIP-8 calculations include the fixed stuff columns in an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. This bit must be set low when the RPPS containing the RPOP is processing an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI DISFS nc of Pa rtm in er BLKBIPO In co When set high, the RTC_EN bit configures enables the functioning of the RTCEN and RTCOH ports. The RTCEN and RTCOH ports can be used to insert the Z5 path overhead growth byte onto the Drop bus. n Tu es da y, Reserved register bits must be set low for proper functioning of the SPECTRA 4x155. 03 Reserved De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 299 04 PM Registers 114DH, 124DH, 134DH, 144DH, 154DH, 164DH, 174DH, 184DH, 194DH, 1A4DH, 1B4DH, and 1C4DH: RPOP Ring Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released SOS Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n The stuff opportunity spacing control bit (SOS) controls the spacing between consecutive pointer justification events on the receive stream. When a logic one is written to this bit, the definition of inc_ind and dec_ind indications includes the requirement that active offset changes have occurred a least three frame ago. When a logic zero is written to this bit, pointer justification indications in the receive stream are followed without regard to the proximity of previous active offset changes. Tu es da y, 03 De ce The enable size bit (ENSS) controls whether the SS bits in the payload pointer are used to determine offset changes in the pointer interpreter state machine. When a logic one is written to this bit, an incorrect SS bit pattern (that is, b'10) will prevent RPOP from issuing NDF_enable, inc_ind and dec_ind indications. When a logic zero is written to this bit, the SS bits received do not affect active offset change events. m be r, 20 02 ENSS 02 :4 When set high, the block BIP-8 bit (BLKBIP) indicates that path BIP-8 errors are to be reported and accumulated on a block basis. A single BIP error is accumulated and reported to the return transmit path overhead processor if any of the BIP-8 results indicates a mismatch. When BLKBIP is set low, BIP-8 errors are accumulated on a bit basis. 2: 04 PM BLKBIP 300 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function RPJE[7] RPJE[6] RPJE[5] RPJE[4] RPJE[3] RPJE[2] RPJE[1] RPJE[0] Default X X X X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in Bits RPJE[7:0] represent the number of positive pointer justification events observed on the receive side since the RPJE register was last updated. An update transfers the internal counter to the register. A transfer may be initiated by writing to the SPECTRA 4x155 Identity and Reset register, or writing to the Channel Reset, Identity and Accumulation Trigger register or writing to any of the PMON counter registers. The write access transfers the internally accumulated error count to the RPJE register within 7 s and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. er In co n Tu es RPJE[7:0] da y, This register reports the number of positive pointer justification events that occurred on the receive side in the previous accumulation interval. The counter is selectable to accumulate positive pointer justifications in the receive stream when the MONRS bit in the RPPS Path Configuration register is set high, and to accumulate justifications on the Drop bus when MONRS is set low. 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 301 04 PM Registers 1154H, 1254H, 1354H, 1454H, 1554H, 1654H, 1754H, 1854H, 1954H, 1A54H, 1B54H, and 1C54H: PMON Receive Positive Pointer Justification Count SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function RNJE[7] RNJE[6] RNJE[5] RNJE[4] RNJE[3] RNJE[2] RNJE[1] RNJE[0] Default X X X X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in Bits RNJE[7:0] represent the number of negative pointer justification events observed on the receive side since the RNJE register was last updated. An update transfers the internal counter to the register. A transfer may be initiated by writing to the SPECTRA 4x155 Identity and Reset register, writing to the Channel Reset, Identity and Accumulation Trigger register or writing to any of the PMON counter registers. The write access transfers the internally accumulated error count to the RNJE register within 7 s and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. er In co n Tu es RNJE[7:0] da y, This register reports the number of negative pointer justification events that occurred on the receive side in the previous accumulation interval. The counter is selectable to accumulate negative pointer justifications in the receive stream when the MONRS bit in the RPPS Path Configuration register is set high, and to accumulate justifications on the Drop bus when MONRS is set low. 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 302 04 PM Registers 1155H, 1255H, 1355H, 1455H, 1555H, 1655H, 1755H, 1855H, 1955H, 1A55H, 1B55H, and 1C55H: PMON Receive Negative Pointer Justification Count SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function TPJE [7] TPJE [6] TPJE [5] TPJE [4] TPJE [3] TPJE [2] TPJE [1] TPJE [0] Default X X X X X X X X TPJE[7:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In Bits TPJE[7:0] represent the number of positive pointer justification events observed on the receive side since the TPJE register was last updated. An update transfers the internal counter to the register. A transfer may be initiated by writing to the SPECTRA 4x155 Identity and Reset register, writing to the Channel Reset, Identity and Accumulation Trigger register or writing to any of the PMON counter registers. The write access transfers the internally accumulated error count to the TPJE register within 7 s and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. co n Tu es da y, 03 De This register reports the number of positive pointer justification events that occurred on the corresponding transmit stream in the previous accumulation interval. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 303 04 PM Registers 1156H, 1256H, 1356H, 1456H, 1556H, 1656H, 1756H, 1856H, 1956H, 1A56H, 1B56H, and 1C56H: PMON Transmit Positive Pointer Justification Count SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function TNJE [7] TNJE [6] TNJE [5] TNJE [4] TNJE [3] TNJE [2] TNJE [1] TNJE [0] Default X X X X X X X X TNJE[7:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In Bits TNJE[7:0] represent the number of negative pointer justification events observed on the receive side since the TNJE register was last updated. An update transfers the internal counter to the register. A transfer may be initiated by writing to the SPECTRA 4x155 Identity and Reset register, writing to the Channel Reset, Identity and Accumulation Trigger register or writing to any of the PMON counter registers. The write access transfers the internally accumulated error count to the TNJE register within 7 s and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. co n Tu es da y, 03 De This register reports the number of negative pointer justification events that occurred on the corresponding transmit stream in the previous accumulation interval. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 304 04 PM Registers 1157H, 1257H, 1357H, 1457H, 1557H, 1657H, 1757H, 1857H, 1957H, 1A57H, 1B57H, and 1C57H: PMON Transmit Negative Pointer Justification Count SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved H4BYP CLRFS SSS Reserved ESEE DPJEE IPAIS Default 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 This register allows the operation of the Receive TelecomBus Aligner to be configured. ed by Reserved The Reserved bit must be set low for correct operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa The elastic store error interrupt enable bit (ESEE) controls the activation of the interrupt output when a FIFO underflow or overflow has been detected in the elastic store. When ESEE is set high, FIFO flow error events affect the interrupt (INTB) output. When ESEE is set low, FIFO flow error events will not affect INTB. rtM i ne rI ESEE nc of The Drop bus pointer justification event interrupt enable bit (DPJEE) controls the activation of the interrupt output when a pointer justification is inserted in the Drop bus. When DPJEE is set high, insertion of pointer justification events in the Drop bus will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. When DPJEE is set low, insertion of pointer justification events in the Drop bus will not affect INTB. Pa rtm in er DPJEE In co If IPAIS is set a master slice, the slave slices in the same channel will also force their SPE to all-ones generating proper STS-3c/STM-1(AU4) path AIS. n Tu The insert path alarm indication signal (IPAIS) bit controls the insertion of PAIS in the Drop bus. When IPAIS is set high, path AIS is inserted in the Drop bus. The pointer bytes (H1, H2 and H3) and the entire SPE (VC) are set to all-ones. Normal operation resumes when the IPAIS bit is set low. es da y, 03 IPAIS De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 305 04 PM Registers 1158H, 1258H, 1358H, 1458H, 1558H, 1658H, 1758H, 1858H, 1958H, 1A58H, 1B58H, and 1C58H: RTAL Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released CLRFS H4BYP Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n The tributary multi-frame bypass bit (H4BYP) controls whether the RTAL block overwrites the H4 byte in the path overhead with an internally generated sequence. When H4BYP is set high, the H4 byte carried in the receive stream is placed on the Drop bus unchanged. When H4BYP is set low, the H4 byte is replaced by the sequence 'hFC, 'hFD, 'hFE and 'hFF. The phase of the four frames in the multi-frame is synchronized by the multi-frame framer in the RPOP block. Tu es da y, 03 De ce The clear fixed stuff column bit (CLRFS) enables the setting of the fixed stuff columns in virtual tributary (low order tributary) mappings to zero. When a logic one is written to CLRFS, the fixed stuff column data are set to 00H. When a logic zero is written to CLRFS, the fixed stuff column data from the receive stream is placed on the Drop bus unchanged. The location of the fixed stuff columns in the SPE (VC) is dependent on the whether the RPPS containing the RTAL is processing concatenated payload. m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The set ss bit (SSS) controls the value of the ss field in the H1 pointer byte in the Drop bus. When SSS is set high, the ss bits are set to 'b10. When SSS is set low, the ss bits are set to 'b00. 04 PM SSS 306 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R R R R/W Function DOPJ[1] DOPJ[0] ESD[1] ESD[0] ESEI PPJI NPJI DLOP Default 0 0 1 0 X X X 0 DLOP NPJI PPJI The Drop bus positive pointer justification interrupt status bit (PPJI) is set high when the RTAL inserts a positive pointer justification event on the Drop bus. ed by ESD0- ESD1 The elastic store depth control bits (ESD[1:0]) set elastic store FIFO fill thresholds. I.e., the thresholds for the ES_upperT and ES_lowerT indications. The thresholds for the four ESD[1:0] codes are: Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa The Drop bus elastic store error interrupt status bit (ESEI) is set high when the FIFO in RTAL underflows or overflows. This will cause the RTAL to reset itself. It can thus loose the J1, and go out of AIS for a short period of time if it was in AIS state. rtM i ne rI ESEI nc of Pa rtm in The Drop bus negative pointer justification interrupt status bit (NPJI) is set high when the RTAL inserts a negative pointer justification event on the Drop bus. er In co n Tu The diagnose loss of pointer control bit (DLOP) allows downstream pointer processing elements to be diagnosed. When DLOP is set high, the new data flag (NDF) field of the payload pointer inserted in the Drop bus is inverted causing downstream pointer processing elements to enter a LOP state. es da y, 03 De This register allows the control of the Drop bus interface and the checking of the interrupt status. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 307 04 PM Registers 1159H, 1259H, 1359H, 1459H, 1559H, 1659H, 1759H, 1859H, 1959H, 1A59H, 1B59H, and 1C59H: RTAL Interrupt Status and Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released ESD[1:0] 00 01 10 11 Hard neg limit 4 5 6 7 Soft neg limit 0 1 4 6 Soft pos limit 0 1 4 6 Hard pos limit 4 4 6 7 DOPJ0- DOPJ1 Do wn The diagnose pointer justification bits (DOPJ[1:0]) allow downstream pointer processing elements to be diagnosed for correct reaction to pointer justification events using the Drop bus H1 and H2 bytes. Setting DOPJ[1] high and DOPJ[0] low, forces the RTAL to generate positive stuff justification events on the Drop bus at the rate of one every four frames regardless of the current depth of the internal FIFO. Prolonged application may cause the FIFO to overflow and a set NDF will be inserted in the pointer sequence. Setting DOPJ[1] low and DOPJ[0] high, forces the RTAL to generate negative stuff justification events at the rate of one every four frames, regardless of the current depth of the internal FIFO. Prolonged application may cause the FIFO to underflow and a set NDF will be inserted in the pointer sequence. Setting both DOPJ[1] and DOPJ[0] high disables the RTAL from generating pointer justification events. If the incoming and outgoing clocks have a frequency offset, the internal FIFO may under/overflow depending on the relative frequencies of the clocks. Pointer justification events are generated based on the current depth of the internal FIFO when DOPJ[1] and DOPJ[0] are both set low. When DOPJ[1:0] is set to values other than 'b00, the detection of elastic store over/underflow is disabled. Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in Hard pos limit: The maximum number of incoming positive justification (after several incoming negative justifications) before entering the hard region of the FIFO (In the hard region the RTAL will start generates outgoing positive justification at the rate of 1 in every 4 frames). er In co n Soft pos limit: The maximum number of incoming positive justification (after several incoming negative justifications) before entering the soft region of the FIFO (In the soft region, the RTAL generates outgoing positive justification at the rate of 1 in every 16 frames). Tu es da y, Hard neg limit: The maximum number of incoming negative justification (after several incoming positive justifications) before entering the hard region of the FIFO (In the hard region, the RTAL generates outgoing negative justification at the rate of 1 in every 4 frames). 03 De ce m be Soft neg limit: The maximum number of incoming negative justification (after several incoming positive justifications) before entering the soft region of the FIFO (In the soft region, the RTAL generates outgoing negative justifications at the rate of 1 in every 16 frames). r, 20 02 Definitions: 02 :4 2: 308 04 PM Table 12 Receive ESD[1:0] Codepoints SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The interrupt bits (and the interrupt) are cleared when this register is read. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 309 04 Using these bit to force justifications will result in an incorrect telecom bus DC1J1V1 signal. Multiple J1 pulses will occur. This register should only be used to test downstream pointer interpreters. PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved Reserved H4AISB ITUAIS Reserved Reserved ESAIS DH4 Default X X 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register reports alarms and controls diagnostics on the Drop bus. The elastic store error path AIS insertion enable bit (ESAIS) controls the insertion of path AIS in the Drop bus when a FIFO underflow or overflow has been detected in the elastic store. When ESAIS is set high, detection of FIFO flow error will cause path AIS to be inserted in the Drop bus for three frames. When ESAIS is set low, path AIS is not inserted as a result of FIFO errors. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne The Reserved bit must be set low for correct operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. rI nc Reserved of Pa rtm in er In ESAIS co n The diagnose multi-frame indicator enable bit (DH4) controls the inversion of the multiframe indicator (H4) byte in the Drop bus. This bit may be used to cause an out of multiframe alarm in downstream circuitry when the SPE (VC) is used to carry virtual tributary (VT) or tributary unit (TU) based payloads. When a logic zero is written to this bit position, the H4 byte is unmodified. When a logic one is written to this bit position, the H4 byte is inverted. Tu es da y, 03 DH4 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 310 04 PM Registers 115AH, 125AH, 135AH, 145AH, 155AH, 165AH, 175AH, 185AH, 195AH, 1A5AH, 1B5AH, and 1C5AH: RTAL Alarm and Diagnostic Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released H4AISB Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 The insert H4 AIS bits controls the insertion of the all-ones AIS pattern in the H4 byte. When H4AISB is set low, the H4 byte will be over-written with 'hFF when path AIS is inserted in the Drop bus. When H4AISB is set high, the H4 byte is not over-written during path AIS insertion. De ce m be r, 20 The insert tributary path AIS bits controls the insertion of Tributary Path AIS on the Drop bus for VT1.5 (TU11), VT2 (TU12), VT3 and VT6 (TU2) payloads. For the current slice, when ITUAIS is set high, columns in the Drop bus carrying tributary traffic are set to allones. The pointer bytes (H1, H2, and H3), the path overhead column, and the fixed stuff columns are unaffected. Normal operation resumes when the ITUAIS bit is set low. The ITUAIS bit is not applicable for TU3 tributary payloads and the ITUAIS bit must be set low. The STM1_CONCAT register bit must be set for TU2, TU11, and TU12 payloads in a VC-4. 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM ITUAIS 311 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function ZEROEN TIMODE RTIUE RTIME PER5 TNULL NOSYNC LEN16 Default 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 LEN16 The path trace message synchronization disable bit (NOSYNC) disables the writing of the path trace message into the trace buffer to be synchronized to the content of the message. When LEN16 is set high and NOSYNC is set low, the receive path trace message byte with its most significant bit set will be written to the first location in the buffer. When LEN16 is set low, and NOSYNC is also set low, the byte after the carriage return/linefeed (CR/LF) sequence will be written to the first location in the buffer. When NOSYNC is set high, synchronization is disabled, and the path trace message buffer behaves as a circular buffer. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The transmit null bit (TNULL) controls the insertion of an all-zero path trace identifier message in the transmit stream. When TNULL is set high, the contents of the transmit buffer is ignore and all-zeros bytes are provided to the TPOP block. When TNULL is set low the contents of the transmit path trace buffer is sent to TPOP. TNULL should be set high before changing the contents of the trace buffer to avoid sending partial messages. rtM i ne rI nc TNULL of Pa rtm in er In co NOSYNC n Tu The path trace message length bit (LEN16) selects the length of the path trace message to be 16 bytes or 64 bytes. When LEN16 is set high, the path trace message length is 16 bytes. When LEN16 is set low, the path trace message length is 64 bytes. es da y, 03 De This register controls the receive (for RPPS) and transmit (for corresponding TPPS) portions of the SPTB. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 312 04 PM Registers 1160H, 1260H, 1360H, 1460H, 1560H, 1660H, 1760H, 1860H, 1960H, 1A60H, 1B60H, and 1C60H: SPTB Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released TIMODE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa ZEROEN The zero enable bit (ZEROEN) is defined for Trace Identifier Mode 1 only and enables trace identifier mismatch (RTIM) assertion and removal based on an all-zeros path trace message string. When ZEROEN is set high, all-zeros path trace message strings are considered when entering and exiting TIM states. When ZEROEN is set low, all-zeros path trace message strings are ignored. Trace identifier unstable (RTIU) assertion and removal is not affected by setting this register bit. rtM i The Trace Identifier Mode is used to set the mode for the received path trace identifier. Setting this bit to low sets the Trace Identifier Mode to Mode 1. In this mode the path trace identifier is defined as a regular 16 or 64-byte trace message and persistency is based on the whole message. Receive trace identifier mismatch (RTIM) and unstable (RTIU) alarms are declared on the trace message. Setting this bit to high sets the Trace Identifier Mode to Mode2. In this mode the path trace identifier is defined as a 16-byte message with a single repeating byte that is monitored for persistency and errors. A receive trace identifier unstable (RTIU) alarm is declared when one or more byte errors are detected in three consecutive 16-byte windows. RTIM is not defined in this mode. ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co The receive path trace identifier (mode 1) unstable interrupt enable bit (RTIUE) controls the activation of the interrupt output when the receive identifier message state (RTIUV) changes from stable to unstable and vice versa. The State changes are dependent on the Trace Identifier Mode. When RTIUE is set high, changes in the receive path trace identifier unstable (RTIUV) state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. When RTIUE is set low, path trace identifier unstable state changes will not affect INTB. n Tu es da y, RTIUE 03 De The receive path trace identifier (mode 1) mismatch interrupt enable bit (RTIME) controls the activation of the interrupt output when the comparison between accepted identifier message and the expected message changes state from match to mismatch and vice versa. When RTIME is set high, changes in match state activates the interrupt (INTB) output. When RTIME is set low, path trace identifier (mode 1) match/mismatch state changes will not affect INTB. This bit is should be disabled in Trace identifier Mode 2 since the RTIM is generate using the Mode 1 algorithm. ce m be r, 20 02 RTIME 02 :4 The receive trace identifier persistence bit (PER5) controls the number of times a path trace identifier message must be received unchanged before being accepted. When PER5 is set high, a message is accepted when it is received unchanged five times consecutively. When PER5 is set low, the message is accepted after three identical repetitions. 2: 04 PM PER5 313 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type -- -- R R R R R R Function Unused Unused UNEQI UNEQV RTIUI RTIUV RTIMI RTIMV Default X X X X X X X X This register reports the path trace identifier status of the SPTB. RTIUV The receive path trace identifier unstable status bit (RTIUV) is dependent on the Trace Identifier Mode. In Mode 1, the bit is set high when eight trace messages mismatching against their immediate predecessor message have been received without a persistent message being detected. The unstable counter is incremented on each message that mismatches its predecessor and is cleared on the reception of a persistent message (three or five consecutive matching messages). RTIUV is set high when the unstable counter reaches eight. RTIUV is set low and the unstable counter cleared once a persistent message has been received. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The receive trace identifier mismatch indication status bit (RTIMI) is set high in Trace Identifier Mode 1 when the match/mismatch status (RTIMV) of the trace identifier framer changes state. This bit (and the interrupt) is cleared when this register is read. This bit is usually ignored in Trace Identifier Mode 2. rtm in er In RTIMI co n The receive path trace identifier mismatch status bit (RTIMV) is set high in Trace Identifier Mode 1 when the accepted message differs from the expected message. The accepted message is the last message to have been received five times consecutively. RTIMV is set low when the accepted message is equal to the expected message. If the accepted path trace message string is all-zeros, the mismatch is not declared unless the ZEROEN register bit in the Control register is set. This bit is usually ignored in Trace Identifier Mode 2. Tu es da y, 03 RTIMV De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 314 04 PM Registers 1161H, 1261H, 1361H, 1461H, 1561H, 1661H, 1761H, 1861H, 1961H, 1A61H, 1B61H, and 1C61H: SPTB Path Trace Identifier Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc The unequipped indication status bit (UNEQI) is set high when the equipped/unequipped status (UNEQV) of the path connection changes state. The setting of this bit is dependent on the UNEQV status, which is dependent on the PSL Mode. This bit (and the interrupt) is cleared when this register is read. of Pa rtm in UNEQI er In When in PSL Mode 2, the UNEQV is set high upon the reception of five consecutive frames with an unequipped (00h) label. The bit is set low when five consecutive frames are received with a label other than the unequipped label. The five consecutive labels needed to lower the alarm do not need to be the same. The Assertion of UNEQV will automatically deassert the PSLM alarm. co n Tu es The unequipped status bit (UNEQV) is dependent on the PSL Mode. In Mode 1, this bit is set high when the accepted path signal label indicates that the path connection is unequipped. UNEQV is set low when the accepted path signal label indicates the path connection is not unequipped. da y, 03 De UNEQV ce m be The receive path trace identifier unstable interrupt status bit is set high when the path trace identifier unstable status (RTIUV) changes state. The setting of this bit is dependent on the unstable status (RTIUV), which is dependent on the Trace Identifier Mode. This bit and the interrupt are cleared when this register is read. r, 20 02 RTIUI 02 In Mode 2, RTIUV is set low during the stable state, which is declared after having received the same 16-byte trace message three consecutive times (stable trace byte for forty-eight consecutive frames). The stable byte is declared the accepted byte. RTIUV is set high when mismatches between the accepted byte and the received byte have been detected in three consecutive 16-byte windows. The 16-byte windows do not overlap and start immediately upon the first detected error. :4 2: 04 PM 315 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function A[7] A[6] A[5] A[4] A[3] A[2] A[1] A[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A[7:0] 0-63d 64-127d 128-191d 192-255d of nc ne rI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i Pa The indirect read Address bits (A[7:0]) indexes into the path trace identifier buffers. Addresses 0 to 63 reference the transmit message buffer that contains the identifier message to be inserted into the J1 byte of the transmit stream. Addresses 64 to 127 reference the receive accepted message page. A receive message is accepted into this page when it is received unchanged three or five times consecutively as determined by the PER5 bit setting. Addresses 128 to 191 reference the receive capture page while Addresses 192 to 255 reference the receive expected page. The receive capture page contains the identifier bytes extracted from the receive stream. The receive expected page contains the expected trace identifier message down-loaded from the microprocessor. RAM Contents Transmit Trace Message Receive Accepted Trace Message Receive Captured Trace Message Receive Expected Trace Message rtm in er In co n Tu es A[7:0] da y, This register supplies the Address used to index into path trace identifier buffers. Writing to this register initiates an external microprocessor access to the static page of the section trace message buffer. If RWB is set high, a read access is initiated. The data read can be found in the SPTB Indirect Data register. If RWB is set low, a write access is initiated. The data in the SPTB Indirect Data register will be written to the Address specified. 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 316 04 PM Registers 1162H, 1262H, 1362H, 1462H, 1562H, 1662H, 1762H, 1862H, 1962H, 1A62H, 1B62H, and 1C62H: SPTB Indirect Address Register SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function D[7] D[6] D[5] D[4] D[3] D[2] D[1] D[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D[7:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The indirect data bits (D[7:0]) reports the data read from a message buffer after an indirect read operation has completed. The data to be written to a buffer must be set up in this register before initiating an indirect write operation. es da y, 03 De This register contains the data read from the path trace message buffer after a read operation or the data to be written into the buffer before a write operation. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 317 04 PM Registers 1163H, 1263H, 1363H, 1463H, 1563H, 1663H, 1763H, 1863H, 1963H, 1A63H, 1B63H, and 1C63H: SPTB Indirect Data Register SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function EX_PSL[7] EX_PSL[6] EX_PSL[5] EX_PSL[4] EX_PSL[3] EX_PSL[2] EX_PSL[1] EX_PSL[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register contains the expected path signal label byte in the receive stream. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co The EX_PSL[7:0] bits contain the expected path signal label byte (C2). In PSL Mode 1, EPSL[7:0] is compared with the accepted path signal label extracted from the receive stream. A path signal label mismatch (PSLM) is declared if the accepted PSL differs from the expected PSL. In PSL Mode 2, EPSL[7:0] is compared with the received path signal label extracted from the receive stream. A path signal label mismatch (PSLM) is declared if five consecutively received PSLs (other than 00h) differ from the expected PSL. If enabled, an interrupt is asserted upon declaration and removal of PSLM. n Tu es da y, 03 EX_PSL[7:0] De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 318 04 PM Registers 1164H, 1264H, 1364H, 1464H, 1564H, 1664H, 1764H, 1864H, 1964H, 1A64H, 1B64H, and 1C64H: SPTB Expected Path Signal Label SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R R R R Function RPSLUE RPSLME UNEQE PSLMODE RPSLUI RPSLUV RPSLMI RPSLMV Default 0 0 0 0 X X X X This register reports the path signal label status of the SPTB. The receive path signal label unstable status bit (RPSLUV) is independent on the PSL Mode. This bit reports the stable/unstable status of the path signal label in the receive stream. RPSLUV is set high when five labels that differ from its immediate predecessor are received. RPSLUV is set low and the unstable label count is reset when five consecutive identical labels are received. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne RPSLUV rI nc The receive path signal label mismatch interrupt status bit (RPSLMI) is set high when the match/mismatch (RPSLMV) status between the accepted and the expected path signal label changes state. The setting of this bit is dependent on the unstable status (RPSLMV), which is dependent on the PSL Mode. This bit (and the interrupt) is cleared when this register is read. of Pa rtm in RPSLMI er In The receive path signal label mismatch status bit (RPSLMV) is dependent on the PSL Mode. In Mode 1, this bit reports the match/mismatch status between the expected and the accepted path signal label. RPSLMV is set high when the accepted PSL differs from the expected PSL written by the microprocessor. PSLMV is set low when the accepted PSL matches the expected PSL. In Mode 2, this bit reports the match/mismatch status between the expected and the received path signal label. RPSLMV is set high when the received PSL differs from the expected PSL written by the microprocessor. PSLMV is set low when the accepted PSL matches the expected PSL. co n Tu es da y, 03 RPSLMV De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 319 04 PM Registers 1165H, 1265H, 1365H, 1465H, 1565H, 1665H, 1765H, 1865H, 1965H, 1A65H, 1B65H, and 1C65H: SPTB Path Signal Label Control and Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released PSLMODE UNEQE RPSLUE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI The receive path signal label unstable interrupt enable bit (RPSLUE) controls the activation of the interrupt output when the received path signal label changes state from stable to unstable and vice versa. When RPSLUE is set high, changes in stable state (RPSLUI) activates the interrupt (INTB) output. When RPSLUE is set low, path signal label state changes will not affect INTB. nc of Pa rtm in er The receive path signal label mismatch interrupt enable bit (RPSLME) controls the activation of the interrupt output when the comparison between accepted and the expected path signal label changes state from match to mismatch and vice versa. When RPSLME is set high, changes in match state (RPSLMI) activates the interrupt (INTB) output. When RPSLME is set low, path signal label state changes will not affect INTB. In co n Tu RPSLME es da The unequipped interrupt enable bit (UNEQE) controls the activation of the interrupt output when the path signal label indicates the path connection has changed state from equipped to unequipped and vice versa. When UNEQE is set high, changes in unequipped state (UNEQI) activates the interrupt (INTB) output. When UNEQE is set low, unequipped state changes will not affect INTB. y, 03 De ce m be r, The PSL Mode is used to set the mode used for the path signal label alarm algorithms. Setting this bit to low sets the PSL Mode to Mode 1. Setting this bit to high sets the PSL Mode to Mode 2. 20 02 02 :4 2: The receive path signal label unstable interrupt status bit (RPSLUI) is set high when the stable/unstable (RPSLUV) status of the path signal label changes state. This bit (and the interrupt) is cleared when this register is read. 04 PM RPSLUI 320 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R/W -- -- -- -- -- -- Function BUSY RWB Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Default 0 0 X X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm The BUSY bit reports whether a previously initiated indirect read or write to the path trace RAM has been completed. BUSY is set high upon writing to the SSTB Path Trace Indirect Address register, and stays high until the initiated access has completed. At this point, BUSY is set low. This register should be polled to determine when new data is available in the SPTB Indirect Data register. The maximum latency for the BUSY to return low is 10 s. in er In co BUSY n Tu The access control bit (RWB) selects between an indirect read or write access to the static page of the section trace message buffer. The access will be performed when the SPTB indirect address register is written to. If RWB is set high, a read access is initiated. The data read can be found in the SPTB Indirect Data register. If RWB is set low, a write access is initiated. The data in the SPTB Indirect Data register will be written to the address specified. es da y, 03 De RWB ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 321 04 PM Registers 1166H, 1266H, 1366H, 1466H, 1566H, 1666H, 1766H, 1866H, 1966H, 1A66H, 1B66H, and 1C66H: SPTB Path Trace Operation Trigger SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function GEN_A1A2_EN GEN_INV_PRBS GEN_AUTO GEN_FERR GEN_SIGE GEN_FSENB GEN_REGEN GEN_EN Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GEN_FSENB Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa GEN_FSEN should be disabled when using the generator in master/slave configuration to support de-multiplexed concatenated payloads. rtM i The Generator Fixed Stuff Enable (GEN_FSENB) bit determines whether the pseudo random bit sequence (PRBS) is inserted into the (STS-1/STM-0) fixed stuff bytes of the processed payload. When set to logic one, the PRBS is not inserted into the fixed stuff bytes and the bytes are output unaltered. When set to logic zero, the PRBS is inserted into the fixed stuff bytes. The fixed stuff columns are columns 30 and 59 of the STS-1 payload. ne rI nc of Pa rtm The Generator Regenerate (GEN_REGEN) bit can be used to re-initialize the generator LFSR and begin regenerating the pseudo random bit sequence (PRBS) from the known reset state. The LFSR reset state is dependent on the set sequence number. Setting this bit in a master generator will automatically force all slaves to reset at the same time. This bit will clear itself when the operation is complete. Upon a frame realignment on the Drop bus, the Generators must be regenerated. in er In co n Tu GEN_REGEN es da The Generator Enable (GEN_EN) bit enables the insertion of a pseudo random bit sequence (PRBS) into the Drop Bus payload. When GEN_EN is set high, the PRBS bytes will overwrite the processed payload data. When GEN_EN is set low, the incoming payload is unaltered. This bit has not effect in Autonomous Input Mode. y, 03 De GEN_EN ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 322 04 PM Registers 1170H, 1270H, 1370H, 1470H, 1570H, 1670H, 1770H, 1870H, 1970H, 1A70H, 1B70H, and 1C70H: DPGM Generator Control #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released GEN_AUTO The Generator Framing A1/A2 Enable (GEN_A1A2_EN) bit enables the insertion of the F6h and 28h bit pattern in the A1 and A2 respective byte positions of the processed stream. Setting to logic one this bit enables the A1 and A2 byte insertion. Setting this bit to logic zero passes through the input A1 and A2 bytes from the FIFO, resulting in zero in these bytes on the Drop Bus. This feature has priority over the all zero A1/A2 generated in Autonomous Input Mode. This feature can be used in any DPGM mode, including disabled mode. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of GEN_A1A2_EN Pa The Generator Invert PRBS (GEN_INV_PRBS) bit is used to invert the calculated PRBS byte before insertion into the payload. Setting this bit to logic one enables the logic inversion of all PRBS bits before insertion into the payload. Setting this bit to logic zero does not invert the generated PRBS. rtm in er In GEN_INV_PRBS co n The Generator Autonomous Mode (GEN_AUTO) bit places the Generator in the Autonomous Input Mode. In this mode the payload frame is forced to an active offset of zero. The generated frame will have all-zeros TOH and POH bytes. The H1, H2 pointer bytes are set to indicate an active SPE/VC offset of zero and the payload will be filled with a PRBS. When a logic zero is written to this bit, the active offset is determined by the received stream. Tu es da y, 03 De ce The Generator Force Error (GEN_FERR) bit is used to force bit errors in the inserted pseudo random bit sequence (PRBS). When logic one is written to this bit, the MSB of the PRBS byte will be inverted, inducing a single bit error. The register bit will clear itself when the operation is complete. A second forced error must not be attempted for at least 200 ns after this bit has been read back to `0'. m be r, 20 02 GEN_FERR 02 :4 The Generator Signature Interrupt Enable (GEN_SIGE) bit allows an interrupt to be asserted on INT when a signature verification mismatch occurs. When GEN_SIGE is set high, a change in the signature verification state (GEN_SIGV) will trigger an interrupt. When GEN_SIGE is set low, no interrupt will be asserted. 2: 04 PM GEN_SIGE 323 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co The Generator multi-frame indicator H4 Enable (GEN_H4_EN) bit enables the insertion of the H4 indicator into the H4 byte position of the processed payload. Setting to logic one this bit enables the insertion of a valid H4 byte. The inserted value of H4 is derived from the received stream H4 byte. This feature is duplicated in the RTAL block. By default RTAL should be used to insert H4. n Tu es da GEN_H4_EN y, 03 The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. De Reserved: ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 324 04 PM Registers 1171H, 1271H, 1371H, 1471H, 1571H, 1671H, 1771H, 1871H, 1971H, 1A71H, 1B71H, and 1C71H: DPGM Generator Control #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Unused Unused GEN_SEQ[3] GEN_SEQ[2] GEN_SEQ[1] GEN_SEQ[0] Reserved GEN_GMODE Default 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1in1 Gap Mode. Generator inserts the complete PRBS. 1in3 Gap Mode. Generator generates 1 of 3 (1in3) PRBS bytes. The generator will also generate 1in2 bytes to skip over path overhead columns. GEN_SEQ [3:0] rI nc The Generator Sequence (GEN_SEQ[3:0]) sets the reset state of the LFSR and places the generator in the master or slave mode. The sequence number identifies the multiplexing order of the outgoing data into the concatenating stream. The sequence number also affects the signature bit calculation. of Pa rtm GEN_SEQ[3:0] Mode Master Slave1 Slave2 Reserved Master in er In co Signature bit 96 PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 12th PRBS byte. 88th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 11th PRBS byte. 80th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 10th PRBS byte. N/A 96th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 12th PRBS byte. th n GEN_GMODE Generator Gap Mode Description Tu The GEN_GMODE bits control the operational mode of the pseudo random sequence generator as summarized in the table below. When GEN_GMODE is set to 0, the generator will generate the complete sequence for an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. When GEN_GMODE is set to logic one, the generator will generate one third or one in three bytes of the complete sequence for an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent in an STS-3c (STM1/AU-4) stream. es da y, 03 De GEN_GMODE ce m be r, 20 02 Reset Value All-ones. Master+8 states Master+16 states All-ones. 0000 0001 0010 by ed Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa rtM i 0011-1110 1111 ne 02 :4 2: 325 04 PM Registers 1172H, 1272H, 1372H, 1472H, 1572H, 1672H, 1772H, 1872H, 1972H, 1A72H, 1B72H, and 1C72H: DPGM Generator Concatenate Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused GEN_SIGI GEN_SIGV Default X X X X X X X X GEN_SIGI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne The Generator Signature Interrupt Status (GEN_SIGI) bit indicates a change in the signature verification state (GEN_SIGV) by a slave generator. When GEN_SIGI is set high, the slave generator has either transition from the signature match state to the signature mismatch state or vice versa. This bit is cleared when this register is read. This bit will continuously be set when in the out of alignment state since the status GEN_SIGV will toggle. This bit is only valid in slave generators. rI nc of Pa rtm in If non-alignment persists, a forced re-start of the sequence generation by all generators processing the concatenated stream should be initiated using the GEN_REGEN register bit in the master generator. This bit is only valid in slave generators and when out of alignment may toggle high and low. Persistent reads at low or reading the interrupt at low assures that the signature is correct. er In co n Tu The Generator Signature Status (GEN_SIGV) bit indicates if the partial pseudo random sequence (PRBS) begin generated is correctly aligned with the partial PRBS begin generated in the master generator. When GEN_SIGV is low, the signature verification is a match, and the partial PRBS is aligned with that of the master. When GEN_SIGV is high, the signature verification is a mismatch, and the partial PRBS is not aligned with that of the master. es da y, 03 De GEN_SIGV ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 326 04 PM Registers 1173H, 1273H, 1373H, 1473H, 1573H, 1673H, 1773H, 1873H, 1973H, 1A73H, 1B73H, and 1C73H: DPGM Generator Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function MON_AUTORESYNC MON_INV_PRBS MON_SYNCE MON_ERRE MON_FSENB MON_SIGE MON_RESYNC MON_EN Default 1 0 X 0 0 0 0 0 MON_FSENB MON_SIGE by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa The Monitor Signature Interrupt Enable (MON_SIGE) bit allows an interrupt to be asserted on INT when a signature verification mismatch occurs. When MON_SIGE is set high, a change in the signature verification state (MON_SIGV) will trigger an interrupt. When MON_SIGE is set low, no interrupt is reported. Note: This bit is ignored in a master DPGM. rtM i The Monitor Fixed Stuff Enable (MON_FSENB) bit determines whether a PRBS is monitored for in the fixed stuff columns (columns 30 and 59) of the processed payload. When logic one is written to this bit, the PRBS is not monitored for in the fixed stuff columns. When a logic zero is written to this bit, the PRBS is monitored for in the fixed stuff columns. MON_FSENB should be disabled when using the monitor in master/slave configuration to support de-multiplexed concatenated payloads. ne rI nc of Pa rtm The Monitor Resynchronize (MON_RESYNC) bit allows a forced resynchronization of the monitor to the incoming pseudo random bit sequence (PRBS). When set to logic one, the monitor's will go out of synchronization and begin re-synchronizing the to the incoming PRBS payload. Setting this bit in a master monitor will automatically force all slaves to resynchronize at the same time. This register bit will clear itself when the re-synchronizing has been triggered. in er In co n Tu MON_RESYNC es da The Monitor Enable (MON_EN) bit enables the monitoring of a pseudo random bit sequence (PRBS) in the processed payload. When MON_EN is set high, the incoming payload is extracted and the data monitored for the PRBS. When MON_EN is set low, no monitoring on the data is done. y, 03 De MON_EN ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 327 04 PM Registers 1178H, 1278H, 1378H, 1478H, 1578H, 1678H, 1778H, 1878H, 1978H, 1A78H, 1B78H, and 1C78H: DPGM Monitor Control #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The Monitor Automatic Resynchronization (MON_AUTORESYNC) bit enables the automatic resynchronization of the monitor after detecting 16 consecutive PRBS byte errors. Setting this bit to logic one, enables the monitor to automatically fall out of synchronization after 16 consecutive errors. Once out of synchronization, the monitor will attempt to resynchronize to the incoming PRBS and verify the synchronization with 32 consecutive PRBS matches. Setting this bit to logic zero disables the automatic resynchronization rtm in er In co n MON_AUTORESYNC Tu es The Monitor Invert PRBS (MON_INV_PRBS) bit is used to invert the received payload data before monitoring the data for a pseudo random bit sequence (PRBS). When set to logic one, the incoming payload PRBS bits are inverted before being verified against the monitor expected PRBS. When set to logic zero, the incoming payload PRBS is not inverted and verified as is. da y, 03 De MON_INV_PRBS ce m be The Monitor Synchronize Interrupt Enable (MON_ERRE) bit allows an interrupt to be asserted on INT when change in the synchronization state of the monitor occurs. When MON_SYNCE is set high, a change in the synchronization state (MON_SYNCV) will trigger an interrupt. When MON_SYNCE is set low, no interrupt is generated. r, 20 02 MON_SYNCE 02 :4 The Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Enable (MON_ERRE) bit allows an interrupt to be asserted on INT when a PRBS byte error has been detected in the incoming payload. When MON_ERRE is set high, a detected PRBS error in the incoming data will trigger an interrupt. When MON_ERRE is set low, no interrupt is generated. 2: 04 PM MON_ERRE 328 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Unused Unused MON_SEQ[3] MON_SEQ[2] MON_SEQ[1] MON_SEQ[0] MON_GMODE[1] MON_GMODE[0] Default X X 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 01 1in1 Gap Mode. Monitor monitors for a complete PRBS. 1in3 Gap Mode. Monitor will monitor for the presence of every 3rd PRBS byte. The Monitor will also monitor for every 2nd PRBS byte after the POH columns. Reserved Reserved 11 MON_SEQ[3:0] rtM i MON_SEQ [3:0] 0000 0001 0010 0011-1110 1111 ne rI The Monitor Sequence (MON_SEQ[3:0]) sets the Monitor in master or slave mode and is used to identify the multiplexed order of the monitored data in the concatenated payload. The sequence order affects the signature bit calculation. nc of Pa rtm in 10 Mode Master Slave1 Slave2 Reserved Master er In co Pa by ad ed Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo n MON_GMODE [1:0] Monitor Gap Mode Description Tu The MON_GMODE bit controls the operational mode of the pseudo random sequence monitor as summarized in the table below. When MON_GMODE[1:0] is set to "00", the monitor expects the complete sequence for an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. When MON_GMODE[1:0] is set to "01", the monitor expects one third or 1 in 3 bytes of the complete sequence in an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent of an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. Signature bit 96th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 12th PRBS byte. 88th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 11th PRBS byte. 80th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 10th PRBS byte. 96th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 12th PRBS byte. es da y, 03 De MON_GMODE ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 329 04 PM Registers 117AH, 127AH, 137AH, 147AH, 157AH, 167AH, 177AH, 187AH, 197AH, 1A7AH, 1B7AH, and 1C7AH: DPGM Monitor Concatenate Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function Unused Unused Unused MON_ERRI MON_SYNCI MON_SYNCV MON_SIGI MON_SIGV Default X X X X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad The Monitor Synchronize Status (MON_SYNCV) is set high when the monitor is out of synchronization. The monitor falls out of synchronization after detecting 16 consecutive mismatched PRBS bytes or being forced to re-synchronize. A forced re-synchronize may be due to setting the MON_RESYNC register bit or a master generator. Once out of synchronization, the Synchronized State can only be achieved after re-synchronizing to the incoming PRBS and verifying the resynchronization with 32 consecutive non-erred PRBS bytes. This bit is set low when in the Synchronized State. ed by Pa rtM i ne MON_SYNCV rI nc The Monitor Signature Interrupt Status (MON_SIGI) bit indicates a change in the signature verification state (MON_SIGV) by a slave monitor. When MON_SIGI is set high, the Monitor has either transition from the signature match state to the signature mismatch state or vice versa. This bit is cleared when this register is read. This bit is only valid in slave monitor. of Pa rtm in MON_SIGI er In If non-alignment persists, a forced re-synchronization of all monitors processing the concatenated stream should be initiated using the MON_RESYNC register bit in the master generator. This bit is only valid in slave generators. co n Tu The Monitor Signature Status (MON_SIGV) bit indicates if the partial pseudo random sequence (PRBS) begin monitored for is correctly aligned with the partial PRBS begin monitored for by the master generator. When MON_SIGV is low, the signature verification is a match, and the calculated partial PRBS is aligned with that of the master. When MON_SIGV is high, the signature verification is a mismatch, and the calculated partial PRBS is not aligned with that of the master. es da y, 03 De MON_SIGV ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 330 04 PM Registers 117BH, 127BH, 137BH, 147BH, 157BH, 167BH, 177BH, 187BH, 197BH, 1A7BH, 1B7BH, and 1C7BH: DPGM Monitor Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be The Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Status (MON_ERRI) bit indicates that an error has been detected in the received PRBS byte while the monitor was in the Synchronized State. MON_ERRI is set high, when one or more PRBS bit errors have been detected in the received PRBS data byte. This bit is cleared when this register is read. r, 20 02 MON_ERRI 02 :4 The Monitor Synchronize Interrupt Status (MON_SYNCI) bit indicates a change in the synchronization state (MON_SYNCV) of the monitor. When MON_SYNCI is set high, the monitor has transitioned from the Synchronized to Out-of-Synchronization State or vice versa. This bit is cleared when this register is read. 2: 04 PM MON_SYNCI 331 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function PRSE[7] PRSE[6] PRSE[5] PRSE[4] PRSE[3] PRSE[2] PRSE[1] PRSE[0] Default X X X X X X X X Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R PRSE[11] Tu Bit 4 R PRSE[12] PRSE[10] PRSE[9] PRSE[8] es Bit 5 R PRSE[13] da Bit 6 R PRSE[14] y, Bit 7 R PRSE[15] 03 Bit Type Function De Registers 117DH, 127DH, 137DH, 147DH, 157DH, 167DH, 177DH, 187DH, 197DH, 1A7DH, 1B7DH, and 1C7DH: DPGM Monitor Error Count #2 Default X X X X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc The PRSE[15:0] bits represent the number of PRBS byte errors detected since the last accumulation interval. Errors are only accumulated in the synchronized state and each PRBS data byte can only have one error. The transfer of the error accumulation counter to these registers is triggered by a write to either of the GPGM Monitor Error Counters and the contents of these registers will be valid only four clock cycles after the transfer is triggered. of Pa rtm in PRSE[15:0] er In co n ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 332 04 PM Registers 117CH, 127CH, 137CH, 147CH, 157CH, 167CH, 177CH, 187CH, 197CH, 1A7CH, 1B7CH, and 1C7CH: DPGM Monitor Error Count #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R R R R Function MASTER Reserved STM1_CONCAT SLLBEN TX_SLICE_ID[3] TX_SLICE_ID[2] TX_SLICE_ID[1] TX_SLICE_ID[0] Default 1 0 0 0 X X X X This register allows the operational mode of the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS to be configured. Reserved Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. rtM i ne The STM1_CONCAT bit is used to configure the TPPS to be processing TU2, TU11, or TU12 inside an STM-1(VC-4). When configured, TUAIS is properly asserted as defined by the ITUAIS in the TTAL. When set high, the TTAL fixed stuff columns are columns 1, 2, and 3. This supports TU2, TU11, and TU12 payloads in a VC-4. When set low, the TTAL fixed stuff columns are columns 30 and 59. When set low TUAIS can not be inserted properly. This bit can otherwise be set low. rI nc of Pa rtm When set high, the system side line loop back enable bit (SLLBEN) activates line loop back of the receive STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream processed by the corresponding RPPS. The receive stream replaces the transmit STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream from the Add bus. When SLLBEN is set low, system side line loop back of the corresponding receive stream is disabled, the data stream from the Add bus is processed normally. STM1_CONCAT in er In co n SLLBEN Tu es The TX_SLICE_ID[3:0] bits indicate the TPPS numbers 1 to 12. These register bits exist for test purposes only. The read back values are from zero to eleven, zero being slice 1 and eleven being slice 12. da y, 03 TX_SLICE_ID[3:0] De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 333 04 PM Registers 1180H, 1280H, 1380H, 1480H, 1580H, 1680H, 1780H, 1880H, 1980H, 1A80H, 1B80H, and 1C80H: SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Configuration SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 When set high, the MASTER bit enables the TPPS to control and co-ordinate the processing of an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) transmit stream as the master. It also enables the TPPS to control and to co-ordinate the distributed PRBS payload sequence generation and monitoring. When the MASTER bit is set low, the TPPS operates in a slave mode and its operation is co-ordinated by the associated master TPPS. :4 2: 04 PM MASTER 334 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved DISJ1V1 RXSEL[1] RXSEL[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register allows the operational mode of the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Path functions to be configured. These register bits should normally be set low when the TPPS is configured as a slave unless indicated otherwise. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa When RXSEL[1:0] is set to `b10, in-band error reporting is chosen. The associated receive section forms a new G1 byte reporting on the path BIP-8 errors detected. The SPECTRA 4x155 receive section does not support in-band error reporting of RDI codes. The local transmit section pass the path REI and path RDI bits on the Add bus to the transmit stream unmodified. When RXSEL[1:0] is set to `b11, the path status byte in the transmit stream is not associate with any receive stream. Neither path REI nor path RDI will be reported. rtM i ne rI nc When RXSEL[1:0] is set to `b01, a remote receive device (via the TAD port) is chosen and it reports the detected path BIP-8 error count and generated path RDI status to be inserted via the transmit alarm port. The path status byte in the transmit stream carries the path REI and path RDI indications reported in the transmit alarm port (TAD). If the remote receive section is another SPECTRA 4x155, the RAD port can be connected to the TAD port and the AUTOPREI bit in the RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #1 register set so that the detected path BIP-8 error counts can be extracted onto the RAD port. The TAD port can not handle the REI insertion a maximum errored payload rate of eight errors per frame of Pa rtm in er In co The RXSEL[1:0] bits controls the source of the associated receive section of the transmit stream. When RXSEL[1:0] is set to `b00, the receive section is chosen to be one in the local SPECTRA 4x155. The path REI count and path RDI status of the transmit stream is derived from the local RPOP. Local REI's must be enabled by setting the AUTOPREI bit in the RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #1 register. n Tu es da y, RXSEL[1:0] 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 335 04 PM Registers 1182H, 1282H, 1382H, 1482H, 1582H, 1682H, 1782H, 1882H, 1982H, 1A82H, 1B82H, and 1C82H: TPPS Path Configuration SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released RXSEL[1:0] 00 01 10 11 Source Local SPECTRA 4x155 Remote receive (TAD port) In-band reporting no reporting Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. da Reserved y, 03 DISJ1V1 is only valid for TelecomBus operation. De When set high, the DISJ1V1 bit configures the SPECTRA 4x155 to only expect C1 byte indications on the AC1J1V1 input. When only C1 byte indications are provided, the SPECTRA 4x155 will interpret the pointer of the Add bus to identify the J1 and V1 byte positions. When set low, the SPECTRA 4x155 expects the AC1J1V1 input to indicate C1, J1 and V1. ce m be r, 20 DISJ1V1 02 02 :4 2: 336 04 PM Table 13 RXSEL[1:0] Codepoints for STS-1 and STS-3c. SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function ADDUEV ADDUE Reserved Reserved TDIS Reserved Reserved TPTBEN Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TPTBEN For slave slices, TDIS must be set high. ADDUE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa When set high, the ADDUE bit configures the corresponding transmit stream from the Add bus as unequipped. Payload bytes are overwritten with all-ones or all-zeros as controlled using the ADDUEV bit. When ADDUE is set low, the transmit stream is equipped and carrying valid data. rtM i ne rI The TDIS bit controls the insertion of path overhead bytes in the transmit stream. When TDIS is set high, the path overhead bytes of the corresponding transmit stream are sourced from the Add bus. . When TDIS is set low, path overhead is processed normally. nc of Pa TDIS rtm The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. in er Reserved: In co Note: This register bit should normally be set low when the TPPS is configured as a slave. n Tu The TPTBEN bit controls whether the path trace message stored in the TPTB (in SPTB) block is inserted in the transmit stream. When TPTBEN is set high, the message in the corresponding transmit path trace buffer (TPTB) is inserted in the transmit stream. When TPTBEN is set low, the path trace message is supplied by the TPOP block. es da y, 03 De This register controls the insertion of path overhead and unequipped payload pattern (FFH, 00H) in the transmit stream. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 337 04 PM Registers 1186H, 1286H, 1386H, 1486H, 1586H, 1686H, 1786H, 1886H, 1986H, 1A86H, 1B86H, and 1C86H: TPPS Path Transmit Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released When set high, the ADDUEV bit selects the all-ones pattern as the overwrite pattern when payload overwrite is enabled using the ADDUE bit. When set low, the ADDUEV bit selects the all-zeros pattern as the overwrite pattern when payload overwrite is enabled using the ADDUE bit. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be This bit must be set in all master and slave slices for STS-3c/STM-1 payloads. r, 20 02 02 :4 ADDUEV 2: 338 04 For configuring paths as unequipped, this bit must be set in all master and slave slices for STS-3c/AU-4 payloads.This bit must be set in all master and slave slices for STS-3c/STM-1 payloads. PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function LOMTUAIS TPAIS_EN Reserved Reserved LOPPAIS PAISPAIS LOPCONPAIS PAISCONPAIS Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PAISCONPAIS Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa When set high, the PAISPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the transmit stream when path AIS is detected on the Add bus. When PAISPAIS is set low, path AIS events have no effect on the transmit stream. rtM i ne PAISPAIS rI nc Note: This register bit should only be used when the TPPS is configured as a slave. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. of Pa When set high, the LOPCONPAIS bit enable path AIS insertion on the transmit stream when loss of concatenated pointer (LOPCON) event is detected. When this bit is set low, the LOPCON event has no effect on the transmit stream. rtm in er LOPCONPAIS In co Note: This register bit should only be used when the RPPS is configured as a slave. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. n Tu When set high, the PAISCONPAIS bit enable path AIS insertion on the transmit stream when path AIS concatenation event is detected. When this bit is set low, the corresponding event has no effect on the transmit stream. es da y, 03 De This register controls the auto assertion of transmit path/TU AIS. These register bits should normally be set low when the TPPS is configured as a slave unless indicated otherwise. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 339 04 PM Registers 1190H, 1290H, 1390H, 1490H, 1590H, 1690H, 1790H, 1890H, 1990H, 1A90H, 1B90H, and 1C90H: TPPS Path AIS Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Reserved The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co When set high, the LOMTUAIS bit enables tributary path AIS insertion on the transmit stream when LOM events are detected on the Add bus. The path overhead (POH), the fixed stuff, and the pointer bytes (H1, H2) are unaffected. When LOMTUAIS is set low, LOM events have no effect on the transmit stream. LOMTUAIS must be set low when transmitting VT3 (TU3) payloads because the loss of multi-frame condition does not exist. n Tu es da y, LOMTUAIS 03 De ce m be When set high, the LOPPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion on the transmit stream when LOP events are detected on the Add bus. When LOPPAIS is set low, LOP events have no effect on the transmit stream. r, 20 02 LOPPAIS 02 :4 When set high, the TPAIS_EN bit enables path AIS insertion into the transmit stream via the corresponding time-slot of the TPAIS input signal. When TPAIS_EN is set low, the TPAIS input signal have no effect on the transmit stream. Forcing TPAIS on master slice will force the slave slices into PAIS also. 2: 04 PM TPAIS_EN 340 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R -- -- R -- Function TPAIS Unused TTALI TPIPI Unused Unused APGMI Unused Default X X X X X X X X The APGMI bits are high when an interrupt request is active from the APGM block. TPIPI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The transmit stream alarm indication signal (TPAIS) bit is set high when path AIS is inserted in the transmit stream being processed by the TPPS. Transmit Path AIS assertion is controlled using the TTAL Control register or the TPPS Path AIS Control register with the Add bus pointer interpretation enabled. Note: TPAIS is not an interrupt bit. ne rI nc TPAIS of Pa The TTALI bits is high when an interrupt request is active from the TTAL block. rtm TTALI in er The TPIPI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the TPIP block. In co n Tu es APGMI da y, This register, together with the Section/Line Interrupt Status register, allows the source of an active interrupt for the transmit side to be identified down to the block level. Further register accesses to the block in question are required in order to determine each specific cause of an active interrupt and to acknowledge each interrupt source. These register bits are not cleared on read. 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 341 04 PM Registers 11A8H, 12A8H, 13A8H, 14A8H, 15A8H, 16A8H, 17A8H, 18A8H, 19A8H, 1AA8H, 1BA8H, and 1CA8H: TPPS Path Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function LOPCONE PAISCONE Reserved PAISE LOPE LOME Unused Unused Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOME PAISE Reserved ed by PAISCONE The path alarm indication signal concatenation (PAISCON) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary PAISCON interrupt status. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. rtM i ne The path alarm indication signal (PAIS) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary PAIS interrupt status. rI nc of Pa The LOP interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary LOP interrupt status. rtm in LOPE er In The LOM interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary LOM interrupt status. co n Tu es These register bits should normally be set low when the TPPS is configured as a slave unless indicated otherwise. da y, 03 This register controls the interrupt generation on output INTB by the corresponding interrupt status in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status register. Note: These enable bits do not affect the actual interrupt bits found in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status register. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 342 04 PM Registers 11ACH, 12ACH, 13ACH, 14ACH, 15ACH, 16ACH, 17ACH, 18ACH, 19ACH, 1AACH, 1BACH, and 1CACH: TPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Enable SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The loss of pointer concatenation (LOPCON) interrupt enable bit enables interrupt generation on output INTB by the auxiliary LOPCON interrupt status. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 Note: This register bit should only be used when the TPPS is configured as a slave. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. 02 02 :4 2: 343 LOPCONE 04 PM Note: This register bit should only be used when the TPPS is configured as a slave. Otherwise, it should normally be set low. SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function LOPCONI PAISCONI Reserved PAISI LOPI LOMI Unused Unused Default X X X X X X X X This register replicates the path interrupts that can be found in the TPIP register. However, unlike the TPIP interrupt register bits that clear-on-reads, these register bits do not clear when read. To clear these registers bits, a logic one must be written to the register bit. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The path AIS concatenation interrupt (PAISCONI) bit is set high when there is a change of the path AIS concatenation state. This auxiliary interrupt status corresponds to the AU3PAISCONI status in the TPIP Alarm Interrupt Status register. Pa rtM i PAISCONI ne rI The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. nc Reserved of Pa The path AIS interrupt status bit (PAISI) is set high on changes in the path AIS status. rtm PAISI in er The loss of pointer interrupt status bit (LOPI) is set high on the change of loss of pointer status. In co LOPI n Tu The loss of multi-frame interrupt status bit (LOMI) is set high on changes in the loss of multi-frame status. es da y, LOMI 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 344 04 PM Registers 11B0H, 12B0H, 13B0H, 14B0H, 15B0H, 16B0H, 17B0H, 18B0H, 19B0H, 1AB0H, 1BB0H, and 1CB0H: SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Auxiliary Path Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The loss of pointer concatenation interrupt (LOPCONI) bit is set high when there is a change of the pointer concatenation state. This auxiliary interrupt status corresponds to the AU-3LOPCONI status in the TPIP Alarm Interrupt Status register. 04 PM LOPCONI 345 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type -- R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Unused PERDIEN PERDISRC PERSIST EXCFS DH4 DB3 Reserved Default X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DB3 DH4 The diagnose multi-frame indicator enable bit (DH4) controls the inversion of the multiframe indicator (H4) byte in the transmit stream. This bit may be used to cause an out of multi-frame alarm in downstream circuitry when the SPE (VC) is used to carry virtual tributary (VT) or tributary unit (TU) based payloads. When a logic zero is written to this bit position, the H4 byte is unmodified. When a logic one is written to this bit position, the H4 byte is inverted. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The fixed stuff column BIP-8 exclusion bit (EXCFS) controls the inclusion of bytes in the fixed stuff columns of the STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) payload carrying tributaries in path BIP-8 calculations. When EXCFS is set high, the value of bytes in the fixed stuff columns do not affect the path BIP-8 byte (B3). When EXCFS is set low, data in the fixed stuff bytes are included in path BIP-8 calculations. This bit must be set low when the TPPS containing the TPOP is processing an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. Pa rtM i ne rI nc EXCFS of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The diagnose BIP-8 enable bit (DB3) controls the inversion of the path BIP-8 byte (B3) in the transmit stream. When a logic zero is written to this bit position, the B3 byte is transmitted uncorrupted. When a logic one is written to this bit position, the B3 byte is inverted, causing the insertion of eight path BIP-8 errors per frame. es da y, 03 De The register controls the operation of the transport overhead processor for downstream diagnostics. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 346 04 PM Registers 11C0H, 12C0H, 13C0H, 14C0H, 15C0H, 16C0H, 17C0H, 18C0H, 19C0H, 1AC0H, 1BC0H, and 1CC0H: TPOP Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co The path enhanced RDI enable (PERDIEN) bit controls path RDI insertion. When PERDIEN is set high, path enhanced RDI assertion (bits 5, 6, and 7 of the G1 byte) is enabled while normal path RDI (bit 5 of the G1 byte) and auxiliary path RDI (bit 6 of the G1 byte) are disabled. When PERDIEN is set low, path enhanced RDI assertion is disabled while normal path RDI and auxiliary path RDI are enabled. n Tu es da PERDIEN y, 03 The path enhanced RDI source (PERDISRC) bit controls the source of the path enhanced RDI code. When PERDISRC is set high, the path enhanced RDI code is sourced from internal receive side alarms as controlled by the RPPS Path REI/RDI Control (#1, #2) and Path Enhanced RDI Control (#1, #2) registers. When PERDISRC is set low, the path enhanced RDI code is sourced from the TPOP Path Status register. De ce m be r, PERDISRC 20 02 The path far end receive failure alarm persistence bit (PERSIST) controls the persistence of the RDI asserted into the transmit stream. When PERSIST is a logic one, the RDI code inserted into the transmit stream as a result of consequential actions is asserted for a minimum of 20 frames in non-enhanced RDI mode, or the last valid RDI code before an idle code (idle codes are when bits 5,6,7 are 000, 001, or 011) is asserted for 20 frames in enhanced RDI mode. When PERSIST is logic zero, the transmit RDI code changes immediately based on received alarm conditions. 02 :4 2: 04 PM PERSIST 347 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved FTPTR Reserved Reserved NDF Reserved Reserved Reserved Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register controls the pointer generation in the transmit stream. NDF Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The force transmit pointer bit (FTPTR) enables the insertion of the pointer value contained in the Arbitrary Pointer registers into the transmit stream for diagnostic purposes. This allows upstream payload mapping circuitry to continue functioning normally and a valid SPE to continue to be generated. If FTPTR is set to logic one, the APTR[9:0] bits of the TPOP Payload Pointer registers are inserted into the H1 and H2 bytes of the transmit stream. When FTPTR is set and immediately reset at least one Arbitrary Pointer substitution is guaranteed to be sent. If FTPTR is logic zero, a valid pointer is inserted. ne rI nc of Pa rtm FTPTR in er The NDF insert bit controls the insertion of new data flags in the payload pointer. When a logic one is written to this bit, the pattern contained in the NDF[3:0] bits in the TPOP Payload Pointer MSB register is inserted continuously in the payload pointer of the transmit stream. When a logic zero is written to this bit, the normal pattern (`b0110) is inserted in the payload pointer. In co n Tu es da y, The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. 03 Reserved De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 348 04 PM Registers 11C1H, 12C1H, 13C1H, 14C1H, 15C1H, 16C1H, 17C1H, 18C1H, 19C1H, 1AC1H, 1BC1H, and 1CC1H: TPOP Pointer Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function CPTR[7] CPTR[6] CPTR[5] CPTR[4] CPTR[3] CPTR[2] CPTR[1] CPTR[0] Default X X X X X X X X Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- -- R R Unused Tu Bit 4 -- Unused Unused es Bit 5 -- Unused da Bit 6 -- Unused y, Bit 7 -- Unused 03 Bit Type Function co CPTR[9] CPTR[8] n The CPTR[9:0] bits reflect the value of the active offset on the transmit stream as indicated by pulses on the AC1J1V1 signal. It is recommended the CPTR[9:0] value be software debounced to ensure a correct value is received. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in CPTR[9:0] er In De Registers 11C4H, 12C4H, 13C4H, 14C4H, 15C4H, 16C4H, 17C4H, 18C4H, 19C4H, 1AC4H, 1BC4H, and 1CC4H: TPOP Current Pointer MSB Default ce X X X X X X X X m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 349 04 PM Registers 11C3H, 12C3H, 13C3H, 14C3H, 15C3H, 16C3H, 17C3H, 18C3H, 19C3H, 1AC3H, 1BC3H, and 1CC3H: TPOP Current Pointer LSB SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function APTR[7] APTR[6] APTR[5] APTR[4] APTR[3] APTR[2] APTR[1] APTR[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W S[1] S[0] Tu Bit 4 R/W NDF[0] es Bit 5 R/W NDF[1] da Bit 6 R/W NDF[2] y, Bit 7 R/W NDF[3] 03 Bit Type Function co APTR[9] APTR[8] n NDF[3:0] by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa The new data flag bits (NDF[3:0]) are inserted in the NDF bit positions when the TPOP makes a discontinuous change in active offset or when the NDF bit in the TPOP Pointer Control register is set to logic one. rtM i The payload pointer size bits (S[1:0]) are inserted in the S[1:0] bit positions in the payload pointer in the transmit stream. ne rI S1-S0 nc of The APTR[9:0] bits are used to set an arbitrary active offset value in the transmit stream. The arbitrary pointer value is transferred by writing a logic one to the FTPTR bit in the TPOP Pointer Control Register. A legal value (that is, 0 pointer value 782) results in a new pointer in the transmit stream. Pa rtm in APTR[9:0] er In De Registers 11C6H, 12C6H, 13C6H, 14C6H, 15C6H, 16C6H, 17C6H, 18C6H, 19C6H, 1AC6H, 1BC6H, and 1CC6H: TPOP Payload Pointer MSB Default ce 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 350 04 PM Registers 11C5H, 12C5H, 13C5H, 14C5H, 15C5H, 16C5H, 17C5H, 18C5H, 19C5H, 1AC5H, 1BC5H, and 1CC5H: TPOP Payload Pointer LSB SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function J1[7] J1[6] J1[5] J1[4] J1[3] J1[2] J1[1] J1[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J1[7:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The J1[7:0] bits are inserted in the J1 byte position in the transmit stream when the associated SPTB block is disabled. da y, 03 De This register contains the value to be inserted in the path trace byte (J1) of the transmit stream when the Transmit Path Trace Buffer block is disabled (TPTBEN set low). ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 351 04 PM Registers 11C7H, 12C7H, 13C7H, 14C7H, 15C7H, 16C7H, 17C7H, 18C7H, 19C7H, 1AC7H, 1BC7H, and 1CC7H: TPOP Path Trace SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function C2[7] C2[6] C2[5] C2[4] C2[3] C2[2] C2[1] C2[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 C2[7:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The C2[7:0] bits are inserted in the C2 byte position in the transmit stream when the corresponding TDIS register bit is set low. Upon reset, the register value defaults to 01H, which represents "Equipped - Non Specific Payload." es da y, 03 De This register contains the value to be inserted in the path signal label byte (C2) of the transmit stream. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 352 04 PM Registers 11C8H, 12C8H, 13C8H, 14C8H, 15C8H, 16C8H, 17C8H, 18C8H, 19C8H, 1AC8H, 1BC8H, and 1CC8H: TPOP Path Signal Label SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function PREI[3] PREI[2] PREI[1] PREI[0] PRDI PERDI6 PERDI7 G1[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register reflects the value inserted in the path status byte (G1) of the transmit stream. 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 Pa PERDIEN IBER rtm Table 14 Transmit RDI Control PERDISRC Tx G1 bit 5 PRDI5+Reg[3] PRDI5+Reg[3] SPE_G1[5]+Reg[3] SPE_G1[5]+Reg[3] Reg[3] PRDI5 SPE_G1[5] SPE_G1[5] in er The PERDI6 and PERDI7 bits control the insertion of the STS path receive defect indication alarm (PRDI6 and PRDI7, respectively) when PERDIEN is logic one, and are inserted in the unused bit positions G1[2:1] in the path status byte when PERDIEN is logic zero. The function is described in Table 14. In co n Tu PERDI6, PERDI7 es da The G1[0] bit is inserted in the unused bit positions of the path status byte when corresponding TDIS register bit is set low. y, 03 G1[0] De ce m be tx G1 bit 6 Reg[2] Reg[2] Reg[2] Reg[2] Reg[2] PRDI6 SPE_G1[6] SPE_G1[6] r, 20 02 tx G1 bit 7 Reg[1] Reg[1] Reg[1] Reg[1] Reg[1] PRDI7 SPE_G1[7] SPE_G1[7] 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 rI ne rtM i ed by lo ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 Pa Notes IBER = 1 when in-band reporting is enabled. In-band error reporting is enabled when RXSEL[1:0] = "10" in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Path Configuration register (bits 1:0). SPE_G1[7:5] = bits 7 through 5 of the G1 byte on the Add bus nc of 1 1 0 0 1 1 02 :4 2: 353 04 PM Registers 11C9H, 12C9H, 13C9H, 14C9H, 15C9H, 16C9H, 17C9H, 18C9H, 19C9H, 1AC9H, 1BC9H, and 1CC9H: TPOP Path Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Reg[3:1] = PRDI, PERDI6, PERDI7 register bit values, respectively Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da The path REI count (PREI[3:0]) is inserted in the path REI bit positions in the path status byte when the corresponding TDIS register bit is set low. The value contained in PREI[3:0] is cleared after being inserted in the path status byte. Any non-zero PREI[3:0] value overwrites the value that would normally have been inserted based on the number of PREIs accumulated from the BIP-8 errors detected by the companion RPOP in the SPECTRA 4x155 during the last frame. When reading this register, a non-zero value in these bit positions indicates that the insertion of this value is still pending. y, 03 De ce m be PREI[3:0] r, 20 The PRDI bit controls the insertion of the STS path receive defect indication alarm. The function is described in the table above. 02 02 PRDI :4 2: 354 04 PM PRDI7, PRDI6, PRDI5 = bits 7 through 5 of the G1 byte from the associated RPOP or the transmit alarm port of the SPECTRA 4x155 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function F2[7] F2[6] F2[5] F2[4] F2[3] F2[2] F2[1] F2[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F2[7:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The F2[7:0] bits are inserted in the F2 byte position in the transmit stream when the corresponding TDIS register bit is set low. da y, 03 De This register contains the value to be inserted in the path user channel byte (F2) of the transmit stream. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 355 04 PM Registers 11CAH, 12CAH, 13CAH, 14CAH, 15CAH, 16CAH, 17CAH, 18CAH, 19CAH, 1ACAH, 1BCAH, and 1CCAH: TPOP Path User Channel SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Z3[7] Z3[6] Z3[5] Z3[4] Z3[3] Z3[2] Z3[1] Z3[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Z3[7:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The Z3[7:0] bits are inserted in the Z3 byte position in the transmit stream when the corresponding TDIS register bit is set low or TPOHEN input is low during the corresponding path growth #1 bit positions in the path overhead input stream, TPOH. es da y, 03 De This register contains the value to be inserted in the path growth byte #1 (Z3) of the transmit stream. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 356 04 PM Registers 11CBH, 12CBH, 13CBH, 14CBH, 15CBH, 16CBH, 17CBH, 18CBH, 19CBH, 1ACBH, 1BCBH, and 1CCBH: TPOP Path Growth #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Z4[7] Z4[6] Z4[5] Z4[4] Z4[3] Z4[2] Z4[1] Z4[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Z4[7:0] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The Z4[7:0] bits are inserted in the Z4 byte position in the transmit stream when the corresponding TDIS register bit is set low or TPOHEN input is low during the corresponding path growth #2 bit positions in the path overhead input stream, TPOH. es da y, 03 De This register contains the value to be inserted in the path growth byte #2 (Z4) of the transmit stream. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 357 04 PM Registers 11CCH, 12CCH, 13CCH, 14CCH, 15CCH, 16CCH, 17CCH, 18CCH, 19CCH, 1ACCH, 1BCCH, and 1CCCH: TPOP Path Growth #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Z5[7] Z5[6] Z5[5] Z5[4] Z5[3] Z5[2] Z5[1] Z5[0] Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Z50-Z57 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The Z5[7:0] bits are inserted in the Z5 byte position in the transmit stream when the corresponding TDIS register bit is set low or TPOHEN input is low during the tandem connection maintenance byte positions in the corresponding path overhead input stream, TPOH. es da y, 03 De This register contains the value to be inserted in the tandem connection maintenance byte (Z5) of the transmit stream. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 358 04 PM Registers 11CDH, 12CDH, 13CDH, 14CDH, 15CDH, 16CDH, 17CDH, 18CDH, 19CDH, 1ACDH, 1BCDH, and 1CCDH: TPOP Tandem Connection Maintenance SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved H4BYP CLRFS Reserved Reserved ESEE PJEE PAIS Default 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 This register allows the operation of the Transmit TelecomBus Aligner to be configured. PJEE ESEE Reserved by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa The Reserved bits must be set to their default value for proper operation of the SPECTRA4X155. rtM i The elastic store error interrupt enable bit (ESEE) controls the activation of the interrupt output when a FIFO underflow or overflow has been detected in the elastic store . When ESEE is set high, FIFO flow error events will affect the interrupt (INTB) output. When ESEE is set low, FIFO flow error events will not affect INTB. ne rI nc of Pa The pointer justification event interrupt enable bit (PJEE) controls the activation of the interrupt output when a pointer justification is inserted in the transmit stream. When PJEE is set high, insertion of pointer justification events in the transmit stream will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. When PJEE is set low, insertion of pointer justification events in the transmit stream will not affect INTB. rtm in er In co n Tu The PAIS bit controls the insertion of path alarm indication signal in the transmit stream. When logic one is written to this bit, the SPE and the pointer bytes (H1 - H3) are set to allones. When a logic zero is written to this bit, the SPE and pointer bytes are processed normally. Upon de-activation of path AIS, a new data flag accompanies the first valid pointer. es da y, 03 PAIS De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 359 04 PM Registers 11D0H, 12D0H, 13D0H, 14D0H, 15D0H, 16D0H, 17D0H, 18D0H, 19D0H, 1AD0H, 1BD0H, and 1CD0H: TTAL Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released H4BYP Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 The tributary multi-frame bypass bit (H4BYP) controls whether the TTAL block overwrites the H4 byte in the path overhead with an internally generated sequence. When H4BYP is set high, the H4 byte carried in the Add bus is placed in the transmit stream unchanged. When H4BYP is set low, the H4 byte is replaced by the sequence `Hfc, `Hfd, `Hfe, and `Hff. The phase of the four frames in the multi-frame is synchronized by the V1 pulse in AC1J1V1 input. De ce m be r, 20 02 The clear fixed stuff column bit (CLRFS) enables the setting of the fixed stuff columns in virtual tributary (low order tributary) mappings to zero. When a logic one is written to CLRFS, the fixed stuff column data are set to 00H. When a logic zero is written to CLRFS, the fixed stuff column data from the Add bus is placed on the transmit stream unchanged. The location of the fixed stuff columns in the SPE (VC) is dependent on the whether the TPPS containing the TTAL is processing concatenated payload. 02 :4 2: 04 PM CLRFS 360 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R R R R/W Function Reserved Reserved ESD[1] ESD[0] ESEI PPJI NPJI Reserved Default 0 0 1 0 X X X 0 This register allows the control of the transmit stream and sensing of interrupt status. The interrupt bits (and the interrupt) are cleared when this register is read. NPJI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa ESD0- ESD1 The elastic store depth control bits (ESD[1:0]) set elastic store FIFO fill thresholds i.e., the thresholds for the ES_upperT and ES_lowerT indications. The thresholds for the four ESD[1:0] codes are shown in Table 15. rtM i The Drop bus elastic store error interrupt status bit (ESEI) is set high when the FIFO in TTAL underflows or overflows. This will cause the TTAL to reset itself. Note: It can lose the J1, and go out of AIS for a short period of time if it was in AIS state. ne rI nc ESEI of Pa The transmit stream positive pointer justification interrupt status bit (PPJI) is set high when the TTAL inserts a positive pointer justification event in the transmit stream. rtm in PPJI er In The transmit stream negative pointer justification interrupt status bit (NPJI) is set high when the TTAL inserts a negative pointer justification event in the transmit stream. co n Tu es The Reserved bit must be set low for correct operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. da y, Reserved 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 361 04 PM Registers 11D1H, 12D1H, 13D1H, 14D1H, 15D1H, 16D1H, 17D1H, 18D1H, 19D1H, 1AD1H, 1BD1H, and 1CD1H: TTAL Interrupt Status and Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released ESD[1:0] 00 01 10 11 Hard neg limit 4 5 6 7 Soft neg limit 0 1 4 6 Soft pos limit 0 1 4 6 Hard pos limit 4 4 6 7 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in Hard pos limit: The maximum number of incoming positive justification (after several incoming negative justifications) before entering the hard region of the FIFO (In the hard region the TTAL will start generates outgoing positive justification at the rate of in 1 every 4 frames). er In co n Soft pos limit: The maximum number of incoming positive justification (after several incoming negative justifications) before entering the soft region of the FIFO (In the soft region, the TTAL generates outgoing positive justification at the rate of 1 in every 16 frames). Tu es da y, Hard neg limit: The maximum number of incoming negative justification (after several incoming positive justifications) before entering the hard region of the FIFO (In the hard region, the TTAL generates outgoing negative justification at the rate of 1 in every 4 frames). 03 De ce m be Soft neg limit: The maximum number of incoming negative justification (after several incoming positive justifications) before entering the soft region of the FIFO (In the soft region, the TTAL generates outgoing negative justification at the rate of 1 in every 16 frames ). r, 20 02 Definition 02 :4 2: 362 04 PM Table 15 Transmit ESD[1:0] Codepoints SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved Reserved Reserved ITUAIS Reserved Reserved ESAIS DH4 Default X X 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register controls the tributary format on the transmit stream. The elastic store error path AIS insertion enable bit (ESAIS) controls the insertion of path AIS in the transmit stream when a FIFO underflow or overflow has been detected in the elastic store. When ESAIS is set high, detection of FIFO flow error will cause path AIS to be inserted in the transmit stream for three frames. When ESAIS is set low, path AIS is not inserted as a result of FIFO errors. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne The Reserved bit must be set to logic zero for correct operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. rI nc Reserved of Pa rtm in er In ESAIS co n The diagnose multi-frame indicator enable bit (DH4) controls the inversion of the multiframe indicator (H4) byte in the transmit stream. This bit may be used to cause an out of multi-frame alarm in downstream circuitry when the SPE (VC) is used to carry virtual tributary (VT) or tributary unit (TU) based payloads. When a logic zero is written to this bit position, the H4 byte is unmodified. When a logic one is written to this bit position, the H4 byte is inverted. Tu es da y, 03 DH4 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 363 04 PM Registers 11D2H, 12D2H, 13D2H, 14D2H, 15D2H, 16D2H, 17D2H, 18D2H, 19D2H, 1AD2H, 1BD2H, and 1CD2H: TTAL Alarm and Diagnostic Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 The insert tributary path AIS bits controls the insertion of Tributary Path AIS in the transmit stream when transmitting VT-11 (TU-11), VT-12 (TU-12), and VT-2 (TU-2) payloads. When ITUAIS is set high, columns in the transmit stream carrying tributary traffic are set to all-ones. The pointer bytes (H1, H2, and H3), the path overhead column, and the fixed stuff columns are unaffected. Normal operation resumes when the ITUAIS bit is set low. The ITUAIS bit does not work for VT-3 (TU-3) tributary payloads and the ITUAIS bit must be set low. The STM1_CONCAT register bit must be set for TU2, TU11, and TU12 payloads in a VC-4. 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM ITUAIS 364 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R R R R R R R/W Function Reserved AU-3LOPCONV LOPV AU-3PAISCONV PAISV Reserved NEWPTRI NEWPTRE Default 0 X X X X X X 0 NEWPTRE The Reserved bits are status bits and must be ignored when this register is read. The path AIS status bit (PAIS) indicates reception of path AIS alarm in the receive stream. AU-3PAISCONV The AU-3 concatenation path AIS status bit (AU-3PAISCONV) indicates reception of path AIS alarm in the concatenation indication in the transmit STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream. ad ed by LOPV The loss of pointer status bit (LOPV) indicates entry to the LOP_state in the TPIP pointer interpreter state machine. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo Pa rtM i ne rI nc of PAISV Pa rtm in Reserved: er In The NEWPTRI bit is set to logic one when a new_point indication is received. This bit (and the interrupt) is cleared when this register is read. co n NEWPTRI Tu es When a logic one is written to the NEWPTRE interrupt enable bit position, the reception of a new_point indication will activate the interrupt (INT) output. da y, 03 De This register provides configuration and reports the status of the corresponding TPIP if the EXTD bit is set low in the TPIP Pointer MSB register. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 365 04 PM Registers 11E0H, 12E0H, 13E0H, 14E0H, 15E0H, 16E0H, 17E0H, 18E0H, 19E0H, 1AE0H, 1BE0H, and 1CE0H: TPIP Status and Control (EXTD=0) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The AU-3 concatenated loss of pointer status bit (AU-3LOPCONV) indicates entry to LOPCON_state for the transmit STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream in the TPIP pointer interpreter. 04 PM AU-3LOPCONV 366 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W -- R R R Function Reserved IINVCNT Reserved Reserved Unused Reserved Reserved Reserved Default 0 0 0 0 X X X X Reserved Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er When a logic one is written to the IINVCNT (Intuitive Invalid Pointer Counter) bit, if in the LOP state, 3 x new point will reset the inv_point count. If this bit is set to logic zero, the inv_point count will not be reset if in the LOP state and 3 x new pointers are detected. In co n IINVCNT Tu es The Reserved read/write bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. The Reserved read bits must be ignored when this register is read. da y, 03 De This register provides configuration of the corresponding TPIP if the EXTD bit is set high in the TPIP Pointer MSB register. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 367 04 PM Registers 11E0H, 12E0H, 13E0H, 14E0H, 15E0H, 16E0H, 17E0H, 18E0H, 19E0H, 1AE0H, 1BE0H, and 1CE0H: TPIP Status and Control (EXTD=1) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function Reserved AU-3LOPCONI LOPI AU-3PAISCONI PAISI PRDII BIPEI PREII Default X X X X X X X X AU-3PAISCONI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The AU-3PAISCONI interrupt status bit is set high on assertion and removal of the corresponding AU-3 path alarm indication signal concatenation status. rtM i ne The PAISI interrupt status bit is set high on assertion and removal of the corresponding path alarm indication signal status. rI nc PAISI of Pa The PRDII interrupt status bit is set high on assertion and removal of the corresponding path RDI status. rtm in PRDII er In The BIP error interrupt status bit (BIPEI) is set high when a path BIP-8 error is detected. co BIPEI n Tu The PREI interrupt status bit (PREII) is set high when a path REI is detected. es da PREII y, 03 This register allows identification and acknowledgment of path level alarm and error event interrupts when the EXTD bit is set low in the TPIP Pointer MSB register. This register is reserved and should not be used when the EXTD bit is set high. These bits (and the interrupt) are cleared when the Interrupt Status Register is read. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 368 04 PM Registers 11E1H, 12E1H, 13E1H, 14E1H, 15E1H, 16E1H, 17E1H, 18E1H, 19E1H, 1AE1H, 1BE1H, and 1CE1H: TPIP Alarm Interrupt Status (EXTD=0) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The Reserved bits are status bits and must be ignored when this register is read. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be Reserved r, 20 The AU-3LOPCONI interrupt status bit is set high on assertion and removal of the corresponding AU-3 loss of pointer concatenation status. 02 02 AU-3LOPCONI :4 2: 369 04 The LOPI interrupt status bit is set high on assertion and removal of the corresponding loss of pointer status. PM LOPI SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function ILLJREQI CONCATI DISCOPAI INVNDFI ILLPTRI NSEI PSEI NDFI Default X X X X X X X X This register allows identification and acknowledgment of pointer event interrupts. These bits (and the interrupt) are cleared when this register is read. Please refer to the pointer interpreter state diagram and notes in the Function Description of the RPOP for alarm definitions. ILLPTRI The illegal pointer interrupt status bit (ILLPTRI) is set high when an illegal pointer observed on the receive stream. by DISCOPAI The discontinuous pointer change interrupt status bit (DISCOPAI) is set high when the TPIP active offset is changed due to receiving the same valid pointer for three consecutive frames (3 x eq_new_point indication). Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa rtM i The invalid NDF interrupt status bit (NDFI) is set high when an invalid NDF code is observed on the receive stream. ne rI INVNDFI nc of Pa rtm in The positive and negative justification event interrupt status bits (PSEI, NSEI) are set high when the TPIP block responds to an inc_ind or dec_ind indication, respectively, in the receive stream. er In co PSEI, NSEI n Tu The NDF enabled indication interrupt status bit (NDFI) is set high when one of the NDF enable patterns is observed in the receive stream. es da y, NDFI 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 370 04 PM Registers 11E2H, 12E2H, 13E2H, 14E2H, 15E2H, 16E2H, 17E2H, 18E2H, 19E2H, 1AE2H, 1BE2H, and 1CE2H: TPIP Pointer Interrupt Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released This interrupt bit should be ignored for a master slice. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, The concatenation indication error interrupt status bit (CONCATI) is set high when the H1, H2 bytes do not match the concatenation indication ('b1001xx1111111111). 20 02 CONCATI 02 :4 The illegal justification request interrupt status bit (ILLJREQI) is set high when the TPIP detects a positive or negative pointer justification request (inc_req, dec_req) that occurs within three frames of a previous justification event (inc_ind, dec_ind) or an active offset change due to an NDF enable indication (NDF_enable). 2: 04 PM ILLJREQI 371 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved AU-3LOPCONE LOPE AU-3PAISCONE PAISE RDIE BIPEE PREIE Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reserved When a logic one is written to the AU-3PAISCONE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the AU-3 concatenation path AIS state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. ad ed by LOPE When a logic one is written to the LOPE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the loss of pointer state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo Pa rtM i AU-3PAISCONE ne rI When a logic one is written to the PAISE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the path AIS state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. nc of PAISE Pa rtm When a logic one is written to the BIPEE interrupt enable bit position, the detection of one or more path BIP-8 errors will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. in er BIPEE In co When a logic one is written to the PREIE interrupt enable bit position, the reception of one or more path REIs will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. n Tu PREIE es da The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. y, 03 De This register allows interrupt generation to be enabled or disabled for alarm and error events. This register can be accessed when the EXTD bit is set low in the TPIP Pointer MSB register. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 372 04 PM Registers 11E3H, 12E3H, 13E3H, 14E3H, 15E3H, 16E3H, 17E3H, 18E3H, 19E3H, 1AE3H, 1BE3H, and 1CE3H: TPIP Alarm Interrupt Enable (EXTD=0) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 373 04 When a logic one is written to the AU-3LOPCONE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the AU-3 concatenation loss of pointer state will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. PM AU-3LOPCONE SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R -- -- -- R/W Function LOPCONV Reserved PAISCONV Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved ERDIE Default X X X X X X X 0 ERDIE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The concatenated path alarm indication bit (PAISCONV) indicates the presence of all-ones instead of the concatenation indicator in the payload pointer bytes. The pointer bytes refers to the H1/H2 bytes of the STS-1 (STM-1/AU-3) equivalent stream of the STS-3c (STM1/AU4) being processed in the slave slice. ne rI nc PAISCONV of Pa The concatenated loss of pointer value bit (LOPCONV) indicates the loss of concatenated pointer status for the STS-1 (STM-1/AU-3) equivalent stream of the STS-3c (STM1/AU4) being processed in the slave slice. rtm in LOPCONV er In The Reserved bits are status bits and must be ignored when this register is read. co n Reserved Tu es When a 1 is written to the RDIE interrupt enable bit position, a change in the path enhanced RDI state will activate the interrupt (INT) output. da y, 03 De This register allows interrupt generation to be enabled or disabled for alarm and error events. This register can be accessed when the EXTD bit is set high in the TPIP Pointer MSB register. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 374 04 PM Registers 11E3H, 12E3H, 13E3H, 14E3H, 15E3H, 16E3H, 17E3H, 18E3H, 19E3H, 1AE3H, 1BE3H, and 1CE3H: TPIP Alarm Interrupt Enable (EXTD=1) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function ILLJREQE CONCATE DISCOPAE INVNDFE ILLPTRE NSEE PSEE NDFE Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This register allows interrupt generation to be enabled or disabled for pointer events. ad ed by When a logic one is written to the INVNDFE interrupt enable bit position, an invalid NDF code will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. DISCOPAE When a logic one is written to the DISCOPAE interrupt enable bit position, a change of pointer alignment event will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo Pa rtM i INVNDFE ne rI When a logic one is written to the ILLPTRE interrupt enable bit position, an illegal pointer will activate the interrupt (INT) output. nc of ILLPTRE Pa rtm When a logic one is written to the NSEE interrupt enable bit position, a negative pointer adjustment event will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. in er NSEE In co When a logic one is written to the PSEE interrupt enable bit position, a positive pointer adjustment event will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. n Tu PSEE es da When a logic one is written to the NDFE interrupt enable bit position, the detection of an NDF_enable indication will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. y, 03 NDFE De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 375 04 PM Registers 11E4H, 12E4H, 13E4H, 14E4H, 15E4H, 16E4H, 17E4H, 18E4H, 19E4H, 1AE4H, 1BE4H, and 1CE4H: TPIP Pointer Interrupt Enable SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 When a logic one is written to the ILLJREQE interrupt enable bit position, an illegal pointer justification request will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. 02 02 ILLJREQE :4 2: 376 04 When a logic one is written to the CONCATE interrupt enable bit position, an invalid Concatenation Indicator event will activate the interrupt (INTB) output. PM CONCATE SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function PTR[7] PTR[6] PTR[5] PTR[4] PTR[3] PTR[2] PTR[1] PTR[0] Default X X X X X X X X The register reports the lower eight bits of the active offset. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu The PTR[7:0] bits contain the eight LSBs of the active offset value as derived from the H1 and H2 bytes. To ensure reading a valid pointer, the NDFI, NSEI and PSEI bits of the TPIP Pointer Interrupt Status register should be read before and after reading this register to ensure that the pointer value did not changed during the register read. es da y, 03 PTR[7:0] De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 377 04 PM Registers 11E5H, 12E5H, 13E5H, 14E5H, 15E5H, 16E5H, 17E5H, 18E5H, 19E5H, 1AE5H, 1BE5H, and 1CE5H: TPIP Pointer LSB SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R R R R R Function NDFPOR EXTD Reserved CONCAT S1 S0 PTR[9] PTR[8] Default 0 0 0 X X X X X This register reports the upper two bits of the active offset, the SS bits in the receive pointer. The CONCAT bit is set high if the H1, H2 pointer byte received matches the concatenation indication (one of the five NDF_enable patterns in the NDF field, don't care in the size field, and all-ones in the pointer offset field). by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed Pa EXTD The EXTD bit extends the TPIP registers to facilitate additional mapping. If this bit is set to logic one the register mapping, for the TPIP Status and Control register, the TPIP Alarm Interrupt Status register and the TPIP Alarm Interrupt Enable registers are extended. rtM i The Reserved bit must be set low for the correct operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. ne rI RESERVED nc of Pa rtm CONCAT in er The S0 and S1 bits contain the two S bits received in the last H1 byte. These bits should be software debounced. In co S0, S1 n Tu The PTR[9:8] bits contain the two MSBs of the current pointer value as derived from the H1 and H2 bytes. To ensure reading a valid pointer, the NDFI, NSEI and PSEI bits of the Pointer Interrupt Status register should be read before and after reading this register to ensure that the pointer value did not changed during the register read. es da y, 03 PTR[9:8] De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 378 04 PM Registers 11E6H, 12E6H, 13E6H, 14E6H, 15E6H, 16E6H, 17E6H, 18E6H, 19E6H, 1AE6H, 1BE6H, and 1CE6H: TPIP Pointer MSB SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 The NDFPOR (new data flag pointer of range) bit controls the definition of the NDF_enable indication for entry to the LOP state under 8Xndf_enable events. When NDFPOR is set high, for the purposes of detect of loss of events only, the definition of the NDF_enable indication does not require the pointer value to be within the range of 0 to 782. When NDFPOR is set low, NDF_enable indications require the pointer to be within 0 to 782. 02 :4 2: 04 PM NDFPOR 379 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function BE[7] BE[6] BE[5] BE[4] BE[3] BE[2] BE[1] BE[0] Default X X X X X X X X Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R BE[11] Tu Bit 4 R BE[12] BE[10] BE[9] BE[8] es Bit 5 R BE[13] da Bit 6 R BE[14] y, Bit 7 R BE[15] 03 Bit Type Function co n Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc Bits BE[15:0] represent the number of path BIP errors that have been detected since the last time the path BIP-8 registers were polled by writing to the SPECTRA 4x155 Reset and Identity register. The write access transfers the internally accumulated error count to the path BIP-8 registers within 7 s and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. of Pa rtm in BE[15:0] er In De Registers 11E9H, 12E9H, 13E9H, 14E9H, 15E9H, 16E9H, 17E9H, 18E9H, 19E9H, 1AE9H, 1BE9H, and 1CE9H: TPIP Path BIP-8 MSB Default ce X X X X X X X X m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 380 04 PM Registers 11E8H, 12E8H, 13E8H, 14E8H, 15E8H, 16E8H, 17E8H, 18E8H, 19E8H, 1AE8H, 1BE8H, and 1CE8H: TPIP Path BIP-8 LSB SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R/W R/W R R/W R/W R Function LOMI LOMV LOME Reserved COMAI COMAE Reserved Reserved Default X X 0 0 X 0 0 X RESERVED COMAI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The LOM interrupt enable bit (LOME) controls the generation of interrupts on declaration and removal of LOM indication. When LOME is set high, an interrupt is generated upon loss of multi-frame. When LOME is set low, LOM has no effect on the interrupt output (INTB). Pa rtM i ne LOME rI nc The change of multi-frame alignment interrupt status bit (COMAI) is set high on changes in the multi-frame alignment. This bit is cleared (and the interrupt acknowledged) when this register is read. of Pa rtm in The change of multi-frame alignment interrupt enable bit (COMAE) controls the generation of interrupts on when the SPECTRA 4x155 detect a change in the multi-frame phase. When LOME is set high, an interrupt is generated upon change of multi-frame alignment. When COMAE is set low, COMA has no effect on the interrupt output (INTB). er In co n COMAE Tu es The Reserved read/write bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. The Reserved read bits must be ignored when this register is read. da y, 03 De This register reports the status of the multi-frame framer and enables interrupts caused by framer events. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 381 04 PM Registers 11ECH, 12ECH, 13ECH, 14ECH, 15ECH, 16ECH, 17ECH, 18ECH, 19ECH, 1AECH, 1BECH, and 1CECH: TPIP Tributary Multi-frame Status and Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released LOMI Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, The loss of multi-frame interrupt status bit (LOMI) is set high on changes in the loss of multi-frame status. This bit is cleared (and the interrupt acknowledged) when this register is read. 20 02 02 :4 2: The loss of multi-frame status bit (LOMV) reports the current state of the multi-frame framer monitoring the receive stream. LOMV is set high when LOM is declared and is set low when multi-frame alignment has been acquired. 04 PM LOMV 382 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function SOS ENSS BLKBIP DISFS Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BLKBIP ENSS Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The enable size bit (ENSS) controls whether the SS bits in the payload pointer are used to determine offset changes in the pointer interpreter state machine. When a logic one is written to this bit, an incorrect SS bit pattern (that is, 10) will prevent TPIP from issuing NDF_enable, inc_ind and dec_ind indications. When a logic zero is written to this bit, the SS bits received do not affect active offset change events. Regardless of the logic state of the ENSS bit, an incorrect SS bit pattern will trigger an inv_point indication. Pa rtM i ne rI nc of When set high, the block BIP-8 bit (BLKBIP) indicates that path BIP-8 errors are to be reported and accumulated on a block basis. A single BIP error is accumulated and reported to the return transmit path overhead processor if any of the BIP-8 results indicates a mismatch. When BLKBIP is set low, BIP-8 errors are accumulated and reported on a bit basis. Pa rtm in er In co When set high, the DISFS bit controls the BIP-8 calculations to ignore the fixed stuffed columns in an AU-3 carrying a VC-3. When DISFS is set low, BIP-8 calculations include the fixed stuff columns in an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. This bit must be set low when the TPPS containing the TPIP is processing an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. n Tu es da DISFS y, 03 The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. De Reserved ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 383 04 PM Registers 11EDH, 12EDH, 13EDH, 14EDH, 15EDH, 16EDH, 17EDH, 18EDH, 19EDH, 1AEDH, 1BEDH, and 1CEDH: TPIP BIP Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 The stuff opportunity spacing control bit (SOS) controls the spacing between consecutive pointer justification events on the receive stream. When a logic one is written to this bit, the definition of inc_ind and dec_ind indications includes the requirement that active offset changes have occurred a least three frame ago. When a logic zero is written to this bit, pointer justification indications in the receive stream are followed without regard to the proximity of previous active offset changes. 02 :4 2: 04 PM SOS 384 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved GEN_INV_PRBS GEN_AUTO GEN_FERR GEN_SIGE GEN_FSENB GEN_REGEN GEN_EN Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GEN_FSENB Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa GEN_FSENB should be disabled when using the generator in master/slave configuration to support de-multiplexed concatenated payloads. rtM i The Generator Fixed Stuff Enable (GEN_FSENB) bit determines whether the PRBS is inserted into the (STS-1/STM-0) fixed stuff bytes of the processed payload. When set to logic one, the PRBS is not inserted into the fixed stuff bytes and the bytes are output unaltered. When set to logic zero, the PRBS is inserted into the fixed stuff bytes. The Fixed stuff columns are columns 30 and 59 of the STS-1 payload. ne rI nc of Pa rtm The Generator Regenerate (GEN_REGEN) bit can be used to re-initialize the generator LFSR and begin regenerating the PRBS from the known reset state. The LFSR reset state is dependent on the set sequence number. Setting this bit in a master generator will automatically force all slaves to reset at the same time. This bit will clear itself when the operation is complete. Upon a frame realignment on the Add Bus #1 (AC1J1V1_AFP[1]) the Generators must be regenerated. in er In co n Tu GEN_REGEN es da The Generator Enable (GEN_EN) bit enables the insertion of PRBS into the Transmit payload. When GEN_EN is set high, the PRBS bytes will overwrite the processed payload data. When GEN_EN is set low, the incoming payload is unaltered. This bit has not effect in Autonomous Input Mode. y, 03 De GEN_EN ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 385 04 PM Registers 11F0H, 12F0H, 13F0H, 14F0H, 15F0H, 16F0H, 17F0H, 18F0H, 19F0H, 1AF0H, 1BF0H, and 1CF0H: APGM Generator Control #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released GEN_AUTO Reserved The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA 4x155. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc The Generator Invert PRBS (GEN_INV_PRBS) bit is used to invert the calculated PRBS byte before insertion into the payload. Setting this bit to logic one enables the logic inversion of all PRBS bits before insertion into the payload. Setting this bit to logic zero does not invert the generated PRBS. of Pa rtm GEN_INV_PRBS in er When all 12 slices are in autonomous mode, and only then, the ATSI bits in the Add Bus Configuration register (1030H) can be used for situations where the Add bus does not provide a valid frame pulse. In co n The Generator Autonomous Mode (GEN_AUTO) bit places the Generator in the Autonomous Input Mode. In this mode the payload frame is forced to an active offset of zero. The generated frame will have all-zeros TOH and POH bytes. The H1, H2 pointer bytes are set to indicate an active SPE/VC offset of zero and the payload will be filled with a PRBS. When a logic zero is written to this bit, the active offset is determined by the received stream. Tu es da y, 03 De ce The Generator Force Error (GEN_FERR) bit is used to force bit errors in the inserted PRBS. When logic one is written to this bit, the MSB of the PRBS byte will be inverted, inducing a single bit error. The register bit will clear itself when the operation is complete. A second forced error must not be attempted for at least 200ns after this bit has been read back to `0'. m be r, 20 02 GEN_FERR 02 :4 The Generator Signature Interrupt Enable (GEN_SIGE) bit allows an interrupt to be asserted on INT when a signature verification mismatch occurs. When GEN_SIGE is set high, a change in the signature verification state (GEN_SIGV) will trigger an interrupt. When GEN_SIGE is set low, no interrupt will be asserted. 2: 04 PM GEN_SIGE 386 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 The Reserved bits must be set low for proper operation of the SPECTRA-4X155. De Reserved ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 387 04 PM Registers 11F1H, 12F1H, 13F1H, 14F1H, 15F1H, 16F1H, 17F1H, 18F1H, 19F1H, 1AF1H, 1BF1H, and 1CF1H: APGM Generator Control #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Unused Unused GEN_SEQ[3] GEN_SEQ[2] GEN_SEQ[1] GEN_SEQ[0] Reserved GEN_GMODE Default 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1in1 Gap Mode. Generator inserts the complete PRBS. 1in3 Gap Mode. Generator generates 1 of 3 (1in3) PRBS bytes. The generator will also generate 1in2 bytes to skip over path overhead columns. GEN_SEQ [3:0] rI nc The Generator Sequence (GEN_SEQ[3:0]) sets the reset state of the LFSR and places the generator in the master or slave mode. The sequence number identifies the multiplexing order of the outgoing data into the concatenating stream. The sequence number also affects the signature bit calculation. of Pa rtm GEN_SEQ[3:0] Mode Master Slave1 Slave2 Reserved Master in er In co Signature bit 96 PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 12th PRBS byte. 88th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 11 PRBS byte. 80th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 10th PRBS byte. N/A 96th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 12th PRBS byte. th th n GEN_GMODE Generator Gap Mode Description Tu The GEN_GMODE bit controls the operational mode of the pseudo random sequence generator as summarized in the table below. When GEN_GMODE is set to 0, the generator will generate the complete sequence for an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. When GEN_GMODE is set to logic one, the generator will generate one third or one in three bytes of the complete sequence for an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent in an STS-3c (STM1/AU-4) stream. es da y, 03 De GEN_GMODE ce m be r, 20 02 Reset Value All-ones. Master+8 states Master+16 states All-ones. 0000 0001 0010 ed by ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo Pa rtM i 0011-1110 1111 ne 02 :4 2: 388 04 PM Registers 11F2H, 12F2H, 13F2H, 14F2H, 15F2H, 16F2H, 17F2H, 18F2H, 19F2H, 1AF2H, 1BF2H, and 1CF2H: APGM Generator Concatenate Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused GEN_SIGI GEN_SIGV Default X X X X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne The Generator Signature Interrupt Status (GEN_SIGI) bit indicates a change in the signature verification state (GEN_SIGV) by a slave generator. When GEN_SIGI is set high, the slave generator has either transition from the signature match state to the signature mismatch state or vice versa. This bit is cleared when this register is read. This bit will continuously be set when in the out of alignment state since the status GEN_SIGV will toggle. This bit is only valid in slave generators. rI nc of Pa rtm GEN_SIGI in er If non-alignment persists, a forced re-start of the sequence generation by all generators processing the concatenated stream should be initiated using the GEN_REGEN register bit in the master generator. This bit is only valid in slave generators and when out of alignment may toggle high and low. Persistent reads at low or reading the interrupt at low assures that the signature is correct. In co n Tu es The Generator Signature Status (GEN_SIGV) bit indicates if the partial PRBS being generated is correctly aligned with the partial PRBS begin generated in the master generator. When GEN_SIGV is low, the signature verification is a match, and the partial PRBS is aligned with that of the master. When GEN_SIGV is high, the signature verification is a mismatch, and the partial PRBS is not aligned with that of the master. da y, 03 De GEN_SIGV ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 389 04 PM Registers 11F3H, 12F3H, 13F3H, 14F3H, 15F3H, 16F3H, 17F3H, 18F3H, 19F3H, 1AF3H, 1BF3H, and 1CF3H: APGM Generator Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function MON_AUTORESYNC MON_INV_PRBS MON_SYNCE MON_ERRE MON_FSENB MON_SIGE MON_RESYNC MON_EN Default 1 0 X 0 0 0 0 0 MON_RESYNC MON_SIGE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The Monitor Signature Interrupt Enable (MON_SIGE) bit allows an interrupt to be asserted on INT when a signature verification mismatch occurs. When MON_SIGE is set high, a change in the signature verification state (MON_SIGV) will trigger an interrupt. When MON_SIGE is set low, no interrupt is reported. Note: This bit is ignored in a master APGM. rtM i ne The Monitor Fixed Stuff Enable (MON_FSENB) bit determines whether a PRBS is monitored for in the fixed stuff columns (columns 30 and 59) of the processed payload. When logic one is written to this bit, the PRBS is not monitored for in the fixed stuff columns. When a logic zero is written to this bit, the PRBS is monitored for in the fixed stuff columns. MON_FSENB should be disabled when using the monitor in master/slave configuration to support de-multiplexed concatenated payloads. rI nc of Pa rtm MON_FSENB in er The Monitor Resynchronize (MON_RESYNC) bit allows a forced resynchronization of the monitor to the incoming PRBS. When set to logic one, the monitor's will go out of synchronization and begin re-synchronizing the to the incoming PRBS payload. Setting this bit in a master monitor will automatically force all slaves to re-synchronize at the same time. This register bit will clear itself when the re-synchronizing has been triggered. In co n Tu es da The Monitor Enable (MON_EN) bit enables the monitoring of a PRBS in the processed payload. When MON_EN is set high, the incoming payload is extracted and the data monitored for the PRBS. When MON_EN is set low, no monitoring on the data is done. y, 03 De MON_EN ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 390 04 PM Registers 11F8H, 12F8H, 13F8H, 14F8H, 15F8H, 16F8H, 17F8H, 18F8H, 19F8H, 1AF8H, 1BF8H, and 1CF8H: APGM Monitor Control #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The Monitor Automatic Resynchronization (MON_AUTORESYNC) bit enables the automatic resynchronization of the monitor after detecting 16 consecutive PRBS byte errors. Setting this bit to logic one, enables the monitor to automatically fall out of synchronization after 16 consecutive errors. Once out of synchronization, the monitor will attempt to resynchronize to the incoming PRBS and verify the synchronization with 32 consecutive PRBS matches. Setting this bit to logic zero disables the automatic resynchronization rtm in er In co n MON_AUTORESYNC Tu es The Monitor Invert PRBS (MON_INV_PRBS) bit is used to invert the received payload data before monitoring the data for a pseudo random bit sequence (PRBS). When set to logic one, the incoming payload PRBS bits are inverted before being verified against the monitor expected PRBS. When set to logic zero, the incoming payload PRBS bits are not inverted and verified as is. da y, 03 De MON_INV_PRBS ce m be The Monitor Synchronize Interrupt Enable (MON_ERRE) bit allows an interrupt to be asserted on INT when change in the synchronization state of the monitor occurs. When MON_SYNCE is set high, a change in the synchronization state (MON_SYNCV) will trigger an interrupt. When MON_SYNCE is set low, no interrupt is generated. r, 20 02 MON_SYNCE 02 :4 The Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Enable (MON_ERRE) bit allows an interrupt to be asserted on INT when a PRBS byte error has been detected in the incoming payload. When MON_ERRE is set high, a detected PRBS error in the incoming data will trigger an interrupt. When MON_ERRE is set low, no interrupt is generated. 2: 04 PM MON_ERRE 391 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused MON_V1_DIS Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The Monitor Input V1 Pulse disable (GEN_V1_DIS) bit is used to disable the V1 masking algorithm on the input C1/J1/V1 control signal. Setting this bit to logic zero allows the monitor to ignore V1 pulses. Setting this bit to logic one disables the V1 masking and no input V1 pulse is assumed present on the input interface. When disabled, on a C1 and J1 pulse is assumed received on the input interface. da y, 03 De MON_V1_DIS ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 392 04 PM Registers 11F9H, 12F9H, 13F9H, 14F9H, 15F9H, 16F9H, 17F9H, 18F9H, 19F9H, 1AF9H, 1BF9H, and 1CF9H: APGM Monitor Control #2 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Function Unused Unused MON_SEQ[3] MON_SEQ[2] MON_SEQ[1] MON_SEQ[0] MON_GMODE[1] MON_GMODE[0] Default X X 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 01 1in1 Gap Mode. Monitor monitors for a complete PRBS. 1in3 Gap Mode. Monitor will monitor for the presence of every 3rd PRBS byte. The Monitor will also monitor for every 2nd PRBS byte after the POH columns. Reserved Reserved 11 MON_SEQ[3:0] rtM i MON_SEQ [3:0] 0000 ne rI The Monitor Sequence (MON_SEQ[3:0]) sets the Monitor in master or slave mode and is used to identify the multiplexed order of the monitored data in the concatenated payload. The sequence order affects the signature bit calculation. nc of Pa rtm in 10 er Mode Master Slave1 Slave2 Reserved Master In co Pa 0001 0010 0011-1110 1111 by ed ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo n MON_GMODE [1:0] Monitor Gap Mode Description Tu The MON_GMODE bit controls the operational mode of the pseudo random sequence monitor as summarized in the table below. When MON_GMODE[1:0] is set to "00", the monitor expects the complete sequence for an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. When MON_GMODE[1:0] is set to "01", the monitor expects one third or one in three bytes of the complete sequence in an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent of an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. Signature bit 96th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 12th PRBS byte. 88th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 11th PRBS byte. 80th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 10th PRBS byte. -- 96th PRBS bit from current state. MSB of 12th PRBS byte. es da y, 03 De MON_GMODE ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 393 04 PM Registers 11FAH, 12FAH, 13FAH, 14FAH, 15FAH, 16FAH, 17FAH, 18FAH, 19FAH, 1AFAH, 1BFAH, 1CFAH:APGM Monitor Concatenate Control SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function Unused Unused Unused MON_ERRI MON_SYNCI MON_SYNCV MONS_SIGI MONS_SIGV Default X X X X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad The Monitor Synchronize Status (MON_SYNCV) is set high when the monitor is out of synchronization. The monitor falls out of synchronization after detecting 16 consecutive mismatched PRBS bytes or being forced to re-synchronize. A forced re-synchronize may be due to setting the MON_RESYNC register bit or a master generator. Once out of synchronization, the Synchronized State can only be achieved after re-synchronizing to the incoming PRBS and verifying the resynchronization with 32 consecutive non-erred PRBS bytes. This bit is set low when in the Synchronized State. ed by Pa rtM i ne MON_SYNCV rI nc The Monitor Signature Interrupt Status (MON_SIGI) bit indicates a change in the signature verification state (MON_SIGV) by a slave monitor. When MON_SIGI is set high, the Monitor has either transition from the signature match state to the signature mismatch state or vice versa. This bit is cleared when this register is read. This bit is only valid in slave monitor. of Pa rtm in MON_SIGI er In If non-alignment persists, a forced re-synchronization of all monitors processing the concatenated stream should be initiated using the MON_RESYNC register bit in the master generator. This bit is only valid in slave generators. co n Tu The Monitor Signature Status (MON_SIGV) bit indicates if the partial PRBS being monitored for is correctly aligned with the partial PRBS begin monitored for by the master generator. When MON_SIGV is low, the signature verification is a match, and the calculated partial PRBS is aligned with that of the master. When MON_SIGV is high, the signature verification is a mismatch, and the calculated partial PRBS is not aligned with that of the master. es da y, 03 De MON_SIGV ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 394 04 PM Registers 11FBH, 12FBH, 13FBH, 14FBH, 15FBH, 16FBH, 17FBH, 18FBH, 19FBH, 1AFBH, 1BFBH, 1CFBH:APGM Monitor Status SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be The Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Status (MON_ERRI) bit indicates that an error has been detected in the received PRBS byte while the monitor was in the Synchronized State. MON_ERRI is set high, when one or more PRBS bit errors have been detected in the received PRBS data byte. This bit is cleared when this register is read. r, 20 02 MON_ERRI 02 :4 The Monitor Synchronize Interrupt Status (MON_SYNCI) bit indicates a change in the synchronization state (MON_SYNCV) of the monitor. When MON_SYNCI is set high, the monitor has transitioned from the Synchronized to Out of Synchronization State or vice versa. This bit is cleared when this register is read. 2: 04 PM MON_SYNCI 395 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Type R R R R R R R R Function PRSE[7] PRSE[6] PRSE[5] PRSE[4] PRSE[3] PRSE[2] PRSE[1] PRSE[0] Default X X X X X X X X Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R R R R PRSE[11] Tu Bit 4 R PRSE[12] PRSE[10] PRSE[9] PRSE[8] es Bit 5 R PRSE[13] da Bit 6 R PRSE[14] y, Bit 7 R PRSE[15] 03 Bit Type Function De Registers 11FDH, 12FDH, 13FDH, 14FDH, 15FDH, 16FDH, 17FDH, 18FDH, 19FDH, 1AFDH, 1BFDH, 1CFDH:APGM Monitor Error Count #2 Default X X X X X X X X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc The PRSE[15:0] bits represent the number of PRBS byte errors detected since the last accumulation interval. Errors are only accumulated in the synchronized state and each PRBS data byte can only have one error. The transfer of the error accumulation counter to these registers is triggered by a write to either of the GPGM Monitor Error Counters and the contents of these registers will be valid only four clock cycles after the transfer is triggered. of Pa rtm in PRSE[15:0] er In co n ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 396 04 PM Registers 11FCH, 12FCH, 13FCH, 14FCH, 15FCH, 16FCH, 17FCH, 18FCH, 19FCH, 1AFCH, 1BFCH, and 1CFCH: APGM Monitor Error Count #1 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The test mode registers are used for production and board testing. Address 0000H-1FFFH 2000H 2001H 2000H-3FFFH Register Normal Mode Registers Master Test Slice Select 2. Writeable register bits are not initialized upon reset unless otherwise noted. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of 1. Writing values into unused register bits has no effect. However, to ensure software compatibility with future, feature-enhanced versions of the product, unused register bits must be written with logic zero. Reading back unused bits can produce either a logic one or a logic zero; hence unused bits should be masked off by software when read. Pa rtm in Notes on Register Bits: er In 12.1 Master Test and Test Configuration Registers co Reserved For Test n Tu Master Test Register es da y, Table 16 Test Mode Register Memory Map 03 De Note: The SPECTRA 4x155 supports a standard IEEE 1149.1 five-signal JTAG boundary scan test port that can be used for board testing. All digital device inputs may be read and all digital device outputs may be forced through this JTAG test port. ce m be During board testing, the digital output pins and the data bus are held in a high-impedance state by simultaneously asserting (low) the CSB, RDB, and WRB inputs. All of the TSBs for the SPECTRA 4x155 are placed in test mode 0 so that device inputs may be read and device outputs may be forced through the microprocessor interface. Refer to the section "Test Mode "0" for details. r, 20 02 02 During production testing, the test mode registers are used to apply test vectors. In this case, the test mode registers (as opposed to the normal mode registers) are selected when A[13] is high. :4 2: 04 397 PM 12 Test Features Description SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 R/W R/W R/W W R/W PMCTST DBCTRL Reserved HIZDATA HIZIO X X 0 X 0 HIZIO, HIZDATA The Reserved bit must always be written to zero. DBCTRL Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The DBCTRL bit is used to pass control of the data bus drivers to the CSB pin. When the DBCTRL bit is set to logic one and either IOTST or PMCTST are logic one, the CSB pin controls the output enable for the data bus. While the DBCTRL bit is set, holding the CSB pin high causes the SPECTRA 4x155 to drive the data bus and holding the CSB pin low tristates the data bus. The DBCTRL bit overrides the HIZDATA bit. The DBCTRL bit is used to measure the drive capability of the data bus driver pads. rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in RESERVED er In The HIZIO and HIZDATA bits control the tri-state modes of the SPECTRA 4x155. While the HIZIO bit is a logic one, all output pins of the SPECTRA 4x155 except the data bus and output TDO are held tri-state. The microprocessor interface is still active. While the HIZDATA bit is a logic one, the data bus is also held in a high-impedance state that inhibits microprocessor read cycles. The HIZDATA bit is overridden by the DBCTRL bit. co n Tu es da y, 03 This register is used to enable SPECTRA 4x155 test features. All bits, except PMCTST and PMCATST, are reset to zero by a reset of the SPECTRA 4x155 using either the RSTB input or the Master Reset register. PMCTST and BYPASS are reset when CSB is logic one. PMCATST is reset when both CSB is high and RSTB is low. PMCTST and PMCATST can also be reset by writing a logic zero to the corresponding register bit. De ce m be r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 R/W PMCATST X :4 Bit 6 R/W Reserved X 2: 398 Bit 7 R/W Reserved 0 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register 2000H: Master Test SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be The PMCATST bit is used to configure the analog portion of the SPECTRA 4x155 for PMC-Sierra's manufacturing tests. r, 20 PMCATST 02 02 The PMCTST bit is used to configure the SPECTRA 4x155 for PMC-Sierra's manufacturing tests. When PMCTST is set to logic one, the SPECTRA 4x155 microprocessor port becomes the test access port used to run the PMC "canned" manufacturing test vectors. The PMCTST bit is logically "ORed" with the IOTST bit, and can be cleared by setting CSB to logic one or by writing logic zero to the bit. :4 2: 04 PM PMCTST 399 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 -- R/W R/W R/W R/W Unused TSTADDSEL[3] TSTADDSEL[2] TSTADDSEL[1] TSTADDSEL[0] X 0 0 0 0 rtm Table 17 TSTADDSEL[3:0] Codepoints When Addressing Transport Channels. in er When TSTADDSEL[3:0] is set to 0H, the selection among the registers and TSBs is directly controlled by the address bus A[13:0]. When TSTADDSEL[3:0] is set to 1H - CH, register and TSB selection is a combination of the address bus and the TSTADDSEL[3:0] values. The TSTADDSEL[3:0] value will then replace the value of the A[11:8] bits of the address bus. The TSTADDSEL[3:0] bits are cleared by setting CSB to logic one or writing all-zeros in the register. In co n Tu es rtM i 4H ne 3H rI 2H nc 1H of 0H Pa TSTADDSEL[3:0] Receive Channel # -- 1 2 3 4 Reserved da The test address select (TSTADDSEL[3:0) bits control the addressing range of the CBI when accessing registers and TSBs in the transmit/receive transport blocks and the RPPSs blocks and TPPSs blocks when the PMCTST or the IOTST bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 Master Test register is set high. The code-points of TSTADDSEL[3:0] are summarized in Table 17 and Table 18. y, 03 De 5H-FH by Pa Table 18 TSTADDSEL[3:0] Codepoints When Address RPPS/TPPS Slices TSTADDSEL[3:0] 0H 1H 2H 3H RPPS # -- 1 2 3 ed ad lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 ce TSTADDSEL[3:0] m be Transmit Channel # -- 1 2 3 4 Reserved TPPS # -- 1 2 3 r, 20 02 02 Bit 5 -- Unused X :4 Bit 6 -- Unused X 2: 400 Bit 7 -- Unused X 04 Bit Type Function Default PM Register Address 2001H: Master Test Slice Select SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH-FH 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Reserved 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 EXTEST IDCODE SAMPLE BYPASS BYPASS STCTEST BYPASS BYPASS Boundary Scan Boundary Scan co n Instructions Selected Register Tu Table 19 Instruction Register (Length - 3 bits) Instruction Codes, IR[2:0] 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Table 20 Identification Register rI nc of Pa Boundary Scan Bypass Bypass rtm Bypass in Bypass er In Identification es ne Length rtM i Version number Part Number Pa Manufacturer's identification code ad ed by Device identification Table 21 Boundary Scan Register Name hiz Register Bit Cell Type 238 IN_CELL da The SPECTRA 4x155 JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) allows access to the TAP controller and the four TAP registers: instruction, bypass, device identification, and boundary scan. Using the TAP, the device input logic levels can be read, the device outputs can be forced, the device can be identified, and the device scan path can be bypassed. For more details on the JTAG port, please refer to the Operations section. y, 32 bits 0H 5316H 0CDH 053160CDH Name ac1j1v1_afp[2] 03 De ce 12.2 JTAG Test Port m be Reserved lo r, 20 Register Bit Cell Type 119 IN_CELL Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 02 02 :4 2: 401 04 PM TSTADDSEL[3:0] RPPS # TPPS # SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released pad_rsld1_oenb pad_tsld1_oenb pad_rsld2_oenb pad_tsld2_oenb pad_rsld3_oenb pad_tsld3_oenb pad_rsld4_oenb pad_tsld4_oenb rtohfp[1] rtohclk[1 rtoh[1] ttohclk[1] ttohfp[1] ttohen[1] ttoh[1] rtohfp[2] rtohclk[2] rtoh[2] ttohclk[2] ttohfp[2] ttohen[2] ttoh[2] rtohfp[3] rtohclk[3] rtoh[3] ttohclk[3] ttohfp[3] ttohen[3] ttoh[3] rtohfp[4] rtohclk[4] rtoh[4] ttohclk[4] ttohfp[4] 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 221 220 219 218 217 216 215 214 213 212 211 IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL ad[8] dd[3] ad[9] dd[4] dd[5] dd[6] dpl[1] dd[7] dc1j1v1[1] dd[0] dd[1] ad[5] dd[2] ad[6] ad[7] 118 117 116 115 114 113 111 112 IN_CELL :4 02 02 20 r, m be 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 ce De 03 y, da adp[1] ad[1] ack ad[3] apl[1] ad[4] ac1j1v1_afp[1] ad[0] ad[2] es Tu co OUT_CELL n In er OUT_CELL OUT_CELL 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 in rtm OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL pad_d_oenb dpaisck dpaisfp dpais tpaisck tpaisfp tpais rpohclk rpohfp rpoh rpohen Reserved1 Reserved2 Reserved5 Reserved4 Pa of 210 nc 209 207 206 rI 208 ne rtM i 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 Pa by ttohen[4] ttoh[4] rsldclk[1] rsld[1] tsldclk[1] ed ad lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 2: 04 OUT_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL PM Name Register Bit Cell Type Name Register Bit Cell Type 402 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released tsld[1] rsldclk[2] rsld[2] tsldclk[2] tsld[2] rsldclk[3] rsld[3] tsldclk[3] tsld[3] rsldclk[4] rsld[4] tsldclk[4] tsld[4] dck dfp ddp[4] dd[31] dd[30] dd[28] dd[29] dd[27] dd[26] dd[25] dc1j1v1[4] dd[24] dpl[4] adp[4] ad[31] ad[30] ad[29] ad[28] ad[26] ad[27] ad[25] ad[24] ac1j1v1_afp[4] apl[4] ddp[3] dd[23] 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL Reserved3 rtcen rtcoh tafp tack tad rad lof[1] lof[2] lof[3] lof[4] b3e ralm d[7] d[5] d[4] d[3] d[2] d[1] d[0] intb a[13] a[11] a[12] a[10] a[9] a[8] a[7] a[6] a[5] a[4] a[3] a[1] a[2] a[0] csb ale rdb_e d[6] 79 78 77 76 75 74 72 73 IN_CELL :4 02 02 20 r, m be 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 ce De 03 y, da es Tu n co In er OUT_CELL OUT_CELL in OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL rtm Pa of nc rI ne rtM i Pa by ed ad lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 2: 04 IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IO_CELL IO_CELL IO_CELL IO_CELL IO_CELL IO_CELL IO_CELL IO_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL PM Name Register Bit Cell Type Name Register Bit Cell Type 403 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released dd[22] dd[21] dd[20] dd[19] dd[18] dd[17] dd[16] dc1j1v1[3] dpl[3] adp[3] ad[23] ad[22] ad[21] ad[20] ad[19] ad[18] ad[17] ad[16] ac1j1v1_afp[3] apl[3] ddp[2] dd[11] dd[12] dd[13] dd[14] dd[15] dpl[2] dc1j1v1[2] dd[8] dd[9] dd[10] ad[13] ad[14] ad[15] 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 132 133 OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL mbeb wrb_rwb rstb salm[1] salm[2] salm[3] salm[4] los_rrcpfp[1] lrdi_rrcpclk[1] los_rrcpfp[2] lais_rrcpdat[1] lrdi_rrcpclk[2] 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 IN_CELL :4 02 02 20 r, m be 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 ce lais_rrcpdat[2] lrdi_rrcpclk[3] lais_rrcpdat[3] los_rrcpfp[4] De 03 los_rrcpfp[3] y, da es Tu lrdi_rrcpclk[4] lais_rrcpdat[4] rlais_trcpclk[1] tlrdi_trcpfp[1] tlais_trcpdat[1] rlais_trcpclk[2] tlrdi_trcpfp[2] tlais_trcpdat[2] rlais_trcpclk[3] tlrdi_trcpfp[3] tlais_trcpdat[3] rlais_trcpclk[4] tlrdi_trcpfp[4] tlais_trcpdat[4] rclk[1] rclk[2] rclk[3] rclk[4] tclk pgmrclk pgmtclk refclk 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 n OUT_CELL OUT_CELL co In er OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL in rtm Pa of OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL nc 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 rI ne rtM i Pa by Adp[2] ad[10] ad[11] ad[12] ddp[1] ed ad lo Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 2: 04 IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL IN_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL OUT_CELL IN_CELL PM Name Register Bit Cell Type Name Register Bit Cell Type 404 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released apl[2] 120 IN_CELL peclv 1 IN_CELL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. HIZ is the active low output enable for all OUT_CELL types except D[7:0] and INTB. Pad_rsld3_oenb is the active low output enable for RSLD3 and RSLDCLK3. Pad_tsld1_oenb is the active low output enable for TSLDCLK1. Pad_tsld2_oenb is the active low output enable for TSLDCLK2. IDCODE rtm in Figure 10 Input Observation Cell (IN_CELL) er In In Figure 10, Figure 11, Figure 12, and Figure 13, CLOCK-DR is equal to TCK when the current controller state is SHIFT-DR or CAPTURE-DR, and unchanging otherwise. The multiplexer shown in the center of each figure selects one of four inputs, depending on the status of select lines G1 and G2. The ID Code bit is as listed in the Boundary Scan Register table, Table 21 co n Tu es 12.2.1 Boundary Scan Cells da y, 11. Peclv is the first bit of the boundary scan chain (first output of TDO). When set high, INTB will be high impedance. 03 10. Pad_tsld4_oenb is the active low output enable for TSLDCLK4. De Pad_tsld3_oenb is the active low output enable for TSLDCLK3. ce Pa m be Pad_rsld4_oenb is the active low output enable for RSLD4 and RSLDCLK4. Scan Chain Out INPUT to internal logic nc Input Pad of rI G1 G2 rtM i SHIFT-DR ne I.D. Code bit CLOCK-DR ad ed 12 1 2 MUX 12 12 Scan Chain In by Pa D C Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo r, 20 Pad_rsld2_oenb is the active low output enable for RSLD2 and RSLDCLK2. 02 Pad_rsld1_oenb is the active low output enable for RSLD1 and RSLDCLK1. 02 :4 Pad_b_oenb is the active low output enable for D[7:0]. When set high, INTB will be set to high impedance. 2: 04 405 Notes PM Name Register Bit Cell Type Name Register Bit Cell Type SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released I.D. code bit CLOCK-DR UPDATE-DR In co n Figure 12 Bi-directional Cell (IO_CELL) Tu es Scan Chain In er da y, Scan Chain Out 03 1 1 1 1 2 2 MUX 2 2 ce D C m be De r, SHIFT-DR 20 IDOODE G1 G2 D C 02 G1 1 1 MUX D C Output or Enable from system logic 1 1 02 MUX :4 OUTPUT or Enable 2: INPUT to internal logic OUTPUT to pin 406 EXTEST G1 EXTEST OUTPUT from internal logic IDCODE SHIFT-DR of Pa rtM i INPUT from pin ne rI nc rtm in G1 G2 12 1 2 MUX 12 12 D C ed ad by Pa I.D. code bit CLOCK-DR UPDATE-DR Scan Chain In Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo 04 Scan Chain Out PM Figure 11 Output Cell (OUT_CELL) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 Scan Chain In De ce INPUT to internal logic OUTPUT from internal logic IO_CELL m be r, 20 02 I/O PAD OUTPUT ENABLE from internal logic (0 = drive) OUT_CELL 02 :4 2: 407 04 Scan Chain Out PM Figure 13 Layout of Output Enable and Bi-directional Cells SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Only one access is needed for proper operation of the device after power-up or global reset, the DROP bus DLL must be disabled. The DLL is not needed in 19.44 MHz mode. 4. Wait at least 7 s. 6. Wait at least 14 s. 7. Read the ESEI bit in the RTAL and TTAL Interrupt Status and Control registers; RTAL 1n59h (n from 1 to C) and TTAL Interrupt Status and Control registers; 1nD1h (n from 1 to C). Repeat steps 1 through 7, if ESEI is 1, otherwise exit. 8. Note: For STS-3c/AU-4 mode, you just need to do the work-around for master slices only. This would be the first STS-1/AU path for each STS-3c/AU-4 as follows: Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne 5. Read the ESEI bit in the RTAL and TTAL Interrupt Status and Control registers; RTAL 1n59h (n from 1 to C) and TTAL Interrupt Status and Control registers; 1nD1h (n from 1 to C) to clear previous false alarm, if exists. rI nc of Pa 3. Program the DOPJ[1:0] bits to '00' in the RTAL Interrupt Status and Control registers; 1n59h (n from 1 to C). Program reserved[7:6] bits to `00' in the TTAL Interrupt Status and Control registers; 1nD1h (n from 1 to C). rtm in er 2. Wait at least 7 s. In 1. Program the DOPJ[1:0] bits to '11' in the RTAL Interrupt Status and Control register 1n59h (n from 1 to C). Program reserved[7:6] bits to `11' in the TTAL Interrupt Status and Control register 1nD1h (n from 1 to C). co n Tu To ensure that the Elastic Store FIFO in the RTAL or TTAL blocks come out of a hardware or software reset in proper working state, the following procedure should be included in the device initialization routine: es da y, 13.1.1 RTAL & TTAL Elastic Store FIFO Initialization Procedure 03 De ce If no other registers are programmed, the device will start in the following mode. All slice will be in master mode, i.e. twelve STS-1. The ADD and DROP bus will be running in the 19.44 MHz interface mode. The DROP bus will be supplying C1, J1 pulses along with a valid payload indicator. The ADD bus will be expecting a C1 and J1 pulses along with a payload indicating signal. Pointer interpretation on the ADD bus will be disabled. m be r, 20 02 13.1 Software Initialization Sequence 02 :4 The SPECTRA 4x155 supports a rich set of line, path, and system configuration options. This section details these configuration options, PCB design recommendations, operating details for the JTAG boundary scan feature, and interface details for system side devices. 2: 04 PM 408 13 Operation SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Under normal operating conditions, the SPECTRA 4x155 processes the complete transport overhead present in an STS-3/3c/STM-1 stream. All overhead bytes are extracted onto the RTOH port and can be inserted into the transmit stream via the TTOH port. The TTOC block has higher priority over any other block for TOH insertion. Within the TTOC, the TTOC block applies the following priorities with respect to the TOH insertion functions it has. * * * * * * * by ad ed Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo Pa TTOC Section Overhead Priority (highest priority first) The Z0INS register bit has precedence above all for the Z0 bytes. NAT_EN register bit has precedence above all except ZOINS, to insert all ones or all zeros into the section growth (Z0) and line orderwire byte (E2) of STS-1's #2 to #3. NAT_EN register bit has precedence above all to insert all ones or all zeros into the section user channel byte (F1) of STS-1's #2 to #3. The F1 byte of STS-1 #1 is not included in the NAT_EN definition. rtM i Passing through input overhead bytes not altered by any of the above. ne Line overhead bytes supplied via TTOH, with TTOHEN set high during bit 7 of the serial byte on TTOH will have priority over the TSLD inputs and the ZOINS and Z1/S1 registers. rI nc NAT_EN register bit has precedence above all except UNUSED_EN, to insert all ones or all zeros into the section growth (Z0) and line orderwire byte (E2) of STS-1's #2 to #3. of Pa UNUSED_EN register bit has precedence above all, to insert all ones or all zeros into the unused line overhead bytes. rtm TTOC Line Overhead Priority (highest priority first) in er In co n Tu es da 13.2.1 Transport Overhead Bytes y, 03 13.2 SONET/SDH Overhead Byte Processing De Users, who see these symptoms very frequently, particularly while a board is being debugged, should first verify that all Telecom bus input signals meet the specified timing requirements. This includes confirming that the ACK and DCK clocks are the proper frequency and that the AC1J1V1, APL, and DFP input signals are correct according to the specifications in the data sheet. ce m be r, 20 Please note that if ESEI remains high continuously after the above initialization procedure, check that there are no board-level problems with the Telecom bus signals generated externally to SPECTRA 4x155. If the external system is generating Telecom bus inputs for SPECTRA 4x155 that are incorrect, the ESEI bit in the RTAL or TTAL will be set high continuously and data will be corrupted. When these symptoms are the result of incorrect input signals from the external system, resetting the internal FIFO will not solve the problem. 02 02 :4 2: 04 409 10. RTAL: 1159h to 1459h PM 9. TTAL: 11D1h to 14D1h SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released * Passing through input overhead bytes not altered by any of the above. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De Table 22 contains the list of SONET/SDH transport overhead bytes and the various features of the SPECTRA 4x155 which can be used to modify or extract the bytes in the transmit or receive stream respectively. ce m be r, * TSLD when carrying the section DCC will have priority over TSLD_VAL register bit. 20 02 * Section overhead bytes supplied via TTOH, with TTOHEN set high during bit 7 of the serial byte on TTOH will have priority over the TSLD input. 02 * TAPS_SEL register bit has precedence over the TTOH and TTOHEN for the insertion of the APS (K1/K2) overhead bytes. :4 2: 04 * TREN register bit has precedence over the TTOH and TTOHEN for the insertion of the section trace (J0) overhead byte. PM * UNUSED_EN register bit has precedence above all to insert all ones or all zeros into the unused section overhead bytes. 410 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released A1, A2: C1/J0 Z0: D1-D3: The section data communications channel provides a 192 kbit/s data communications channel for network element to network element communications. In the transmit direction, the section DCC byte is inserted from a dedicated 192 kbit/s input, TSLD. Section DCC can also be inserted via the TTOH port controlled by the TTOC block with TTOH having a higher priority. Pa rtM i H3: B2: ad ed by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ne In the receive direction, the pointer is interpreted by the RPOP to locate the SPE. The loss of pointer state is entered when a valid pointer cannot be found. Path AIS is detected when H1, H2 contain an all ones pattern. The pointer action bytes contain synchronous payload envelope data when a negative stuff event occurs. The all zeros pattern is inserted in the transmit direction. This byte is ignored in the receive direction unless a negative stuff event is detected. The line bit interleaved parity bytes provide a line error monitoring function. In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 TLOP block calculates the B2 values. The calculated code is then placed in the next frame. An error mask can be applied to the transmit B2 via the TTOH port. TTOH will provide the error mask and not the B2 byte to insert into the transmit stream. In the receive direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 RLOP block calculates the B2 code over the current frame and compares this calculation with the B2 code receive in the following frame. Receive B2 errors are accumulated in an error event counter. rI nc In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 TPOP block inserts a valid pointer with pointer adjustments to accommodate plesiochronous timing offsets between the references. The concatenation indication must be programmed in the slave slices via the TPOP registers. An error mask can be applied to the transmit H1/H2 via the TTOH port. TTOH will provide the error mask and not the H1/H2 bytes to insert into the transmit stream. of Pa rtm H1, H2: The pointer value bytes locate the path overhead column in the SONET/SDH frame. in er In the receive direction, the section DCC is extracted on a dedicated 192 kbit/s output, RSLD. Section DCC is also extracted via onto the RTOH port via the RTOC block. In co n Tu es In the receive direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 calculates the B1 code over the current frame and compares this calculation with the B1 byte received in the following frame. B1 errors are accumulated in the error event counter of the RSOP. da y, In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 calculates the B1 byte over all bits of the previous frame after scrambling. The calculated code is then placed in the current frame before scrambling. An error mask can be applied to the transmit B1 via the TTOH port. TTOH will provide the error mask and not the B1 byte to insert into the transmit stream. 03 De B1: The section bit interleaved parity byte provides a section error monitoring function. ce The received section growth bytes are extracted and available on the RTOH port. m be The transmit section growth bytes can be inserted in the following priority: the TTOC block, the TTOH port or optionally in the TSOP block. r, The Z0 bytes are currently defined as the section growth bytes for SONET/SDH. The frame synchronous scrambler does not scramble Z0 bytes. 20 02 The C1 or J0 byte is defined as the section trace byte for SONET/SDH. The frame synchronous scrambler does not scramble the J0 byte. The received section trace message is processed by the SSTB block and also available on the RTOH port. The transmit section trace message can be inserted via the SSTB, the TTOH port or the TSOP block. 02 :4 2: The frame alignment bytes (A1, A2) locate the SONET/SDH frame in the serial stream. These bytes are also used to byte align the serial received data. Caution must be used when replacing these bytes in the transmit stream, as it may cause framing errors at the receiving end. 04 PM Table 22 Transport Overhead Bytes 411 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 2) 3) 4) 5) LRDI insertion via TLRDI, TRCP or consequential action due to received alarms. TTOH port via TTOHEN high on MSB of K1 and/or K2 TLOP block with the TLOP Transmit K1 and K2 registers. In the receive direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 RASE block provides register access to the synchronization status byte. The RTOH provides access to the received S1 byte. Z1: The Z1 bytes are allocated for future growth. rtM i Pa M1: ad ed by Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ne In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 TTOC and TLOP blocks provide register control for the growth bytes. TTOC always has priority over the TLOP. TTOH can also be used to set the Z1 byte. In the receive direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 provides access to all growth bytes via the RTOH port. The M1 byte provides for line remote error indications. In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 the M1 byte is internally generated. The number of B2 errors detected in the previous interval is insert. The insertion may be overwritten via the TTOH or Transmit Ring control port. The TTOH has priority over the TRCP. In the receive direction, a legal M1 byte value is added to the line REI (FEBE) event counter in the RSOP block. rI nc of Pa In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 TTOC and TLOP blocks provide specific register control for the synchronization status byte. The TTOH port can also be used to insert the entire S1 byte. rtm in er S1: The S1 byte provides the synchronization status byte. Bits 5 through 8 of the synchronization status byte identify the synchronization source of the SONET/SDH signal. Bits 1 through 4 are currently undefined. In In the receive direction, the line DCC can be extracted on a dedicated 576 kbit/s output, RSLD. Line DCC is also extracted via onto the RTOH port via the RTOC block. co In the transmit direction, the line DCC byte can be inserted from a dedicated 576 kbit/s input, TSLD. Line DCC can also be inserted via the TTOH port controlled by the TTOC block. TTOH has priority over TSLD. n Tu es D4-D12: The line data communications channel provides a 576 kbit/s data communications channel for network element to network element communications. da In the receive direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 RASE block provides register access to the filtered APS channel. Protection switch byte failure alarm detection is provided. The K2 byte is examined by the RLOP block which determines the presence of the line AIS, or the line RDI maintenance signals. A filtered version of the K1/K2 bytes is also made available on the RRCP port. y, 03 De RDI-L will only affect the K2[8:6] bits while AIS-L will force all line and SPE bytes to all ones. ce m be r, TAD port insertion via TAPS_SEL register bit in TTOC 20 1) LAIS insertion via TLAIS or TRCP. 02 The K1 and K2 insertion priorities are the following 02 In the transmit direction, the K1 and K2 bytes (or part of K2) can be inserted via the TLRDI or TLAIS pins, SENDLAIS or SENDLRDI bits on the TRCP, automatic RDI insertion due to received alarms, the TTOH and TAD ports, or via register control in the TSOP and TLOP blocks. The transmitted K1/K2 bytes are also made available on the RAD port. :4 2: 04 PM K1, K2: The K1 and K2 bytes provide the automatic protection switching channel. The K2 byte is also used to identify line layer maintenance signals. Line RDI is indicated when bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte are set to the pattern '110'. Line AIS is indicated when bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte are set to the pattern '111'. 412 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 All receive path overhead bytes are extracted and presented onto the RPOH port. All transmit overhead bytes can be inserted via the TPOH port with exception of the B3 which can be masked via the supplied byte on TPOH. TPOH_DIS register bit in the TPPS must be enabled for the TPOH port has effect. 02 02 :4 13.2.2 Path Overhead Bytes 2: In the receive direction, Z2 bytes are extracted and made available on the RTOH port. 04 In the transmit direction, Z2 can be inserted with the TTOH port or programmed to be processed by the TTOC. PM 413 Z2: The Z2 bytes are future growth. SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released J1: B3: The path bit interleaved parity byte provides a path error monitoring function. C2: The path signal label indicator identifies the equipped payload type. G1: rtM i by Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed H4: ne rI In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 provides register bits to control the path RDI states in the TPOP block. The path RDI may also be set via the TAD port. For path REI, the number of B3 errors detected in the previous interval is inserted either automatically or using a register in the TPOP block. This path REI code has 9 legal values, namely 0 to 8 errors. The TAD port may also be used to provide the REI count of a mate SPECTRA. The TAD port can retrieve up to 15 BIP error for each slice per frame (125 us). Given the timing of the RAD port, a mate SPECTRA 4x155 could output 16 errors within one frame period. If eight errors are detected in two consecutive frames and the timing makes them appear within one frame period, one count could be lost. In the receive direction, a legal path REI value is accumulated in the path REI event counter of the RPOP. In addition, the path RDI and auxiliary path RDI signal states are available in internal registers. The REI (FEBE) count is also available on the RAD port. The multi-frame indicator byte is a payload specific byte. The byte can be set by the TTAL block in the transmit stream. In the receive stream the RPOP can process the H4 and declare LOM. nc of Pa The path status byte provides a path REI (FEBE) function, and a path remote defect indication function. Three bits are allocated for remote defect indications: bit 5 (the path RDI bit), bit 6 (the auxiliary path RDI bit) and bit 7 (Enhanced RDI bit). Taken together these bits provide a eight state path RDI code that can be used to categorize path defect indications. rtm in er In the receive direction, the F2 byte is available on the RPOH port. In In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 inserts the F2 value using the TPOP Path User Channel register. co n F2 The Path User channel is allocated for user communication purposes between path terminating equipment. Tu In the receive direction, the code is available in the RPOP Path Signal Label register. In addition, the SPTB block also provides circuitry to detect path signal label mismatch and unstable alarms. es da In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 inserts the C2 value using the TPOP Path Signal Label register. y, 03 Received errors are also output on the B3E pin and the resulting REI on the RAD port. The REI can also automatically be inserted in the transmit path. De In the receive direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 master RPOP block calculates the B3 code and compares this calculation with the B3 byte received in the next frame. B3 errors are accumulated in an error event counter. Errors are accumulated in the master slice only. ce m be In the transmit direction, the SPECTRA 4x155 calculates the B3 bytes in the master TPOP block. The calculated code is then placed in the next frame. r, 20 In the receive direction, the path trace message is optionally extracted into the 16 or 64 byte path trace message buffer. The SPTB block can declare trace identifier unstable or mismatch alarms. 02 02 In the transmit direction, characters can be inserted using the TPOP Path Trace register or the SPTB block. The register is the default selection and resets to 0x00 to enable the transmission of NULL characters from a reset state. :4 2: 04 The Path Trace byte is used to repetitively transmit a 64-byte or 16-byte message. When not used, this byte should be set to transmit continuous null characters. Null is defined as the ASCII code, 0x00. PM Table 23 Path Overhead Bytes 414 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 13.3.1 Basic Configuration The Slice Configuration for SDH STM-1 Path Processing, shown in Table 24, shows examples of an STM-1 SDH stream and the configurations required for the SPECTRA 4x155 to correctly process them. es CH#1 Slice# 1 5 9 CH#2 Slice# 2 6 10 CH#3 Slice# 3 7 11 CH#4 Slice# 4 8 12 Tx/Rx Order da y, Table 24 Slice Configuration for SDH STM-1 Path Processing STM-1 AU-3 Example 1 STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 (M) STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 (M) STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 (M) 03 De ce m be The SPECTRA 4x155 Path Processing Slice architecture enables the software, used to configure the device, to handle any combination of the four STS-3 or STS-3c SONET streams or any combination of the four STM-1/AU-3 STM-1/AU-4 SDH streams. r, 20 02 STM-1 AU-4 Example 2 STM-1 #1 TUG3 #1 (M) STM-1 #1 TUG3 #2 (S) STM-1 #1 TUG3 #3 (S) An equivalent Slice Configuration example for SONET/SDH is illustrated in Table 25. Table 25 Slice Configuration for SONET STS-3/3c Path Processing by CH#1 Slice# 1 5 9 Pa rtM i ne CH#2 Slice# 2 6 10 rI In the second example, the STM-1 stream consists of an AU-4. To process the AU-4 concatenated streams, only the first TPPS or RPPS (Slice #1, #2, #3, #4), which process TUG3 #1 in the STM-1/AU-4 streams, is configured in the corresponding TPPS/RPPS Configuration registers, as master. nc of CH#3 Slice# 3 7 11 Pa rtm In the first example, the STM-1 stream consists of AU-3s. To process the individual AU-3 streams in the STM-1, all TPPSs and RPPSs in the channel must be configured in the TPPS/RPPS Configuration registers as masters. in CH#4 Slice# 4 8 12 er In co n 2 3 Tx/Rx Order 1 2 3 Tu 1 STM-1 AU-3 Example 1 STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 (M) STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 (M) STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 (M) ed ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo 02 STM-1 AU4 Example 2 STM-1 #1 TUG3 #1 (M) STM-1 #1 TUG3 #2 (S) STM-1 #1 TUG3 #3 (S) 13.3 Path Processing Slice Configuration Options :4 In the receive direction, the growth bytes are available on the RPOH port. 2: In the transmit direction the TPOP block can be used to insert the growth bytes. 04 Tandem connection byte (Z5) can be inserted in the receive side towards the DROP port via the RTCOH and programming registers in the RPOP. PM Z3-Z5: The path growth bytes provide three unused bytes for future use. 415 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released STS-3c STS-3 M M Xa M Xb M M M Xa M Xb M M M Xa M 20 1 5 9 2 6 10 3 7 11 M 02 Path Processing Slice # 02 4 M M Xb Channel #1 Channel #2 Channel #3 Channel #4 8 Xa M 12 Xb M Notes 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Master slices are marked with the symbol "M". Slave slices are marked with the symbol "S". 13.3.3 Concatenated and Non-concatenated Stream Detection Each RPPS and TPPS processes an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream in an STS-3/3c (STM-1/AU-3/AU-4) receive (Add bus) stream. It is capable of detecting error-free and errored pointers as well as error-free and errored concatenation indications in the H1 and H2 pointer bytes concurrently regardless of whether it is operating as a master or a slave. Errored pointers are indicated with the LOP status and errored concatenation indications are reported as an AU-3 Loss-Of-Pointer-Concatenation (AU-3LOPCON) in the RPOP (TPIP) Status and Control register. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Under normal operating conditions, the LOP status in a master slice is set low while the AU3LOPCON is set high. The opposite is true for a slave slice; the LOP status is set high while the AU-3LOPCON status is set low. By monitoring LOP and AU-3LOPCON, it is possible to detect for mismatches between the configuration of the receive (Add bus) stream and the provisioning of the SPECTRA 4x155. Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa To support the transmission of a concatenated stream, the TPOP block in the slave TPPS must be software configured to transmit a pointer in the H1 and H2 bytes identical to the concatenation indication (H1=93H, H2=FFH). This is achieved by writing 93H and FFH into the TPOP Payload Pointer MSB and TPOP Payload Pointer LSB registers, respectively. The FTPTR and the NDF bits in the TPOP Pointer Control register must then be set high to activate the new pointer insertion in the transmit stream. The TDIS bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Path Transmit Control register must also be set high to allow the payload bytes which correspond to the "path overhead" bytes of the STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent stream from the Add bus to be transmitted with no modification. rtm in er In co n Tu 13.3.2 Additional Configuration for Transmit Concatenated Streams (Slave Slices) es Channel configurations are completely independent of each other. da (Xa,Xb) must be a pair of master slices when Slice #1-#5-#9 are processing an STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) stream. y, 03 (Xa,Xb) represents a pair of master or slave Slices. For example, (Xa,Xb) for Slice #5 and #9 must be a pair of slave slices when Slice #1-#5-#9 are processing an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. De ce m be r, :4 Table 26 Valid Master/Slave Slice Configurations within a Channel 2: 416 04 The valid master/slave slice configurations shown in Table 26 provide a list of all valid Path Processing Slice configurations and the corresponding STS-3 (STM-1) SONET/SDH streams being processed. PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 13.3.4 PRBS Generator/Monitor Configuration for Concatenated streams The PRBS Monitors in a TPPS/RPPS group processing a concatenated stream operate independently of each other. If the monitored PRBS sequence is formed by misaligned subsequences caused by misaligned Generators or incorrect muxing order, the PRBS Monitors in the slave Path Processing Slices will indicate that they have locked on to the corresponding subsequences. However, the misalignment will be indicated by the signature status (MON_SIGNV) bit in the (APGM/DPGM) Generator/Monitor Status/Interrupt register of a slave Path Processing Slice. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc The TelecomBus STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Time-slots (streams) table Table 27 lists all the Telecom Add/Drop bus streams or time-slots for the two different TelecomBus configurations. The Input/Output order of the STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams or time-slots is provided for each TelecomBus configuration. of Pa rtm 13.4 Time Slot Interchange (Grooming) Configuration Options in er In co n Tu es da Misalignment is indicated by the signature status (GEN_SIGNV) bit in the (APGM/DPGM) Generator/Monitor Status/Interrupt register of a slave Path Processing Slice. A software group re-start is required to recover from this condition. y, 03 De For an STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) Add or Drop bus stream, the (APGM/DPGM) PRBS Generator and Monitor, in each TPPS/RPPS handling an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3), can be independently configured and enabled without affecting the PRBS generation or monitoring performed by other TPPS/RPPSs. However, for concatenated STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) streams, a group re-start of the PRBS generation is required after all the PRBS Generators within the TPPS/RPPS group have been configured and enabled by setting the GEN_REGEN bit in the (APGM/DPGM) Generator Control register of the master Path Processing Slice. The software group re-start will align all the PRBS Generators to produce a complete and valid sequence for the concatenated stream. Alarm such as LOP or path AIS may cause misalignment between PRBS Generators in the PPS group and may persist after the alarm has been removed. Misalignment may also be caused by a frame re-alignment on the Add Bus #1 or Drop bus via DFP. ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 417 PM For Add bus concatenated/non-concatenated streams detection to function, valid H1 and H2 must be provided in the Add bus SPE data stream. SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released I/O Order 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 Data Bus AD[7:0] DD[7:0] AD[15:8] DD[15:8] AD[23:16] DD[23:16] AD[31:24] I/O Order 1 5 9 2 6 10 3 7 4 8 12 Data Bus STM-1 #1 AU-3 #1 STM-1 #1 AU-3 #2 STM-1 #1 AU-3 #3 STM-1 #2 AU-3 #1 STM-1 #2 AU-3 #2 STM-1 #2 AU-3 #3 STM-1 #3 AU-3 #1 STM-1 #3 AU-3 #2 STM-1 #3 AU-3 #3 STM-1 #4 AU-3 #1 STM-1 #4 AU-3 #2 STM-1 #4 AU-3 #3 02 r, 20 02 AD[7:0] DD[7:0] DD[31:24] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The default settings in the SPECTRA 4x155 Add/Drop Bus STM-1 #i AU-3 #j Select registers disable all grooming functions. ne rI Similarly, grooming of STS (AU) streams at the Telecom Add bus(es) is achieved by selecting an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent Add bus stream (for example, a time-slot or column in an STS-12/STM-4 frame) for each transmit time-slot other than its default. Any Add bus stream can be selected for transmit time-slot STM-1 #i AU-3 #j using the STM1SEL[1:0] and AU3SEL[1:0] bits in the corresponding SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus STM-1 #i AU-3 #j Select register. The selected STM number corresponds to the device channel. Normally, each Add bus STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream is selected only for a single transmit time-slot. Add bus multicast is achieved when the same STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Add bus stream is selected for multiple transmit time-slots. nc of Pa rtm in er In The grooming of STS (AU) streams at the Telecom Drop bus(es) is achieved by selecting an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent receive stream for each Drop bus time-slot other than its default. Any of the four channels receive stream can be selected for Drop bus time-slot STM-1 #i AU-3 #j using the STM1SEL[1:0] and AU-3SEL[1:0] bits in the corresponding Drop Bus STM-1 #i AU-3 #j Select register. The selected STM number corresponds to the device channel. Normally, each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) receive stream is selected only for one Drop bus timeslot. Drop bus multicast is achieved when the same STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) receive stream is selected for multiple Drop bus time-slots. co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be 11 :4 2: 418 04 "STS-1/AU-3" TelecomBus Time-Slots (Streams) 4 x 19.44 MHz Buses 1x 77.76 MHz Bus PM Table 27 Telecom Bus STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) Time-slots (Streams) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 13.5.2 Four 19.44 MHz Byte TelecomBus Mode The BERM block counts and monitor line BIP errors over programmable periods of time (window size). At the associated thresholds, it declares an alarm or clears it if the alarm is already set. A different threshold and accumulation period must be used for declaring and clearing alarms regardless of whether the two operations are set to the same BER threshold. The following table lists the recommended content of the BERM registers for different error rates (BER). Both BERMs in the TSB are equivalent and are programmed similarly. In a normal application, they will be set to monitor different BERs. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc The SPECTRA 4x155 provides two BERM blocks per channel. One can be dedicated to monitoring the Signal Degrade (SD) error rates and the other dedicated to monitoring the Signal Fail (SF) error rates. of Pa 13.6 Bit Error Rate Monitor (BERM) rtm in Both the Add bus and the Drop bus timing domains can be asynchronous to each other as well as to the transmit and receive line side interfaces. The SPECTRA 4x155 compensates for timing differences with pointer justifications. er In co The Four 19.44 MHz Byte TelecomBus Mode is selected by setting the ATMODE bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 Add Bus Configuration register to high (for Add bus) and the DTMODE bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register to high (for Drop bus). When operating in this mode, system data is delivered to the SPECTRA 4x155 through four eight bit Add buses (AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16], AD[31:24]) and is sourced by the SPECTRA 4x155 via four eight bit Drop buses (DD[7:0], DD[15:8], DD[23:16], DD[31:24]). For the Add buses, the SPECTRA 4x155 requires either a composite C1, J1, V1 input or optionally a C1 or AFP signal coupled with a valid H1, H2 pointer. n Tu es da y, 03 De ce The Add and Drop bus timing domains can be asynchronous to each other as well as to the transmit and receive line side interfaces. The SPECTRA 4x155 compensates for timing differences with pointer justifications. m be r, The Single 77.76 MHz Byte TelecomBus Mode is selected by setting the ATMODE bit in the Add Bus Configuration register to low (for Add bus) and the DTMODE bit in the Drop Bus Configuration register to low (for Drop bus). When operating in this mode, system data is delivered to the SPECTRA 4x155 via an eight bit Add bus (AD[7:0]) and is sourced by the SPECTRA 4x155 via an eight bit Drop bus (DD[7:0]). For the Add bus, the SPECTRA 4x155 requires either a composite C1, J1, V1 input or optionally a C1 or AFP signal coupled with a valid H1, H2 pointer. 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 13.5.1 Single 77.76 MHz Byte TelecomBus Mode PM 419 13.5 System Interface Configuration Options SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Declare BER 10-3 10-4 10-5 10-6 10-7 10-8 10-9 Eval Per (s) SF/SD SMODE 0.008 0.013 0.100 1.000 10.000 83.000 667.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SF/SD CMODE 0 1 1 1 m be Table 28 Recommended BERM settings r, 20 The Saturation threshold is not listed in the table, and should be programmed with the value 0xFFF by default, deactivating saturation. Saturation capabilities are provided to allow the user to address issues associated with error bursts. SF/SD SAP 0x000008 0x00000D 0x000064 0x0003E8 0x002710 0x014438 0x0A2D78 02 02 :4 When the SF/SD CMODE bit is set to logic one, the clearing monitoring is recommended to be performed using a window size that is eight times longer than the declaration window size. When the SF/SD CMODE bit is set to logic zero, it is recommended that clearing monitoring is performed using a window size equal to the declaration window size. In all cases the clearing threshold is calculated for a BER that is 10 times lower than the declaration BER, as required in the references. Table 28 indicates the declare BER and evaluation period only. 2: 04 SF/SD DTH 0x245 0x0A3 0x084 0x085 0x085 0x06D 0x055 PM SF/SDCTH 0x083 0x0B4 0x08E 0x08E 0x08E 0x077 0x061 es Tu In co n Note: Table 28 is based on the Telcordia GR-253 specification. Please refer to the SONET/SDH/SDH Bit error Threshold Monitoring application note for more details as well as the recommended programming configuration meeting the ITU G.783 specification. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa The SPECTRA 4x155 supports several clocking modes. Figure 14 is an abstraction of the clocking topology. rtm 13.7 Clocking Options in er da 1 1 1 y, 03 De ce 420 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released R EF C LK Internal Tx Clock Source :4 /8 Clock S ynthesis 2: T CL K R XD+/- Clock Recov ery /8 m be r, 20 Internal Rx Clock Source 02 02 R CL K 13.8 Loop Back Modes ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ed by Mode C is the external loop timing mode that makes use of the external PLL. This mode can be achieved when LOOPT is set to logic zero. This mode allows an interface to meet Telcordia's wander transfer and holdover stability requirements. The SPECTRA 4x155 supports four loop back functions: line loop back, system-side line loop back, parallel diagnostic loop back and serial diagnostic loop back. Pa rtM i Mode B is provided for private UNIs and private NNIs that require synchronization to the recovered clock. Mode B is selected by setting the LOOPT bit of the Master Control register. Normally, the transmit clock is locked to the receive data. In the event of a LOS condition, the transmit clock is synthesized from REFCLK. ne rI nc of Mode A is selected by clearing the LOOPT bit of the Channel Control register. REFCLK is multiplied by eight to become the 155.51 MHz transmit clock. REFCLK must be jitter free. Note: The source REFCLK is also internally used as the clock recovery reference. Pa rtm The transmit clock in a private UNI or a private NNI may be locked to an external reference or may be free-run. The simplest implementation requires an oscillator free-running at 19.44 MHz. in er In The transmit clock in a public UNI must conform to SONET Network Element (NE) requirements specified in Telcordia GR-253-CORE. These requirements include jitter generation, short term clock stability, phase transients during synchronization failure, and holdover. The 19.44 MHz clock source is typically a VCO (or temperature compensated VCXO) locked to a primary reference source for public UNI applications. The accuracy of this clock source should be within 20 ppm of 19.44 MHz to comply with the SONET/SDH network element free-run accuracy requirements. co n Tu es da y, Mode A is provided for all public user network interfaces (UNIs) and for private UNIs and private network node interfaces (NNIs) that are not synchronized to the recovered clock. 03 De ce 04 Mode A Source timed Mode B Internally Loop timed Mode C Externally Loop timed 421 PM Figure 14 Conceptual Clocking Structure SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 15 Line Loop Back TLRDI / TRCPFP[4:1] RLAIS / TRCPCLK[4:1] TLAIS / TRCPDAT[4:1] TCLK, PGMTCLK ATP[3:0] PECLV REFCLK+/Clock Synthesis (CSPI) y, Line Loopback (LLE=1). CRSI to CSPI loopback. Path Processing Slice #n n={1,2..12] Channel Line Side Top #m m={1,2,3,4] Tx Transport Overhead Controller (TTOC) Tx Ring Control Port (TRCP) (TX_REMUX) Tx Line O/H Processor (TLOP) ADD_TSI Tx Telecom Aligner (TTAL) ADD Bus PRBS Generator/ Monitor (APGM) Tx Pointer Interpreter (TPIP) Add Bus System Interface ACK AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] APL[4:1] AD[31:0] ADP[4:1] TXD+/-[4:1] Tx Line I/F CP/CN[4:1] n Receive APS, Synchronization Extractor and Bit Error Monitor (RASE) Rx Line O/H Processor (RLOP) Tu Section Trace Buffer (SSTB) es Tx Section O/H Processor (TSOP) da Tx Path O/H Processor (TPOP) Transmit Path Processing Slice (TPPS) 03 De ce TPOC m be TSLDCLK[4:1] TSLD[4:1] TTOH[4:1] TTOHFP[4:1] TTOHCLK[4:1] TTOHEN[4:1] TAD, TAFP, TACK TPOHEN TPOH TPOHFP TPOHCLK TPOHRDY r, 20 02 02 The Line Loop back is used to loop back the recovered data and clock from the clock recovery unit/serial-to-parallel converter (CRSI) to the clock recovery unit/parallel-to-serial converter (CSPI). The CRSI will recover a clock from the received serial stream and retime the serial data before looping it back to the CSPI. The looped back data is retimed and transmitted out onto TXD+/-. The Line loop back is programmable on a per channel basis. Refer to Figure 15. :4 2: 04 PM 13.8.1 Line Loop Back DROP DLL Path Trace Buffer (SPTB) PMON DROP_TSI Rx Telecombus System Interface DCK DC1J1V1[4:1] DPL[4:1] DD[31:0] DDP[4:1] DFP co RXD+/-[4:1] Rx Line I/F Clock and Data Recovery (CRSI) Rx Section O/H Processor (RSOP) Rx Transport Overhead Controller (RTOC) (RX_DEMUX) Rx Path O/H Processor (RPOP) Receive Path Processing Slice (RPPS) Rx Telecom Aligner (RTAL) SD[4:1] DROP Bus PRBS Generator/ Monitor (DPGM) Rx Ring Control Port (RRCP) in er In RPOC DPAIS and TPAIS Microprocessor I/F JTAG Test Access Port rtm D[7:0] A[13:0] ALE CSB WRB / RWB RDB / E RSTB INTB MBEB SALM[4:1] LOF[4:1] PGMRCLK, RCLK[4:1] LOS / RRCPFP[4:1] LAIS / RRCPDAT[4:1] LRDI / RRCPCLK[4:1] RSLDCLK[4:1] RSLD[4:1] RTOH[4:1] RTOHFP[4:1] RTOHCLK[4:1] RPOH RPOHFP RPOHCLK RPOHEN RALM RTCEN RTCOH DPAIS DPAISFP DPAISCK Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa TPAIS TPAISFP TPAISCK TDO TDI TCK TMS TRSTB B3E RAD 422 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 16 System Side Line Loop Back TLRDI / TRCPFP[4:1] RLAIS / TRCPCLK[4:1] TLAIS / TRCPDAT[4:1] TCLK, PGMTCLK TAD, TAFP, TACK ATP[3:0] TPOC PECLV REFCLK+/Clock Synthesis (CSPI) Path Processing Slice #n n={1,2..12] Tx Ring Control Port (TRCP) (TX_REMUX) TXD+/-[4:1] Tx Line I/F Tx Section O/H Processor (TSOP) Tx Line O/H Processor (TLOP) y, Channel Line Side Top #m m={1,2,3,4] da Tx Transport Overhead Controller (TTOC) 03 De ce m be TTOH[4:1] TTOHFP[4:1] TTOHCLK[4:1] TTOHEN[4:1] TSLDCLK[4:1] TSLD[4:1] TPOHEN TPOH TPOHFP TPOHCLK TPOHRDY r, 20 02 02 The System Side Line Loop back (SLLB) loops back the line side receive data to the transmit interface after having terminated the SONET payloads. Prior to entering the Drop TSI, the receive payload is looped back on a per slice basis to the transmit path processing slice (TPPS). The received payload is looped back to the TPIP block that interprets the pointer to find the payload. Refer to Figure 16. :4 2: 04 PM TDO TDI TCK TMS TRSTB 13.8.2 System Side Line Loop Back ADD_TSI Tx Telecom Aligner (TTAL) ADD Bus PRBS Generator/ Monitor (APGM) Tx Pointer Interpreter (TPIP) Tx Path O/H Processor (TPOP) Add Bus System Interface ACK AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] APL[4:1] AD[31:0] ADP[4:1] es CP/CN[4:1] n Section Trace Buffer (SSTB) co Receive APS, Synchronization Extractor and Bit Error Monitor (RASE) Rx Line O/H Processor (RLOP) Rx Ring Control Port (RRCP) Tu Transmit Path Processing Slice (TPPS) System Side Line Loopback (SLLBEN=1). On a per slice basis. DROP DLL Path Trace Buffer (SPTB) PMON DROP_TSI Rx Telecombus System Interface DCK DC1J1V1[4:1] DPL[4:1] DD[31:0] DDP[4:1] DFP RXD+/-[4:1] Rx Line I/F SD[4:1] Rx Transport Overhead Controller (RTOC) In Clock and Data Recovery (CRSI) Rx Section O/H Processor (RSOP) (RX_DEMUX) Rx Path O/H Processor (RPOP) Receive Path Processing Slice (RPPS) Rx Telecom Aligner (RTAL) DROP Bus PRBS Generator/ Monitor (DPGM) in er rtm RPOC DPAIS and TPAIS Microprocessor I/F JTAG Test Access Port RSLDCLK[4:1] RSLD[4:1] PGMRCLK, RCLK[4:1] LOS / RRCPFP[4:1] LAIS / RRCPDAT[4:1] LRDI / RRCPCLK[4:1] RTOH[4:1] RTOHFP[4:1] RTOHCLK[4:1] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of D[7:0] A[13:0] ALE CSB WRB / RWB RDB / E RSTB INTB MBEB Pa SALM[4:1] LOF[4:1] RPOH RPOHFP RPOHCLK RPOHEN RALM RTCEN RTCOH B3E RAD DPAIS DPAISFP DPAISCK TPAIS TPAISFP TPAISCK 423 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released The Serial Diagnostic Loop back (SDLE) is a loop back at the line side of the device. The serial transmit data timed to the synthesized clock is looped back just before the TXD outputs. On the receive side, the looped back serial data replaces the RXD inputs. From this point, the looped data is processed as regular data having come from the serial receive interface. The CRSI will lock and recover a clock from the looped back data. This loop back allows a diagnostic test of the device from the system side using the analog blocks. Refer to Figure 17. TLRDI / TRCPFP[4:1] RLAIS / TRCPCLK[4:1] TLAIS / TRCPDAT[4:1] TCLK, PGMTCLK TTOH[4:1] TTOHFP[4:1] TTOHCLK[4:1] TTOHEN[4:1] TSLDCLK[4:1] TSLD[4:1] ATP[3:0] PECLV REFCLK+/Clock Synthesis (CSPI) Channel Line Side Top #m m={1,2,3,4] da Tx Transport Overhead Controller (TTOC) Tx Ring Control Port (TRCP) (TX_REMUX) Tx Line O/H Processor (TLOP) y, Path Processing Slice #n n={1,2..12] ACK AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] APL[4:1] AD[31:0] ADP[4:1] 03 De ce TPOC TAD, TAFP, TACK TPOHEN TPOH TPOHFP TPOHCLK TPOHRDY m be r, 20 Figure 17 Serial Diagnostic Loop Back 02 02 :4 2: 04 ADD_TSI TXD+/-[4:1] Tx Line I/F Tu Tx Section O/H Processor (TSOP) Section CP/CN[4:1] Trace Serial Diagnostic Buffer loopback (SDLE=1). (SSTB) Uses CSPI PISO and synthesised clock. Clock and Data Recovery (CRSI) Rx Section O/H Processor (RSOP) Rx Transport Overhead Controller (RTOC) Receive APS, Synchronization Extractor and Bit Error Monitor (RASE) Rx Line O/H Processor (RLOP) n es Tx Path O/H Processor (TPOP) Tx Telecom Aligner (TTAL) ADD Bus PRBS Generator/ Monitor (APGM) Tx Pointer Interpreter (TPIP) Transmit Path Processing Slice (TPPS) PM 13.8.3 Serial Diagnostic Loop Back Add Bus System Interface DROP DLL Path Trace Buffer (SPTB) PMON DROP_TSI Rx Telecombus System Interface DCK DC1J1V1[4:1] DPL[4:1] DD[31:0] DDP[4:1] DFP co RXD+/-[4:1] SD[4:1] er Rx Ring Control Port (RRCP) In Rx Line I/F (RX_DEMUX) Rx Path O/H Processor (RPOP) Receive Path Processing Slice (RPPS) Rx Telecom Aligner (RTAL) DROP Bus PRBS Generator/ Monitor (DPGM) rtm in RPOC DPAIS and TPAIS Microprocessor I/F JTAG Test Access Port Pa D[7:0] A[13:0] ALE CSB WRB / RWB RDB / E RSTB INTB MBEB SALM[4:1] LOF[4:1] RTOH[4:1] RTOHFP[4:1] RTOHCLK[4:1] RSLDCLK[4:1] RSLD[4:1] PGMRCLK, RCLK[4:1] LOS / RRCPFP[4:1] LAIS / RRCPDAT[4:1] LRDI / RRCPCLK[4:1] RPOH RPOHFP RPOHCLK RPOHEN RALM RTCEN RTCOH DPAIS DPAISFP DPAISCK Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of TPAIS TPAISFP TPAISCK TDO TDI TCK TMS TRSTB B3E RAD 424 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released TLRDI / TRCPFP[4:1] RLAIS / TRCPCLK[4:1] TLAIS / TRCPDAT[4:1] TTOH[4:1] TTOHFP[4:1] TTOHCLK[4:1] TTOHEN[4:1] TSLDCLK[4:1] TSLD[4:1] ATP[3:0] PECLV REFCLK+/Clock Synthesis (CSPI) Channel Line Side Top #m m={1,2,3,4] es Tx Transport Overhead Controller (TTOC) Tx Ring Control Port (TRCP) (TX_REMUX) Tx Line O/H Processor (TLOP) da Path Processing Slice #n n={1,2..12] ACK AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] APL[4:1] AD[31:0] ADP[4:1] y, 03 De TPOC ce TPOHEN TPOH TPOHFP TPOHCLK TPOHRDY TAD, TAFP, TACK TCLK, PGMTCLK m be r, Figure 18 Parallel Diagnostic Loop Back 20 02 The Parallel Diagnostic Loop back (PDLE) is a loop back at the line side of the device from transmit to receive, before entering the CSPI. The parallel transmit data just before the CSPI is looped back to the receive side of the device replacing the parallel data from the CRSI. From this point, the looped data is processed as regular data having come from the CRSI's SIPO. The RSOP will frame to the looped back data and all regular alarms declared. This loop back allow a diagnostic test of the device from the system side without the use of the analog blocks. Refer to Figure 18. 02 :4 2: 04 ADD_TSI Tx Telecom Aligner (TTAL) ADD Bus PRBS Generator/ Monitor (APGM) Tx Pointer Interpreter (TPIP) TXD+/-[4:1] Tx Line I/F Tu Tx Section O/H Processor (TSOP) Tx Path O/H Processor (TPOP) CP/CN[4:1] co Parallel Diagnostic Section Loopback (PDLE=1). Trace RX side timed on TX Receive APS, Buffer (SSTB) clock. Synchronization n Transmit Path Processing Slice (TPPS) PM TDO TDI TCK TMS TRSTB 13.8.4 Parallel Diagnostic Loop back Add Bus System Interface In Extractor and Bit Error Monitor (RASE) Rx Line O/H Processor (RLOP) DROP DLL Path Trace Buffer (SPTB) PMON DROP_TSI Rx Telecombus System Interface DCK DC1J1V1[4:1] DPL[4:1] DD[31:0] DDP[4:1] DFP RXD+/-[4:1] SD[4:1] Rx Transport Overhead Controller (RTOC) in Rx Ring Control Port (RRCP) er Rx Line I/F Clock and Data Recovery (CRSI) Rx Section O/H Processor (RSOP) (RX_DEMUX) Rx Path O/H Processor (RPOP) Receive Path Processing Slice (RPPS) Rx Telecom Aligner (RTAL) DROP Bus PRBS Generator/ Monitor (DPGM) rtm Pa RPOC DPAIS and TPAIS Microprocessor I/F JTAG Test Access Port RTOH[4:1] RTOHFP[4:1] RTOHCLK[4:1] PGMRCLK, RCLK[4:1] LOS / RRCPFP[4:1] LAIS / RRCPDAT[4:1] LRDI / RRCPCLK[4:1] RSLDCLK[4:1] RSLD[4:1] 13.9 Loop Back Operation The loop back modes are activated by the SLLE, PDLE, and SDLE bits contained in the SPECTRA 4x155 Configuration register and the SLLBEN and LLBEN bits in the SPECTRA 4x155 TPPS Configuration register. The line loop back (SLLE=1) connects the high speed receive data and clock to the high speed transmit data and clock, and can be used for line side investigations (including clock recovery and clock synthesis). While in this mode, the entire receive path is operating normally. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc D[7:0] A[13:0] ALE CSB WRB / RWB RDB / E RSTB INTB MBEB SALM[4:1] LOF[4:1] RPOH RPOHFP RPOHCLK RPOHEN RALM RTCEN RTCOH B3E RAD DPAIS DPAISFP DPAISCK TPAIS TPAISFP TPAISCK of 425 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co The SPECTRA 4x155 supports the IEEE Boundary Scan Specification as described in the IEEE 1149.1 standards. The Test Access Port (TAP) consists of the five standard pins, TRSTB, TCK, TMS, TDI and TDO used to control the TAP controller and the boundary scan registers. The TRSTB input is the active-low reset signal used to reset the TAP controller. TCK is the test clock used to sample data on input, TDI and to output data on output, TDO. The TMS input is used to direct the TAP controller through its states. The basic boundary scan architecture is shown in Figure 19. n Tu es da y, 03 13.10 JTAG Support De ce The system-side line loop back (SLLBEN=1) connects the STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent receive stream from the Receive Telecom bus Aligner (RTAL) of the associated RPPS to the Transmit Telecom bus Aligner (TTAL) of the corresponding TPPS. This mode can be used for line side investigations (including clock recovery and clock synthesis) as well as path processing investigations. While in this mode, the entire receive path is operating normally. The SPECTRA 4x155 may be configured to support the system-side line loop back of up to 12 STS1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent receive streams. m be r, 20 02 02 The parallel diagnostic loop back (PDLE=1) connects the byte wide transmit data and clock to the byte wide receive data and clock. While in this mode, the entire transmit path is operating normally and data is transmitted on the TXD+/- outputs. :4 2: 04 The serial diagnostic loop back (SDLE=1) connects the high speed transmit data and clock to the high speed receive data and clock. While in this mode, the entire transmit path is operating normally and data is transmitted on the TXD+/- outputs. PM 426 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released TMS Test Access Port Controller Control Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by The boundary scan register allows board inter-connectivity to be tested. The boundary scan register consists of a shift register place in series with device inputs and outputs. Using the boundary scan register, all digital inputs can be sampled and shifted out on primary output, TDO. Also, patterns can be shifted in on primary input, TDI and forced onto all digital outputs. Pa The boundary scan architecture consists of a TAP controller, an instruction register with instruction decode, a bypass register, a device identification register, and a boundary scan register. The TAP controller interprets the TMS input and generates control signals to load the instruction and data registers. The instruction register with instruction decode block is used to select the test to be executed and/or the register to be accessed. The bypass register offers a single-bit delay from primary input, TDI, to primary output, TDO. The device identification register contains the device identification code. rtM i ne rI nc of Pa TCK rtm TRSTB in er In co Select Tri-state Enable n Tu es da y, Instruction Register and Decode De ce m be Bypass Register r, 20 02 Mux DFF Device Identification Register 02 :4 TDI Boundary Scan Register 2: 04 PM 03 TDO 427 Figure 19 Boundary Scan Architecture SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: The TAP controller is a synchronous finite state machine clocked by the rising edge of primary input, TCK. All state transitions are controlled using primary input, TMS. The finite state machine is shown in Figure 20. 04 PM 13.10.1 TAP Controller 428 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released TRSTB=0 Test-Logic-Reset 1 0 1 Run-Test-Idle 0 1 Select-DR-Scan 0 Capture-DR 1 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM Figure 20 TAP Controller Finite State Machine 20 1 Select-IR-Scan 0 1 Capture-IR 0 Shift-IR da y, Shift-DR 1 0 1 03 De 0 ce m be r, Tu es 1 Exit1-IR 0 Pause-IR 0 1 co n Exit1-DR 0 Pause-DR 1 0 0 Exit2-DR 1 Update-DR 1 0 in er In rtm 1 Exit2-IR 1 Update-IR 1 0 0 Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa 0 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by All transitions dependent on input TMS 429 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Test-Logic-Reset The test logic reset state is used to disable the TAP logic when the device is in normal mode operation. The state is entered asynchronously by asserting input, TRSTB. The state is entered synchronously regardless of the current TAP controller state by forcing input, TMS high for five TCK clock cycles. While in this state, the instruction register is set to the IDCODE instruction. Capture-DR Capture-IR Shift-IR ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ed The update instruction register state is used to load a new instruction into the instruction register. The new instruction must be scanned in using the Shift-IR state. The load occurs on the falling edge of TCK. The Pause-DR and Pause-IR states are provided to allow shifting through the test data and/or instruction registers to be momentarily paused. by Pa Update-IR rtM i The shift instruction register state is used to shift both the instruction register and the selected test data registers by one stage. Shifting is from MSB to LSB and occurs on the rising edge of TCK. ne rI nc of The capture instruction register state is used to load the instruction register with a fixed instruction. The load occurs on the rising edge of TCK. Pa rtm in The update data register state is used to load a test register's parallel output latch. In general, the output latches are used to control the device. For example, for the EXTEST instruction, the boundary scan test register's parallel output latches are used to control the device's outputs. The parallel output latches are updated on the falling edge of TCK. er In co n Update-DR Tu The shift data register state is used to shift the selected test data registers by one stage. Shifting is from MSB to LSB and occurs on the rising edge of TCK. es da Shift-DR y, 03 The capture data register state is used to load parallel data into the test data registers selected by the current instruction. If the selected register does not allow parallel loads or no loading is required by the current instruction, the test register maintains its value. Loading occurs on the rising edge of TCK. De ce m be r, The run test/idle state is used to execute tests. 20 Run-Test-Idle 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 430 13.10.2 States SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released EXTEST STCTEST ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ed by The noise environment and signal integrity are often the limiting factors in system performance. Therefore, the following board design guidelines must be followed in order to ensure proper operation: 1. Use a single plane for both digital and analog grounds. 2. Provide a +3.3 volt analog and digital supply with filtering between the power supply rail and the analog power pins. Pa rtM i 13.11 Board Design Recommendations ne rI The single transport chain instruction is used to test out the TAP controller and the boundary scan register during production test. When this instruction is the current instruction, the boundary scan register is connected between TDI and TDO. During the Capture-DR state, the device identification code is loaded into the boundary scan register. The code can then be shifted out output, TDO using the Shift-DR state. nc of Pa rtm in The identification instruction is used to connect the identification register between TDI and TDO. The device's identification code can then be shifted out using the Shift-DR state. er In IDCODE co The sample instruction samples all the device inputs and outputs. For this instruction, the boundary scan register is placed between TDI and TDO. Primary device inputs and outputs can be sampled by loading the boundary scan register using the Capture-DR state. The sampled values can then be viewed by shifting the boundary scan register using the Shift-DR state. n Tu es da SAMPLE y, 03 The external test instruction allows testing of the interconnection to other devices. When the current instruction is the EXTEST instruction, the boundary scan register is place between input, TDI and output, TDO. Primary device inputs can be sampled by loading the boundary scan register using the Capture-DR state. The sampled values can then be viewed by shifting the boundary scan register using the Shift-DR state. Primary device outputs can be controlled by loading patterns shifted in through input TDI into the boundary scan register using the Update-DR state. De ce m be r, 20 02 The bypass instruction shifts data from input, TDI to output, TDO with one TCK clock period delay. The instruction is used to bypass the device. 02 :4 BYPASS 2: 431 04 The following is an description of the standard instructions. Each instruction selects an serial test data register path between input, TDI and output, TDO. PM 13.10.3 Boundary Scan Instructions SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es The noise environment and signal integrity are often the limiting factors of the system performance. The analog circuitry is particularly susceptible to noise. We recommend using the analog power filtering scheme shown in Figure 21. da y, 03 13.12 Analog Power Supply Filtering De 5. Route the high speed serial streams (TXD1-4+/- and RXD1-4+/ ) with 50 m controlled impedance circuit board traces and terminate with a matched load. This must be done. Normal CMOS-type design rules are not recommended and will reduce the performance of the device. See the section on interfacing to ECL and PECL devices for more details (Section 13.13). ce m be r, 20 4. Use separate high-frequency decoupling capacitors as close to the package pin as possible as these are recommended for the analog power (TAVD, RAVD, QAVD) pins. Separate decoupling is required to prevent the transmitter from coupling noise into the receiver and to prevent transients from coupling into some reference circuitry. See the section on Power Supplies for more details. 02 02 :4 2: 04 3. Use simple RC filtering. Ferrite beads are not advisable in digital switching circuits because inductive spiking (di/dt noise) is introduced into the power rail. Simple RC filtering is the best approach provided care is taken to ensure the IR Drop in the resistance does not lower the supply voltage below the recommended operating voltage. PM 432 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 3.3V + 47uF + 47uF 0.1uF RAVD1-C 27 3.3V + 47uF 04 2: :4 02 0.1uF 0.1uF 27 3.3V + 47uF + 47uF 0.1uF RAVD2-C m be r, 100 20 27 02 PM RAVD1-B RAVD2-B RAVD4-B RAVD3-B QAVD1 QAVD2 3.3V Figure 21 Analog Power Filters with 3.3V Supply (1) 27 3.3V + 47uF + 47uF 0.1uF RAVD3-C da Tu es n RAVD4-C TAVD1_A TAVD1_B y, NOTES 1) Use 0.1uF on all other analog and digital power pins 2) place 0.1uF as close to power pin as possible 3) 47uF and resistors do not have to be close to power pins 4) This configuration should be used when jitter transfer is required 5) The SPECTRA-4x155 has been characterized with the above filters in place, with 3.3V +/- 5% input to the filter. 0.1uF 0.1uF 27 3.3V + 47uF + 47uF 27 3.3V + ne rtM i 3.3V rI nc 2.7 + 47uF 0.1uF Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa of Pa rtm 4.7uF in er In co 03 De ce 433 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed 5. Power down the device in the reverse sequence. Use the above current limiting technique for the analog power supplies. Small offsets in VDD/AVD discharge times will not damage the device. by Pa This recommended differential voltage is to include peak-to-peak noise on the QAVD and AVD power supplies as digital noise will otherwise be coupled into the analog circuitry. Use an off chip three terminal voltage regulator supplied by a quiet high voltage supply to limit the current. If the VDD power supply is relatively quiet, VDD can be filtered using a ferrite bead and a high frequency decoupling capacitor to supply AVD. The relative power sequencing of the multiple AVD power supplies is not important. rtM i ne rI nc of Ensure the AVD supplies are current limited to the maximum latchup current specification (100 mA). To prevent forward biasing the ESD protection diode between AVD supplies and QAVD the differential voltage measured between these power supplies must be less than 0.5 Volt. Pa rtm in 4. Apply analog power supplies (AVD, includes RAVDs, TAVDs but not QAVD) after QAVD. These can be applied at the same time as QAVD providing the 100 ohm resistor in series with QAVD, shown in Figure 21 is in place. er In co 3. Supply BIAS voltage either before VDD or simultaneously with VDD to prevent current flow through the ESD protection devices that exist between BIAS and VDD power supplies. n Tu es This recommended differential voltage is to include peak-to-peak noise on the VDD power supply as digital noise will otherwise be coupled into the analog circuitry. Current limiting can be accomplished by using an off chip three terminal voltage regulator supplied by a quiet high voltage supply. da y, 03 2. Supply QAVD power either after VDD or simultaneously with VDD to prevent any current flow through the ESD protection devices that exist between QAVD and VDD power supplies. To prevent forward biasing the ESD protection diode between QAVD and VDD supplies, the differential voltage measured between these power supplies must be less than 0.5 Volt. De ce m be r, 1. To prevent damage to the ESD protection on the device inputs the maximum DC input current specification must be respected. Either ensure that the VDD power is applied before input pins are driven or increase the source impedance of the driver so that the maximum driver short circuit current is less than the maximum DC input current specification. 20 02 02 Due to the ESD protection structures in the pads, caution must be taken when powering a device up or down. ESD protection devices behave as diodes between power supply pins and from I/O pins to power supply pins. Under extreme conditions it is possible to blow these ESD protection devices or trigger latch up. Use the following recommended power supply sequencing: :4 2: 04 PM 13.13 Power Supplies Sequencing 434 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 20 13.14 Interfacing to ECL or PECL Devices Although the TXD+/- outputs are TTL compatible, only a few passive components are required to convert the signals to ECL (or PECL) logic levels. Figure 23 illustrates the recommended configurations for both types of ECL voltage levels. The PECLV pin should be set appropriately for the selected configuration. The capacitors, AC, couple the outputs so that the ECL inputs are free to swing around the ECL bias voltage (VBB). The combination of the RS1 and Z0 resistors divides the voltage down to a nominally 800 mV swing. The Z0 resistors also terminate the signals. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne Ceramic coupling capacitors are recommended. rI nc The RXD+/- inputs to the SPECTRA 4x155 are DC coupled as shown. The device has a true PECL receiver so only termination resistors are required. of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da 3.3V 03 De ce 0.1 F y, m be 5V 1K 02 r, 02 Figure 22 Power Sequencing Circuit :4 Schottky Diode Vdd 2: 04 Figure 22 illustrates a power sequencing circuit to avoid latch-up or damage to 3.3 Volt devices that are 5 Volt tolerant. This circuit will ensure Vbias is greater than Vdd and protect against designs which require the 3.3 Volt power supply appearing before the 5 Volt supply. The Schottky diode shown on Figure 22 is optional. Vbias PM 435 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released RD+ 330 Zo Zo RS1 2*Zo 02 Gnd Gnd 20 02 0.1 uF RD- 330 Zo m be Zo RS1 r, TD+ Zo ce TDVDD R1 0.01uF 0.1uF Zo R2 da SD Rd Gnd Gnd y, 03 Vdd * R2/(R1+R2) = Vbb De Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Figure 24 is an abstraction of the clock recovery PLL illustrating the connections to external components. In order to meet jitter transfer requirements for WAN applications, the CRU requires an external 220nF X7R 10% ceramic loop capacitor. This capacitor is placed across pins C1 and C2 in close proximity to the chip pins. ed by Pa 13.15 Clock Recovery rtM i ne Vpp is Voh - Vol (typically 800 mVolts) Vpp = (Zo/((RS1+Rs)+Z0) * Vdd - Vdd (SPECTRA-155-QUAD analog transmit power) 3.3V - Zo (trace impedance) typically 50 - Rs (TxD source impedance) typically 15-20 RS1: ~ 158 For interfacing to 5.0V ODL, R1 : 237 , R2 : 698 Rd : 330 For interfacing to 3.3V ODL, R1 : 220, R2: 330 Rd : 180 rI nc of Pa rtm in er Vbb is the switching threshold of the PMD device (typically Vdd - 1.3 volts) In Notes: Vpp is minimum input swing required by the optical PMD device. co n Tu es :4 2: SD RxD+ RxD- TxD+ TxD- 04 Optics PMD SPECTRA-155-QUAD PM Figure 23 Interfacing to ECL or PECL Devices 436 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Differential Loop Filter RXD+/ REFCLK Phase Detector Charge Pump 20 02 n Tu es da y, CN VCO Recovered Clock On-Chip Circuitry Off-Chip Circuitry co 03 De ce 220nF Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In m be CP r, 02 :4 2: 437 Figure 24 Clock Recovery External Components 04 PM The external loop filter capacitor is used as a floating capacitor, which means that neither of C1 and C2 is grounded. SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 25 Receive Tranport Overhead Extraction A1 byte A1 byte A1 byte 03 De RTOHFP1-4 A2 byte ce m be A2 byte r, 14.1.1 Receive Transport Overhead (RTOH) Functional Timing 20 02 E2 Byte E2 Byte 14.1 Receive Transport Overhead Extraction RTOHCLK1-4 co n Tu es RTOHFP1-4 Pa rtm RTOH1-4 Figure 25 shows the Receive Transport Overhead (RTOH) output timing. RTOHCLK1-4 is a 5.184 MHz clock generated by gapping a 6.48 MHz, 33% high duty cycle clock. 648 bits (27x3 bytes) will be output on RTOH1-4 between the rising edges of RTOHFP1-4. RTOHCLK1-4 will have a 33% high duty cycle and RTOHFP1-4 will be set high to identify the MSB (bit 1) of the STS-1 #1 A1 byte. The RTOHCLK1-4 begins bursting out data during RTOHFP1-4 high. The Overhead bytes of the each row are bursted out followed by a prolonged gapped period in the clock. The clock begins bursting out data once again when the next row's overhead has been received. In between each overhead byte, the clock gaps for one cycle. RTOHCLK1-4 should be used to sample the RTOH1-4 and RTOHFP1-4 output signals. All outputs are aligned with the falling edge of RTOHCLK1-4 and should be sampled on the rising edge of RTOHCLK1-4. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of B8 of E2 in er RTOHCLK1-4 In 66% 33% A1 byte da y, A1 byte B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 02 All functional timing diagrams assume that polarity control is not being applied to input and output data and clock lines. That is, polarity control bits in the SPECTRA 4x155 registers are set to their default states. It is also assumed that the STS (AU) grooming functions at the Add and Drop buses using the TSI feature are disabled. :4 2: 04 PM B8 14 Functional Timing 438 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 26 and Figure 27 show the receive section and line DCC output timings. The section/line (RSLD and RSLDCLK) functional timing for the case where RSLD1-4 is carrying the section DCC bytes (D1-D3) is shown in Figure 26. Sampling RTOHFP1-4 high identifies the MSB of the D1 byte available on the RSLD output. In the case when carrying the line DCC bytes (D4D12), the RSLD1-4 and RSLDCLK1-4 functional timing is shown in Figure 27. Sampling RTOHFP1-4 high identifies the MSB of the D4 byte available on the RSLD output. Enabling the LOS/LOF/LAIS or TIM alarms via the associated LINE_AISEN(2:0) or SECT_AISEN[2:0) register bits will force the RSLD1-4 output to logic one when the alarms are asserted. Figure 26 RX Section DCC Timing RTOHPF1-4 RSLDCLK-4 D3 03 De ce RSLDCLK-4 D12 In co RTOHPF1-4 n Tu Figure 27 RX Line DCC Timing es da RSLD1-4 y, m be D1 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B1 B5 B6 B7 B8 B1 B2 B3 D4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B1 B2 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of The section/line data output (RSLD1-4) is aligned with the falling edge of the RSLDCLK1-4. The rising edge of RSLDCLK1-4 should be used to sample the RSLD1-4 data and RTOHFP1-4. When carrying the line DCC, RSLDCLK1-4 is a 576 kHz clock (see line DCC Figure 27) and when carrying the section DCC, RSLDCLK1-4 is a 192 kHz clock. Pa rtm in er RSLD1-4 B5 B6 B7 B8 r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 14.1.2 Receive Section and Line DCC Functional Timing 439 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released TTOHFP1-4 A1 byte A1 byte A1 byte A2 byte A2 byte 02 20 m be r, TTOHCLK1-4 TTOHFP1-4 66% 33% 02 .. E2 byte B8 of E2 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 TTOHCLK1-4 Tu es da y, A1 byte 03 De ce TTOH1-4 TTOHEN1-4 B8 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 :4 A1 byte Figure 28 Transmit Transport Overhead Insertion 2: 04 B8 14.2.1 Transmit Transport Overhead (TTOH) Functional Timing Do wn The TTOC blocks sample the TTOH1-4 and TTOHEN1-4 inputs on the rising edge of TTOHCLK1-4. TTOHEN1-4 high during the MSB (bit 1) of TOH byte on TTOH1-4, validates the byte to be inserted into the data stream. In the second half of Figure 28, the first A1 byte will be inserted into the transmit stream since the TTOHEN1-4 is sampled high at the same time that the MSB is sampled. The second A1 byte will not be inserted since the TTOHEN1-4 was not sampled high at the same time as the MSB of the second A1 byte. Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa The TTOHCLK1-4 generates a burst of clock cycles after the TTOHFP1-4. This burst is used to receive all overhead bytes needed for insertion into the 9 overhead bytes (a row of the SONET/SDH payload). The TTOHFP1-4 output is updated on the falling edge of TTOHCLK14 and is used to identify the positioning of the 1st A1 byte's (STS-1 #1) most significant bit on TTOH1-4. External logic supplying the TTOH1-4 and TTOHEN1-4 must use the TTOHFP1-4 to locate when the MSB (bit #1)of the A1#1 byte should be present on TTOH1-4. rtM i ne rI nc of Figure 28 shows all the TTOH1-4 port signal functional timings. The TTOH1-4 ports (TTOH14, TTOHCLK1-4, TTOHFP1-4 and TTOHEN1-4) are used to supply the SONET/SDH transport overhead bytes for channel #1-4 of the SPECTRA 4x155. The serial TTOH data stream supplies the 81 transport overhead bytes (27 section overhead and 54 line overhead bytes) in 125 us. The TTOHCLK1-4 output provides timing for the TTOH1-4 and TTOHEN1-4 inputs. TTOHCLK1-4 is a 5.184 MHz clock generated by gapping a 6.48 MHz clock. Pa rtm in er In co n PM 440 14.2 Transmit Transport Overhead Insertion SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released TTO HPF1-4 TSLDCLK-4 D3 TSLD1-4 m be D1 r, 20 02 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 Figure 29 TX Section DCC Output Timing For D1-D3 B5 B6 B7 B8 B1 B2 B3 02 :4 B1 B5 B6 B7 B8 B1 B2 14.2.2 Transmit Section and Line DCC Functional Timing Figure 30 TX Line DCC Output Timing For D4-D12 TTOHPF1-4 TSLDCLK-4 D12 da y, 03 TSLD1-4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B1 es B2 B3 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i The TTOHFP1-4 output is updated on the falling edge of TTOHCLK1-4 but the TSLDCLK1-4 clock is generated such that the rising edge of the clock is able to sample the TTOHFP1-4. Figure 29 and Figure 30 show this relation. TTOHFP1-4 is used to identify the positioning of the D1 or D4 bit 1 (MSB) on TSLD1-4. External logic supplying the TSLD1-4 must use the TTOHFP to locate when the MSB of D1 and D4 should be present on TSLD. ne rI nc of Figure 29 and Figure 30 show the functional timing for the section and line DCC port. The TTOC block generates the TSLDCLK1-4 output clock. TSLDCLK1-4 is programmable (TSLD_SEL) to provide timing for the section or line DCC over the TSLD1-4 serial input. When TSLD_SEL is a logic zero, the TSLD1-4 serial input is set to carry the section DCC (D1 to D3) bytes. In this case TSLDCLK is a 192 kHz clock. When TSLD_SEL is a logic one, the TSLD1-4 serial input is set to carry the line DCC (D4 to D12) bytes. In this case TSLDCL1-4K is a 576 kHz clock. The TSLD1-4 serial input is sampled on the rising edge of TSLDCLK1-4. When TSLD_SEL register bit is programmed low and TSLD1-4 is used to carry the line DCC bytes, the section DCC bytes can be force to all-ones or all-zeros via the TSDVAL register bit. TTOH1-4 and TTOHEN1-4 has precedence over TSDVAL. Pa rtm in er In co n Tu De B4 ce D4 2: 441 04 An error insertion feature is provided for the H1, H2, B1, and B2 byte positions. When TTOH14 is held high during any of the bit positions corresponding to these bytes, the corresponding bit is inverted before being inserted in the transmit stream (TTOHEN1-4 must be sampled high during the first bit position to enable the error insertion mask). PM SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released STS-3 #2 STS-3 #3 STS-1 #1 STS-1 #1 RPOHFP J1 byte B3 byte C2 byte G1 byte De ce F2 byte m be r, 20 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 STS-3 #4 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 STS-1 #2 02 02 STS-3 #3 STS-3 #4 STS-1 #3 STS-1 #3 RPOHFP :4 Z4 byte Z5 byte Pa rtM i B3E Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by RALM ne rI RPOHEN nc of Pa RPOHFP rtm STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 J1 byte in RPOH B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B BB 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12 3 4 5 6 7 81 er In RPO HCLK co n J1 byte Tu es da y, RPOHCLK STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 B3 byte STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 J1 byte STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 B3 byte 03 B3 byte 2: 442 04 Figure 31 Receive Path Overhead Extraction/Alarm Timing PM 14.3 Receive Path Overhead Extraction SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI RALM identifies an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream where one or more receive alarm conditions have been detected. The receive alarm conditions which enable an assertion during the corresponding RALM time-slot are controlled by the RPPS RALM Output Control #1 and #2 registers. RALM for each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream may be asserted at any time during the entire period (time-slot) when the corresponding path overhead bytes are serialized on RPOH regardless of the RPOHEN setting. RALM should therefore sampled during the entire time slot period to detect a low-to-high or high-to-low transition. nc of Pa rtm in B3E identifies the bits within the B3 bytes containing a parity error and it is only valid during the B3 byte time-slot of an STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream when RPOHEN is set high. er In co For an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4), only the path overhead time-slots associated with the equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 (processed by a master RPPS) carry valid path overhead bytes when RPOHEN is set high. During the path overhead time-slots of the equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU3) #2 and #3 processed by corresponding slave RPPSs, RPOHEN is always set low. n Tu es da The path overhead data streams of corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent receive streams are arranged in the order of the RPPS numbers (RPPS #1 to RPPS #12). RPPS #1 to #12 always process the SONET/SDH bytes (i.e. STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams) in the received order.. With this assignment, the path overhead data streams are driven on to RPOH in the hierarchical order of STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1, STS-3 #2 STS-1 #1, STS-3 #3 STS-1 #1 - #3) STS-3 #4 STS-1 #1, and etc. y, 03 De ce m be Figure 30 shows the receive path overhead extraction to a serial stream. RPOHCLK is a nominally 12.96 MHz clock and is substantially faster than the actual arrival rate of the receive path overhead bytes. This allows the use of over-sampling to multiplex the path overhead data streams from the RPOPs onto a single RPOH output. The entire path overhead (J1, B3, C2, G1, F2, H4, Z3, Z4, Z5 bytes) of each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) in four STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) receive streams can be extracted, serialized and placed on RPOH over one or two RPOH frame periods. For each byte, the most significant bit (MSB) is transmitted first. RPOHFP marks the most significant bit of the first J1 byte of the STS-12 (STM-4/AU-3). This corresponds to the msb of the J1 byte of STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 stream. The RPOHEN indicates the validity of the path overhead bytes extracted to the RPOH. If a new path overhead byte of a particular STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream is not available during the current time-slot then the RPOHEN is set low. In the above example, the J1 byte of the STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-1 (STM0/AU-3) #1 stream is valid but the B3 byte is not yet available in the current RPOH frame. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 443 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released J1 byte B3 byte C2 byte G1 byte ce m be RPOHFP F2 byte r, 20 02 Z4 byte 02 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #2 :4 STS-3 #2 STS-3 #3 STS-1 #1 STS-1 #1 STS-3 #4 STS-1 #1 2: STS-3 #3 STS-3 #4 STS-1 #3 STS-1 #3 04 Z5 byte 444 RPOHFP J1 byte RPOHCLK Tu es da y, 03 RPOHCLK Pa rtm RTCEN RTCOH RPOHEN rtM i ne rI RPOHFP nc of in BBBBBBBB 12345678 BBBBBBBB 12345678 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 J1 byte er In co n Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa De B3 byte STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 B3 byte PM Figure 32 Receive Tandem Connect Maintenance Insertion Timing SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released RRCPFP1-4 RRCPDAT 1-4 RRCPCLK1-4 RRCPFP1-4 RRCPDAT1-4 of Pa B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 COA PSI PSBFI SENDLRDI PSBFV rtm in er In co n RESERVED FO R LINE R EI INDICATIONS Tu es da Figure 33 Receive Ring Control Port y, 03 14.4 Mate SPECTRA 4x155 Interfaces De For an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) receive stream, only the J1 time-slot associated with the equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 can be used for Z5 insertion. ce m be Figure 32 illustrates how the Receive Tandem Connection Maintenance Insertion interface. RTCOH carries the data to be inserted in the tandem connection maintenance byte (Z5) in the Drop bus for each STS-1 (STM-0/AU3) in the four STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) receive streams. The first bit on RTCOH (B1) corresponds to the most significant bit of Z5. The RTCEN signal controls whether the corresponding bit in RTCOH is inserted in the Z5 byte of a particular STS1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. The data bit on RTCOH is inserted in the Z5 byte if the corresponding bit of RTCEN is high. The incoming error count or a logic one data link bit is placed on the Z5 byte if the corresponding bit in RTCEN is low. RTCEN has significance only during the J1 byte positions in the RPOHCLK clock sequence as shown above where RPOHEN is also set high and is ignored at all other times. Figure 32 shows that the Z5 byte for the Drop bus STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU3) #1 stream is accepted. If RPOHEN was low during a particular J1 byte time-slot then the same Z5 insertion must be repeated for the next J1 byte time-slot for the STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. r, 20 02 02 :4 2: Do wn The timing diagram for the receive ring control port, Figure 33, illustrates the operation of the receive ring control port for each of the device channels when the ring control ports are enabled (using the RCPEN bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 Ring Control register). The control port timing is provided by the RRCPCLK1-4 input. RRCPFP1-4 and RRCPDAT1-4 are updated on the falling edge of RRCPCLK1-4. RRCPFP1-4 is used to distinguish the bit positions carrying alarm status and maintenance signal control information (RRCPFP1-4 is high) from the bit positions carrying line REI indications (RRCPFP1-4 is low). RRCPFP1-4 is high for 21 bit positions once per 125 s frame. Note: REI indications are enabled using the AUTOLREI bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 Ring Control register. Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc Filtered K1 byte Filtered K2 byte SENDLAIS 04 PM 445 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released While RRCPFP is low, RRCPDAT is high for one RRCPCLK cycle for each received REI indication. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, The first 16 bit positions contain the APS channel byte values after filtering (the K1 and K2 values have been identical for at least three consecutive frames). The 17th bit position, COAPSI, is high for one frame when a new APS channel byte value (after filtering) is received. The 18th and 19th bit positions contain the current protection switch byte failure alarm status. PSBFI is high for one frame when a change in the protection switch byte failure alarm state is detected. PSBFV contains the real-time active high state value of the protection switch byte failure alarm. The 20th and 21st bit positions control the insertion of the line AIS and line RDI maintenance signals in a mate device. The SENDLRDI bit position is controlled by the logical OR of the section/line alarms as enabled by the Line RDI Control Register, or by the SLRDI bit in the Ring Control register. The SENDLAIS bit position is controlled by the SLAIS bit in the Ring Control register. 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM 446 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released :4 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 BIP and PRDI STS-3 #4 STS-3 #1 STS-3 #2 STS-3 #3 STS-1 #1 STS-1 #2 STS-1 #1 STS-1 #1 BIP and PRDI BIP and PRDI BIP and PRDI BIP and PRDI 2: STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 04 03 De PRDI5 PRDI6 PRDI7 RPOHFP RPOHCLK RPOHFP co n K1 byte Tu es da y, RAD BBBBBBBBB 812345678 RAD Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of RPOHFP Pa rtm in er RPOHCLK BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB 812345678123456781 In ce BIP Count PRDI Indication m be B 1 K2 byte r, 20 RPOHCLK 02 02 STS-3 #3 K2 K1 PM STS-3 #4 K2 K1 Figure 34 Receive Path Alarm Port Timing 447 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released For an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) receive stream, only the BIP Count and PRDI code time-slots associated with the equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 carry valid information. The BIP Count and PRDI code time-slots of the equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 and #3 should be ignored. Figure 35 Transmit Ring Control Port TRCPFP1-4 TRCPDAT 1-4 rtm in er In TRCPFP1-4 rtM i TRCPD AT1-4 ne rI nc TRCPCLK1-4 of Pa co RESERVED FO R LINE R EI INDICATIONS n Tu es da When not generating AIS-L on the transmit stream, the transmit APS K1 and K2 bytes of all four channels are also serialized on the RAD during the last eight byte position in the output bit stream. The transmit K1 and K2 bytes can be sourced from the TTOH1-4 input or via the TLOP Transmit K1/K2 registers in order of precedence. Under AIS-L generation on the transmit stream, the K1 and K2 bytes extracted are those which would have been transmitted if it were not for the forcing of AIS-L. AIS-L may be forced on the transmit stream via the TLAIS pin, the transmit ring control port (TRCP) or the TSOP Control Register 0m80h. y, 03 De ce m be Figure 34 shows the format of the receive path alarm port. The path BIP-8 error counts and the PRDI codes from all STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) in the four STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) receive stream are serialized in the receive alarm data output (RAD) and clocked out by RPOHCLK. Output data is updated on the falling edge of RPOHCLK. The eight BIP count bit positions for each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) are left justified. If there are eight BIP errors in the corresponding STS-1 (STM0/AU-3) stream, all bit positions are set high. If there are fewer BIP errors, only the first N positions corresponding to the number of detected errors are set high, the remainder are set low. The PRDI code bits are set when receive alarm conditions are asserted for the corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. Note: BIP error indications are enabled using the AUTOPREI bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 RPPS Path REI/RDI Control #1 register. The PRDI5 indications are enabled using bits in the RPPS Path REI/RDI Control registers. The PRDI6 and PRDI7 bits are enabled using bits in the RPPS Path Enhanced RDI Control registers. r, 20 02 02 SENDLRDI :4 : Reserved for future use : Reserv ed for line REI indication Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by SENDLAIS Pa 2: 04 PM 448 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 03 De ce TAFP m be Figure 36 Transmit Alarm Port Timing r, 20 The timing diagram for the transmit ring control port, Figure 36, illustrates the operation of the transmit ring control port for each of the device channels when the ring control ports are enabled (using the RCPEN bit in the Ring Control Register). The control port timing is provided by the TRCPCLK1-4 input. TRCPFP1-4 and TRCPDAT1-4 are sampled on the rising edge of TRCPCLK1-4. TRCPFP1-4 is used to distinguish the bit positions carrying maintenance signal control information (TRCPFP1-4 is high) from the bit positions carrying line REI indications (TRCPFP is low). TRCPFP1-4 is high for 21 bit positions once per frame 125 s). Currently, only the last two bit positions are used. These bit positions control the insertion of line RDI and line AIS maintenance signals as illustrated. The remaining 19 bit positions are reserved for future feature enhancements. 02 02 :4 2: 04 PM TACK es da y, STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 BIP and PRDI STS-3 #4 STS-3 #1 STS-3 #2 STS-3 #3 STS-1 #1 STS-1 #2 STS-1 #1 STS-1 #1 BIP and PRDI BIP and PRDI BIP and PRDI BIP and PRDI STS-3 #3 K2 K1 STS-3 #4 K2 K1 co STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 n BIP Count TACK in er In Tu Transm it K1, K2 bytes PRDI Indication PRDI5 PRDI6 rI nc of TAFP Pa rtm TAD Pa rtM i TACK ne K1 byte PRDI7 BBBBBBBBB 812345678 B 1 K2 byte TAD ed by BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB 812345678123456781 TAFP Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad 449 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released of DC1J1V1[n] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i DDP[n] ne DPL[n] rI nc DD[8(n-1)+7:8(n-1)] TOH #1 C1 Pa DFP rtm DCK TOH #2 C1/X in er TOH #3 C1/X In Figure 37 STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) 19.44 MHz Byte Drop Bus Timing co 14.5.1 Drop Bus SPE #1 BYT 1 n Tu 14.5 Telecom Bus System Side es SPE #2 BYT 1 da The TAD port can accumulate up to 15 BIP errors. Given the timings of the RAD port, a mate SPECTRA 4x155 could output 16 errors within one frame period. If eight errors are detected in two consecutive frames and the timing makes them appear within one frame period, the 16th count could be lost. y, SPE #3 BYT 1 03 De For an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) transmit stream, only the BIP Count and PRDI code time-slots associated with the equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 can be used. The TAD input must be set low during the BIP Count and PRDI code time-slots of the equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2 and #3. ce m be POH #1 SPE #2 J1 BYT 262 r, Figure 36 shows the format of the transmit path alarm port. The path BIP-8 error counts and PRDI codes for all STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) in all four STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) transmit streams are serialized in the transmit alarm data input (TAD) and clocked in by TACK. The eight BIP count bit positions for each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) are left justified. If there are eight BIP errors in the corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream, all bit positions are set high. If there are fewer BIP errors, only the first N positions corresponding to the number of detected errors are set high, the remainder are set low. The PRDI code bits (PRDI5, PRDI6, PRDI7) are set accordingly when the corresponding STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream in the peer receive section inserts an RDI condition to be relayed back to the far end. The transmit APS K1 and K2 bytes of all four channels can also be sourced from TAD stream during the last height byte position in the input bit stream. Input data is sampled on the rising edge of TACK. 20 02 02 PJE SPE #3 TTOH #1 SPE #2 SPE #3 PSO V1 #1 BYT 263 BYT 263 :4 2: 04 PM 450 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released DPL[n] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne DDP[n] rI nc DC1J1V1[n] of Pa rtm DD[8(n-1)+7:8(n-1)] TOH C1 TOH C1/X in er TOH C1/X In DFP co DCK SPE BYT 1 n Tu Figure 38 STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) 19.44 MHz Byte Drop Bus Timing es SPE BYT 2 da Figure 38 shows the STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) 19.44 MHz byte Drop bus timing where n is {1, 2, 3, 4}. This timing applies to all four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Drop buses. DCK is a 19.44 MHz clock. The frame pulse DFP marks the first SPE byte in the STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) frame on DD[7:0] (DD[31:24], DD[23:16], DD[15:8]). It is not necessary for DFP to be present at every frame. An internal counter fly-wheels based on the most recent DFP received. Transport overhead and payload bytes are distinguished by the DPL[1] (DPL[4], DPL[3], DPL[2]) output which is set low to mark transport overhead bytes and set high to mark payload bytes. A positive justification event is shown for STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3. A stuff byte is place in the positive stuff opportunity byte position and DPL[1] (DPL[4:2]) is set low to indicate that data is not available. The Drop bus composite timing signal DC1J1V1[1] (DC1J1V1[4], DC1J1V1[3], DC1J1V1[2]) is set high when DPL[1] (DPL[4:2]) is set low to mark the C1 byte. DC1J1V1[1] (DC1J1V1[4:2]) is set high when DPL[1] (DPL[4:2]) is also set high to mark the J1 byte in each of the three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams. Optionally, DC1J1V1[1] (DC1J1V1[4:2]) is set high once every multi-frame to mark the first frame of the Drop bus tributary multi-frame in each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. The alignment of the transport frame and the SPE of STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 shown corresponds to an active offset of 0 and is for illustration only. Other alignments are possible. Also, the SPE alignments of the four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Drop buses may be different. The Drop bus parity output DDP[1] (DDP[4], DDP[3], DDP[2]) reports the parity of DD[7:0] (DD[31:24], DD[23:16], DD[15:8]) and optionally includes DPL[1] (DPL[4:2]) and DC1J1V1[1] (DC1J1V1[4:2]). y, SPE BYT 3 03 De ce m be POH #1 SPE SPE J1 BYT 785 BYT 786 r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 04 SPE V1/NPI PM SPE V1/NPI SPE V1/NPI 451 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released DCK DFP In co n Tu es Figure 39 STS-12 (STM-4/AU-3) 77.76 MHz Byte Drop Bus Timing da y, Figure 38 shows the STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) 19.44 MHz byte Drop bus timing where n is {1, 2, 3, 4}. This timing applies to all four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Drop buses. DCK is a 19.44 MHz clock. The frame pulse DFP marks the first SPE byte on DD[7:0] (DD[31:24], DD[23:16], DD[15:8]). It is not necessary for DFP to be present at every frame. An internal counter fly-wheels based on the most recent DFP received. Transport overhead and payload bytes are distinguished by the DPL[1] (DPL[4], DPL[3], DPL[2]) output which is set low to mark transport overhead bytes and set high to mark payload bytes. The Drop bus composite timing signal DC1J1V1[1] (DC1J1V1[4], DC1J1V1[3], DC1J1V1[2]) is set high when DPL[1] (DPL[4:2]) is set low to mark the C1 byte. DC1J1V1[1] (DC1J1V1[4:2]) is set high when DPL[1] (DPL[4:2]) is also set high to mark the J1 byte of the STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream. Optionally, DC1J1V1[1] (DC1J1V1[4:2]) is set high once every multi-frame to mark the first frame of the Drop bus tributary multi-frame. When processing an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream, the V1 pulse marks the more significant byte of the Null Pointer Indication (NPI) of the first frame in each tributary multi-frame. The alignment of the transport frame and the SPE of STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream shown corresponds to an active offset of 0 and is for illustration only. Other alignments are possible. Also, the SPE alignments of the four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Drop buses may be different. The Drop bus parity output DDP[1] (DDP[4], DDP[3], DDP[2]) reports the parity of DD[7:0] (DD[31:24], DD[23:16], DD[15:8]) and optionally includes DPL[1] (DPL[4:2]) and DC1J1V1[1] (DC1J1V1[4:2]). 03 De ce STS-3 #1 STS-3 #2 STS-3 #3 STS-3 #4 in STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 POH J1 m be r, 20 er STS-3 #3 STS-1 #2 PSO 02 rtm STS-1 #1's STS-1 #3's DD[7:0] DPL[1] DC1J1V1[1] DDP[1] TOH #1 C1 TOH #2 C1 TOH #3 C1 SPE #1 BYT 1 SPE #2 BYT 1 STS-1 #2's SPE #3 BYT 1 SPE #2 SPE #1 BYT 262 BYT 262 SPE #3 SPE #1 SPE #2 BYT 262 BYT 263 BYT 263 02 :4 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 TTOH V1 2: 04 PM SPE #3 BYT 263 of Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc PJE 452 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 39 shows the STS-12 (STM-4/AU-3) 77.76 MHz byte Drop bus timing. DCK is a 77.76 MHz clock. The frame pulse DFP marks the first SPE byte in the STS-12 (STM-4/AU-3) frame on DD[7:0]. This is also the first SPE byte of STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 stream. It is not necessary for DFP to be present at every frame. An internal counter flywheels based on the most recent DFP received. Transport overhead and payload bytes are distinguished by the DPL[1] output which is set low to mark transport overhead bytes and set high to mark payload bytes. A positive justification event is shown for STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2. A stuff byte is place in the positive stuff opportunity byte position and DPL[1] is set low to indicate that data is not available. The Drop bus composite timing signal DC1J1V1[1] is set high when DPL[1] is set low to mark the first C1 byte of the STS-12 (STM4/AU-3) frame. DC1J1V1[1] is set high when DPL[1] is also set high to mark the J1 byte in each of the STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams. Optionally, DC1J1V1[1] is set high once every multi-frame to mark the first frame of the Drop bus tributary multi-frame in each STS-1 (STM0/AU-3) stream. The alignment of the transport frame and the SPE of STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 shown corresponds to an active offset of 0 and is for illustration only. Other alignments are possible. The Drop bus parity output DDP[1] reports the parity of DD[7:0] and optionally includes DPL[1] and DC1J1V1[1]. ACK AD[8(n-1)+7:8(n-1)] TOH #1 C1 TOH #2 C1/X TOH #3 C1/X co SPE #1 BYT 1 n Tu SPE #2 BYT 1 es Figure 40 STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) 19.44 MHz Byte Add Bus Timing da SPE #3 BYT 1 y, 14.5.2 Add Bus 03 De ce m be POH #1 J1 r, 20 SPE #2 BYT 262 02 02 SPE #3 PSO PJE AC1J1V1[n] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of ADP[n] Pa rtm in APL[n] er In :4 2: TTOH #1 SPE #2 SPE #3 V1 #1 BYT 263 BYT 263 04 PM 453 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released (AC1J1V1[n]) AD[8(n-1)+7:8(n-1)] APL[n] ADP[n] TOH #1 C1 TOH #2 C1/X Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er TOH #3 C1/X In co AFP[n] SPE #1 BYT 1 n Tu ACK es SPE #2 BYT 1 da Figure 41 STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) 19.44 MHz Byte Add Bus (AFP) Timing y, SPE #3 BYT 1 03 Figure 40 shows the STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) 19.44 MHz byte Add bus timing where n is {1, 2, 3, 4}. This timing applies to all four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Add buses. ACK is a 19.44 MHz clock. Transport overhead and payload bytes are distinguished by the APL[1] (APL[4], APL[3], APL[2]) input which is set low to mark transport overhead bytes and set high to mark payload bytes on AD[7:0] (AD[31:24], AD[23:16], AD[15:8]). A positive justification event is shown for STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3. A stuff byte is place in the positive stuff opportunity byte and APL[1] (APL[4], APL[3], APL[2]) is set low to indicate that data is not available. The Add bus composite timing signal AC1J1V1[1] (AC1J1V1[4], AC1J1V1[3], AC1J1V1[2]) is set high when APL[1] (APL[4:2]) is set low to mark the C1 byte. Optionally, AC1J1V1[1] (AC1J1V1[4:2]) is set high when APL[1] (APL[4:2]) is also set high to mark the J1 byte in each of the three STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams. Optionally, AC1J1V1[1] (AC1J1V1[4:2]) is set high once every multi-frame to mark the first frame of the Add bus tributary multi-frame in each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. The alignment of the transport frame and the SPE of STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 shown corresponds to an active offset of 0 and is for illustration only. Other alignments are possible. Also, the SPE alignments of the four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Add buses may be different. The Add bus parity input ADP[1] (ADP[4], ADP[3], ADP[2]) carries the parity of AD[7:0] (AD[31:24], AD[23:16], AD[15:8]) and optionally includes APL[1] (APL[4:2]) and AC1J1V1[1] (AC1J1V1[4:2]). De ce m be POH #1 SPE #2 J1 BYT 262 r, 20 02 02 SPE #3 TTOH #1 SPE #2 SPE #3 PSO V1 #1 BYT 263 BYT 263 :4 2: 04 PM 454 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 41 shows the STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) 19.44 MHz byte Add bus (AFP) timing where n is {1, 2, 3, 4}. This timing applies to all four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Add buses. ACK is a 19.44 MHz clock. The frame pulse AFP[1] (AFP[4], AFP[3], AFP[2]) marks the first SPE byte in the STS-3 (STM-1/AU-3) frame on AD[7:0] (AD[31:24], AD[23:16], AD[15:8]). It is not necessary for AFP[n] to be present at every frame. An internal counter fly-wheels based on the most recent AFP[n] received. In this system interface mode, valid H1, H2 pointer bytes must be provided on AD[7:0] (AD[31:24], AD[23:16], AD[15:8]) and the APL[1] (APL[4:2]) input signal must be strapped low. Transport overhead and payload bytes are distinguished by interpreting the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. The phase relation of the SPE (VC) to the transport frame and pointer justification events are also determined via the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. Optionally, the first frame of the Add bus tributary multi-frame in each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream is determined by interpreting the H4 byte in the corresponding path overhead. The alignment of the transport frame and the SPE of STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 shown corresponds to an active offset of 0 and is for illustration only. Other alignments are possible. Also, the SPE alignments of the four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Add buses may be different. The Add bus parity input ADP[1] (ADP[4], ADP[3], ADP[2]) carries the parity of AD[7:0] (AD[31:24], AD[23:16], AD[15:8]). APL[n] AC1J1V1[n] ADP[n] Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n AD[8(n-1)+7:8(n-1)] TOH C1 TOH C1/X TOH C1/X SPE BYT 1 Tu es ACK SPE BYT 2 da y, Figure 42 STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) 19.44 MHz Byte Add Bus Timing SPE BYT 3 03 De ce m be POH #1 J1 r, 20 SPE SPE BYT 785 BYT 786 02 02 :4 2: 04 SPE V1/NPI PM SPE V1/NPI SPE V1/NPI 455 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 42 shows the STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) 19.44 MHz byte Add bus timing where n is {1, 2, 3, 4}. This timing applies to all four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Add buses. ACK is a 19.44 MHz clock. Transport overhead and payload bytes are distinguished by the APL[1] (APL[4], APL[3], APL[2]) input which is set low to mark transport overhead bytes and set high to mark payload bytes on AD[7:0] (AD[31:24], AD[23:16], AD[15:8]). The Add bus composite timing signal AC1J1V1[1] (AC1J1V1[4], AC1J1V1[3], AC1J1V1[2]) is set high when APL[1] (APL[4:2]) is set low to mark the C1 byte. Optionally, AC1J1V1[1] (AC1J1V1[4:2]) is set high when APL[1] (APL[4:2]) is also set high to mark the J1 byte. Optionally, AC1J1V1[1] (AC1J1V1[4:2]) is set high once every multi-frame to mark the first frame of the Add bus tributary multi-frame. When processing an STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream, the V1 pulse marks the more significant byte of the Null Pointer Indication (NPI) of the first frame in each tributary multi-frame. The alignment of the transport frame and the SPE of STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream shown corresponds to an active offset of 0 and is for illustration only. Other alignments are possible. Also, the SPE alignments of the four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Add buses may be different. The Add bus parity input ADP[1] (ADP[4], ADP[3], ADP[2]) carries the parity of AD[7:0] (AD[31:24], AD[23:16], AD[15:8]) and optionally includes APL[1] (APL[4:2]) and AC1J1V1[1] (AC1J1V1[4:2]). ACK Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa ADP[n] rtm APL[n] in er In AD[8(n-1)+7:8(n-1)] TOH C1 TOH C1/X TOH C1/X co (AC1J1V1[n]) SPE BYT 1 n AFP[n] Tu es SPE BYT 2 da y, Figure 43 STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) 19.44 MHz Byte Add Bus (AFP) Timing SPE BYT 3 03 De ce m be POH #1 SPE J1 BYT 785 r, 20 02 02 SPE BYT 786 :4 2: 04 SPE V1/NPI PM SPE V1/NPI SPE V1/NPI 456 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Figure 44 STS-12 (STM-12/AU-3) 77.76 MHz Byte Add Bus Timing ACK Tu es da y, 03 De Figure 43 shows the STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) 19.44 MHz byte Add bus (AFP) timing where n is {1, 2, 3, 4}. This timing applies to all four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Add buses. ACK is a 19.44 MHz clock. The frame pulse AFP[1] (AFP[4], AFP[3], AFP[2]) marks the first SPE byte in the STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) frame on AD[7:0] (AD[31:24], AD[23:16], AD[15:8]). It is not necessary for AFP[n] to be present at every frame. An internal counter fly-wheels based on the most recent AFP[n] received. In this system interface mode, valid H1, H2 pointer bytes must be provided on AD[7:0] (AD[31:24], AD[23:16], AD[15:8]) and the APL[1] (APL[4:2]) input signal must be strapped low. Transport overhead and payload bytes are distinguished by interpreting the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. The phase relation of the SPE (VC) to the transport frame and pointer justification events are also determined via the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. Optionally, the V1 byte in the first frame of the Add bus tributary multi-frame is determined by interpreting the H4 byte in the corresponding path overhead. The alignment of the transport frame and the SPE of STS-3c (STM-1/AU-4) stream shown corresponds to an active offset of 0 and is for illustration only. Other alignments are possible. Also, the SPE alignments of the four 19.44 MHz Byte Telecom Add buses may be different. The Add bus parity input ADP[1] (ADP[4], ADP[3], ADP[2]) carries the parity of AD[7:0] (AD[31:24], AD[23:16], AD[15:8]). ce m be r, 20 02 co n STS-3 #1 STS-3 #2 STS-3 #3 STS-3 #4 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 POH J1 STS-3 #3 STS-1 #2 PSO STS-1 #1's STS-1 #3's In AD[7:0] APL[1] AC1J1V1[1] ADP[1] TOH #1 C1 TOH #2 C1 TOH #3 C1 SPE #1 BYT 1 SPE #2 BYT 1 STS-1 #2's SPE #3 BYT 1 SPE #1 SPE #2 BYT 262 BYT 262 02 SPE #3 SPE #1 SPE #2 BYT 262 BYT 263 BYT 263 :4 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 TTOH V1 2: 04 PM SPE #3 BYT 263 rtm in er PJE Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa 457 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released (AC1J1V1[1]) es da AFP[1] y, 03 ACK De Figure 45 STS-12 (STM-12/AU-3) 77.76 MHz Byte Add Bus (AFP) Timing ce m be Figure 44 shows the STS-12 (STM-4/AU-3) 77.76 MHz byte Add bus timing. ACK is a 77.76 MHz clock. Transport overhead and payload bytes are distinguished by the APL[1] input which is set low to mark transport overhead bytes and set high to mark payload bytes on AD[7:0]. A positive justification event is shown for STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #2. A stuff byte is place in the positive stuff opportunity byte and APL[1] is set low to indicate that data is not available. The Add bus composite timing signal AC1J1V1[1] is set high when APL[1] is set low to mark the first C1 byte. Optionally, AC1J1V1[1] is set high when APL[1] is also set high to mark the J1 byte in each of the STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) streams. Optionally, AC1J1V1[1] is set high once every multi-frame to mark the V1 byte of first frame of the Add bus tributary multiframe in each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) stream. The alignment of the transport frame and the SPE of STS-3 #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 shown corresponds to an active offset of 0 and is for illustration only. Other alignments are possible. The Add bus parity input ADP[1] carries the parity of AD[7:0] and optionally includes APL[1] and AC1J1V1[1]. r, 20 02 Tu STS-3 #1 STS-3 #2 STS-3 #3 STS-3 #4 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 POH J1 STS-3 #3 STS-1 #2 PSO n STS-1 #1's STS-1 #3's TOH #1 C1 TOH #3 C1 co AD[7:0] APL[1] ADP[1] TOH #2 C1 SPE #1 BYT 1 SPE #2 BYT 1 SPE #3 BYT 1 SPE #2 SPE #1 BYT 262 BYT 262 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Figure 45 shows the STS-12 (STM-4/AU-3) 77.76 MHz byte Add bus (AFP) timing. ACK is a 77.76 MHz clock. The frame pulse AFP[1] marks the first SPE byte in the STS-12 (STM-4/AU3/AU-4) frame on AD[7:0]. It is not necessary for AFP[1] to be present at every frame. An internal counter fly-wheels based on the most recent AFP[1] received. In this system interface mode, valid H1, H2 pointer bytes must be provided on AD[7:0] for each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream and the APL[1] input must be strapped low. Transport overhead and payload bytes are distinguished by interpreting the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. The phase relation of the SPE (VC) to the transport frame and pointer justification events are also determined via the H1 and H2 pointer bytes. Optionally, the V1 byte in the first frame of the Add bus tributary multi-frame for each STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent stream is determined by interpreting the H4 byte in the corresponding path overhead. The alignment of the transport frame and the SPE of STS-3 #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 shown corresponds to an active offset of 0 and is for illustration only. Other alignments are possible. The Add bus parity input ADP[1] carries the parity of AD[7:0]. ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In STS-1 #2's First SPE B yte 02 SPE #3 SPE #1 SPE #2 SPE #3 BYT 262 BYT 263 BYT 263 BYT 263 :4 STS-3 #1 STS-1 #1 TTOH V1 2: 04 PM 458 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released DPAISFP DROP Path AIS STS-3#1 STS-3#2 STS-3#3 STS-3#4 STS-3#1 STS-1#1 STS-1#1 STS-1#1 STS-1#1 STS-1#2 Drop Drop Drop Drop Drop Input T im e-slots DPAISCK Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI The time-slot assignment on DPAIS is unrelated to the configuration of the STS (STM) groups in the receive streams. For a concatenated stream, only the time-slots associated with the equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 can be used. DPAIS must be set low during the time-slots for the remaining STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent streams in the concatenated stream. nc of Pa Figure 46 shows the System Drop Side Path AIS Control Port timing. The frame pulse DPAISFP marks the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent Drop bus path AIS assertion control signal on the DPAIS input. It is not necessary for DPAISFP to be present at every frame. An internal counter fly-wheels based on the most recent DPAISFP received. The DPAISFP and DPAIS inputs are sampled on the rising edge of DPAISCK. The path AIS assertion control signals are multiplexed according to the hierarchical order of STS-3 #1 (STS-1 #1 - #3), STS-3 #2 (STS-1 #1 - #3), STS-3 #3 (STS-1 #1 - #3) and STS-3 #4 (STS-1 #1 - #3) for the 12 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent receive streams. The above figure shows Drop bus path AIS assertion for the STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 and STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 receive streams. The DPAIS must be set high during the above time-slots in consecutive DPAIS frames for continuous path AIS assertion. Each slice samples the corresponding DPAIS signal once per frame. Path AIS assertion of a stream is removed when the corresponding DPAIS time-slot is set low. rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 DPAIS De ce m be r, Path AIS Path AIS Path AIS Path AIS Path AIS Path AIS Path AIS 20 STS-3#4 STS-3#1 STS-3#2 STS-1#2 STS-1#3 STS-1#3 Drop Drop Drop 02 Path AIS 02 STS-3#4 STS-3#1 STS-1#3 STS-1#1 Drop Drop :4 Path AIS Path AIS 2: 459 04 Figure 46 System Drop Side Path AIS Control Port Timing PM 14.6 System Side Path AIS Control Port SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released STS-3#1 STS-3#2 STS-3#3 STS-3#4 STS-3#1 STS-1#1 STS-1#1 STS-1#1 STS-1#1 STS-1#2 Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx STS-3#4 STS-3#1 STS-3#2 STS-1#2 STS-1#3 STS-1#3 Tx Tx Tx :4 2: STS-3#4 STS-3#1 STS-1#3 STS-1#1 Tx Tx Transm it Path AIS Input Tim e-Slots Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of The time-slot assignment on TPAIS is unrelated to the configuration of the STS (STM) groups in the transmit stream. For a concatenated stream, only the time-slots associated with the equivalent STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 can be used. TPAIS must be set low during the time-slots for the remaining STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) equivalent streams in the concatenated stream. Pa rtm in Figure 47 shows the System Add Side Path AIS Control Port timing. The frame pulse TPAISFP marks the first STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent transmit stream path AIS assertion control signal on the TPAIS input. It is not necessary for TPAISFP to be present at every frame. An internal counter fly-wheels based on the most recent TPAISFP received. The TPAISFP and TPAIS inputs are sampled on the rising edge of TPAISCK. The path AIS assertion control signals are multiplexed according to the hierarchical order of STS-3 #1 (STS-1 #1 - #3), STS-3 #2 (STS-1 #1 - #3), STS-3 #3 (STS-1 #1 - #3) and STS-3 #4 (STS-1 #1 - #3) for the 12 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) or equivalent transmit streams. The above figure shows transmit path AIS assertion for the STS-3 (STM-1) #1 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #1 and STS-3 (STM-1) #3 STS-1 (STM-0/AU-3) #3 streams. The TPAIS must be set high during the above time-slots in consecutive TPAIS frames for continuous path AIS assertion. Each slice samples the corresponding DPAIS signal once per frame. Path AIS assertion of a stream is removed when the corresponding TPAIS time-slot is set low. er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce TPAIS m be r, 20 TPAISCK 02 Path AIS Path AIS Path AIS Path AIS Path AIS Path AIS Path AIS 02 Path AIS 04 Path AIS Path AIS TPAISFP PM 460 Figure 47 System Add Side Path AIS Control Port Timing SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Table 29 Absolute Maximum Ratings Storage Temperature Supply Voltage Bias Voltage (VBIAS) Voltage on PECL Pin Voltage on Any Digital Pin Static Discharge Voltage Latch-Up Current DC Input Current Lead Temperature Absolute Maximum Junction Temperature -40C to +125C -0.3V to +4.6V (VDD - .3) to +5.5V -0.3V to VVDDVBIAS+0.3V 100 mA 20 mA +230C Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, +150C 03 De ce 1000 V m be -0.3V to VBIAS+0.3V r, 20 02 02 :4 2: Maximum ratings are the worst-case limits that the device can withstand without sustaining permanent damage. They are not indicative of normal mode operation conditions. 04 PM 461 15 Absolute Maximum Ratings SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Table 30 D.C Characteristics Symbol VDD BIAS VIL VIH VOL Parameter Power Supply 5V Tolerant Bias Input Low Voltage Input High Voltage Output or Bi-directional Low Voltage Output or Bi-directional High Voltage Min 3.14 VDD 0 2.0 Typ 3.3 5.0 -- -- -- Max 3.47 5.5 0.8 Units Volts Volts Volts Volts m be r, ce 03 De 0.4 Volts VOH 2.4 -- -- Volts co n VTH VPECLI+ VPECLIIILPU IIHPU IIL IIH IIL PECL IIH PECL CIN CIO COUT Reset Input Hysteresis Voltage -- Tu VT- Reset Input Low Voltage -- es VT+ Reset Input High Voltage 2.0 -- da y, -- 0.8 Volts Volts Volts 0.4 In Input PECL High Voltage VPECL VPECL - 1.165 - 0.955 VPECL Volts - 0.880 VPECL Volts - 1.475 -4 10 +10 +10 A A A A A A pF pF pF Input Low Current Input High Current Input Low Current Pa Input High Current rtm Input Low Current in Input PECL Low Voltage VPECL VPECL - 1.810 1.700 er -100 -10 -10 -10 -10 -100 -- -- -- -- 0 0 5 5 5 730 of nc +100 +10 -- -- -- ne Input High Current rI rtM i Input Capacitance Output Capacitance Bi-directional Capacitance by Pa IDDOP Operating Current 950860 mA ad ed Notes 1. 2. Input pin or bi-directional pin with internal pull-up resistor. Input pin or bi-directional pin without internal pull-up resistor Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo 20 02 -- -- Conditions Guaranteed Input Low voltage. Guaranteed Input High voltage. Guaranteed output Low voltage at VDD=3.14V and IOL=maximum rated for pad. 4 Guaranteed output High voltage at VDD=3.14V and IOH=maximum rated current for pad. 4 Applies to RSTB and TRSTB only. Applies to RSTB and TRSTB only. Applies to RSTB and TRSTB only. Applies to PECL inputs RXD[4:1]+/-, SD[4:1]. Applies to PECL inputs RXD[4:1]+/-, SD[4:1]. VIL = GND. Notes 1 and 3. VIH = VDD. Notes 1 and 3. VIL = GND. Notes 2 and 3. VIH = VDD. Notes 2 and 3. PECL inputs only. Note 3 PECL inputs only. Note 3 tA=25C, f = 1 MHz tA=25C, f = 1 MHz tA=25C, f = 1 MHz VDD = 3.47V, Vbias = 5.5 V, 25C, Outputs Unloaded 02 :4 TA = -40C to +85C, VDD = 3.3V 5%, VAVD = 3.3V 5%, VDD < BIAS < 5.5V (Typical Conditions: TC TA = 25C, VDD = 3.3V, VAVD = 3.3V , VBIAS = 5V) 2: 04 462 PM 16 D.C. Characteristics SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 4. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 463 04 Refer to the footnotes at the bottom of the Pin Description table, section 9 for the DC current rating of each device output. PM 3. Negative current flows into the device (sinking), positive current flows out of the device (sourcing). SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released (TC TA = -40C to +85C, VDD = 3.3V 5%, VAVD = 3.3V 5%) Symbol TSAR THAR TSALR THALR TVL TSLR THLR TSRWB THRWB TPRD TZRD TZINTH Parameter Address to Valid Read Set-up Time Address to Valid Read Hold Time Address to Latch Set-up Time Address to Latch Hold Time Valid Latch Pulse Width Latch to Read Set-up Latch to Read Hold RWB to Read Set-up Min 02 Table 31 Microprocessor Interface Read Access :4 Max -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 70 20 50 2: Units ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns r, m be ce De 03 Valid Read Negated to Output Tri-state Tu Valid Read Negated to Output Tri-state es Valid Read to Valid Data Propagation Delay da RWB to Read Hold y, Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n 20 02 10 5 10 10 5 0 5 10 5 -- -- -- 04 464 PM 17 Microprocessor Interface Timing Characteristics SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released ALE ce m be tV L tH ALR r, 20 tS ALR 02 da y, 03 De tS LR 02 tHAR tHLR tZ INTH tZ RD A[13:0] Valid Address (CSB+RDB) In co n INTB Tu es in er tPRD Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm D[7:0] Valid Data :4 2: 465 tSAR 04 PM Figure 48 Microprocessor Interface Read Access Timing (Intel Mode) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released A[13:0] ce tS RWB m be RWB r, 20 02 y, tV L 03 tS ALR De tH ALR Tu es ALE da 02 tH RWB tH AR tHLR tZ INT tZ RD Valid Address (CSB & E) ne rI nc of INTB Pa rtm in er In co n tS LR rtM i tPRD ed by Notes 1. Output propagation delay time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the reference signal to the 1.4 Volt point of the output. Maximum output propagation delays are measured with a 100 pF load on the Microprocessor Interface data bus, (D[7:0]). lo ad 2. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 Pa D[7:0] Valid Data :4 2: 466 tS AR 04 PM Figure 49 Microprocessor Interface Read Access Timing (Motorola Mode) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. TZINTH Pa TVWR Valid Write Pulse Width rtm THAW Address to Valid Write Hold Time in THDW Data to Valid Write Hold Time er THRWB RWB to Write Hold In TSRWB RWB to Write Set-up co THLW Latch to Write Hold n TSLW Latch to Write Set-up Tu TVL Valid Latch Pulse Width es THALW Address to Latch Hold Time da TSALW Address to Latch Set-up Time y, TSDW Data to Valid Write Set-up Time 03 TSAW Address to Valid Write Set-up Time De Symbol Parameter ce Table 32 Microprocessor Interface Write Access m be When a hold time is specified between an input and a clock, the hold time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the clock to the 1.4 Volt point of the input. r, 20 When a set-up time is specified between an input and a clock, the set-up time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the input to the 1.4 Volt point of the clock. 02 Parameter tHAR and tSAR are not applicable if Address latching is used. Min 10 20 10 10 5 0 5 10 5 5 5 40 -- 02 In non-multiplexed Address/data bus architectures, ALE should be held high, parameters tSALR, tHALR, tVL, and tSLR are not applicable. :4 2: -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50 Microprocessor Interface timing applies to normal mode register accesses only. 04 Max In Motorola mode, a valid read cycle is defined as a logical AND of the E signal, the RWB signal and the inverted CSB signal. PM 3. In Intel mode, a valid read cycle is defined as a logical OR of the CSB and the RDB signals. Units ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns Ns ns Valid Write Negated to Output Tri-state Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of 467 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released tSALW tVL ALE tSAW (CSB+WRB) tSLW tHALW y, 03 Tu D[7:0] es da tS DW De ce tVWR m be r, tH DW Valid Data tZ I INT Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er INTB In co n 20 tHLW 02 tHAW 02 :4 2: 468 A[13:0] Valid Address 04 PM Figure 50 Microprocessor Interface Write Access Timing (Intel Mode) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released tVL ALE tSLW De ce tSALW tH ALW da y, 03 co n (CSB & E) Tu es tVWR In D[7:0] rtm in er tS DW Valid Data tZ I INT Notes 1. 2. 3. 4. by ed Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa In Intel mode, a valid write cycle is defined as a logical OR of the CSB and the WRB signals. In Motorola mode, a valid write cycle is defined as a logical AND of the E signal, the inverted RWB signal and the inverted CSB signal. Microprocessor timing applies to normal mode register accesses only. In non-multiplexed Address/data bus architectures, ALE should be held high, parameters tSALW, tHALW, tVL, and tSLW are not applicable. rtM i ne rI INTB nc of Pa m be tH DW r, RWB tHLW 20 tHAW 02 tS RWB tH RWB 02 Valid Address :4 A[13:0] 2: 469 04 tS AW PM Figure 51 Microprocessor Interface Write Access Timing (Motorola Mode) SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 6. 7. 8. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 When a hold time is specified between an input and a clock, the hold time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the clock to the 1.4 Volt point of the input. :4 When a set-up time is specified between an input and a clock, the set-up time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the input to the 1.4 Volt point of the clock. 2: 04 Output propagation delay time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the reference signal to the 1.4 Volt point of the output. PM 5. Parameters tHAW and tSAW are not applicable if Address latching is used. 470 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released (TC TA = -40C to +85C, VDD = 3.3V 5%, VAVD = 3.3V 5%) Figure 52 RSTB Timing Diagram RSTB REFCLK Nominal Frequency REFCLK Duty Cycle In Symbol Description co Table 34 Receive Line Input Interface Timing n Tu 18.2 Receive Timing es da y, 03 De tV RSTB ce m be r, TVRSTB RSTB Pulse Width 20 Symbol Description Min 02 Table 33 RSTB Timing 02 Max -- 18.1 System Reset Timing :4 Units ns 100 Min 19.44 30 -20 2: Max 19.44 70 +20 04 Units MHz % ppm Note 1. ne Symbol rI Table 35 Receive Line Overhead and Alarm Output Timing Description RCLK1-4 Duty Cycle (RCLK is nominally 19.44 MHz. RCLK is a divide by eight of the receive line clock.) nc of The specification may be relaxed to +/- 50 ppm for LAN applications that do not require this timing accuracy. The specified tolerance is required to meet the SONET/SDH free run accuracy specification. Pa rtm REFCLK Frequency Tolerance in er Min 40 Max 60 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i PM Units % 471 18 A.C. Timing Characteristics SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released PGMRCLK Duty Cycle (PGMRCLK is nominally 19.44 MHz when the RCLKSEL bit in the SPECTRA 4x155 Clock Control register is set low. PGMRCLK is a divide by eight of the receive line clock.) (PGMRCLK is nominally 8 KHz when the RCLKSEL bit is set high. PGMRCLK is a divide by TDB of the receive line clock.) tPRCLK RCLK1-4 High to SALM1-4, LOF1-4, LOS1-4, LAIS14, and LRDI1-4 Valid Prop Delay (RSLDCLK is nominally 192 MHz or 576 MHz clock when outputting Section or Line DCC respectively.) tPRSLD RSLDCLK1-4 Low to RSLD1-4 Valid Prop Delay RTOHCLK1-4 Duty Cycle tPRTOH 40 60 02 ce m be RSLDCLK1-4 Duty Cycle r, 20 1 02 10 60 ns % 40 -20 30 -5 20 70 10 ns % ns RCL:K1-4 SALM1-4 LOF1-4 LOS1-4 LAIS1-4 LRDI1-4 co n Tu es Figure 53 Receive Line Output Timing da y, RTOHCLK1-4 Low to RTOH1-4 and RTOHFP1-4 Valid Prop Delay 03 (RTOHCLK is nominally a 5.184 MHz clock) De tP RCLK Pa RSLDCLK1-4 rtm in er In Pa rtM i ne RTOHCLK1-4 tP RTOH1-4 RTOHFP1-4 rI nc RSLD1-4 of tP RSLD RTOH Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by :4 2: 472 04 PM Symbol Description Min Max Units % SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Symbol Parameter RPOHCLK1-4 Duty Cycle (RPOHCLK is nominally 12.96 MHz) Min 40 -5 -5 -5 -5 Max 60 PM Table 36 Receive Path Overhead and Alarm Port Output Timing Units % ns ns ns ns ns ns tPRPOHFP tPRPOH tPRPOHEN tPB3E tPRAD tPRALM RPOHCLK Low to RPOHFP Valid RPOHCLK Low to RPOH Valid RPOHCLK Low to RPOHEN Valid RPOHCLK Low to B3E Valid RPOHCLK Low to RAD Valid RPOHCLK Low to RALM Valid 02 02 20 r, -5 -5 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be :4 2: 15 15 15 15 15 15 473 04 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released tP RPO HFP tP RPO H B3E in er In co n RAD nc of Pa rtm by Table 37 Receive Ring Control Port Output Timing Symbol Description RRCPCLK1-4 Duty Cycle (RRCPCLK1-4 is nominally a 3.24 MHz clock) tPRRCPFP RRCPCLK1-4 Low to RRCPFP1-4 Valid Prop Delay -10 10 ns Pa rtM i ne RALM rI Tu es RPOHEN tP B3E tP RAD tP RALM da y, tP RPOHEN 03 De RPOH ce m be r, 20 RPOHFP 02 Min 40 02 Max 60 :4 ed Units % Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad 2: 474 RPOHCLK 04 PM Figure 54 Receive Path Overhead and Alarm Port Output Timing SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released tPRRCPD RRCPCLK1-4 Low to RRCPDAT1-4 Valid Prop Delay -10 10 PM Symbol Description Min Max Units ns RR CPCLK1-4 RRCPFP RRCPDAT 1-4 tHRTCEN tSRTCOH tHRTCOH RTCEN Hold Time RTCOH Set-up Time RTCOH Hold Time Tu tSRTCEN RTCEN Set-up Time es Symbol Parameter da Table 38 Receive Tandem Connection Input Timing Min 15 15 15 15 y, 03 De ce m be RRCPFP1-4 tP RRCPD r, 20 Max -- -- -- -- tP 02 02 Units ns ns ns ns of Pa RPOHCLK rtm in er Figure 56 Receive Tandem Connection Input Timing. In co n rtM i ne RTCEN tS RTCOH tH RTCOH Pa Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by RTCOH rI nc tS RTCEN tH RTCEN :4 2: 475 Figure 55 Ring Control Port Output Timing 04 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released DCK Freq. (Nominally 77.76 MHz) DCK Duty Cycle tSDFP tHDFP DFP Set-up Time DFP Hold Time 60 02 DCK Freq. (Nominally 19.44MHz) -- :4 Symbol Parameter Min 2: 20 80 60 -- -- 7 7 7 7 14 14 14 04 Max Units MHz MHz % ns ns Table 39 Telecom Drop Bus Input Timing 20 Figure 57 Telecom Drop Bus Input Timing co n Tu TPAIS tS TPFP es da tS TPS y, 03 TPAISCK Table 40 Telecom Drop Bus Output Timing at 77.76 MHz DCK tPDD tPDC1 tPDPL tPDDP DCK High to DD[7:0], DD[15:8], DD[23:16], DD[31:24] Valid DCK High to DC1J1V1[4:1] Valid of Symbol Parameter Pa rtm in er TPAISFP In De ce tH TPS tH TPFP m be r, 02 40 0 3 Min 1 1 1 1 Max PM Units ns ns ns ns 18.3 Telecom Drop Bus Timing ne rtM i Table 41 Telecom Drop Bus Output Timing at 19.44 MHz DCK by Symbol tPDD tPDC1 tPDPL Pa rI nc DCK High to DPL[4:1] Valid DCK High to DDP[4:1] Valid Parameter DCK High to DD[7:0], DD[15:8], DD[23:16], DD[31:24] Valid DCK High to DC1J1V1[4:1] Valid DCK High to DPL[4:1] Valid Min 4 4 4 Max Units ns ns ns Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed 476 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released tPDDP DCK High to DDP[4:1] Valid 4 14 PM Symbol Parameter Min Max Units ns In co DPL[4:1] n DDP[4:1] rtM i Symbol ne Table 42 System DROP-side Path Alarm Input Timing Parameter DPAISCK Freq. DPAISCK Duty Cycle DPAIS Set-up Time DPAIS Hold Time DPAISFP Set-up Time DPAISFP Hold Time rI nc 18.4 System-side Path Alarm Input Timing of Pa rtm in er Tu es tP DPL tP DDP da DC1J1V1[4:1] y, 03 tP DC1 De DD[7:0] DD[15:8] DD[23:16] DD[31:24] ce m be r, tP DD 20 Min -- 40 10 10 10 10 02 Max 20 60 -- -- -- -- ns ns ns ns DCK 02 Units MHz ed ad Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo by tSDPS tHDPS tSDPFP tHDPFP Pa :4 2: 477 Figure 58 Telecom Drop Bus Output Timing 04 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released tS DPS DPAIS tS DPFP DPAISFP tH DPS tH DPFP TPAISCK Duty Cycle tSTPS tHTPS tSTPFP tHTPFP TPAIS Set-up Time TPAIS Hold Time Tu TPAISCK Freq. es Symbol Parameter da Table 43 System ADD-side Path Alarm Input Timing Min -- 40 10 10 10 10 y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 Max 20 60 -- -- -- -- ns ns ns ns 02 Units MHz Figure 60 System ADD-side Path Alarm Input Timing ne rI nc TPAISCK of Pa rtm in TPAISFP Hold Time er TPAISFP Set-up Time In co n tS TPS tH TPS by Pa rtM i TPAIS tS TPFP tH TPFP ad ed TPAISFP Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo :4 2: 478 DPAISCK 04 PM Figure 59 System DROP-side Path Alarm Input Timing SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Nominally 19.44 MHz ACK Freq. STS-12 (STM-4) Byte Telecom Bus Nominally 77.76 MHz ACK Duty Cycle tSAD tHAD tSAC1 tHAC1 tSAPL tHAPL tSADP tHADP AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16], AD[31:24] Set-up Time AD[7:0], AD[15:8], AD[23:16], AD[31:24] Hold Time AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] Set-up Time AC1J1V1[4:1]/AFP[4:1] Hold Time APL[4:1] Set-up Time APL[4:1] Hold Time ADP[4:1] Set-up Time ADP[4:1] Hold Time 02 ACK Freq. STS-3 (STM-1) Byte Telecom Bus -- -- :4 Symbol Parameter Min 2: 04 Max Units MHz MHz % ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 20 80 60 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Table 44 Telecom Add Bus Input Timing 20 r, m be ce De 03 y, da Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es 02 40 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 PM 479 18.5 Telecom Add Bus Timing SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released tSAD AD[7:0] AD[15:8] AD[23:16] AD[31:24] tSAC 1 tH AD Tu es APL[4:1] da ADP[4:1] 18.6 Transmit Timing nc Symbol Parameter of Table 45 Transmit Alarm Port Input Timing Min 5 40 10 10 10 10 Pa rtm in er In co tS AD P y, tS APL 03 AFP[4:1] De ce n m be tH AC 1 tH APL tH AD P r, 20 02 Max 15 60 -- -- -- -- 02 Units MHz % ns ns ns ns rI TACK Frequency TACK Duty Cycle TAD Set-up Time TAD Hold Time TAFP Set-up Time TAFP Hold Time tHTAD tSTAFP Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by tHTAFP Pa rtM i tSTAD ne :4 2: 480 ACK 04 PM Figure 61 Telecom Add Bus Input Timing SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released of Pa TS LD CLK 1-4 rtm in er Figure 63 Transmit Transport Overhead Input Timing In tHTTOH TTOH, TTOHEN Hold Time to TTOHCLK co tSTTOH TTOH, TTOHEN Set-up Time to TTOHCLK n tHTSLD TSLD Hold Time to TSLDCLK Tu tSTSLD TSLD Set-up Time to TSLDCLK es Symbol Description da Table 46 Transmit Transport Overhead Input Timing Min 20 0 20 0 y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 Max -- -- -- -- 02 :4 Units ns ns ns ns by Pa TT OH CLK 1-4 tSTTOH tHTTOH ed Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad TT OH 1-4 TT OH EN 1-4 rtM i ne rI TS LD 1-4 nc tS TSLD tH TSLD 2: 481 04 PM Figure 62 Transmit Alarm Port Input Timing SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Symbol Description TRCPCLK1-4 Frequency (nominally 3.24 MHz) TRCPCLK1-4 Duty Cycle Min -- 33 10 10 10 Max 3.4 67 -- -- -- -- 04 Max 60 70 10 tHTRCPFP tSTRCPD tHTRCPD TRCPFP1-4 Hold Time to TRCPCLK TRCPDAT1-4 Set-up Time to TRCPCLK TRCPDAT1-4 Hold Time to TRCPCLK 02 Min 40 tSTRCPFP TRCPFP1-4 Set-up Time to TRCPCLK :4 30 -5 2: Max 4 60 02 y, tS 03 De TRCPCLK1-4 ce Tu es TRCPFP1-4 da TRCPFP m be Figure 64 Transmit Ring Control Port Input Timing n tS TSLDCLK1-4 Duty Cycle Pa Symbol Description rtm Table 48 Transmit Overhead Output Timing Units % nc of (TSLDCLK is nominally 192 MHz or 576 MHz clock when inputting Section or Line DCC respectively.) TTOHCLK1-4 Duty Cycle TTOHCLK1-4 Low to TTOHFP1-4 Valid Prop Delay % ns (TTOHCLK is nominally a 5.184 MHz clock) by Table 49 JTAG Port Interface Symbol Description TCK Frequency TCK Duty Cycle Pa 18.7 JTAG Timing rtM i tPTTOHFP ne rI in er In TRCPDAT1-4 co TRC PD r, tH tH 20 10 TR CPFP TRC PD ed Min -- 40 PM Table 47 Transmit Ring Control Port Input Timing Units MHz % ns ns ns ns Units MHz % Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad 482 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released tSTMS tHTMS tSTDI tHTDI tPTDO tVTRSTB TMS Set-up time to TCK TMS Hold time to TCK TDI Set-up time to TCK TDI Hold time to TCK TCK Low to TDO Valid TRSTB Pulse Width 50 50 50 50 -- -- PM Symbol Description Min Max Units ns ns ns ns ns ns 02 n tP TDO 2 02 TCK 1. 2. ed by Notes on Output Timing 1. Output propagation delay time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the reference signal to the 1.4 Volt point of the output. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad Pa When a set-up time is specified between an input and a clock, the set-up time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the input to the 1.4 Volt point of the clock. When a hold time is specified between an input and a clock, the hold time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the clock to the 1.4 Volt point of the input. rtM i Notes on Input Timing ne rI nc TDO of Pa rtm in er In co TDI Tu tS TDI es da TMS y, 03 tS TMS De TCK tH TMS tH TDI ce m be Figure 65 JTAG Port Interface Timing r, 20 100 :4 2: -- -- 50 -- 04 483 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 484 04 PM 2. Maximum oOutput propagation delays are measured with a 50 pF load on the outputs except where indicated. SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released PM5316-BI 520 Super Ball Grid Array (SBGA) Table 51 Thermal information - Theta Jc Part Number PM5316-BI Ambient Temperature -40C to 85C 20 02 Theta Jc 1 C/W Table 52 Maximum Junction Temperature JEDEC Board 8.2 7.4 Tu Dense Board 14.0 12.0 es Theta JA @ specified Convection power da 100 y, Forced Air (Linear Feet per Minute) 200 300 9.7 6.6 03 Table 53 Thermal information - Theta Ja vs. Airflow De PM5316-BI Maximum Junction Temperature for Long Term Reliability ce m be r, 02 9.3 6.4 105 C 400 :4 500 9.3 6.2 Part Number Description 10.6 6.9 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n 2: 485 Table 50 Ordering information 04 PM 19 Ordering and Thermal Information SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Theta Ja (deg C/Watt) 10 1. Dense Board - Board with 3x3 array of the same device with spacing of 4mm between devices. 6 layer board (3 signal layers, 3 power layers). Chart represents device in the center of the array. Chart represents values obtained through simulation. 2. Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc JEDEC Board - Single component on a board. 4 layer board (2 signal layers, 2 power layers), metallization length x width = 94 mm x 94 mm. Board dimension = 114mmx142mm. JEDEC Measurement as per EIA/GESD51-1. of Pa rtm Notes in er In Dense Board co n Tu Airflow (Linear Feet per Minute) JEDEC Board es Conv 100 da y, 0 03 200 De 5 ce m be 300 r, 20 15 02 400 02 500 20 :4 PM5316-BI 2: 486 04 PM Figure 66 Theta Ja vs. Airflow Plot SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released 02 A1 BALL CORNER A 0.30 M B 0.10 M CAB C 02 D1, M aaa (4X) :4 2: Figure 67 Mechanical Drawing 520 Pin Super Ball Grid Array (SBGA) 04 PM b 31 30 29 28 20 Mechanical Information D 20 8 6 4 2 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R T U V W Y AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL A1 BALL CORNER E ce m be s A1 BA LL ID INK M ARK r, 03 De E1, N A e es da y, s A EXTENT OF ENCAPSULAT ION e TO P VIEW A A2 co n Tu BO TT OM VIEW bbb C in er In C ddd C 0.20 M IN rtm Pa A1 SE AT IN G PLAN E SID E VIEW d ccc C of Pa rtM i PACKAGE TYPE : 520 THERM ALLY ENHANCED BALL G RID ARR AY - SBGA BODY SIZE : 40 x 40 x 1.54 M M Dim . A 1.30 1.51 1.70 ne NO TE S: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) ALL D IM EN SIO NS IN M ILLIM ET ER . DIMEN SIO N aaa D EN O T ES PACK AGE B O DY P RO FILE. DIME NS IO N bbb DENO TE S PAR ALLE L. DIM EN SIO N ccc DE NO TES F LAT NESS. DIME NSIO N ddd DE NO TE S C OP LA NA RIT Y. A-A SECT ION VIEW rI nc A1 0.50 0.60 0.70 A2 D D1 E E1 M,N b 0.60 d 0.5 - e 1.27 - aaa bbb ccc 0.20 0.25 0.20 ddd by Min. Nom . 0.80 39.90 38.00 39.90 38.00 ed 0.91 40.00 38.10 40.00 38.10 31x31 0.75 1.00 40.10 38.20 40.10 38.20 0.90 Max. 0.20 Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad 487 SPECTRA 4x155 ASSP Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet Released Do wn Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. Document No.: PMC-1990822, Issue 5 lo ad ed by Pa rtM i ne rI nc of Pa rtm in er In co n Tu es da y, 03 De ce m be r, 20 02 02 :4 2: 488 04 PM Notes |
Price & Availability of PM5316
 |
|
|
|
|
All Rights Reserved © IC-ON-LINE 2003 - 2022 |
| [Add Bookmark] [Contact Us] [Link exchange] [Privacy policy] |
|
Mirror Sites : [www.datasheet.hk]
[www.maxim4u.com] [www.ic-on-line.cn]
[www.ic-on-line.com] [www.ic-on-line.net]
[www.alldatasheet.com.cn]
[www.gdcy.com]
[www.gdcy.net] |